TW200849990A - Method and apparatus for multiscreen management for multiple screen configuration - Google Patents

Method and apparatus for multiscreen management for multiple screen configuration Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW200849990A
TW200849990A TW97106235A TW97106235A TW200849990A TW 200849990 A TW200849990 A TW 200849990A TW 97106235 A TW97106235 A TW 97106235A TW 97106235 A TW97106235 A TW 97106235A TW 200849990 A TW200849990 A TW 200849990A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
screen
configuration
display
hscreen
msm
Prior art date
Application number
TW97106235A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Sung-Wook Byun
Kwang-Kee Lee
Jong-Ho Lee
Un-Gyo Jung
Glenn A Adams
Original Assignee
Samsung Electronics Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from KR1020070019230A external-priority patent/KR20070100106A/en
Application filed by Samsung Electronics Co Ltd filed Critical Samsung Electronics Co Ltd
Publication of TW200849990A publication Critical patent/TW200849990A/en

Links

Landscapes

  • Controls And Circuits For Display Device (AREA)

Abstract

An object of the present invention is to perform multiscreen configuration and multiscreen management by using a plurality of screens and a plurality of methods in order to represent a plurality of service contents. In accordance with a multiscreen configuration method according to an embodiment of the present invention, by mutually assigning one or more broadcasting services, one or more logical screens, one or more display screens, and one or more output ports, untimately outputting service contents which are executed on screens assigned by output ports, and setting, changing, and reporting configuration of a multiscreen, the configuration of the multiscreen may be set or reset so as to effectively output various service contents on the multiscreen by using a desired method.

Description

200849990 27131pif 九、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明是有關於一種組態可顯示多種服務於螢幕上 的方法與裝置,且特別是有關於一種可表示或顯示多種服 務於多個螢幕上的最終輸出螢幕的組態方法與裝置。 【先前技術】200849990 27131pif IX. Description of the Invention: [Technical Field] The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for displaying a plurality of services on a screen, and more particularly to a plurality of screens capable of representing or displaying a plurality of services The configuration method and device of the final output screen. [Prior Art]

般來說’習知廣播接收系統,比如數位電視(τν)或 數位機上盒,只在單一實體顯示裝置上提供單一内容,或 可在單一實體顯示裝置上同時顯示主螢幕與副螢幕。然 而使傳統廣播接收系統可在相同顯示螢幕上同時顯示 主螢幕與副螢幕,其所能安排主螢幕與副螢幕的方法極有 2另’目月只有少數幾種顯示裝置能組合並顯示由如廣 =,數位多X力能碟片(DVD)與連接至輸入端的外部裝置 源所提供的服務。雖朗有的影像服務,聲音服 副服務可顯讀域幕上,料服務卻無法顯示於 的螢篡έ I ^子母晝面(pip,咖跡㈣伽均方法 顯:在單一實體顯示螢幕上同時 盥150并主二螢幕茶考付旒100,,120 , 130,140 142,144,1S9 / 綦而付滅 105,115,⑵,135, 105,U5,W 54代表副螢幕。特別是,因為副螢幕 125 ’ 135,142,144,152 血 1 从 a 要 n 小有所_,實施值銘與154的位置或大 Λ方也傳統PlP方法的彈性有所限制。 互動式TV應、用環境中,比如家用多媒體平台 5 200849990 Z / 1JipuConventional broadcast receiving systems, such as digital television (τν) or digital set-top boxes, provide a single content on a single physical display device, or can display both the primary and secondary screens on a single physical display device. However, the conventional broadcast receiving system can simultaneously display the main screen and the sub-screen on the same display screen, and the method of arranging the main screen and the sub-screen can be very different. Only a few kinds of display devices can be combined and displayed. Wide =, digital multi-energy disk (DVD) and the services provided by the external device source connected to the input. Although there is a video service, the voice service sub-service can be read on the field screen, but the service can not be displayed on the firefly I ^ son-mother face (pip, coffee (four) gamma method display: display screen in a single entity At the same time 盥 150 and the main two screen tea test 旒 100,, 120, 130, 140 142, 144, 1S9 / 綦 and 105, 115, (2), 135, 105, U5, W 54 for the sub-screen. Especially Because the secondary screen 125 ' 135, 142, 144, 152 blood 1 from a to n small _, the implementation of the value of the name and the position of the 154 or the large square is also limited by the flexibility of the traditional PlP method. Interactive TV should, Use environment, such as home multimedia platform 5 200849990 Z / 1Jipu

(Multimedia Home Platform,簡稱 MHP ) ,ACAP (Application Configuration Access Protoco卜應用結構存取 協疋)與開放有線應用平台(OpenCable Applications Platform,OCAP),其假設只輸出一個螢幕。在互動式τν 應用環境中,使用HAVi(Home Audio - Video Interoperability,豕庭視訊音頻協同運作技術)的使用者介 面(UI)。根據HAVi UI,即使未限制顯示於實體顯示裝置(Multimedia Home Platform, MHP for short), ACAP (Application Configuration Access Protoco) and OpenCable Applications Platform (OCAP), which assumes that only one screen is output. In the interactive τν application environment, the user interface (UI) of HAVi (Home Audio - Video Interoperability) is used. According to the HAVi UI, even if it is not limited to display on the physical display device

中的螢幕數量,一般只顯示一個螢幕。另,應用所共享的 也是所顯示出的單一螢幕。 另外,廣播服務的傳統應用環境在顯示各種服務内容 類型於動態架構螢幕上有所受限。 【發明内容】 本發明提供在多螢幕架構與管理之方法盥枣置,其可 同時顯示多種服務内容於所要位置上並以所要大小來顯 本發明也提供介面’其允許支援多螢幕的來源裝置能 有效利用,及錢幕功能管_互通應用。本發明也提供 =備介面,以管理多螢幕功能與多螢幕狀態,比如邮 或 POP (Picture-out of-Picture,分離全面) 本發明之多$幕管理方法與裝置可動離 =的應用生命周期’以在多個獨立軸㈣ :為:或纽:内容與一或多營幕間 夕方法,非-對-方法,本發明之架構與管理多螢幕的方 6 200849990 2713 lpif 法與裝置可動態架構與輸出最終螢幕。另,由於各種來源 管理介面,多螢幕管理功能允許有效使用支援多螢幕的主 機裝置的資源。 根據本發明實施例之OCAP多螢幕管理(multiscreen management,MSM)加強版屬於〇CAP的加強版,其包括所 有需要的應用介面(ΑΠ),内容與資料格式,及通訊協定, 直到應用階段。為〇CAP MSM加強版所發展出的應用可 執行於開放有線相容主機上。〇CAp MSM加強版允許有線 操作者來安排(DEPLOY)互通(INTER〇PERABLE德用,以 在連接至其網路的開放有線相容主機上管理多螢幕功能。 此協定(PROFILE)允許有線操作者能有標準介面 ,以在多 主機裝置提供者之間管理多螢幕功能與其f幕狀態,比如 PiP或POP螢幕。 根據本發明一觀點,提供一種架構與管理多螢幕方 法,該方法包括:接收一或多個廣播服務;指定化细钟) ,-或多個廣播服務至_螢幕上;指定該螢幕至一或多個 顯示螢幕上;以及指定該一或多個顯示螢幕至一或多個 出埠。 該方法更包括:將該邏輯螢幕之一服務情境關聯至該 一或多個顯示螢幕之情境;以及改變該些情境間之關聯。 該方法更包括·決定包括該邏輯螢幕,該一或多個顯 示螢幕,服務情境與相關於一或多個輸出埠資訊之一多螢 幕架構;以及改變該多螢幕組態。 該方法更包括:觀察用於改變多螢幕組態之前置條件 7 200849990 Z/IJiplf 與後置條件 包括·報導該多螢幕組態與情境的改變。 兴杏ϋ彳、5明之上述特徵和優點能更明顯紐,下文特 牛二例,亚配合所附圖式,作詳細說明如下。 【實施方式] M r的敘述將伴隨著實施例的圖示, 所提出之實施例進杆1日0 . 木坪、,、田對本龟明 的均4 :ϊ: 中所使用相同或相似The number of screens in the screen is generally only displayed on one screen. In addition, what the application shares is also the single screen that is displayed. In addition, the traditional application environment of broadcast services is limited in displaying various service content types on dynamic architecture screens. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION The present invention provides a method for multi-screen architecture and management, which can simultaneously display a plurality of service contents at a desired location and display the present invention in a desired size. The invention also provides an interface that allows a multi-screen source device to be supported. Can be effectively utilized, and money screen function tube _ interoperability application. The invention also provides a backup interface for managing multiple screen functions and multiple screen states, such as post- or POP (Picture-out of-Picture). The multi-screen management method and device of the present invention can be moved away from the application life cycle. 'With multiple independent axes (four): for: or New: content with one or more screens, non-pair-methods, architecture of the invention and management of multiple screens 6 200849990 2713 lpif method and device dynamic architecture With the final screen output. In addition, due to various source management interfaces, the multi-screen management feature allows efficient use of resources for host devices that support multiple screens. The OCAP multiscreen management (MSM) enhanced version according to an embodiment of the present invention belongs to an enhanced version of the CAP, which includes all required application interfaces (ΑΠ), content and data formats, and communication protocols until the application phase. Applications developed for the CAP MSM Plus can be implemented on open wired compatible hosts. 〇CAp MSM Plus allows wired operators to schedule (DEPLOY) interoperability (INTER〇PERABLE) to manage multiple screen functions on open wired compatible hosts connected to their network. This protocol (PROFILE) allows wired operators There can be a standard interface to manage multiple screen functions and their screen states, such as PiP or POP screens, between multi-host device providers. According to one aspect of the present invention, a method of managing and managing multiple screens is provided, the method comprising: receiving one Or a plurality of broadcast services; specifying a fine clock), or a plurality of broadcast services to the screen; designating the screen to one or more display screens; and designating the one or more display screens to one or more port. The method further includes: associating a service context of one of the logical screens to a context of the one or more display screens; and changing an association between the contexts. The method further includes deciding to include the logic screen, the one or more display screens, the service context and a multi-screen architecture associated with one or more of the output information; and changing the multi-screen configuration. The method further includes: observing the pre-conditions for changing the multi-screen configuration. 7 200849990 Z/IJiplf and post-conditions include: reporting the multi-screen configuration and context changes. The above characteristics and advantages of Xingxingyu and Wuming can be more obvious. The following two examples of special cattle, sub-matching the drawings, are described in detail below. [Embodiment] The description of M r will be accompanied by the illustration of the embodiment, and the proposed embodiment is carried out on the 1st of 0. The same or similar is used in the average 4: ϊ:

>亏钛唬,疋用來敘述相同或相似的部份。 本發明的多螢幕管理將參考圖2〜34C而解釋。 本發明的多螢幕系統與多榮幕管理的概念將參考圖 2〜10而解釋。 本發明實施例的各種Java類型的定義與功能將參考 圖11A〜29而解釋。 在OCAP環境中用於實施本發明實施例的〇cAp標準 的改變或改良將參考圖30A〜34C而解釋。 為更了解本說明書,現將定義縮寫與名詞。 “HAVi”是(Home Audio - Video Interoperability,家庭 視訊音頻協同運作技術)的縮寫。“msm”是多螢幕管理的 縮寫。“PiP”是子母晝面的縮寫。”p〇p”是分離晝面的縮寫。 “AIT” 是應用資訊表(application information table)的縮 寫。”XAIT”是加強應用資訊表(extended application information table)的縮寫。 ’’聲音焦點螢幕(Audio Focus Screen)”是一種螢幕,選 擇其聲音來源以顯示於相關於任意致能影像輸出埠之任一 8 200849990 27131pif 聲音展示裝置上,螢幕可能直接相關(當其為顯示螢幕)或 間接相關(當其為映對邏輯螢幕)於致能之影像輸出埠。 π顯示映對器(Display Mapper),,是一種邏輯處理,其將 邏輯螢幕的正規化座標空間混合至顯示螢幕(或其某一部 份)的正規化座標空間。 顯示多螢幕組態(Display Multiscreen Configuration)” 是一種多螢幕組態,其只包含顯示螢幕。各平台 (per-platform)多螢幕組態是一種顯示多螢幕組態。顯示多 螢 幕 組 態 的 組 態 類 型 是 ’SCREEN-CONFIGURATIONJDISPLAYf,這將於底下解 釋。 ”顯示螢幕(Display Screen)’^一種螢幕類型,其對實 體顯示裝置的最終輸出混合進行模型化。顯示螢幕會相關 於一或多影像輸出埠,一或多影像輸出埠為(1)附至内部的 整合型顯示;或(2)附至透過某些已知介面(如高解析度多 媒體介面(High-Defmition Multimedia Interface ; HDMI)或 IEEE1394)而連接至外部顯示裝置的實體輸出埠缏線。 ”一般螢幕(General Screen)”是一種邏輯螢幕,其指定 至一般螢幕類型,將於底下解釋。一般螢幕可被再組態, 使其可服務於不同應用情況。比如,某些時刻其可組態為 PiP螢幕,而其他時刻其可被組態為P〇P組態。 〜 "邏輯螢幕(Logical Screen)”是一種螢幕類型,其不直 接相關於實體顯示裝置’但可透過顯示映對器而映對至顯 示螢幕。邏輯螢幕可被映對或未被映對。如被映對,其相 9 200849990 z/uipif 關於顯示螢幕;如未被映對,其不相關顯示螢幕。在例外 情況下,邏輯螢幕可直接相關於影像輸出埠,在此情況下, 其可同當成邏輯螢幕與半顯示螢幕。 π主螢幕(Main Screen),,是顯示螢幕或邏輯螢幕,其被 指定至主螢幕類型,將於底下解釋。主螢幕總是擴大至顯 示裝置的全螢幕(除了在不知MSM下,被顯示裝置所映 對)〇> Deficient Titanium, 疋 is used to describe the same or similar parts. The multi-screen management of the present invention will be explained with reference to Figs. 2 to 34C. The concept of the multi-screen system and multi-screen management of the present invention will be explained with reference to Figs. The definitions and functions of various Java types of the embodiments of the present invention will be explained with reference to Figs. 11A to 29 . A change or improvement of the 〇cAp standard for implementing an embodiment of the present invention in an OCAP environment will be explained with reference to Figs. 30A to 34C. To better understand this specification, abbreviations and nouns will now be defined. “HAVi” is an abbreviation of (Home Audio - Video Interoperability). “msm” is an abbreviation for Multi-Screen Management. "PiP" is an abbreviation for the face of the child. "p〇p" is an abbreviation for separating facets. "AIT" is an abbreviation of the application information table. "XAIT" is an abbreviation for the extended application information table. ''Audio Focus Screen' is a screen that selects its sound source for display on any of the 8 200849990 27131pif sound display devices associated with any enabled image output. The screen may be directly related (when it is displayed) Screen) or indirectly related (when it is a pair of logic screens) to enable image output 埠. π Display Mapper, is a logic process that blends the normalized coordinate space of the logic screen to display The normalized coordinate space of the screen (or part of it). Display Multiscreen Configuration is a multi-screen configuration that only contains the display screen. The per-platform multi-screen configuration is a display multi-screen configuration. The type of the display that shows the multi-screen configuration is 'SCREEN-CONFIGURATIONJDISPLAYf, which will be explained below. "Display Screen" ^ A type of screen that models the final output mix of a physical display device. The display screen is related to one or more image output ports, and one or more image outputs are (1) attached to An internal integrated display; or (2) attached to a physical output line connected to an external display device through some known interface, such as High-Defmition Multimedia Interface (HDMI) or IEEE 1394. The "General Screen" is a logic screen that is assigned to the general screen type and will be explained below. The general screen can be reconfigured to serve different applications. For example, it can be grouped at certain times. The state is a PiP screen, and at other times it can be configured as a P〇P configuration. ~ "Logical Screen" is a type of screen that is not directly related to the physical display device' but can be displayed through the display And the screen is displayed to the display screen. The logic screen can be mapped or unmapped. If it is reflected, its phase 9 200849990 z/uipif about the display screen; if it is not reflected, it does not show the screen. In exceptional cases, the logic screen can be directly related to the image output port, in which case it can be used as a logical screen and a half display screen. The π Main Screen, which is the display screen or logic screen, is assigned to the main screen type and will be explained below. The main screen is always expanded to the full screen of the display unit (except for the display unit) without knowing the MSM.

多螢幕可組態情境(Multiscreen Configurable Context)”是多螢幕情況的加強,其能組態關於多螢幕管理 功能的狀態資訊。多螢幕組態情境是由本發明實施例所用 的f 多螢幕可組態情境(MultiScreenConfigurableContext),介 面所定義,而在本發明中,,多螢幕可組態情境 (MultiScreenConfigurableContext)’ 介面是代表多螢幕可組 態情境的Java類型。 ’’多螢幕(Multiscreen Configuration)’’是螢幕的可辨別 集合’其代表或可代表内容,此集合可(但未必)為在既定 平台實施或既定顯示螢幕上的所有可存取螢幕的適當子集 合。在任何時刻,單一多螢幕組態可應用至(1)整^的^ 台,在此情況下,在組態中的螢幕是顯示螢幕;(幻各顯示 螢幕’在此情況下,組態中的螢幕是顯示螢幕本身或顧^ 至此顯示螢幕的一組邏輯螢幕。既定的底下骜幕 、 時刻存在於多螢幕組態中。 任何 多螢幕組態由本發明實施例 用的 而Multiscreen Configurable Context is an enhancement of the multi-screen situation, which can configure status information about the multi-screen management function. The multi-screen configuration scenario is configurable by the multi-screen used in the embodiment of the present invention. The context (MultiScreenConfigurableContext) is defined by the interface, and in the present invention, the MultiScreenConfigurableContext interface is a Java type representing a multi-screen configurable context. ''Multiscreen Configuration'' is A discernable collection of screens, which may or may represent content, may (but are not necessarily) a suitable subset of all accessible screens that are implemented on a given platform or on a given display screen. At any time, a single multi-screen group The state can be applied to (1) the whole ^, in this case, the screen in the configuration is the display screen; (the magic display screen) In this case, the screen in the configuration is to display the screen itself or ^ At this point, a set of logic screens for the screen is displayed. The established bottom curtain is always present in the multi-screen configuration. Any multi-screen group And with the embodiment of the present invention

MultiScreenConfiguration’ 介面所定義 200849990 ’MultiScreenConflguration,介面是代表多螢幕組態的 類型。 ’’多螢幕組態類型(Multiscreen Configuration Type),,是 多螢幕組態的特徵,主要根據其構成的螢幕類型。 組態類型的集合可更分成:⑴單—顯示 稱為顯示多螢幕組態;以及(2)其他的多螢幕組態類型,稱 為非顯不多榮幕組態。 多螢幕情境(Mutiscreen Context)’’是一種狀態資訊, 其可加強HAVi螢幕以允許在實施多螢幕的平台上進行互 通。此基本多螢幕情境提供發現(但不改變)狀態資訊的功 能。 夕^:幕’丨月境由本發明貫施例的’MultiScreenContext,介 面所定義,在本說明書中,,MultiScreenC〇ntext,介面代表 多螢幕情境。 多螢幕管理貝(Multiscreen Manager)’’是一種單獨管 理元件,其由平台實施所提供,此平台透過本說明書定義 的特性可有效使用多螢幕。多螢幕管理員也稱為多螢幕管 理員。 多螢幕管理員由本發明實施例所用的Defined by the MultiScreenConfiguration’ interface 200849990 ‘MultiScreenConflguration, the interface is the type that represents the multi-screen configuration. ''Multiscreen Configuration Type', is a feature of multi-screen configuration, mainly based on the type of screen it is composed of. The collection of configuration types can be further divided into: (1) single-display called display multi-screen configuration; and (2) other multi-screen configuration types, called non-significant no-fam configuration. The Mutiscreen Context ' is a status message that enhances the HAVi screen to allow interworking on platforms that implement multiple screens. This basic multi-screen scenario provides the ability to discover (but not change) status information.夕^: The screen of the screen is defined by the 'MultiScreenContext' interface of the present invention. In this specification, the MultiScreenC〇ntext interface represents a multi-screen scene. The Multiscreen Manager' is a separate management component that is provided by a platform implementation that effectively uses multiple screens through the features defined in this specification. Multi-screen administrators are also known as multi-screen administrators. Multi-screen administrator used by embodiments of the present invention

MultiScreenManager’ 等級所定義,而’MultiScreenManager’ 專級是代表多螢幕管理員的一種java類型。 ”外層螢幕(Overlay Screen)’^一種邏輯螢幕,其指定 至外層螢幕類別,將於底下解釋。外層螢幕的Z順序 (z-order)使得相關的外層螢幕能比其他非外層螢幕位於最 11 200849990 ^ / i j ιμιι 前面。 各顯不夕鸯幕乡且態(per-Display Multiscreen C〇nflgUratiGn)’’是非顯示多螢幕組態,其可絲或可用於定 義相關於較顯TFf幕的絲或潛在性絲§幕組。在目 前主動f平台多螢幕組態内的各底層顯示螢幕包括狀態變 數,以定義其主動各顯示多螢幕組態。 ”各平台多榮幕組態(Per_piatf〇rm Μιιΐ_·The MultiScreenManager’ level is defined, and the 'MultiScreenManager’ level is a java type that represents multiple screen administrators. "Overlay Screen" ^ A kind of logic screen assigned to the outer screen category, which will be explained below. The z-order of the outer screen allows the associated outer screen to be located at the top 11 other than the other non-outer screens. ^ / ij ιμιι front. Per-Display Multiscreen C〇nflgUratiGn'' is a non-display multi-screen configuration that can be used to define the silk or potential associated with a more TFf screen. The silk screen § screen group. In the current active f platform multi-screen configuration, the bottom layer display screen includes state variables to define its active display multi-screen configuration. "Multi-window configuration of each platform (Per_piatf〇rm Μιιΐ_·

顯衫絲喊,其㈣或可用於定 ίί? 顯:螢幕组。目前主動各平台多螢幕 組悲疋-種夕茧幕官理員單獨例的狀態變數。 “PiP螢幕”是一種邏輯馨墓^Shouted, its (4) or can be used to set ίί? Display: screen group. At present, there are many screens in the active platform of each platform, and the state variables of the individual cases of the ceremonial officials. "PiP Screen" is a kind of logical cemetery ^

Pip pip ° a香且(在z_順序)上較主螢幕更前 面0 “PoP螢幕,’是-種邏輯螢幕,其紋至pQp榮幕類 型。PoP螢幕-般沿著-❹個其他PqP榮幕放置, 滿顯示螢幕。 “榮幕(SCreen)”是一組(邏輯的或可能是實體的)資源, 其能表不某些背景色’背景影像,影像與圖像的組合。背 景色’背景影像’影像與圖像是透過由HAVi所提供的 ’HscreenDevicei而顯示。背景色與背景影像是由 ’Hbackgrounddevice1 顯示,影像是由,HVide〇Devke,顯示, 圖像是由’HGraphicDevice'顯示。螢幕可包括—個 'Hbackgmimddevice,,一個,HVide〇Device,與—個 'HGmphicDevice’。螢幕可分類為顯示螢幕或邏輯螢幕。 200849990 27131pif ”預設螢幕(Default Screen)’’是在多個螢幕中的最高存 取螢幕。’’預設螢幕裝置(Default Screen DeviceV^在多個 螢幕裝置中的最高存取螢幕裝置。預設螢幕裝置可為 ’Hbackgrounddevice’,’HVideoDevice’ 與 fHGraphicDevice’ 之一。 ▼’螢幕類別(Screen Category)’’是一組螢幕,根據其用途 或組態特性。 ’’螢幕辨別器(Screen Identifier)’’是底層螢幕與其資源 的獨特平台指定,其允許在不同類型螢幕或在單一類螢幕 間的辨別。 ”螢幕類別(Screen Type)n是螢幕的頂級分割,分成顯 示螢幕與邏輯螢幕。 π服務(Service)”* —種多媒體内容,其包括多個服務 成份。 “服務成份(Service Component)’^一種服務元件,其 包括影像成份,聲音成份與資料成份。資料成份包括在平 台上所執行的服務與應用的各種資訊項目。 π服務情境(Service Context)"是一種物件,其包括要被 實施服務的資源,裝置與狀態資訊等。 OCAP MEM加強版定義一組功能與行為,以允許在 支援這些屬性的平台上有效使用多顯示與多邏輯螢幕。 π 多螢幕組態傾聽者(Multiscreen Configuration Listener)”用於提供系統與應用改變’MultiScreenManager,的 整體狀態的通知,或各平台的某顯*,HScreen,的狀態改 13 200849990 Z/ 13 ipif 變,或某各顯示多螢幕組態的狀態改變,或對特殊 fMultiScreenConfiguration’的改變。多螢幕組態傾聽者由本 發明實施例所用的 fMultiScreenConfigurationListenern介面 所定義 , 而 本說明 書中的 fMultiScreenConfigurationListener"介面是代表多螢幕組態 傾聽者的Java類型。 π多螢幕情境傾聽者(Multiscreen Context Listener)”用 於提供關於系統與應用改變MultiScreenContext,的通知。 多螢幕情境傾聽者由本發明實施例所用的 fMultiScreenContextListenerf介面所定義,而本說明書中的 fMultiScreenContextListener’介面是代表多螢幕情境傾聽者 的Java類型。 ”多螢幕組態事件(Multiscreen Configuration Event)”用 於報告對fMultiScreenManagerf的整體狀態的改變,或各平 台的某些顯示’HScreen’的狀態改變,或對某些各顯示多螢 幕組態的狀態改變,或對特殊%1111^(^611(^011]^11以1;丨0111的 改變。多螢幕組態事件由本發明實施例所用的 ’MultiScreenConfigurationEvent’介面所定義,而本說明書中 的fMultiScreenConfigurationEventf介面是代表多螢幕組態 事件的Java類型。 "多螢幕情境事件("Multiscreen Context Event")”用於 將’MultiScreenContexf的改變報告給有興趣的傾聽者。多 螢幕情境事件由本發明實施例所用的 fMultiScreenContextEvenf介面所定義,而本說明書中的 14 200849990 2713 lpif ’MultiScreenContextEvent,介面是代表多螢幕情境事件白勺 Java類型。 ’多螢幕事件(Multiscreen Event)’是用於組織事件辨別 碼所用的大概基本等級,事件辨別碼由相關於多螢幕管理 功能的不同類型事件所用。多螢幕事件由本發明實施例所 用的,Multiscreen Event,介面所定義,而本說明書中的, Multiscreen Event ’介面是代表多螢幕事件的java類型。 多螢幕資源事件(Multiscreen Resource Event)’,用於 報告關於資源的多螢幕的資源狀態的改變。多螢幕資源事 件由本發明實施例所用的,Multiscreen Resource Event,介 面所疋義而本说明書中的,Multiscreen Resource Event , 介面是代表多螢幕資源事件的Java類型。 特殊平台支援此加強版的程度由平台與裝置製造者 所決定,或由此加強版的其他外部特性所定義,其一般由 類型與_所命令,包括可用調整器⑼㈣或獨立 \ 、的數里’可用影像解碼管線的數量,整合顯示的 ;二3^與聲=輸出埠的數量’可用於暫存影像 ,、α小的5己fe體1,與其他未特定資源。 解釋。毛月的夕赏幕系統與多螢幕管理將參考圖2〜10來 顯二 發明實施例的邏輯勞幕,顯祕與 組組-與顯示螢幕 7 ”、、員不軍幕組23〇相關於顯示映 15 200849990 ^ I U l pif =器220。顯示映對器220是一種將邏輯螢幕的正規化座 標空間混合至顯示螢幕的正規化座標空間的過程。亦即, 透過顯示映對器220, 一或多個邏輯螢幕可顯示於顯示螢 幕的所需位置。 _比如,本發明實施例的多螢幕管理系統包括··顯示映 對益220,多個邏輯螢幕212,214與210,與多個顯示螢 幕240 ’ 250與260。利用顯示映對器220,邏輯螢幕212,Pip pip ° a fragrant and (in z_order) more front than the main screen 0 "PoP screen, 'is a kind of logic screen, its pattern to pQp glory type. PoP screen - like along - 其他 other PqP Rong Curtain placement, full display screen. "SCreen" is a set of (logical or possibly physical) resources that can represent certain background colors 'background image, image and image combination. Background color' The background image 'image and image is displayed by 'HscreenDevicei' provided by HAVi. The background color and background image are displayed by 'Hbackgrounddevice1, the image is displayed by HVide〇Devke, and the image is displayed by 'HGraphicDevice'. It can include a 'Hbackgmimddevice, one, HVide〇Device, and a 'HGmphicDevice'. The screen can be categorized as a display screen or a logic screen. 200849990 27131pif "Default Screen" is in multiple screens The highest access screen. ''Preset screen device(Default Screen DeviceV^ is the highest access screen device among multiple screen devices. The default screen device can be one of 'Hbackgrounddevice', 'HVideoDevice' and fHGraphicDevice'. ▼'Screen Category (Screen Category ) '' is a set of screens, depending on their purpose or configuration characteristics. ''Screen Identifier'' is a unique platform designation of the underlying screen and its resources, which allows for different types of screens or between single screens. "Screen Type" is the top-level segmentation of the screen, divided into display screens and logic screens. π Service (Service) * - a multimedia content that includes multiple service components. "Service Component" A service component that includes an image component, a sound component, and a data component. The data component includes various information items of services and applications executed on the platform. The π Service Context is an object that includes to be Implement service resources, device and status information, etc. OCAP MEM Plus defines a set of features and To allow efficient use of multi-display and multi-logic screens on platforms that support these attributes. π Multiscreen Configuration Listener is used to provide notifications that the system and application change the overall status of the 'MultiScreenManager', or The status of a certain display of each platform, HScreen, 13 200849990 Z/ 13 ipif change, or the change of state of each display multi-screen configuration, or the change of special fMultiScreenConfiguration'. Multi-screen configuration listener by the embodiment of the present invention The fMultiScreenConfigurationListener interface used is defined, and the fMultiScreenConfigurationListener" interface in this specification is a Java type that represents a multi-screen configuration listener. The πMultiscreen Context Listener is used to provide a system and application change MultiScreenContext. The multi-screen situation listener is defined by the fMultiScreenContextListenerf interface used in the embodiment of the present invention, and the fMultiScreenContextListener' interface in this specification is a Java type representing a multi-screen situation listener. "Multiscreen Configuration Event" is used to report changes to the overall state of fMultiScreenManagerf, or to change the status of some displays 'HScreen' for each platform, or to change the status of some display multiple screen configurations. Or a special %1111^(^611(^011]^11 with 1; 丨0111 change. The multi-screen configuration event is defined by the 'MultiScreenConfigurationEvent' interface used in the embodiment of the present invention, and the fMultiScreenConfigurationEventf interface in this specification is A Java type representing a multi-screen configuration event. "Multiscreen Context Event" is used to report changes to 'MultiScreenContexf' to interested listeners. Multi-screen context events are used by embodiments of the present invention The fMultiScreenContextEvenf interface is defined, and in this specification, 14 200849990 2713 lpif 'MultiScreenContextEvent, the interface is a Java type representing a multi-screen situation event. 'Multiscreen Event' is the approximate basic level used to organize the event identification code. Event identification code Regarding the different types of events used for the multi-screen management function, the multi-screen event is defined by the Multiscreen Event, interface used in the embodiment of the present invention, and in this specification, the Multiscreen Event 'interface is a java type representing a multi-screen event. Event (Multiscreen Resource Event)' is used to report the change of the resource status of the multi-screen of the resource. The multi-screen resource event is used by the embodiment of the present invention, the Multiscreen Resource Event, and the interface is in this specification, Multiscreen Resource Event , the interface is a Java type that represents multiple screen resource events. The extent to which a particular platform supports this enhanced version is determined by the platform and device manufacturer, or by other external features of the enhanced version, which are generally ordered by type and _ , including the available adjuster (9) (four) or independent \, the number of available image decoding pipelines, integrated display; two 3 ^ with the sound = the number of output ' can be used for temporary storage of images, α small 5 fe body 1, with other unspecified resources. Interpretation. Maoyue's eve system and multi-screen management will FIG 2~10 significant test logic to an embodiment of the two curtain labor invention, which was secret group and Groups - 7 ",, membered group 23〇 not military screen associated with the display screen on the display enantiomer 15 200849990 ^ I U l pif = 220. The display mapper 220 is a process of mixing the normalized coordinate space of the logic screen to the normalized coordinate space of the display screen. That is, through the display mapper 220, one or more logic screens can be displayed at desired locations on the display screen. For example, the multi-screen management system of the embodiment of the present invention includes a display screen 220, a plurality of logic screens 212, 214 and 210, and a plurality of display screens 240' 250 and 260. Using the display mapper 220, the logic screen 212,

214與216中的至少一個會顯示於各顯示螢幕24〇,25〇盥 260 上。 〃 亦即,因為顯示映對器22〇的關係,螢幕區域242盥 在顯示螢幕24G内平行排列。邏輯螢幕212會斜 幕_ 242内,而邏輯螢幕214也會被縮放並 幕區域244内。同樣地,邏輯螢幕214位於顯示 示替篡2的最後面勞幕區域252。邏輯榮幕254位於顯 與暮26Π ^的螢幕區域254内。邏輯螢幕212位於顯示 :放置於顯:域「262。邏輯螢幕214會縮小 會顯;螢幕二邏内輯 塊圖其; 310 5 34〇,與I⑸單元35/ 務處理單元挪,輸出單元 黃L號接收早tl 310接收有線電視廣播信號。另 16 200849990 2713 lpif 外’廣播# 5虎接收卓元310也接收地面廣播信號或衛星廣 播信號。 數位信號處理單元320利用廣播信號接收單元3丨〇所 接收的服務成份來將服務再組態。 多媒體服務處理單元330產生用於代表由數位信號處 理單元320所再組態的服務的邏輯螢幕,並將 輯螢幕輸出至輸出單元340。 > 輸出早元340產生顯不螢幕,並將顯示螢幕映對至邏 輯螢幕。亦即,邏輯螢幕會相關於顯示螢幕,使得邏輯勞 幕的服務會相關於顯示螢幕。雖然在圖3中,服務先相關 於邏輯螢幕接著才相關於顯示螢幕,本發明不受限於此, 服務可直接相關於顯示螢幕。 ' 當輸出單元340包括一或多個輸出埠時,該些輸出埠 可相關於顯不榮幕。 為邊數位TV糸統300能貫現多螢幕管理功能,必需 由多媒體信號處理單元330與輸出單元340内決定邏輯螢 幕,顯示螢幕與輸出埠間的關聯。當實施平台時,可產生 多個螢幕,且多螢幕管理功能(亦即多螢幕組態,管理與改 變)的實施可提供MSM的應用介面(API),將於底下解。 顯示單元350包括用於顯示上述顯示螢幕的實體顯示 螢幕裝置。 、 圖4顯示根據本發明實施例的數位τν系統4〇〇所呈 現的多個内容。 數位TV系統400可同時呈現地面廣播内容41〇,有 17 200849990 / W Λ pif 線廣播内谷420與個人影像攝影機(pers〇nai vide〇 rec〇rder, PVR)貧料内容430。亦即,如果本發明的多螢幕管理可實 施於數位TV/機上盒(DTV/STB)模組内,地面廣播内容 41〇,有線廣播内容420與個人影像攝影機資料内容43〇 可分別相關於邏輯螢幕,且各邏輯螢幕會顯示於顯示勞幕 450 上。 因為本發明多螢幕管理會定義至少一多邏輯螢幕與 至少一顯不螢幕間的關聯,至少一邏輯螢幕可映對至一個 顯示螢幕。亦即,地面廣播内容41〇的邏輯螢幕會位於顯 示螢幕450的螢幕區域452内,而有線廣播内容42〇的邏 輯螢幕會位於顯示螢幕450的螢幕區域456内。另,因為 DTV/STB模組,PVT 0容430的邏輯螢幕會位於顯示螢幕 450的螢幕區域454内。 亦即,邏輯螢幕會被縮放並位於顯示螢幕45〇的各位 置處,以既定方式。 圖5A與5B分別顯示本發明實施例的非摘要服務 (non-abstract service)與摘要服務(abstract service)。 在圖5A中,服務組510是非摘要服務組。在圖5B 中,服務組520是摘要服務組。非摘要服務組51〇包括影 像服務520,聲音服務530與應用服務54〇。相對的,摘要 服務組550包括影像應用560與聲音應用57〇。亦即,摘 要服務組550是一種只包括應用服務的服務組,其不包括 任何的影像服務或聲音服務;而非摘要服務組是一種 包括其他服務與應用服務的服務組。 18 200849990 2713 lpif 圖6顯示螢幕情境_與各種方法間的關係。 =圖6,螢幕情境_包括:z順序(Z·。, 見度(visibility)63()’相關顯示營幕640與 相關服務情境650。 ^順序6職表驗蚊錢示絲上之多個邏輯榮 幕顯示順序的資訊。 在顯示區620中’邏輯螢幕的正規化螢幕座標空間映 對至顯不螢幕的正規化螢幕座標空間。 能見度630決定顯示於顯示螢幕上的邏 的或不可見的。 相關顯示螢幕640是-種顯示螢幕,其相關於邏輯營 幕。相關服務情境650是相關於邏輯螢幕或顯示螢服 務情境。 入 螢幕情境6GG可透過,,設定/加人,,方式來設定或加八 屬性,並透過”讀取/去除”方式來讀取或去除屬性。亦 螢幕情境600可利用”設定/加入,,與,,讀取/去除,,方 定與改變屬性。 X ^汉 雖然圖6未顯示,螢幕情境600所包括不只ζ順序, 顯示區,能見度,相關顯示螢幕與相關服務情境,也可包 括下列至少一者:相關於目前螢幕的聲音焦點,相關於^ 前螢幕的聲音來源,相關於目前螢幕的螢幕裝置的ζ順 序,相關於目前螢幕的顯示區域,以及相關於目前技 ' 影像輸出埠。 $ ' 圖7Α與7Β顯示根據避輯螢幕的ζ順序在顯示踩幕 19 200849990, 上的結果。 隨著相關元件的z順序增加,相關元件位於更_ 前面)的位置。參考圖7A,當邏輯螢幕la 710與邏輯2更 2a 720在顯示螢幕700上的Z順序分別為1與2护 : 守,缝鞋 螢幕2a 720的位置較邏輯螢幕2a 720更高(更前面)。^ 相似地,參考圖7B,當邏輯螢幕lb 760與邏輯技 2b 770在顯示螢幕750上的Z順序分別為2與}昨=幕 寸,蜂鞋 螢幕lb 760的位置較邏輯螢幕2b 770更高(更前面)。 圖8A與8B顯示服務情境,邏輯螢幕與顯示鸯幕 關聯。 日的 現將解釋當接收到包括影像内容812,聲音内$ 與應用内容816的服務810時,將服務直接/間接關聯 4 示螢幕的方法。 # 貝 參考圖8A,當服務810相關於空邏輯螢幕82〇而相 關於服務810的邏輯螢幕830則相關於顯示螢幕84〇時目 服務810會顯示850於顯示螢幕84〇上。亦即,顯示^幕 840與服務810透過邏輯螢幕820與830而彼此間接關聯。 參考圖8B,當服務810相關於空的邏輯螢幕84〇時, 服務810會顯示860於顯示螢幕840上。亦即,顯示螢幕 840與服務810彼此直接關聯。 因此,因為服務810直接/間接關聯於顯示螢幕84〇, 服務810可顯示於顯示螢幕84〇上,且當最後相關於輸出 埠,其可被輪出。 圖9A與9B顯示映對至邏輯螢幕的顯示區域的顯示螢 20 200849990 2713 lpif 幕結果。 參考圖9 A,卷漏無放苔 映對至顯示螢幕92田〇 ’的黎雜/1〇透過顯示映對器22〇而 顯示940於顯示—區域930時,邏輯螢幕910會 相對地, H 220而映對至^狄莖’虽邏輯螢幕_透過顯示映對 會顯示96G於92G的區域95G時,邏輯螢幕910 亦即,=鸯 〇的區域950。 幕上的内容螢‘給予縮:T方法’可將顯示於-部份的螢 關聯圖,,肩不多個服務,多個邏輯螢幕與顯示螢幕間的 務勞幕管理裝置可將相關於第-服 二邏輯螢幕1〇4〇同U〇30與相關於第二服務麵的第 螢幕咖與第示螢幕_。當第-邏輯 相關於輸出埠咖,二奉卿所映對的顯示螢幕刪 單元上。 守最後輸出結果1070可呈現於顯示 幕,2顯置可包括多個服務’多個邏輯螢 可透過^2 /、夕個輸出埠。因此,多螢幕管理裝置 D D輪出埠而呈現多個服務與多個螢幕。 幕管置組態’本發明實施例的多螢 的;一衣置也可疋義多螢幕狀態組態、改變與管理 力^ /、即’因為多營幕管理方法與裝置可提供各種能 于 改變,設定與發現:邏輯螢幕與顯示螢幕間的 21 200849990. ==,ί幕裝置、服務情境、顯示螢幕與影像輪出埠 fBJ的關如,聲音焦點指定,各顯示多螢幕組態以及各 多螢幕組態;保留資源與釋放所保留的資源;以及監視^ 通知各種改變’以及各種改變的前置條件與後置^的= 種能力,可實施平順的多螢幕組態與多f幕管理 釋多螢幕組態與多螢幕管理的各種能力。 、~ 現將解釋根據本發明實施例的應用至〇CAp 螢幕管理方法與裝置。 ......夕At least one of 214 and 216 is displayed on each of the display screens 24, 25 260. That is, the screen areas 242 are arranged in parallel within the display screen 24G because of the relationship of the display screens 22A. The logic screen 212 will slant within the _ 242 and the logic screen 214 will also be scaled within the BD area 244. Similarly, the logic screen 214 is located at the last screen area 252 where the display 2 is displayed. The logical honor screen 254 is located in the screen area 254 of 显26Π^. The logic screen 212 is located in the display: placed in the display field: 262. The logic screen 214 will be reduced; the screen will be displayed in the screen; 310 5 34〇, and I(5) unit 35/service processing unit, output unit yellow L The number is received early ttl 310 to receive the cable television broadcast signal. Another 16 200849990 2713 lpif outer 'broadcast # 5 tiger receiving Zhuoyuan 310 also receives terrestrial broadcast signals or satellite broadcast signals. The digital signal processing unit 320 utilizes the broadcast signal receiving unit 3 The service component is received to reconfigure the service. The multimedia service processing unit 330 generates a logic screen for representing the service reconfigured by the digital signal processing unit 320, and outputs the screen to the output unit 340. > The element 340 generates a display screen and displays the display screen to the logic screen. That is, the logic screen is related to the display screen, so that the service of the logic screen is related to the display screen. Although in Figure 3, the service is first related to the screen. The logic screen is then related to the display screen, and the invention is not limited thereto, the service may be directly related to the display screen. ' When the output unit 340 includes one or more When outputting, the output ports may be related to the display screen. For the side digital TV system 300 to be able to implement the multi-screen management function, it is necessary to determine the logic screen by the multimedia signal processing unit 330 and the output unit 340 to display the screen and The output is connected. When the platform is implemented, multiple screens can be generated, and the implementation of multi-screen management functions (ie, multi-screen configuration, management and change) can provide MSM application interface (API), which will be solved underneath. The display unit 350 includes a physical display screen device for displaying the above display screen. Fig. 4 shows a plurality of contents presented by the digital τν system 4〇〇 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The digital TV system 400 can simultaneously present terrestrial broadcast content. 41〇, there are 17 200849990 / W Λ pif line broadcast valley 420 and personal video camera (pers〇nai vide〇rec〇rder, PVR) poor content 430. That is, if the multi-screen management of the present invention can be implemented in digital In the TV/set-up box (DTV/STB) module, the terrestrial broadcast content is 41〇, and the cable broadcast content 420 and the personal video camera data content 43 can be respectively related to the logic screen, and each logic The screen will be displayed on the display screen 450. Because the multi-screen management of the present invention defines at least one logical screen and at least one display screen, at least one logic screen can be mapped to a display screen. The logical screen of the content 41〇 will be located in the screen area 452 of the display screen 450, and the logical screen of the wired broadcast content 42〇 will be located in the screen area 456 of the display screen 450. In addition, because of the DTV/STB module, the PVT 0 capacity 430 The logical screen will be located within the screen area 454 of the display screen 450. That is, the logic screen will be scaled and placed at the display screen 45〇 in the established manner. 5A and 5B respectively show a non-abstract service and an abstract service according to an embodiment of the present invention. In Figure 5A, service group 510 is a non-summary service group. In Figure 5B, service group 520 is a summary service group. The non-summary service group 51 includes an image service 520, a sound service 530, and an application service 54. In contrast, the summary service group 550 includes an image application 560 and a sound application 57. That is, the summary service group 550 is a service group including only application services, which does not include any image service or sound service; the non-digest service group is a service group including other service and application services. 18 200849990 2713 lpif Figure 6 shows the relationship between the screen situation _ and various methods. = Figure 6, the screen situation _ includes: z order (Z·., visibility 63 () 'related display screen 640 and related service situation 650. ^ sequence 6 job test mosquito money on the silk The logical glory displays the sequence of information. In the display area 620, the normalized screen coordinate space of the logical screen is mapped to the normalized screen coordinate space of the display screen. Visibility 630 determines the logical or invisible display on the display screen. The related display screen 640 is a kind of display screen, which is related to the logic camp. The related service context 650 is related to the logic screen or the display fire service situation. The screen scene 6GG can be set, the setting/adding person, the way to set Or add eight attributes and read or remove attributes through the “read/remove” method. Also screen scenario 600 can be used to “set/join, and,, read/remove, determine and change attributes. X ^ Although not shown in FIG. 6, the screen scenario 600 includes not only the order, the display area, the visibility, the related display screen and the related service context, but also includes at least one of the following: the sound focus related to the current screen. About the sound source of the front screen, the order of the screen device related to the current screen, related to the display area of the current screen, and related to the current technology 'image output 埠. $ ' Figure 7Α and 7Β display according to the 避 screen The sequence is showing the result on the tread screen 19 200849990. As the z-order of the relevant elements increases, the relevant elements are located at the more front. For reference to Figure 7A, when the logic screen la 710 and the logic 2 are 2a 720 on the display screen 700 The Z order on the top is 1 and 2 respectively: The position of the sneaker screen 2a 720 is higher (more front) than the logic screen 2a 720. ^ Similarly, referring to Figure 7B, when the logic screen lb 760 and logic 2b 770 The Z order on the display screen 750 is 2 and } yesterday = screen, the position of the bee shoe screen lb 760 is higher (front) than the logic screen 2b 770. Figures 8A and 8B show the service context, logic screen and display 鸯Curtain association. The day will now explain the method of directly/indirectly associating the service with the service 810 including the video content 812, the sound within the $ and the application content 816. #贝的图图8A, when the service 810 is related The empty logic screen 82 and the logic screen 830 associated with the service 810 are related to the display screen 84. The time service 810 displays 850 on the display screen 84. That is, the display screen 840 and the service 810 are transmitted through the logic screen 820. 830 is indirectly associated with each other. Referring to Figure 8B, when service 810 is associated with an empty logical screen 84, service 810 displays 860 on display screen 840. That is, display screen 840 and service 810 are directly associated with each other. The service 810 is directly/indirectly associated with the display screen 84, the service 810 can be displayed on the display screen 84, and when it is finally associated with the output, it can be rotated. Figures 9A and 9B show the display of the display area mapped to the logic screen. 200804490 2713 lpif screen results. Referring to FIG. 9A, the scroll screen is not displayed, and the display screen 〇 显示 显示 显示 显示 显示 显示 显示 显示 显示 显示 显示 显示 显示 显示 显示 显示 显示 显示 显示 显示 显示 显示 显示 显示 显示 940 940 显示 显示 逻辑 逻辑 逻辑 逻辑 逻辑220 and the opposite of the "Di stem" although the logical screen _ through the display will show 96G in the 92G area 95G, the logical screen 910, that is, the area 950. On-screen content Firefly 'giving shrink: T method' can be displayed on the - part of the fire map, shoulders without multiple services, multiple logic screens and display screens between the screen management device can be related to - Service two logic screens 1〇4〇 with U〇30 and related to the second service surface of the first screen and the first screen. When the first logic is related to the output 埠 , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , The final output 1070 can be presented on the display screen, and the 2 display can include multiple services 'multiple logic fires can be passed through ^2 /, one output. Therefore, the multi-screen management device D D takes turns to present multiple services and multiple screens. The configuration of the fascia is 'multiple fireflies of the embodiment of the present invention; a clothing can also be configured with multiple screen states, changes and management powers ^ /, ie 'because the multi-screen management method and device can provide various energy Change, setting and discovery: 21 between the logic screen and the display screen 2008 20089090. ==, screen device, service situation, display screen and image wheel out 埠fBJ off, sound focus assignment, display multi-screen configuration and each Multi-screen configuration; retaining resources and releasing reserved resources; and monitoring ^ notification of various changes' and pre-conditions and post-conditions of various changes, enabling smooth multi-screen configuration and multi-f screen management Various capabilities for multi-screen configuration and multi-screen management. The application to the CAP screen management method and apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention will now be explained. ......Xi

本發明定義可支援本說明書所定義之多螢幕管理功 能的OCAP主機裝置之0CAP協定的模組加強版。多螢幕 管理功能定義成標準軟體介面,以允許互通〇CAp應用能 有效利用支援多螢幕的主機裝置的資源。 ^ b OCAP MEM加強版是對〇CAP協定的加強版,〇CAp 協定包括應用級所有需要的API,内容與資料格式及協 定。為OCAP MEM加強版所發展出的應用將執行於開放 有線相容的主機裝置上。〇 CAP ME M加強版允許有線操作 者能安排互通應用,以在連接至網路的開放有線相袁的主 機裝置上管理多螢幕功能。 此協定允許有線操作者能有標準化介面,以管理多螢 幕功能與其狀態,比如在多主機裝置間的Pip與ρ〇ρ螢幕。 OCAP ΜΈΜ加強版可應用至各種硬體與作業系統, 以允許客製化電子產品(CE,consumer electronics)製造商 在實施上的彈性。定義OCAP MEM加強版的主要目的是 能給客製化電子產品(CE,consumer electronics)製造商有 22 200849990 27131pif 競爭力的實财仏_射 路獨立應用所用的穩定與互通 7疋義應用舆有線網 螢幕功能。 王武々面’其希望了解多 成模功能__合,《及介面,底下將實施 產品的 ,方法與電腦程式 的方塊組合,可由電 ^ =圖的各方塊與流程圖 令可提供至一般用來實施。這些電腦程式指 資料處理裝置的處理;二=;電】=可程式化 可程式化資料處理I置的處使付由電腦或其他 生用:實施流程圖方塊所定義行的該些指令能夠產 處理3 A至電腦或其他可程式化資料 ¥ i, -串彳木作步驟能執行在電腦或可程式化裝 化狀4可貫施處理,使得執行於電腦或可程式 步2。、曰令可提供用於實施流程方塊中所定義功能的 =11的各方塊可代表模纟 1,程式碼區段或一部份, :匕”定邏輯功能的-或多可執行指令。要了 貝苑例中,方塊中的功能可以不同順序執行。 連,兩方塊實際上可同時執行,或此兩方塊可以相 反順,!:取決於所用的功能。 夕忠幕管理方法與裝置是現標準的加強版。 0⑽MSM力口強版的形式為,信號機制(描述子, 200849990f f L· J. pil deSC_〇rS)API ’平台行為(語義,__岣與應用使用限 制。 在此實施例中,本說明書所定義的Αρι的形式為現 功能的加強,及由套件,org.havi.ui’所定義的HAVi使用八 面所定義❺API。特別是’在此所定義的大部份功能的二 式為由實際等級所實施的介面,此實際等級由支援 ’org.havi.ui.HScreen’等級的平台所使用。 茭 HScreen是一種螢幕。Jaa類型或參數寫成引號(‘,)内 的英文。Java等級是相同類型物件的各種參數與方法的集 合,而Java介面定義在等級内互通的物件能力。本發明= 施例可官理與組恶多螢幕,並透過各等級所定義的方法來 改變此組態。例子是由等級所產生的物件。 多螢幕管理實施例中的方法,攔位與Java類型定義於 圖 11A〜23D。 ' OCAP MSM加強版定義驗告知Xlet應㈣廳乂相 關行為所用的選擇性描述子。在缺乏此種描述子下,會定The present invention defines a modular enhanced version of the 0CAP protocol for an OCAP host device that can support the multi-screen management functions defined in this specification. The multi-screen management function is defined as a standard software interface to allow interworking CAp applications to effectively utilize the resources of host devices that support multiple screens. ^ b OCAP MEM Plus is an enhanced version of the CAP Agreement, which includes all required APIs, content and data formats and protocols at the application level. Applications developed for the enhanced version of OCAP MEM will be implemented on open wired compatible host devices. CAP CAP ME M Plus allows the cable operator to schedule interworking applications to manage multiple screen functions on open cable consoles connected to the network. This agreement allows wired operators to have standardized interfaces to manage multi-screen functions and their status, such as Pip and ρ〇ρ screens between multi-master devices. The OCAP ΜΈΜ Plus can be applied to a variety of hardware and operating systems to allow for the flexibility of CE (consumer electronics) manufacturers. The main purpose of the OCAP MEM enhanced version is to provide manufacturers of customized electronic products (CE, consumer electronics) with 22 200849990 27131pif competitive real estate _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Web screen function. Wang Wu's face, 'I hope to understand the multi-model function __he, "and the interface, the implementation of the product, the method and the computer program block combination, can be provided by the ^ ^ map of the various blocks and flow chart order can be provided to the general Used to implement. These computer programs refer to the processing of data processing devices; two =; electricity] = programmable and programmable data processing I can be used by computers or other bio-uses: the instructions defined in the implementation of the flow chart block can produce Handling 3 A to a computer or other stylized data ¥ i, - Strings of wood can be executed in a computer or programmable form 4 can be processed to make it executable on a computer or programmable step 2. The blocks of =11 that can be used to implement the functions defined in the process block can represent module 1, code segment or part, :" Logic function - or multiple executable instructions. In the case of Beiyuan, the functions in the box can be executed in different order. Even, the two blocks can be executed at the same time, or the two blocks can be reversed!!: Depending on the function used. Standard Enhanced Edition. 0(10)MSM Power Port is in the form of a signal mechanism (descriptor, 200849990f f L· J. pil deSC_〇rS) API 'platform behavior (semantics, __岣 and application usage restrictions. Implemented here) In the example, the form of Αρι defined in this specification is an enhancement of the current function, and the HAVi defined by the suite, org.havi.ui' uses the eight-sided definition API. In particular, most of the functions defined here. The second type is the interface implemented by the actual level. This actual level is used by platforms that support the 'org.havi.ui.HScreen' level. 茭HScreen is a screen. The Jaa type or parameter is written in quotation marks (',). English. Java level is A collection of various parameters and methods of the same type of object, and the Java interface defines the ability of objects to interoperate within the hierarchy. The present invention = the embodiment can be used to change the configuration by a method defined by each level. The example is the object generated by the hierarchy. The method in the multi-screen management embodiment, the interception and Java type are defined in Figures 11A to 23D. ' OCAP MSM Enhanced Edition defines the selectivity of the Xlet should be used in (4) Descriptor. In the absence of such a description, it will be

義預設的語義。 S OCAP MSM加強版可透過底下定義的多營幕用途描 述子來加強0CAP。在AIT或XAIT中所告知的〇CAp應 用可包括在應用中所用的應用描述子迴圈中的最多一個多 螢幕用途描述子。 如果在某些應用的應用描述子迴圈中沒有多螢幕用 途描述子,則0CAP主機裝置會將這視為多螢幕用途描述 子的存在,其’terminate一on—condition’旗標(flag)重設為,〇,, 24 200849990 2713 lpif 其 ’disallow j)artial—display一graphics一mapping,旗標重設為 O’,以及其’allow一default一device一reconfig’旗標重設為,〇,。 上述所引發的效應是’在預設下,(1)應用預設圖形平 面可被縮放(連同其預設背景與影像平面)至顯示榮幕的— 部份,透過中介邏輯螢幕;(2)應用預設螢幕裝置無法任意 重組悲或其沒有貧源,以及(3)如果此最後條件必需保持, 則暫停應用’或如果無法暫停,則中止(suspend)。在本說 Γ 明書中,”中止”用於當應用暫時停止處理過程但卻持續使 用資源。另,”中止”用於當應用找不到資源並完全停止處 理過程。 多榮幕用途描述子包括:f descriptor tag1, ’descriptor—length! , terminate—on—condition, , disallowjpartial—display—graphics—mapping, , ’allow—default—device—reconfig’,與’reserved,。 ▼descriptor一tag’是8位元未帶符號的整數,其值為 0x6E,其辨別此多螢幕用途描述子。 I descriptor一length是8位元未帶符號的整數,其指定 在此攔位後的位元組數量。在此說明書中,只有—個位元 組(byte)在’descriptor—lengthf 之後。 ▼terminate—on—condition’是 1位元旗標,其指定在 ’disallow_partial一display—graphics一mapping’ 設為,ι, 或 ’allow—default一device—reconfig1 設為 時的應用生命周期 的所需效應,由此兩個旗標之一所指定的條件需要應用的 暫停或中止。 25 200849990 丄 / 丄 J 1 pif* 如果此旗標設為”1,,,則OCAP平台將在主導條件開 始時中止(破壞)應用;如果此旗標設為,,〇,,,則〇CAp平台 將试著暫停此應用,如果無法暫停的話,則在主導條件開 始時中止應用。 如果因為此旗標為假時使得應用暫停的話,則當未獲 得主導條件時,此應用必需被回復,但如果無法回復,= 如因為無法取得足夠資源,則必需中止(破壞)應用。 在本情境中,,,暫停,,要解釋成引起受影響之應用初始 Xlet 例的 ’pauseXlet(),方法。 disallow』artial_display 一 graphics—mapping,是 1 位元 旗標,其代表,應用無法繼續執行,當多螢幕組態有變化, 或在螢幕間交換或移動服務情境時,使得此應用預設圖像 平面(螢幕裝置)必需被縮放以操作於螢幕區無法映對至全 顯示螢幕的邏輯螢幕中。 如不將 disall〇w_partial一display—graphics一mapping,設 為T,則在此條件開始時,要將應用暫停或終止,根據上 述的’terminate—on—condition’旗標的值;或者,如果 ’disallowjmrtial—display—graphics—mapping’重設為”0”,則 在此條件開始時,不可將應用暫停或終止。 411〇〜」16€&1111_^¥以—咖〇11邮是1位元旗標,其指定 應用可繼續執行,當多螢幕組態有變化,或在螢幕間交換 或移動服務情境時,使得(1)某些預設螢幕裝置的1或多個 下列螢幕裝置組態((’HscreenConfiguration’)參數可能會改 變:螢幕區域,晝素(pixel)解析度或晝素尺寸比;或⑺在 26 200849990 2713 lpif 組態改變或服務情境交換/移動前已存在的_或多預設螢 幕裝置的底層資源於組態改變或服務情境交換/移動後無 法再取得。 如果’allow—default—device一reconfig’設為,,〇,,,則在此條 件開始時’要將應用暫停或終止,根據上述的 ’terminate—on—condition’ 旗標的值;或者,如果 ’allow一default一device一reconfig’ 設為 ’’ 1 ’’,則在此條件開始 時,不可將應用暫停或終止。 告知 ’allow—default-device-reconfig’設為 ”1” 的應用預 期 會暫存 傾 聽 者並處 理 ’org.havi.ui.HscreenConflgurationEvent, 與 ’org.ocap.ui.MultiScreenEvent’ Java 類型。 ’reserved’攔位是保留給未來標準,且其值全為”j,’。 現將解釋OCAPMSM加強版的應用介面。 本發明實施例將利用Java類型來解釋。然而,本實施 例並不受限於Java類型,習知此技者可用其他方法來達成 ί / 本發明目標與效果。 〇CAP MSM加強版定義功能與行為的集合,以允許 有效使用在支援這些特性的實施例平台上的多顯示與多邏 輯a幕。]VISM加強版透過加入下述的多螢幕管理功能來 加強OCAP。 支援OCAP MSM加強版的OCAP主機裝置必需實施 由底下所定義的語義。 OCAP應用的預設’HScreen*是fHScreen’,其代表預設 27 200849990, 底層螢幕裝置之目前主動集合與其目前主動HAVi螢幕組 態。 在 fDefault Hscreen Assignment’ 與 fMultiScreenManager.getDefaultHScreen()’方法中更詳細描 述應用預設’HScreeW的資訊。 等級的OCAP MSM加強版 要提供OCAP實施的各次要與主要觀看螢幕,亦即PiP與 非PiP觀看螢幕,的區隔邏輯’HScreen’。 ( 現將解釋螢幕。 HAVi使用者介面子系統(稱為基線HAVi模型)定義 ’HScreen 裝置的最終輸出組成”的描述,且代表” 用兩個獨立裝置的平台可支援此等級的兩個例子”。導入 MSM加強版,可加強此定義,以導入在顯示螢幕與邏輯 螢幕間的區隔。 首先,將解釋由,,顯示螢幕,,所加強出的,HScreen,等級。 呈現π實體顯示裝置的最終輸出成份(final output 1 composition of a physical display device)"的螢幕被 MSM 稱 為”顯示螢幕,,。相對地,透過邏輯座標系統轉換過程,由 硬體或軟體所轉換,而映對至顯示螢幕的螢幕稱為”邏輯螢 幕,、 顯示螢幕相關(映對)至0個或多個影像輸出埠,其可 刀另】致成或失能,如’’VideoOutputPort”所定義般。如果顯 不榮幕未相關於任何影像輸出埠,則在此顯示螢幕的情境 的任何主動展示將不會被呈現裝置所呈現。 28 200849990 2713 lpif 牡MSM情境中 示螢幕會視為内含於J聲音輸出與用於呈現聲音内容的顯 顯示螢幕合二員示螢幕的影像輸出埠。 音焦點螢幕,,用於、、二赏幕(audi〇 f_sc麵广。此,,聲 的影像輪料的相關音源要呈現於映對至顯示榮幕 音輸出可為嵌人式聲&3)聲音輸出。在本實施例中,聲The semantics of the presupposition. S OCAP MSM Plus enhances 0CAP through the multi-screen usage description defined below. The 〇CAp application notified in AIT or XAIT can include up to one multi-screen usage descriptor in the application description sub-loop used in the application. If there is no multi-screen usage descriptor in the application description sub-circle of some applications, the 0CAP host device will regard this as the existence of multi-screen usage descriptor, and its 'terminate-on-condition' flag is heavy. Set, 〇,, 24 200849990 2713 lpif its 'disallow j) artial-display a graphics-mapping, the flag is reset to O', and its 'allow one default one device one reconfig' flag is reset, oh, . The effect of the above is that 'under the preset, (1) the application of the preset graphics plane can be scaled (along with its preset background and image plane) to the display of the glory part, through the intermediary logic screen; (2) Applying a preset screen device cannot arbitrarily reorganize sorrow or its lack of a poor source, and (3) if this last condition must be maintained, suspend the application' or suspend if it cannot be paused. In this book, "Abort" is used when the application temporarily stops processing but continues to use resources. In addition, "Abort" is used when the application cannot find the resource and completely stops the process. The multi-title usage descriptors include: f descriptor tag1, 'descriptor_length!, terminate_on_condition, , disallowjpartial—display—graphics—mapping, , 'allow—default—device—reconfig’, and 'reserved,. ▼descriptor A tag' is an 8-bit unsigned integer whose value is 0x6E, which identifies this multi-screen usage descriptor. I descriptor-length is an 8-bit unsigned integer specifying the number of bytes after this block. In this specification, only one byte is after 'descriptor_lengthf. ▼terminate—on—condition' is a 1-bit flag specified in the application lifecycle when 'disallow_partial-display-graphics-mapping' is set to, ι, or 'allow-default-device-reconfig1 is set Effect, whereby the condition specified by one of the two flags requires a pause or abort of the application. 25 200849990 丄 / 丄J 1 pif* If this flag is set to "1,, then the OCAP platform will abort (destroy) the application at the beginning of the dominant condition; if this flag is set to, 〇,,, then 〇CAp The platform will try to pause the app, if it can't be paused, the app will be aborted at the beginning of the dominant condition. If the app is paused because this flag is false, the app must be replied when the dominant condition is not obtained, but If you can't reply, = If you can't get enough resources, you must abort (destroy) the application. In this scenario,, pause, is interpreted as the 'pauseXlet() method that caused the affected application's initial Xlet instance. 』artial_display A graphics-mapping, which is a 1-bit flag, which means that the application cannot continue to execute. When the multi-screen configuration changes, or when the service context is exchanged or moved between screens, the application presets the image plane ( The screen device must be scaled to operate in the logic screen where the screen area cannot be mapped to the full display screen. If not, disall〇w_partial-display-graphics-ma Pping, set to T, at the beginning of this condition, to suspend or terminate the application, according to the value of the 'terminate-on-condition' flag above; or, if 'disallowjmrtial-display-graphics-mapping' is reset to 0", at the beginning of this condition, the application cannot be suspended or terminated. 411〇~"16€&1111_^¥ to -Curry 11 is a 1-bit flag, the specified application can continue to execute, when more Changes to the screen configuration, or when switching between screens or moving service scenarios, may cause (1) one or more of the following screen configurations of certain preset screen devices (('HscreenConfiguration') parameters may change: screen area , pixel resolution or pixel size ratio; or (7) in 26 200849990 2713 lpif configuration change or service context exchange / mobile pre-existing _ or multi-preset screen device underlying resources in configuration changes or services After the situation exchange/moving can no longer be obtained. If 'allow-default-device-reconfig' is set to, 〇,,, then at the beginning of this condition, 'the application will be suspended or terminated, according to the above 'ter The value of the minate_on_condition' flag; or, if 'allow one default one device one reconfig' is set to '' 1 '', the application cannot be paused or terminated at the beginning of this condition. Tell 'allow-default- Applications with device-reconfig' set to "1" are expected to temporarily store listeners and handle 'org.havi.ui.HscreenConflgurationEvent, with the 'org.ocap.ui.MultiScreenEvent' Java type. The 'reserved' block is reserved for future standards, and its value is all "j,". The application interface of the OCAPMSM enhanced version will now be explained. The embodiment of the present invention will be explained using the Java type. However, this embodiment is not Limited to the Java type, it is known that other techniques can be used to achieve the goals and effects of the present invention. 〇 CAP MSM Plus defines a collection of functions and behaviors to allow for effective use on the platform of embodiments supporting these features. Display and Multi-Logic A.] VISM Plus enhances OCAP by adding the multi-screen management functions described below. The OCAP host device supporting OCAP MSM Plus must implement the semantics defined below. OCAP Application Preset 'HScreen* Is fHScreen', which stands for Preset 27 200849990, the current active set of the underlying screen device and its current active HAVi screen configuration. The application preset 'HScreeW' information is described in more detail in the fDefault Hscreen Assignment' and fMultiScreenManager.getDefaultHScreen()' methods. The level of OCAP MSM Plus provides the secondary and primary viewing screens for the OCAP implementation, ie PiP and The PiP views the screen, the segmentation logic 'HScreen'. (The screen will now be explained. The HAVi user interface subsystem (called the baseline HAVi model) defines the description of the 'HScreen device's final output composition' and stands for two independent The platform of the device can support two examples of this level.” Importing MSM Plus can enhance this definition to import the interval between the display screen and the logic screen. First, the explanation will be explained by, the display screen, and the enhanced , HScreen, level. The screen showing the final output 1 composition of a physical display device is called "display screen," relatively, through the logical coordinate system conversion process, Converted by hardware or software, and the screen that is displayed on the display screen is called “logical screen, display screen related (reflecting) to 0 or more image output 埠, which can be turned into or disabled) As defined by ''VideoOutputPort'), if the display is not related to any image output, then any active display of the screen's situation is displayed here. 28 200849990 2713 lpif The display screen in the MSM situation is regarded as the image output contained in the J sound output and the display screen for displaying the sound content. The sound focus screen ,, for, and two curtains (audi〇f_sc wide. Therefore, the relevant sound source of the image wheel of the sound should be presented in the pair to display the sound output of the screen, which can be the embedded sound & 3) sound output. In this embodiment, the sound

時映對至呈現於顯示。這只出現在當多邏輯螢幕同 , 、、、’、螢幕日守,比如ΡιΡ或PoP多螢幕組態。 有邏輯絲映對·示螢幕,或聲音焦點未相 關=匕·螢幕,則聲音焦點會指定至顯示螢幕本身。在 it月’下’相關於顯示螢幕的任何挪⑽心★ 會 變成音源。 :輯酱幕是,HS⑽en,的基線HAVi模型的自然加強, 其在’’裝置的最終輸出組合(the fmal 〇utput c〇mp〇siti〇n 〇f a device) +讀出”裝置(device)”以當成相關於實體裝置的” 遴輯裝置。此加強版不同於邏輯磁碟的習知概念,在邏輯 磁碟中,一部份的實體磁碟被視為如同有獨立磁碟般。 、由〇CAP應用觀點來看,邏輯螢幕的目的相同於顯示 螢幕。其具有目前(非多螢幕),HScreen,例的所有標準屬性 與行為·一組的預設螢幕背景,影像與圖像螢幕裝置,相 同類型的一組非預設螢幕裝置,一或多組的連貫螢幕裝置 組態,自動改變一組螢幕裝置以建立這些裝置的連貫螢幕 組態的能力,以及決定具給定螢幕裝置組態範本的特殊類 型螢幕裝置的最佳組態。 29 200849990 pif M 螢幕具其本身的,獨立的與正規化的螢幕座標 ::墓广線HAVi模型所定義。邏輯螢幕-般相關於顯 ^幕㈣不於此顯示螢幕上的顯示 ^邏輯f幕的正規化座標空間可映對至在齡螢幕紅 5座標㈣内的矩形螢幕。雖然在此為方便解釋,顯示 區域在此為矩形螢幕,本發明並不受限於此。 —當兩個正規化座標空間之_映對已辨剌,此矩形 螢幕(底下稱為顯示區域)可能會相衝於整個顯示螢幕。 或者,此矩形螢幕可能會相衝於顯示螢幕的一部份。 在此情況下,顯示區域可能整個内含於顯示螢幕的可視 區,或其整個位於顯示螢幕的可視區外部。或,矩形螢幕 可相叉於顯示螢幕的可視與非可視(外部)部份。 如果顯示區域的某些部份加強至顯示螢幕的可視顯 示區域外部(亦即,顯示螢幕的外部矩形螢幕[0,0][u]), 則區域可選擇性地從外部夾著顯示螢幕的可視區。 各邏輯螢幕具有一組預設螢幕裝置,各表示成殊特子 類型 ’Hbackgrounddevice, , ,HVide〇Device,或 ’HSGragphicsDevice1 的fHScreenDevice’例。此外,類似基線 HAVi模型,各邏輯螢幕可具有各子類型的一組額外非預 設螢幕裝置。 ' 至於基線HAVi模型,由邏輯螢幕所用的各底層螢幕 裝置資源透過'HScreenDevicd等級的標準子類型而被泉 考,且各螢幕裝置具有本身一組的組態參數,其由HAVi 模型所定義且由^HScreenConfigurationf等級的標準子類型 30 200849990 27131pif 所代表。 比如’此種參數之一是由範本偏好設定 ’HScreenConfgirationTemplate.PIXEL—RESOLUTION1 所 定,且利用協助者功能fHScreenDevice.getPixelResoluti〇n(y 而存取。在基線HA Vi模型中的非多螢幕實施的 ’HSCreenDevice’例下,此參數也透過相同方法而呈現與被 存取,當參考至邏輯螢幕的螢幕裝置時。 ^ Π77The time is reflected in the display. This only appears when multiple logical screens are the same as , , , , ', screen, such as ΡιΡ or PoP multi-screen configuration. If there is a logic screen, the screen is displayed, or the sound focus is not related = 匕 · screen, the sound focus will be assigned to the display screen itself. Any (10) heart that is related to the display screen under it month's will become a sound source. : The sauce curtain is the natural enhancement of the baseline HAVi model of HS(10)en, which is in the ''the final output combination of the device' (the fmal 〇utput c〇mp〇siti〇n 〇fa device) + readout device (device) As a "device" related to physical devices. This enhanced version is different from the conventional concept of logical disks. In a logical disk, a part of a physical disk is treated as if it had an independent disk. From the perspective of CAP application, the purpose of the logic screen is the same as that of the display screen. It has the current (non-multiscreen), HScreen, all standard properties and behaviors of the example, a set of preset screen backgrounds, image and image screen devices, A set of non-preset screen devices of the same type, one or more sets of coherent screen device configurations, the ability to automatically change a set of screen devices to establish a coherent screen configuration of these devices, and to determine a configuration template for a given screen device The best configuration of the special type of screen device. 29 200849990 pif M screen with its own, independent and regularized screen coordinates:: defined by the tomb wide line HAVi model. Logic screen is generally related to the display screen The normalized coordinate space of the display ^ logic f screen on the display screen can be reflected to the rectangular screen in the 5th (4) of the age screen red. Although the explanation is convenient for explanation, the display area is a rectangular screen here, the present invention It is not limited to this. - When the pair of two normalized coordinate spaces has been identified, this rectangular screen (referred to below as the display area) may collide with the entire display screen. Alternatively, this rectangular screen may be phased. A part of the display screen. In this case, the display area may be entirely contained in the visible area of the display screen, or the entire display area outside the display area of the display screen. Alternatively, the rectangular screen may be interchangeable with the display screen. And non-visual (external) parts. If some parts of the display area are strengthened to the outside of the visual display area of the display screen (ie, the external rectangular screen [0,0][u] of the screen is displayed), the area can be selected. The display area of the display screen is sandwiched from the outside. Each logical screen has a set of preset screen devices, each of which is represented by a special subtype 'Hbackgrounddevice, , , HVide〇Device, or 'HSGragphicsDev Example of fHScreenDevice' for ice1. In addition, similar to the baseline HAVi model, each logical screen can have a set of additional non-preset screen devices of each subtype. 'As for the baseline HAVi model, the underlying screen device resources used by the logic screen are passed through 'HScreenDevicd The standard subtype of the level is taken into account, and each screen device has its own set of configuration parameters, which are defined by the HAVi model and represented by the standard subtype 30 200849990 27131pif of the ^HScreenConfigurationf class. For example, 'one of these parameters is determined by the template preference setting 'HScreenConfgirationTemplate.PIXEL-RESOLUTION1' and is accessed using the helper function fHScreenDevice.getPixelResoluti〇n(y.) The non-multiple screen implementation of the 'HSCreenDevice in the baseline HA Vi model. 'Example, this parameter is also rendered and accessed through the same method when referring to the screen device of the logic screen. ^ Π77

隹尸/Γ疋我的邂輯螢幕下.直I螂啊度乃是邏輯 榮幕的正規化座標空間的情境内的螢幕裝置的解析度,而 非映對至邏輯螢幕的顯示螢幕的解析度。最後,邏輯營幕 2螢幕裝置的晝素解析度的確透過二階座標空間轉換而映 對至顯示螢幕的正規化螢幕座標空間。然而,正在使用此 2螢幕的應用不需要認知到二階轉換’因為從邏輯處理 =看’此邏輯螢幕不同於真實實體顯示裝置的最終輸出信 途輯螢幕的正規化螢幕座標空間盥顯 化螢幕座標空間中物_ 映對、:底=規 映對,是定義為邏輯映對⑽★輯底下稱為顯不 用特殊硬體來達此映對。' i ’、即’ MSM實施不需要 -顯示螢幕的單_==,有集合(内部)設計成此單 晝素連貫性與2順序。、/、在這組螢幕裝置中會限制 才寸別疋,如果某些組的晝素連貫性規則應用至某些邏 31 200849990 輯赏幕中的既定螢幕裝置(子)έ且,|彳Α μr m 螢幕中的_較大組營子幕);置=置视為顯示 這些晝素連貫性規則。 衣且的-耗8守,也可應用 的Z順序。亦即 順序;⑺邏輯螢幕間 會彼此交錯。 、輯螢幕中的(已映對)螢幕裝置不 (硬體)所:::過表 示螢幕)是否由邏輯或實體 螢幕,顯示營幕%的此實體稱為給定<邏輯 影像輸出埠關聯。 透過映對至直接===接相關於影像輪出棒, 具有彈性,MSM^i像輪出車的顯示螢幕。然而,為 在兩種情況/,能間接相關於影像輪出I 璋:⑴當邏輯螢幕處幕可直接於相關於影像輪出 螢幕但可當成是顯:蛋:即未映對至任何顯示 接相關於影像輸料f.=立運作(在此情況下,其可直 來源且因此而間接相 時,可當成其是=幕的影像輸出璋,且同 -影像輪出埠。實於幕獨立知作並額外直接相關於另 述。 、也上面兩種情況的例子將於底下分別插 機會附至内容正被數位影像攝影 服務情境,且其需要同時輸出此内容至 200849990 27131pif 力一衫Γ输出埠,比如1394或咖埠。 幕的3輯螢 為多螢幕組態下的映對至顯示螢 接於μ 較好是,此pip邏輯螢幕可直 刖、… 衫像輪出埠,比如1394或NTSC埠。 邂輯螢幕會間接相關於聲音輸出琿,透過隹 Γ疋 / Γ疋 邂 邂 萤 . . . . . . . 直 直 直 直 直 直 直 直 直 直 直 直 直 直 直 逻辑 逻辑 逻辑 逻辑 逻辑 逻辑 逻辑 逻辑 逻辑 逻辑 逻辑 逻辑 逻辑 逻辑 逻辑 逻辑 逻辑 逻辑 逻辑 逻辑 逻辑 逻辑 逻辑 逻辑 逻辑. Finally, the pixel resolution of the Logic 2 screen device is indeed reflected by the second-order coordinate space mapping to the normalized screen coordinate space of the display screen. However, applications that are using this 2 screen do not need to recognize the second-order conversion 'because from the logical processing = see 'this logic screen is different from the real output display device's final output signal screen's normalized screen coordinate space 盥 manifestation screen coordinates In the space, the object _ is paired, the bottom = the map pair, is defined as the logical map pair (10) ★ under the series called the display without special hardware to achieve this pair. 'i', ie 'MSM implementation does not need to - display a single _== of the screen, and a set (internal) is designed for this single-dimensional coherence and 2 order. , /, in this group of screen devices will limit the limit, if some groups of 连 连 连 规则 应用 应用 应用 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 Μr m _ larger group camp curtain); set = set to see these pheromone coherence rules. The clothing-and-eight-shoulder, Z-order can also be applied. That is, the order; (7) the logical screens will be interlaced with each other. In the screen, the (screened) screen device is not (hardware)::: indicates whether the screen is displayed by logic or physical screen. This entity showing the % of the screen is called the given <logical image output 埠 association . Through the mapping to direct === connected to the image wheel out of the stick, flexible, MSM ^ i like the wheel out of the display screen. However, in both cases /, it can be indirectly related to the image rotation I 璋: (1) when the logic screen can be directly related to the image wheel out of the screen but can be regarded as: egg: that is not reflected to any display Related to the image feed f. = vertical operation (in this case, when it can be directly sourced and thus indirectly, it can be regarded as the image output of the screen, and the same - image wheel is out. Knowing and additionally directly related to the other. Also, the above two cases will be inserted separately under the opportunity to be attached to the content is being digital image photography service situation, and it needs to simultaneously output this content to 200849990 27131pif force one shirt Γ output 埠For example, 1394 or Curry. The 3 series of the screen is for the multi-screen configuration to display the display to the μ. It is better that the pip logic screen can be straight, ... the shirt is like a wheel, such as 1394 or NTSC埠. The screen will be indirectly related to the sound output, through

螢幕的影像輸出埠,·或⑺直接相關於=1 衫像輸出埠的另一影像輸出埠。 當多邏輯螢幕映對至顯示螢幕,一般在同一時 只有其中—㈣輯可提供要呈_音源。此邏輯 可被指定為顯不螢幕的聲音焦點(focus)螢幕,且由 ’MutiSc職C〇nfigUrabieContext assignAudi〇F〇cus(),方法所 決定。 因為單一邏輯螢幕可具有多種音源,由其預設 ’HScreenDevice’例與非預設例所得到,較好能控制哪二: 例子可提供邏輯螢幕的合併後聲音輸出。這些來源可利用 ’MultiScreenConfigurableContext.add, removeAudioSources(··)’方法來決定。 現將解釋”螢幕”種類。 在多螢幕組態中的各螢幕會指定至下列預定螢幕種 類之一或其字串以”χ-“開頭的平台相關種類之一: fNone(SCREEN 一 CATEGORY—NONE),, Oisplay(SCREEN—CATEGORYJDISPLAY),, ,Main(SCREEN—CATEGORY 一 MAIN),, 33 200849990, fPiP(SCREENJ:ATEGORY—PIP),,The image output of the screen 埠, or (7) is directly related to the other image output =1 of the =1 shirt image output 埠. When multiple logic screens are mapped to the display screen, generally only the same - (4) series can provide the source. This logic can be specified as a non-screening sound focus screen, as determined by the 'MutiSc job C〇nfigUrabieContext assignAudi〇F〇cus() method. Since a single logic screen can have multiple sources, which are derived from the preset 'HScreenDevice' example and non-preset examples, it is better to control which two: The example provides a combined sound output of the logic screen. These sources can be determined using the 'MultiScreenConfigurableContext.add, removeAudioSources(··)' method. The "screen" category will now be explained. Each screen in the multi-screen configuration is assigned to one of the following scheduled screen types or one of the platform-related categories beginning with "χ-": fNone(SCREEN-CATEGORY-NONE),, Oisplay(SCREEN-CATEGORYJDISPLAY ),, ,Main(SCREEN—CATEGORY-MAIN),, 33 200849990, fPiP(SCREENJ:ATEGORY—PIP),,

ToP(SCREEN—CATEGORY 一 POP),,ToP (SCREEN-CATEGORY a POP),,

Overlay(SCREEN 一 CATEGORY—OVERLAY)’, 與 •GeneraKSCREEN一CATEGORY一GENERAL),。 、 這些螢幕種類可正式定式為由上述 fMultiScreenConfiguration’攔位所歹丨]舉出的可加 強’’string”。當不應用多種特殊種類時,螢幕可被歸類為σ ’SCREEN一CATEGORY—NON,。 現將解釋’Screen Identifier(螢幕辨別碼),。 共同代表顯示或邏輯螢幕的螢幕資源的各可辨別組 會指定一個獨特(一串)辨別碼,獨特是指,在某_ 、、, 可透過所有主動多螢幕組態來存取所有f幕。^施 :擴且大包括某一時間的所有非主動多螢幕組 _有==關敎吨減平台運作(在冷開機期間) 施要或?輯螢幕的動態即時加入_實 最小獨特範_^%的辨別碼’此辨料可維持對上述 螢幕組態。Ά括各平台顯7^多螢幕組態與各顯示多 會主動於]V[S]J 幕的4寸殊(通常但未必適合)子組 勞幕,如果標示;=境合=意義來說,這些顯示 多個邏_的内二 200849990 2713 lpif 示多螢幕組態’且由使用可實施%1111:丨8〇^611€〇11;如1^1^〇11’ 介面的物件的 MSM 所設定,且此介面的 ’getConfigurationType()’ 方法 會回傳 ’MultiScreenConfiguration.SCREEN—CONFIGURATION—D ISPLAYf。 目前主動的各平台多螢幕組態可利用 fMultiScreenManager.getMultiScreenConfiguration〇,來得 到 ’ 並利用 ?MultiScreenManager.setMultiScreenConfiguration〇,來建 立。 此外,對於加入平台多螢幕組態的各顯示螢幕,有目 前主動於此顯示螢幕的情境上的(現存)邏輯螢幕的特殊 (通常是適當的)子組,使得如果此邏輯螢幕標示為可見, 則其同時呈現其内容或能呈現由一或多服務情境或媒體播 放器所傳來之内容。此種邏輯螢幕的子組稱為各顯示多螢 幕組態’且由使用能實施’]\4111沾(^611(^011他11瓜11〇]1’介面的 物件的MSM所得到。此’MultiScreenConfiguration’介面的 ’getConfigurationTypeQ’方法所傳回的值並不是 !MultiScreenConfiguration.SCREEN^CONFIGURATION^D ISPLAY’。 特殊顯示螢幕的目前主動各顯示多螢幕組態可利用 MultiScreenContext.getMultiScreenConfiguration()’ 方法而 得 到 ,並 利用 ?MultiScreenConfigurableContext.setMultiScreenConfigurati 35 200849990 on(y而建立。所有可存取且可使用的各顯示多螢幕組態(其 可被特殊顯示螢幕所用)組可利用 ’MultiScreenContext.getMultiScreenConfigurations()’ 而得 到。 所有可存取且可使用的多螢幕組態(其可能目前正在 使用或未使用中,且為平台或各顯示多螢幕組態)組可利用 ’MultiScreenManager.getMultiScreenConfigurationsO’ 而得 到。 對於各未終止的OCAP應用,目前主動的各平台多螢 幕組態的顯示螢幕的某些目前主動多螢幕組態的一個 ’HScreen’的底層資源必需相同於(等於)〇cAP應用的預設 螢幕的資源。 設計成多螢幕組態的各螢幕組會指定字串開頭 為”X-“的預設組態類型或平台相關組態類型之一。 多螢幕組態類型包括 : Display (SCREEN—CONFIGURATION_DISPLAY), Non-PiP (SCREEN—CONFIGURATION NON PIP), PiP (SCREEN—CONFIGURATION J>IP), PoP (SCREEN—CONFIGURATION JPOP), 與 General (SCREEN—CONFIGURATION—GENERAL)。 這些組態類型由’MultiScreenConflguration’介面的上 述特殊欄位的可加強,,字串,,列舉所定義。 多螢幕組態會指定其可存取螢幕之一為預設服務情 境相關螢幕。當缺乏多個特殊相關資訊時,此螢幕用於決 36 200849990 2713 lpif 定服務情境與螢幕間的預設關聯。 各預設多螢幕組態類型定義一特殊螢幕為其初始預 設服務情境相關螢幕。在平台開機後,多螢幕組態的預設 服務情境相 關 螢幕可利 用 fMultiScreenConfiguration.setDefaultServiceContextScreen(. •)f而改變。多螢幕組態的預設服務情境相關螢幕可利用 fMultiScreenConfiguration.getDefaultServiceContextScreen() ’而得到。 為得到更多資訊,現將解釋這些方法的 ’MultiScreenManager.setMultiScreenConfiguration(··),, ?MultiScreenConfigurableContext.setMultiScreenConflgurati οη(··)’與特別是’serviceContextAssociations’參數。 預設多螢幕組態包括預設各平台多螢幕組態與預設 各顯示多螢幕組態。 在可實施MSM加強版的OCAP主機裝置的冷開機(或 重開機)之後,預設(初始時會主動的)各平台多螢幕組態必 需相同於在冷開機前所主動的多螢幕組態。如果不知先前 的各平台多螢幕組態,則預設各平台多螢幕組態必需是Overlay (SCREEN a CATEGORY-OVERLAY)', and • GeneraKSCREEN-CATEGORY-GENERAL). These screen types can be officially defined as the enhanced ''string'' given by the above-mentioned fMultiScreenConfiguration 'blocks'. When no special types are applied, the screen can be classified as σ 'SCREEN-CATEGORY-NON, The 'Screen Identifier' will now be explained. Each discernible group of screen resources that collectively display or logic screens will specify a unique (string) identification code, uniquely, at a certain _, ,, Access all f-screens through all active multi-screen configurations. ^Shi: Expands all non-active multi-screen groups including a certain time_有==关敎吨减平台操作 (during cold boot) The dynamic dynamic of the screen is added to the _ real minimum unique model _^% of the identification code 'this identification can maintain the above screen configuration. Included in each platform display 7^ multi-screen configuration and each display will take the initiative to]V [S]J screen 4 inch special (usually but not necessarily suitable) sub-group curtain, if marked; = environment = meaning, these show multiple logic _ of the inner two 200849990 2713 lpif show multi-screen configuration 'and It can be implemented by using %1111: 丨8〇^611€〇11; The 1^1^〇11' interface is set by the MSM of the interface, and the 'getConfigurationType()' method of this interface will return 'MultiScreenConfiguration.SCREEN—CONFIGURATION—D ISPLAYf. Currently active multi-screen configuration for each platform can utilize fMultiScreenManager .getMultiScreenConfiguration〇, to get 'and use? MultiScreenManager.setMultiScreenConfiguration〇 to build. In addition, for each display screen that is added to the platform multi-screen configuration, there is a special (existing) logic screen that is currently active on the display screen. A (usually appropriate) subgroup such that if the logical screen is marked as visible, it simultaneously presents its content or can present content from one or more service contexts or media players. Subgroups of such logical screens It is called "display multi-screen configuration" and is obtained by MSM using an object that can implement ']\4111 dip (^611 (^011 he 11 me 11 〇] 1' interface. This 'MultiformConfiguration' interface 'getConfigurationTypeQ' The value returned by the method is not! MultiScreenConfiguration.SCREEN^CONFIGURATION^ D ISPLAY’. The current active display multi-screen configuration for the special display screen can be obtained using the MultiScreenContext.getMultiScreenConfiguration()' method and created with ?MultiScreenConfigurableContext.setMultiScreenConfigurati 35 200849990 on. All accessible display multi-screen configurations (which can be used by special display screens) can be obtained using 'MultiScreenContext.getMultiScreenConfigurations()'. All accessible and usable multi-screen configurations (which may be currently in use or not in use, and configured for the platform or each display multi-screen) can be obtained using 'MultiScreenManager.getMultiScreenConfigurationsO'. For each un-terminated OCAP application, the underlying resources of a 'HScreen' of some active multi-screen configurations of the currently active multi-screen configuration screen must be the same as (equal to) the default screen of the 〇cAP application. resource of. Each screen group designed for multi-screen configuration will specify one of the preset configuration types or platform-related configuration types starting with "X-". Multi-screen configuration types include: Display (SCREEN-CONFIGURATION_DISPLAY), Non-PiP (SCREEN-CONFIGURATION NON PIP), PiP (SCREEN-CONFIGURATION J>IP), PoP (SCREEN-CONFIGURATION JPOP), and General (SCREEN-CONFIGURATION— GENERAL). These configuration types are defined by the enhancements, strings, and enumerations of the above special fields in the 'MultiScreenConflguration' interface. The multi-screen configuration specifies one of its accessible screens as the default service context related screen. In the absence of multiple special related information, this screen is used to determine the default association between the service situation and the screen. Each preset multi-screen configuration type defines a special screen for its initial preset service context-related screen. After the platform is powered on, the preset service context related to the multi-screen configuration can be changed using fMultiScreenConfiguration.setDefaultServiceContextScreen(. •)f. The preset service context related screen for multi-screen configuration can be obtained with fMultiScreenConfiguration.getDefaultServiceContextScreen() '. For more information, the 'MultiScreenManager.setMultiScreenConfiguration(··), ?MultiScreenConfigurableContext.setMultiScreenConflgurati οη(··)' and especially the 'serviceContextAssociations' parameters of these methods will now be explained. The preset multi-screen configuration includes preset multi-screen configuration and preset display multi-screen configuration for each platform. After a cold boot (or reboot) of an MSM enhanced version of the OCAP host device, the preset (initially active) multi-screen configuration of each platform must be the same as the multi-screen configuration that was active prior to cold boot. If you do not know the previous screen multi-screen configuration, then preset multiple screen configuration for each platform must be

TMultiScreenManager.getMultiScreenConfigurations(SCREE !^^0仰圯1^八11(^-〇]^1^^〇,所傳回的第一個多螢幕 組態,其相關於顯示螢幕,接著,相關於 ’SCREEN一CONFIGURATION—NONJPIP’ 組態類型的各顯 示多螢幕組態。 相似地,預設各平台多螢幕組態的各顯示螢幕的預設 37 2008499¾ (初始時會主動的)各顯示多螢幕組態必需相同於在冷開機 前所主動的多螢幕組態。如果不知道顯示螢幕的先前各平 台多螢幕組態,則其必需是 ’SCREEN-CONFIGURATION_NON_PIP,組態類型的第一 個多螢幕組態,其由在此顯示螢幕上的 fMultiScreenContext.getMultiScreenConfigurations(SCREE N 一 CONFIGURATION-NQNJPIP)’所回傳。TMultiScreenManager.getMultiScreenConfigurations(SCREE !^^0 仰圯1^八11(^-〇]^1^^〇, the first multi-screen configuration returned, which is related to the display screen, then, related to 'SCREEN A multi-screen configuration for each CONFIGURATION-NONJPIP' configuration type. Similarly, presets for each display screen for multiple screen configurations on each platform. 37 20084993⁄4 (Initially active) Each display multi-screen configuration is required Same as the multi-screen configuration active before cold boot. If you do not know the previous screen multi-screen configuration for the display screen, it must be 'SCREEN-CONFIGURATION_NON_PIP, the first multi-screen configuration of the configuration type, It is returned by fMultiScreenContext.getMultiScreenConfigurations(SCREE N-CONFIGURATION-NQNJPIP) on the display screen.

當執行可實施MSM加強版的OCAP主機裝置或 OCAP環境的(非冷)重開機,重啟動或重設等其他類型時, 預設(初始啟動)多螢幕組態必需相同於在非冷重開機,重 啟動或環境重設前被啟動的多螢幕組態。 現將解釋”螢幕裝置,,的定義。 HScreeW代表由裝置傳來的單一獨立影像輸出信號。 具多獨立影像輸出信號的裝置必需支援,HScreenDevice,等 級的多例。影像輸出信號的建立乃是,將,HScreenDevice, 等級的數個内建物件所代麵裝置的貢獻加總而得。這些 物件可為 ’HGraphicsDevice,物件,,HVide〇Device,物件盥 ^Hbackgrcmnddevicei物件。給定的,HScreen, 量 的任意物件,只要AH有連接。然'而,協定的某些 _物件的數量。在目前’可合理預期岐各有一例。 ’Hbackgrounddevicef等級代表螢幕的最終背景,亦 背景色與背景影像。背景是影像_彡組合堆疊的最後 景可能覆蓋螢幕的整個區域。當裝置同時支援營幕 的夕應用時(或即使是視窗管理員),背景也不會被任何 38 200849990 2713 lpif 特定應用或視窗所限制。控制螢幕背景的權力是稀少資 源,且其管理如上述。 liGraphicsDevicef等級描述特定,HScreen,可用的圖形 裝置。各 HGraphicsDevice 具有相關於’HGraphicsDeviceT 的一或多個 fHGraphicsConfiguration,物件。 這些物件會定義可使用’HGraphicsDevice’的不同組態 (設定)。 ’HVideoDevice’等級描述有助於特定螢幕的出現的邏 輯影像裝置。各TIVideoDevic〆具有相關於’HVideoDevice, 的一或多’HVideoConfiguration’物件。這些物件定義可使用 ’HVideoDevice’的不同組態(設定)。’HVideoDevice,等級代表 只呈現影像’且不提供待呈現影像的選擇。 ’HscreenDevice’ 等級,’Hbackgrounddevice’ 等級, fHGraphicsDevicef 等級,與 ’HvideoDevice,等級凝義於 HA Vi 使用者介面的forg.havi.uif套件中。 公用等級 fHbackgrounddevice’ 可加強 ’HScreenDevice’。’Hbackgrounddevicef 等級描述由 ’HScreenDevice’等級所承襲來的物件所代表的背景裝置。 公用等級’HGraphicsDevice’可加強 ’HScreenDevice’。 fHGraphicsDevice’ 等級描述由 fHScreenDeviceT 等級所承襲 來的物件所代表的圖形裝置。 公用等級 ’HVideoDevice’ 可加強 ’HScreenDevice’。 ▼HVideoDevice1等級描述由’HScreenDevice’等級所承襲來 的物件所代表的影像裝置。 39 200849990 2713 ipif 現將解釋”改變多螢幕組態”。 目前的多螢幕組態可由限制應用(已允許 fMonitorAppPermission(’’multiscreen.configurationf’)f),利用 某些顯示螢幕的fMultiScreenManager,或 fMultiScreenConfigurableContext? 介 面白勺 fsetMultiScreenConfiguration(..)f 气When performing other types such as (non-cold) reboot, restart or reset of the OCAP host device or OCAP environment that can implement MSM Plus, the preset (initial boot) multi-screen configuration must be the same as in non-cold restart , multi-screen configuration that is initiated before reboot or environment reset. The definition of "screen device," will now be explained. HScreeW represents a single independent image output signal from the device. Devices with multiple independent image output signals must be supported, HScreenDevice, multiple instances of the level. The image output signal is established, The total contribution of the HScreenDevice, the number of built-in objects of the level, can be 'HGraphicsDevice, object, HVide〇Device, object 盥^Hbackgrcmnddevicei object. Given, HScreen, quantity Any object, as long as AH is connected. However, the number of certain _ objects of the agreement. At present, there is a case that can be reasonably expected. 'Hbackgrounddevicef level represents the final background of the screen, also the background color and background image. The background is The final scene of the image _ 彡 combination stack may cover the entire area of the screen. When the device supports the banquet application (or even the window administrator), the background will not be restricted by any of the 2008 200849990 2713 lpif specific applications or windows. The power to control the background of the screen is a scarce resource, and its management is as above. liGraphicsDevi The cef level describes the specific, HScreen, available graphics device. Each HGraphicsDevice has one or more fHGraphicsConfiguration objects associated with 'HGraphicsDeviceT. These objects define different configurations (settings) that can be used with 'HGraphicsDevice'. 'HVideoDevice' level description A logical image device that facilitates the appearance of a particular screen. Each TIVideoDevic〆 has one or more 'HVideoConfiguration' objects associated with 'HVideoDevice.' These objects can be defined using different configurations (settings) of 'HVideoDevice'. 'HVideoDevice, Level The representative only presents the image 'and does not provide a choice of images to be rendered. 'HscreenDevice' level, 'Hbackgrounddevice' level, fHGraphicsDevicef level, and 'HvideoDevice, level condensed in the forg.havi.uif suite of the HA Vi user interface. The level fHbackgrounddevice' enhances 'HScreenDevice'. The 'Hbackgrounddevicef level describes the background device represented by the object inherited by the 'HScreenDevice' level. The common level 'HGraphicsDevice' enhances 'HScr eenDevice’. The fHGraphicsDevice’ level describes the graphics device represented by the object inherited by the fHScreenDeviceT level. The public level 'HVideoDevice' enhances 'HScreenDevice'. ▼HVideoDevice1 level describes the image device represented by the object inherited by the 'HScreenDevice' level. 39 200849990 2713 ipif will now explain "changing multi-screen configuration". The current multi-screen configuration can be restricted by the application (fMonitorAppPermission(''multiscreen.configurationf')f), using some of the display's fMultiScreenManager, or the fMultiScreenConfigurableContext? interface's fsetMultiScreenConfiguration(..)f

¢:¢:

YequestMultiScreenConfigurationChangeG·)’:^^:。必匕夕卜,目 前多螢幕組態可由主機裝置本身改變,其為本發明未定義 的其他事件所引起。比如,製造商可提供遙控鍵,其可啟 動特定的多螢幕組態。 不論是什麼造成目前多螢幕組態的改變,底下條件都 成立: 1·在改變之前,要用底下的前置條件; 2·在改變期間,用到底下的改變處理步驟,在此期間 要用到底下的動態狀態不變數; 3·在改變之後,要用到底下的後置條件。 為加強互通性,數個前置條件與後置條件的形式為 24A〜24C與圖25A〜25E的’啟動(ASSERT咖),狀態的虛ς 碼。圖24Α〜24C與圖25Α〜25Ε的限制是要相符於底下 出現。為避免目惑,在有矛盾情況或編碼形式的 份涵盍下,下文會優先於圖24Α〜24C與圖25Α〜25Ε的碼。 在此優先條件下’為決定MSM加強版的互通實相 性’要應用圖24A〜24C與圖25A〜25E。 、 現將解釋改變多螢幕組態的前置條件。 40 200849990 27131pif 在由多螢幕映對改變所導致的 fMultiScreenConfigurationEvent.MULTI—SCREEN—CONFI GUHATION一CHANGING’事件之前,要用底下的前置條 件。 必需符合底下定義的’Quiescent State Invariants,。 現將解釋改變處理步驟。 MSM實施必需執行下列步驟以有效改變目前多螢幕 組態。 L 產 生 ’MultiScreenConfigurationEvent.MULTI 一 SCREEN 一 CONFI GURATION-CHANGING,事件,以散佈應用。 2· 此 時 開始 ,直 到 產 生 ▼MultiScreenConfigurationEvent.MULTI—SCREEN 一 CONFI GURATION_CHANGED’時,不允許OCAP應用⑴改變目 前多螢幕組態,(2)保留’HScreen^fHScreenDevice’與其底 層資源,或(3)執行螢幕裝置組態改變或多螢幕螢幕情境狀 態改變。 3· 對於 已允許 ’MonitorAppPermission(nmultiscreen.configuration’’)’ 的各 OCAP 應用,利用任何已暫存的 ’MultiScreenConflgurationListener%fnotify()’方法,提供如 上 述 方 式 產 生 的 ▼MultiScreenConfigurationEvent.MULTI 一 SCREEN 一 CONFI GURATION—CHANGING’的爭論(argument)。 41 200849990YequestMultiScreenConfigurationChangeG·)’: ^^:. It must be noted that the current multi-screen configuration can be changed by the host device itself, which is caused by other events not defined by the present invention. For example, the manufacturer can provide a remote control button that activates a specific multi-screen configuration. No matter what causes the current multi-screen configuration changes, the following conditions are established: 1. Before using the change, use the underlying preconditions; 2. During the change, use the change process steps in the end, during which time In the end, the dynamic state is invariant; 3. After the change, the underlying condition is used. In order to enhance interoperability, several pre-conditions and post-conditions are in the form of 24A~24C and Figure 25A~25E's 'Starting (ASSERT), state virtual code. Figure 24Α~24C and Figure 25Α~25Ε are restricted to appear underneath. In order to avoid confusion, in the case of contradictory situations or coding forms, the following will take precedence over the codes of Figures 24Α~24C and Figures 25Α~25Ε. Under this priority condition, Figs. 24A to 24C and Figs. 25A to 25E are applied to determine the interoperability of the MSM enhanced version. The preconditions for changing the multi-screen configuration will now be explained. 40 200849990 27131pif Before the fMultiScreenConfigurationEvent.MULTI—SCREEN—CONFI GUHATION-CHANGING’ event caused by a multi-screen change, the underlying precondition is used. It must comply with the definition of 'Quiescent State Invariants'. The change processing steps will now be explained. The MSM implementation must perform the following steps to effectively change the current multi-screen configuration. L produces 'MultiScreenConfigurationEvent.MULTI a SCREEN a CONFI GURATION-CHANGING, event to spread the application. 2· At this point, until the generation of ▼MultiScreenConfigurationEvent.MULTI—SCREEN-CONFI GURATION_CHANGED', the OCAP application is not allowed to (1) change the current multi-screen configuration, (2) retain 'HScreen^fHScreenDevice' and its underlying resources, or (3) execute The screen device configuration changes or the multi-screen screen status changes. 3. For each OCAP application that has allowed 'MonitorAppPermission(nmultiscreen.configuration'')', use any of the pre-stored 'MultiScreenConflgurationListener%fnotify()' methods to provide ▼MultiScreenConfigurationEvent.MULTI as a SCREEN-CONFI GURATION —CHANGING's argument. 41 200849990

Li lJipif 所有此種暫存傾聽者必需在進行後續步驟之前被呼 叫。然而,在繼續之前,MSM實施不需要等待傾聽者回 傳4〇证7(^方法。 4·對於其’MultiScreenContext,存取狀態將因為改變目 鈿多螢幕組態而被改變的’HScreen’而言,如果fHScreen’目 剷被未呼叫 fsetMultiScreenConflguration(“y 方法的某些 OCAP應用所保留,或在此改變是因為主機裝置初始改變 (〇CAP應用未明確呼叫此方法)的情況下,被〇cAP應用 {" 所保留,則,對於已保留的’HScreen,所代表的 ▼HScreenDevice1 , 且延緩通知所產生的 ’HScreenDeviceReleasedEvent’,呼叫’releaseDevice()’方法, 且如果需要的話,呼叫保持住此保留的’ResourceClient’的 ’releaseO’方法。 5·對於其’HScreenConfiguration’存取狀態將因為改變 目前多螢幕組態而被改變的’HScreenDevice’而言,如果 fHScreenDevicef 目 前被 未呼叫 I ’setMultiScreenConfiguration(··),方法的某些 OCAP 應用所 保留,或在此改變是因為主機裝置初始改變(OCAP應用未 明確呼叫此方法)的情況下,被OCAP應用所保留,則,對 於’HScreenDevice’ , 延缓通知所產生的 HScreenDeviceReleasedEvent’,呼叫freleaseDevice()’方法, 且如果需要的話,啤叫保持住此保留的1^30111^^(31丨6111:’的 ’release()’方法。 6·對於任何其’HScreenConfiguration’存取狀態將因為 42 200849990 2713 lpif 改k目前多螢幕組態而被改變的’HScreenDevice,而古, 生且延遲相關fHScreenConfigurationEvent’的通知。 產 7·對於任何其’MultiScreenContext’存取狀態將因為芒 變目前多螢幕組態而被改變的’HScreen’而言,產生日:改 ^1·— 相關’MultiScreenContextEvent’的通知。 8·如果在步驟(3)已呼叫’n〇tify()f方法白勺 ▼MultiScreenConfigurationListener,尚未回傳,則一直等待Li lJipif All such temporary listeners must be called before proceeding to the next step. However, before proceeding, the MSM implementation does not need to wait for the listener to return the 4 certificate (^ method. 4. For its 'MultiScreenContext, the access status will be changed because of changing the multi-screen configuration of the 'HScreen' In other words, if the fHScreen's shovel is not called by fsetMultiScreenConflguration ("the y method is reserved by some OCAP applications, or if the change is due to the initial change of the host device (the CAP application does not explicitly call this method), the 〇cAP If the application {" is reserved, then for the reserved 'HScreen, the represented ▼HScreenDevice1, and the delayed notification generated 'HScreenDeviceReleasedEvent', call the 'releaseDevice()' method, and if necessary, the call keeps the reservation. 'ResourceClient''s 'releaseO' method. 5. For 'HScreenDevice' whose access status will be changed due to changing the current multi-screen configuration, if fHScreenDevicef is currently not called I 'setMultiScreenConfiguration(·· ), some OCAP applications of the method are retained or changed here Because the host device is initially changed (the OCAP application does not explicitly call this method), it is reserved by the OCAP application. For 'HScreenDevice', delay the notification of the generated HScreenDeviceReleasedEvent', call the freleaseDevice()' method, and if necessary , the beer is called to keep this reserved 1^30111^^(31丨6111: ''release()' method. 6. For any of its 'HScreenConfiguration' access status will be because 42 200849990 2713 lpif changed k current multi-screen group The status of the 'HScreenDevice, which is changed, and the delay and related fHScreenConfigurationEvent' is notified. For any 'HScreen' whose 'MultiScreenContext' access status will be changed because of the current multi-screen configuration , Generated day: Change ^1·- related 'MultiScreenContextEvent' notification. 8. If the 'n〇tify()f method has been called ▼MultiScreenConfigurationListener in step (3), it has not been returned yet, it has been waiting

直到(1)所有’notify〇f方法已回傳或(2)從第一次呼叫此種方 法開始,至少5秒但不多於30秒的時間。 9·執行要滿足底下後置條件的所有必要改變。 10·對於依上述方式與順序產生的各 fHScreenDeviceReleasedEvent’,各 0CAP 應用呼叫任竹已 暫存的 fResourceStatusListenerf 的?statusChanged()’ 方法,太 虽 成’HscreenDeviceReleasedEvent’的爭論。 11·對於依上述方式與順序產生的各 ▼HScreenConfigurationEvent’,各 OCAP 應用呼叫任何已暫 存的 fHScreenConfigurationListener’ 的 ’report()’ 方法,當成 ▼HscreenConfigurationEvent▼的爭論。 12·對於依上述方式與順序產生的各 ’MultiScreenContextEvent’,各OCAP應用啤叫任何已暫存 的丨MultiScreenContextListener’ 的 ’notify〇’ 方法,當成 ’MultiScreenContextEvent’的爭論。 13. 產生 用於散佈 應 用 的Until (1) all 'notify〇f methods have been returned or (2) from the first call of this method, at least 5 seconds but no more than 30 seconds. 9. Execute all necessary changes to meet the conditions of the bottom post. 10. For each fHScreenDeviceReleasedEvent' generated in the above manner and sequence, each 0CAP application calls the ?statusChanged()' method of the fResourceStatusListenerf that has been temporarily stored, which is too controversial as 'HscreenDeviceReleasedEvent'. 11. For each ▼HScreenConfigurationEvent' generated in the above manner and sequence, each OCAP application calls the 'report()' method of any stored fHScreenConfigurationListener' as the argument for ▼HscreenConfigurationEvent▼. 12. For each 'MultiScreenContextEvent' generated in the above manner and in sequence, each OCAP application beer calls any 'temporary 丨MultiScreenContextListener' ''notify〇' method as a 'MultiScreenContextEvent' argument. 13. Generated for spreading applications

▼MultiScreenConfigurationEvent.MULTI—SCREEN—CONFI 43 200849990 27131pif GURATION—CHANGED’ 事件。 14.對於各OCAP應用,呼叫任何已暫存的 MultiScreenConfigurationListener’ 的 fnotify()’ 方法,當成 MultiScreen-ConfigurationEvent.MULTI—SCREEN_CONFI GURAUON—CHANGED% 爭論。 現將解釋”多螢幕組態改變的後置條件’’。 在因為多螢幕組態改變而產生的 fMultiScreenConfigurationEvent.MULTI^SCREEN^CONFI GURATION_CHANGED’事件之後,要進行下列的後置條 件: 1 ·必需滿足底下所定義的1Quiescent State Invariants’。 2. 目前的多螢幕組態是新的組態。 3. 新的預設螢幕必需相同於舊的預設螢幕。 4·如果預設背景螢幕裝置存在於舊多螢幕組態與新多 螢幕組態中的預設螢幕中,則除非應用發出為”1”的 ’allowjlefault一device一reconfigf : a·新預設背景螢幕裝置必需相同於舊的預設背景螢 幕裝置;以及 b·新的預設背景螢幕裝置必需跟舊預設背景裝置具 有相同的螢幕區域,晝素解析度與晝素尺寸比。 如果應用發出為 ”1” 的 ’allow—default_device_reconfig, 且預設背景螢幕裝置存在於舊多螢幕組態中但不存在於新 多螢幕組態中,則對舊預設背景裝置的參考必需重設以等 於空的背景螢幕裝置。 44 200849990 27131pif 5·如果預設影像螢幕裝置存在於舊多螢幕組態與新多 螢幕組態中的預設螢幕中,則除非應用發出為”1,,的 ’ alio w_default—device 一 reconfig 丨: a·新預設影像螢幕裝置必需相同於舊預設影像螢幕 裝置;以及 b·新的預設影像螢幕裝置必需跟舊預設影像裝置具 有相同的螢幕區域,晝素解析度與畫素尺寸比。▼MultiScreenConfigurationEvent.MULTI—SCREEN—CONFI 43 200849990 27131pif GURATION—CHANGED’ event. 14. For each OCAP application, call the fnotify()' method of any pre-stored MultiScreenConfigurationListener' as a MultiScreen-ConfigurationEvent.MULTI_SCREEN_CONFI GURAUON-CHANGED% argument. The "post-conditions for multi-screen configuration changes" will now be explained. After the fMultiScreenConfigurationEvent.MULTI^SCREEN^CONFI GURATION_CHANGED' event due to a multi-screen configuration change, the following postconditions are required: 1 1Quiescent State Invariants' as defined below. 2. The current multi-screen configuration is a new configuration 3. The new preset screen must be identical to the old preset screen. 4. If the preset background screen is present in the old Multi-screen configuration and preset screen in new multi-screen configuration, unless the application issues "1" for 'allowjlefault-device-reconfigf: a·The new preset background device must be the same as the old preset background screen The device and the new preset background device must have the same screen area as the old preset background device, and the pixel resolution is proportional to the pixel size. If the application issues "1" for 'allow-default_device_reconfig, and If the background screen device exists in the old multi-screen configuration but does not exist in the new multi-screen configuration, then the reference to the old preset background device It is necessary to reset the background screen to be equal to empty. 44 200849990 27131pif 5·If the preset image screen device exists in the preset screen in the old multi-screen configuration and the new multi-screen configuration, unless the application is issued as “1, ' alio w_default—device a reconfig 丨: a · The new preset image screen device must be the same as the old preset image screen device; and b · the new preset image screen device must have the same screen as the old preset image device Area, pixel resolution and pixel size ratio.

如果應用發出為 ”1”的'allowjiefaulLdevicejeconfig, 且預設影像螢幕裝置存在於舊多螢幕組態中但不存在於新 多螢幕組態中,則對舊預設影像裝置的參考必需重設以等 於空的影像螢幕裝置。 6.如果預設圖形螢幕裝置存在於舊多螢幕組態與新多 螢幕組態中的預設螢幕中,則除非應用發出為,,〗,,的 ’allow—default一device一reconfig,: a.新預設圖形螢幕裝置必需相同於舊預設圖形螢幕 裝置;以及 b·新的預权圚形萤棊裝置必需跟舊預設圖形裝置具 有相同的螢幕區域,晝素解析度與晝素尺寸比。 如果應用發出為 ”1” 的,allQW_default_deviee__ 且預設_螢幕裝置存在於0螢幕_—巾但不存在 多螢幕組態巾,麟舊預設_裝置的參考必t重設 於空的圖形螢幕裝置。 $ 7.對?在重組態麵得_任何麵設㈣參考,如 果其不再疋非預设螢秦,則其必”於空· m 45 200849990 iVIJlplt 不可等於空螢幕。 8·對於在重組態前所得到的任何非預設螢幕裝置參 考,如果不再是非預設螢幕裝置,則其必需等於空螢幕裝 置,否則,其不可等於空螢幕裝置。 現將解釋’Quiescent State Invariants’。 在If the application issues 'allowjiefaulLdevicejeconfig' as '1', and the default image screen device exists in the old multi-screen configuration but does not exist in the new multi-screen configuration, the reference to the old preset image device must be reset to equal Empty video screen device. 6. If the preset graphic screen device exists in the preset screen of the old multi-screen configuration and the new multi-screen configuration, unless the application issues the 'allow-default one device one reconfig,: a The new preset graphic screen device must be identical to the old preset graphic screen device; and b. The new pre-right-shaped graphic device must have the same screen area as the old preset graphic device, the pixel resolution and the pixel size. ratio. If the application issues "1", allQW_default_deviee__ and the default_screen device exists on the 0-screen, but there is no multi-screen configuration towel, the reference of the old preset_device must be reset to the empty graphic device. . $ 7. Yes? In the reconfiguration face _ any face (4) reference, if it is no longer 疋 non-preset fluorescing, then it must be "empty m 45 200849990 iVIJlplt can not be equal to the empty screen. Any non-preset screen device reference obtained before configuration, if it is no longer a non-preset screen device, it must be equal to the empty screen device, otherwise it cannot be equal to the empty screen device. Now explain 'Quiescent State Invariants'.

fMultiScreenConfigurationEvent.MULTI_SCREEN CONFI GURATION—CHANGING’事件之前且在相關的fMultiScreenConfigurationEvent.MULTI_SCREEN CONFI GURATION—CHANGING’ before the event and related

fMultiScreenConfigurationEvent.MULTI_SCREEN CONFI GURATION一CHANGED’事件之後,必需保持底下不變: 1·必需有一個目前且不變的多螢幕管理員; 2·必需有一個目前且不變的各平台多螢幕組維; 3·對於各顯示螢幕,必需有一個目 多螢幕組態; 月’J且不變的各顯示 4, 必需有一個非空的且不變的可存取多螢After the fMultiScreenConfigurationEvent.MULTI_SCREEN CONFI GURATION-CHANGED' event, it must be kept unchanged: 1. There must be a current and constant multi-screen administrator; 2. There must be a current and constant multi-screen multi-platform group dimension; · For each display screen, it is necessary to have a multi-screen configuration; monthly 'J and constant display 4, must have a non-empty and constant accessable multi-fire

5. 目前的各平台多螢幕组態必需是可存^對 於適當的獲權應用); 、'、心(對 6·各個目前的各顯示多螢幕組態必 (對於適當的獲權應用); 疋可存取的組態 7·在目兩的各平台多螢幕組態中必泰 不變的螢幕組; -有-個非空的且 8·在各個目前的各顯示多螢幕組綠 、 空的且不變的螢幕組; 必需有一個非 9·目前的各平台多螢幕組態中的螢 π 乂而不為空的; 46 200849990 27131pif 10. 在各個目前的各顯示多螢幕組態中的螢幕必需不 是空的; 11. 在任何目前的多螢幕組態中的任意兩個不同螢幕 項目不可代表相同負源, 12·必需有一個目前預設螢幕; 13. 目前的預設螢幕不可為空的螢幕; 14. 在某些目前多螢幕組態中的一個螢幕項目必需代 表相同於預設螢幕的資源; 15. 必需有一組非空的可存取螢幕; 16. 目前的預設螢幕必需是可存取螢幕組中的一個明 確成員; 17·目前預設螢幕的任何背景螢幕裝置不可等於空的 背景螢幕裝置; 18·目前預設螢幕的任何影像螢幕裝置不可等於空的 影像螢幕裝置; 19·目前預設螢幕的任何圖形螢幕裝置不可等於空的 圖形螢幕裝置。 現將解釋1 Dynamic State Invariants1。 在 ,MultiScreenConfigurationEvent.MULTI—SCREEN—CONFI GURATION—CHANGING’事件之後且在相關的5. The current multi-screen configuration of each platform must be able to save for appropriate authorized applications); , ', heart (for 6 · each of the current display multi-screen configuration must be (for appropriate authorized applications);疋Accessible configuration 7·In the multi-screen configuration of each platform, the screen group must be unchanged; - There is - not empty and 8 · In each of the current display multiple screen group green, empty And the same set of screens; there must be a non-nine current multi-screen configuration of the various screens in the multi-screen configuration instead of empty; 46 200849990 27131pif 10. In each of the current display multi-screen configuration The screen must not be empty; 11. Any two different screen items in any current multi-screen configuration cannot represent the same negative source, 12 must have a current preset screen; 13. The current preset screen cannot be empty Screen; 14. In some current multi-screen configurations, a screen project must represent the same resources as the default screen; 15. There must be a set of non-empty accessible screens; 16. The current default screen must be Access to an explicit member of the screen group; 1 7. At present, any background screen device of the preset screen cannot be equal to an empty background screen device; 18. Any image screen device of the current preset screen cannot be equal to an empty image screen device; 19. Any graphic screen device of the current preset screen cannot be Equal to an empty graphics device. Now I will explain 1 Dynamic State Invariants1. After the MultiScreenConfigurationEvent.MULTI-SCREEN-CONFI GURATION-CHANGING' event and related

,MultiScreenConfigurationEvent.MULTI 一 SCREEN—CONFI GURATION-CHANGED,件之前,必需保持底下不變·· 1·必需有一個目前且不變的多螢幕管理員; 47 200849990 ^ I U l pif 2. 必需有一個目前但可能會變的多螢幕組態; 3. 必需有一個非空但可能會變的可存取多螢幕組態 組; 4. 目前的多螢幕組態必需是可存取的組態; 5. 目前的多螢幕組態中必需有非空的但可能改變的螢 幕組; 6. 在目前多螢幕組態中的螢幕必需不是空的; 7. 在任何目前的多螢幕組態中的任意兩個螢幕項目不 可代表相同資源; 8. 必需有一個目前但可能會變的預設螢幕; 9. 目前預設螢幕不可為空的螢幕; 10. 在某些目前多螢幕組態中的有一個螢幕項目必需 代表相同於預設螢幕的資源; 11. 必需有一組非空但可能會變的可存取螢幕; 12. 目前的預設螢幕必需是可存取螢幕組中一個明確 成貝, 13. 目前預設螢幕的任何背景螢幕裝置不可等於空的 背景螢幕裝置; 14. 目前預設螢幕的任何影像螢幕裝置不可等於空的 影像螢幕裝置; 15. 目前預設螢幕的任何圖形螢幕裝置不可等於空的 圖形螢幕裝置。 現將解釋本發明所應用的基線HAVi模型加強版。 多螢幕管理員需要使用基線HAVi模型加強版的某些 48 200849990 2713 lpif 行為與用途,特別是HAVi定義類型:,HScreen,, HScreenDevice’, ,HScreenConfiguration,, fHScreenConfigTemplate’與’HVideoDevice,。 如上述,各,HSCreen’的特徵是,由多螢幕管理員所定 義的顯示螢幕或邏輯螢幕。 關於’HScreen’與其所代表的底層資源的多螢幕管理員, MultiScreenConfigurationEvent.MULTI A SCREEN-CONFI GURATION-CHANGED, before the piece must be kept unchanged. · 1 · There must be a current and unchanged multi-screen administrator; 47 200849990 ^ IU l pif 2. There must be a current but Multiple screen configurations may be changed; 3. There must be a non-empty but possibly variable accessible multi-screen configuration group; 4. The current multi-screen configuration must be accessible; 5. The multi-screen configuration must have a non-empty but possibly changing set of screens; 6. The screen in the current multi-screen configuration must not be empty; 7. Any two screens in any current multi-screen configuration The project cannot represent the same resources; 8. There must be a preset screen that is currently possible but may change; 9. The screen is currently not available for the screen; 10. In some current multi-screen configurations, there is a screen project required. Represents the same resources as the default screen; 11. There must be a set of accessible screens that are not empty but may change; 12. The current default screen must be an explicit one in the accessible screen group. Assume Any background screen device of the screen shall not be equal to an empty background screen device; 14. Any image screen device of the preset screen may not be equal to an empty image screen device; 15. Any graphic screen device of the current preset screen may not be equal to an empty graphic screen. Device. An enhanced version of the baseline HAVi model to which the present invention is applied will now be explained. Multi-screen administrators need to use some of the baseline HAVi model enhancements. 2008 200890 90 2713 lpif behavior and use, especially HAVi definition types:, HScreen,, HScreenDevice', , HScreenConfiguration,, fHScreenConfigTemplate' and 'HVideoDevice,. As described above, each of HSCreen' features a display screen or a logic screen defined by a multi-screen administrator. Multi-screen manager for 'HScreen' and the underlying resources it represents

可區分。特別是,相關於’HScreen,的底下狀態可能會暫時 改變。 亦即,下列有可能會暫時改變:底層背景螢幕裝置的 數量,這些底層背景螢幕裝置的螢幕裝置組態(參數設 定),相關於預設fHbackgrounddevice’的底層背景螢幕裝 置,底層影像螢幕裝置的數量,這些底層影像螢幕裝置的 螢幕裝置組態(參數設定),相關於預設’HVideoDevice,的底 層影像螢幕裝置,底層圖形螢幕裝置的數量,相關於預設 ,HGraphicsDevicef的底層圖形螢幕裝置,這些底層圖形螢 幕裝置的螢幕裝置組態(參數設定)。 各’HScreen’ 必需實施 fMultiScreenContext’ 介面,或如 果 ’HScreenf 代表根據 fMultiScreenConfigurableContext’ 所定 義功能而可組態的底層螢幕資源,則fHScreen’必需實施 ’MultiScreenConfigurableContext’ 介面,而不是實施 ’MultiScreenContexf 介面 ,(要 注意 , ’MultiScreenConfigurableContext’ 介面是 ’MultiScreenContext’介面的子介面)。 fHScreen.getHScreens()f 靜 態 方 法 與 49 200849990 Z/iJipifCan be distinguished. In particular, the underlying state associated with 'HScreen' may change temporarily. That is, the following may be temporarily changed: the number of underlying background screen devices, the screen device configuration (parameter setting) of these underlying background screen devices, the underlying background screen device associated with the preset fHbackgrounddevice', and the number of underlying image screen devices. The screen device configuration (parameter setting) of these low-level image screen devices, the number of underlying image screen devices related to the preset 'HVideoDevice, the number of underlying graphic screen devices, related to the preset, the underlying graphic screen device of HGraphicsDevicef, these bottom layers Screen device configuration (parameter setting) of the graphic screen device. Each 'HScreen' must implement the fMultiScreenContext' interface, or if 'HScreenf represents the underlying screen resource configurable according to the function defined by fMultiScreenConfigurableContext', then fHScreen' must implement the 'MultiScreenConfigurableContext' interface instead of implementing the 'MultiScreenContexf interface' (note) , the 'MultiScreenConfigurableContext' interface is the child interface of the 'MultiScreenContext' interface). fHScreen.getHScreens()f static method with 49 200849990 Z/iJipif

MultiScreenManager.getInstance().getScreens()會回傳相同 的值。 HScreen.getDefaultHScreen()靜 態 方 法與 ’MultiScreenManager.getInstance().getDefaultScreen〇’ 會回 傳相同的值。 現將解釋Oefault HScreen Assignment’。 當初始啟動應用時,應用必需先相關於可能由 fHScreen.getHScreens(y所回傳的一組可存取螢幕,接著, 根據底下規則來指定預設fHScreen’,其中如果使用第一條 規則的話,則其餘的會被省略。 1·如果’ServiceContext’,’SC’(應用會選擇其,Service’)只 相關於一個(底層)螢幕,則將此螢幕當成預設螢幕。 2·否則,如果”SC”相關於多(底層)螢幕,則如果這些 螢幕之一分類為主螢幕’亦即fgetScreenCategory()’回傳 ’MultiScreenConfiguration.SCREEN—CATEGORY MAIN1 ,則將由fHScreen.getHScreens()’所回傳的螢幕陣列中所出 現的此種主螢幕當成預設螢幕。 3·否則(多螢幕中沒有一個是主螢幕),將 fHScreen.getHScreens〇’所回傳的螢幕陣列中所出現的第一 個螢幕當成預設螢幕。 MSM導入已知是空fHScreenf的特定’HScreen,,其是 ^HScreer^的獨特不變例,其用於建立(通常是非空 的)^HScreeW的已定義且已知的狀態。 空的’HScreen’,底下稱為”ES”,必需滿足下列條件: 50 200849990 27131pif 1·在應用參考範圍内,”ES”是獨特(物件); 2. ’’ES” 實施下列介面:’MultiScreenContext’, ’MultiScreenConfigurableContext’, fResourceProxyf 與 fResourceServer?; 3. fES.getDefaultHbackgrounddevice()!必需回傳 ’Hbackgrounddevice’,其狀態等於底下所定義的空 ’Hbackgrounddevice’ ; 4. fES.getDefaultHVideoDeyice()f 必 需回傳 ’HVideoDevice’,其狀態等於底下所定義的空 fHVideoDevice? defined below ; 5. fES.getDefaultHGraphicsDevice()f 必需回傳 fHGraphicsDevicef,其狀態等於底下所定義的空 fHScreenDevicef defined below ; 6. fES.getBestConfiguration(HBackgroundConfigTemplate hbc)f 必 需回傳 ?ES.getDefaultBackgrounddevice〇.getBestConfiguration(hbc ),; 7. ?ES.getBestConfiguration(HVideoConfigTemplate hvc)f 必 需回傳 ?ES.getDefaultVideoDevice().getBestConfiguration(hvc)f ; 8. fES.getBestConfiguration(HGraphicsConfigTemplate hgc)f 必 需回傳 ’ES.getDefaultGraphicsDevice().getBestConfiguration(hgc)’ ; 51 200849990 2/13ipif 9. fES.getBackgrounddevices()?必需回傳,ne~ Hbackgrounddevicef 1 ] {ES .getDefaultHbackgrounddeviceO}f ; 10. fES.getVideoDevices()?必需回傳,ne^ HVideoDevice[l] {ES.getDefaultHVideoDevice()}f ; 11· fES .getGraphicsDevices()f 必需回傳 HGraphicsDevice[l] {ES.getDefaultHGraphicsDevice()}!; 12. rES.getCoherentScreenConfigurations(..)、i^ 需回傳, 空值(null)’ ; 13. ’ES.setCoherentScreenConfigurations(··)’ 必需回傳 fHConfigurationExceptionf ; 14. f((MultiScreenContext)ES).getScreenType()fii6 ^ ^ 傳,MultiScreenContext.SCREEN—TYPEJLOGICAL,; 15. ’((MultiScreenContext)ES).getDisplayScreen()’必需 回傳fnuir ; 16· f((MultiScreenContext)ES).getDisplayArea()’必需回 傳,null,; 17. f((MultiScreenContext)ES).getOutputPorts()’必需回 傳 fnull’ ; 18. f((MultiScreenContext)ES).getServiceContexts()’ 必 需回傳fnew ServiceContext[0]’ ; 19· ’((MultiScreenContext)ES).getVisible()’ 必需回傳, 假’; 20· ’((MultiScreenContext)ES).getZOrder()’ 必需回傳 52 21. 200849990 27131pif ’((MultiScreenContext)ES).addScreenContextListener()’ 不可 產生任何邊際效應; 22. !((MultiScreenConfigurableContext)ES).setDisplayScreen(..)? 必需回傳’IllegalStateException’ , 除非應用 ’SecurityExceptionf ;MultiScreenManager.getInstance().getScreens() will return the same value. The HScreen.getDefaultHScreen() static method and 'MultiScreenManager.getInstance().getDefaultScreen〇' will return the same value. The Oefault HScreen Assignment’ will now be explained. When the application is initially launched, the application must first be related to a set of accessible screens that may be returned by fHScreen.getHScreens (y, then specify the default fHScreen' according to the underlying rules, if the first rule is used, The rest will be omitted. 1. If 'ServiceContext', 'SC' (application will select it, Service') is only related to one (bottom) screen, then this screen will be used as the default screen. 2) Otherwise, if " SC" is related to the multi-layer (bottom) screen, if one of these screens is classified as the main screen 'that is, fgetScreenCategory()' returns 'MultiScreenConfiguration.SCREEN-CATEGORY MAIN1', the screen will be returned by fHScreen.getHScreens()' The main screen appearing in the array acts as a preset screen. 3. Otherwise (no one in the multi-screen is the main screen), the first screen appearing in the screen array returned by fHScreen.getHScreens〇' is pre- Set the screen. MSM imports a specific 'HScreen' that is known to be empty fHScreenf, which is a unique invariant of ^HScreer^, which is used to establish (usually non-empty) ^HSc The defined and known state of reeW. The empty 'HScreen', referred to below as "ES", must meet the following conditions: 50 200849990 27131pif 1. In the scope of application reference, "ES" is unique (object); ''ES' implements the following interfaces: 'MultiScreenContext', 'MultiScreenConfigurableContext', fResourceProxyf and fResourceServer?; 3. fES.getDefaultHbackgrounddevice()! It is necessary to return 'Hbackgrounddevice' with a status equal to the empty 'Hbackgrounddevice' defined below. fES.getDefaultHVideoDeyice()f must return 'HVideoDevice', its status is equal to the empty fHVideoDevice defined below. Defined below; 5. fES.getDefaultHGraphicsDevice()f must return fHGraphicsDevicef, its status is equal to the empty fHScreenDevicef defined below ; 6. fES.getBestConfiguration(HBackgroundConfigTemplate hbc)f Required to return? ES.getDefaultBackgrounddevice〇.getBestConfiguration(hbc ),; 7. ES.getBestConfiguration(HVideoConfigTemplate hvc)f Required to return? ES.getDefaultVideoDevice().getBe stConfiguration(hvc)f ; 8. fES.getBestConfiguration(HGraphicsConfigTemplate hgc)f must return 'ES.getDefaultGraphicsDevice().getBestConfiguration(hgc)'; 51 200849990 2/13ipif 9. fES.getBackgrounddevices()?Required return, ne ~ Hbackgrounddevicef 1 ] {ES .getDefaultHbackgrounddeviceO}f ; 10. fES.getVideoDevices()? Required backhaul, ne^ HVideoDevice[l] {ES.getDefaultHVideoDevice()}f ; 11· fES .getGraphicsDevices()f Required to return HGraphicsDevice [l] {ES.getDefaultHGraphicDevice()}!; 12. rES.getCoherentScreenConfigurations(..), i^ need to return, null (null)'; 13. 'ES.setCoherentScreenConfigurations(··)' must return fHConfigurationExceptionf ; f((MultiScreenContext)ES).getScreenType()fii6 ^ ^ pass, MultiScreenContext.SCREEN_TYPEJLOGICAL,; 15. '((MultiScreenContext)ES).getDisplayScreen()' must be returned fnuir; 16· f(( MultiScreenContext)ES).getDisplayArea()' must be returned, null,; 17. f((MultiScreenContext)ES).getOutputPorts()' must be returned fnull'; 18. f((MultiScreenContext)ES).getServiceContexts()' must return fnew ServiceContext[0]'; 19· '((MultiScreenContext)ES).getVisible()' must be returned, false '; 20· '(( MultiScreenContext)ES).getZOrder()' must be returned 52 21. 200849990 27131pif '((MultiScreenContext)ES).addScreenContextListener()' can not produce any marginal effect; 22. !((MultiScreenConfigurableContext)ES).setDisplayScreen(..) • It is necessary to pass back 'IllegalStateException' unless 'SecurityExceptionf' is applied;

C 23· f((MultiScreenConfigurableContext)ES).setDisplayArea(··)’ 必需回傳’IllegalStateExceptionf , 除非應用 * Security Exception’ ; 24. ’((MultiScreenConfigurableContext)ES).setVisible(··)’必需回 傳’IllegalStateException’,除非應用’SecurityException’ ; 25. I, ’((MultiScreenConfigurableContext)ES).setZOrder(··)’必需回 傳’IllegalStateException’,除非應用’SecurityException’ ; 26. ’((MultiScreenConfigurableContext)ES).addOutputPort(")f 必 需回傳 ’IllegalStateException’ ,除非應用 ’ Security Exception’ ; 27. !((MultiScreenConfigurableContext)ES).addSeryiceContext(.. 53 200849990 27131pif )’必需回傳 ’IllegalStateException’ ,除非應用 ’SecurityException” ; 28· ’((ResourceProxy)ES).getClientC» 需回傳|111111’。 如果從底層資源而言,兩個fHScreenDevicef(“SDr’ 與”SD2”)相等,亦即,如果^]1^^^0111^5(8〇1,8〇2)|回傳 ’真(true),,則,SDl.getIDstring(),與,SD2.getIDstring(),會回傳 相同的值,否則’SDl.getIDstring()f與’SD2.getIDstring()f會回 傳相同的值。 OCAP應用試著保留fHScreenDevicef(其底層螢幕裝置 資源未完全包含於由目前主動的多螢幕組態所參考的底層 螢幕裝置資源組内),將發出fHPermissionDeniedExceptionf。 上述條件乃是避免應用來保留稀少裝置資源,其資源 未包括於由某目前主動多螢幕組態所代表的底層資源組 内。此情況可應用於主動多螢幕組態與非主動多螢幕組態 間的螢幕裝置資源分割。 現將解釋’Default HScreenDevice Assignment’。 可存取螢幕裝置的預設組會指定至應用,藉由如上述 般指定預設螢幕。一旦對’HScreen’預設設定,”S”(指定至 此應用的預設螢幕)將由下列所決定: fS.getDefaultHbackgrounddevice()f9 'S.getDefaultHVideoDeviceQ1 與 丨 S.getDefaultHGraphicsDeviceQ 丨。 如果預設螢幕有特定類型的多個螢幕裝置,則決定該 些螢幕裝置的哪些螢幕裝置是此螢幕的特定類型的預設螢 54 200849990 2713 lpif 幕裝置必需保持為平台相關,且此種指定不可相關於互通 應用。 MSM 導入後續子類型:’Hbackgrounddevice’, ’HVideoDevice’ 與 ’HGraphicsDevice’ 所定義的空 fHScreenDevice’的特定組。這些例子,底下稱為”ED”,必 需滿足下列條件,除了底下所定義的子類型特定條件外: 1 .’ED.getlDStringO’必需回傳空的字串””; 2. ?ED.getScreenAspectRatio()!必需回傳丨newC 23· f((MultiScreenConfigurableContext)ES).setDisplayArea(··)' must return 'IllegalStateExceptionf unless '*Security Exception' is applied; 24. '((MultiScreenConfigurableContext)ES).setVisible(··)' must be passed back' IllegalStateException ', unless 'SecurityException' is applied; 25. I, '((MultiScreenConfigurableContext)ES).setZOrder(··)' must return 'IllegalStateException' unless 'SecurityException' is applied; 26. '((MultiScreenConfigurableContext)ES). addOutputPort(")f must pass back 'IllegalStateException' unless 'Security Exception' is applied; 27. !((MultiScreenConfigurableContext)ES).addSeryiceContext(.. 53 200849990 27131pif )' must be passed back 'IllegalStateException' unless 'SecurityException' is applied 28; '((ResourceProxy)ES).getClientC» needs to pass back |111111'. If from the underlying resources, two fHScreenDevicef ("SDr' and "SD2") are equal, ie if ^]1^ ^^0111^5(8〇1,8〇2)|Return 'true', then SDl.getIDstring (), and, SD2.getIDstring (), will return the same value, otherwise 'SDl.getIDstring () f the' SD2.getIDstring () f will return the same value. The OCAP application attempts to reserve fHScreenDevicef (its underlying screen device resources are not fully contained in the underlying screen device resource group referenced by the current active multi-screen configuration) and will issue an fHPermissionDeniedExceptionf. The above conditions are to avoid applications to preserve scarce device resources, and their resources are not included in the underlying resource group represented by a current active multi-screen configuration. This situation can be applied to screen device resource partitioning between active multi-screen configuration and inactive multi-screen configuration. The 'Default HScreenDevice Assignment' will now be explained. The preset group of accessible screen devices is assigned to the application, and the preset screen is designated as described above. Once the 'HScreen' preset is set, the "S" (specified to the default screen for this application) will be determined as follows: fS.getDefaultHbackgrounddevice()f9 'S.getDefaultHVideoDeviceQ1 and 丨 S.getDefaultHGraphicsDeviceQ 丨. If the preset screen has multiple screen devices of a particular type, then it is determined which screen devices of the screen devices are the specific types of presets of the screen 54 200849990 2713 lpif screen device must remain platform-dependent, and such designation is not possible Related to interworking applications. The MSM imports a subsequent subtype: 'Hbackgrounddevice', a specific group of 'HVideoDevice' and an empty fHScreenDevice' defined by 'HGraphicsDevice'. These examples, referred to below as "ED", must satisfy the following conditions, except for the subtype-specific conditions defined below: 1. 'ED.getlDStringO' must return an empty string ""; 2. ?ED.getScreenAspectRatio( )! Must be returned 丨new

CC

Dimension()f ; 3· ’ED.addMultiScreenConfigurationListener(··),不可產 生任何邊際效應; 4· ’ED.reserveDevice(ResourceClient)丨必需回傳,個^,; 5. fED.releaseDevice()f不可產生任何邊際效應; 6· ’ED.getClient〇’必需回傳’null,。 這些空的’Hbackgrounddevice,,底下稱為,,EBD,,,必需 滿足下列條件: I 1·在應用參考的範圍内,”EBD”是獨特(物件)例; 2. EBD必需滿足由上述空的fHScreenDevice,所指定 的條件; 3· ’EBD.getDefaultConfigurationQ’ 必需回傳空的 ’HbackgroundConfiguration’,如底下戶斤定義; 4· fEBD.getCurrentConfiguration〇’的回傳值必需相同 於fEBD.getDefaultConfiguration()’ ; 5· fEBD.getBestConflgumtionC·),的回傳值必需相同於 55 200849990 2/ijipif !EBD.getDefaultConfiguration〇,; 6· fEBD.getConfigurations()f 必需回傳 fnew HBackgroundConfiguration[l] {getDefaultConfiguration()}f ; 7. fEBD.setBackgroundConfiguration()f 必需回傳 ’HConfigurationException’,除非應用 ’SecurityException,或 'HPermissionDeniedException’。 空的fHVideoDevice’,底下稱為’EVD’必需滿足下列條 件: , 1·在應用參考的範圍内,’’EVD”是獨特(物件)例; 2.”EVD”必需滿足由上述空的fHScreenDevicef所指定 的條件; 3· fEVD.getDefaultConfiguration()’ 必需回傳空的 ’HVideoConfigurationf,如底下所定義; 4. ’EVD.getCurrentConfigurationO’的回傳值必需相同 於’EVD.getDefaultConfiguration()’ ; 5· fEVD.getBestConfiguration(·,)’的回傳值必需相同於 Cy fEVD.getDefaultConfiguration()f ; 6. fEVD.getConfigurations()f 必 需回傳 ’new HVideoConfiguration[l] {getDefaultConfiguration()}f ; 7. Έ VD. set V ideoConfiguration()f 必需發 出 ’HConfigurationException’,除非應用, fHPermissionDeniedException’。 空的fHGraphicsDevic&,底下稱為fEGD’必需滿足下列 條件: 56 200849990 27131pif 1·在應用參考的範圍内,’’EGD”是獨特(物件)例; 2. ’’EGD”必需滿足由上述空的’HScreenDevice,所指定 的條件; 3. fEGD.getDefaultConfiguration〇f 必需回傳空的 fHGraphicsConflguration’,如底下所定義; 4/EGD.getCurrentConfiguration()’ 的回傳值必需相同 於▼EGD.getDefaultConfigurationO,; 5/EGD.getBestConfiguration(··)’ 的回傳值必需相同於 ?EGD.getDefaultConflguration()T ; 6/EGD.getConfigurations〇,必 需回傳,new HGraphicsConfiguration[l] {getDefaultConfiguration〇}-; 7/EGD.setGraphicsConfiguration()f 必 需發出 ▼HConfigurationException’,除非應或 ▼HPermissionDeniedException’。 MSM 導入由子類型 fHBackgroundConflgurationf, fHVideoConfiguration’,與 ’HGraphicsConfiguration,的空 ▼HScreenConfiguration’的特定、组。 空的’HScreenConfiguration’,底下稱為”EC”,必需滿 足下列條件,除了底下所定義的子類型特定條件外·· 1· ’EC.convertTo(")▼必需回傳丨nuu,; 2· fEC.getFlickerFilter()’必需回傳,假,; 3, fEC.getInterlaced()’必需回傳,假,; 4· ’EC.getOffset(··),必需回傳hewDimensionO,; 5;EC.getPixelAspectRatio()f 必 需回傳 fnew 57 200849990 2713 IpifDimension()f ; 3· 'ED.addMultiScreenConfigurationListener(··), can not produce any marginal effect; 4· 'ED.reserveDevice(ResourceClient)丨 must be returned, ^,; 5. fED.releaseDevice()f can not be generated Any marginal effect; 6· 'ED.getClient〇' must return 'null,. These empty 'Hbackgrounddevice, hereinafter, EBD,,, must meet the following conditions: I 1 · Within the scope of the application reference, "EBD" is a unique (object) example; 2. EBD must satisfy the above empty fHScreenDevice, the specified condition; 3· 'EBD.getDefaultConfigurationQ' must be returned to the empty 'HbackgroundConfiguration', as defined by the bottom; 4· fEBD.getCurrentConfiguration〇's return value must be the same as fEBD.getDefaultConfiguration()'; 5· fEBD.getBestConflgumtionC·), the return value must be the same as 55 200849990 2/ijipif !EBD.getDefaultConfiguration〇,; 6· fEBD.getConfigurations()f must be returned fnew HBackgroundConfiguration[l] {getDefaultConfiguration()}f ; 7. fEBD.setBackgroundConfiguration()f must pass back 'HConfigurationException' unless 'SecurityException' or 'HPermissionDeniedException' is applied. The empty fHVideoDevice', referred to below as 'EVD', must meet the following conditions: 1. Within the scope of the application reference, ''EVD' is a unique (object) example; 2. "EVD" must be satisfied by the above-mentioned empty fHScreenDevicef The specified condition; 3· fEVD.getDefaultConfiguration()' must be returned to the empty 'HVideoConfigurationf, as defined below; 4. The return value of 'EVD.getCurrentConfigurationO' must be the same as 'EVD.getDefaultConfiguration()'; 5· fEVD The return value of .getBestConfiguration(·,)' must be the same as Cy fEVD.getDefaultConfiguration()f; 6. fEVD.getConfigurations()f must return 'new HVideoConfiguration[l] {getDefaultConfiguration()}f ; 7. Έ VD Set V ideoConfiguration()f must issue 'HConfigurationException' unless applied, fHPermissionDeniedException'. An empty fHGraphicsDevic&, called fEGD' below must meet the following conditions: 56 200849990 27131pif 1· Within the scope of the application reference, ''EGD' Is a unique (object) example; 2. ''EGD' must be met by the above empty 'HScreenD Evice, the specified condition; 3. fEGD.getDefaultConfiguration〇f must pass back empty fHGraphicsConflguration', as defined below; 4/EGD.getCurrentConfiguration()' must have the same return value as ▼EGD.getDefaultConfigurationO,; 5/ The return value of EGD.getBestConfiguration(··)' must be the same as ?EGD.getDefaultConflguration()T ; 6/EGD.getConfigurations〇, must be returned, new HGraphicsConfiguration[l] {getDefaultConfiguration〇}-; 7/EGD.setGraphicsConfiguration ()f must issue ▼HConfigurationException' unless it should or ▼HPermissionDeniedException'. MSM imports the specific, group of sub-types fHBackgroundConflgurationf, fHVideoConfiguration', and 'HGraphicsConfiguration', null ▼HScreenConfiguration'. The empty 'HScreenConfiguration', referred to below as "EC", must meet the following conditions, except for the sub-type specific conditions defined below. · 1· 'EC.convertTo(")▼ must return 丨nuu,; fEC.getFlickerFilter()' must be returned, false,; 3, fEC.getInterlaced()' must be returned, false,; 4' 'EC.getOffset(··), must return hewDimensionO,; 5; EC.getPixelAspectRatio ()f must be returned fnew 57 200849990 2713 Ipif

Dimension()f ; 6.?EC.getPixelResolution()f 必 需回傳,new Dimension()f ; 7;EC.getScreenArea()f 必 需 回 傳 ,new HScreenRectangle(0,0,0,0)’。 空的’HBackgroundConfigurationf,底下稱為,必 需滿足下列條件: 1·在應用參考的範圍内,fEBC是獨特(物件); 2· TEBC必需滿足由空的’HScreenConfiguration,所定義 的條件; 3. fEBC.getDevice()! 必 需回 傳空的 ’Hbackgrounddevicef,如上述般; 4. ’EBC.getConfigTemplate〇’ 必需回傳空的 fBackgroundConfigTemplate’,如底下所述; 5. ’EBC.getColor()’必需回傳’new Col〇r(0,0,0),; 6. EBC.setColor()必需發出 HConfigurationException’。 空的’HVideoConfiguration’,底下稱為,EVC,必需滿 足下列條件: 1·在應用參考的範圍内’ fEVC是獨特(物件)例; 2. fEVC’必需滿足空的’HScreenConfiguration,所指定的 條件; 3. ’EVC.getDevice()’必需回傳空的’HVideoDevice,,如 上述定義; 4. fEVC.getConfigTemplate()f 必需回傳空的 58 200849990 2713 lpif ’HVideoConfigTemplate’,如底下戶斤定義。 空的’HGmphicsConflguration,,底下稱為,£(3(::,,必需 滿足下列條件: 1·在應用參考的範圍内,,EGC’是獨特(物件)例; 2· EGC必需滿足空的HScreenConflguration,所指定的 條件; 3/EGC.getDeviceO,必需回傳空的,HGraphicsDevice,, 如上述定義;Dimension()f ; 6.?EC.getPixelResolution()f must be returned, new Dimension()f ; 7;EC.getScreenArea()f must be echoed, new HScreenRectangle(0,0,0,0)’. The empty 'HBackgroundConfigurationf, hereinafter, must meet the following conditions: 1. Within the scope of the application reference, fEBC is unique (object); 2. TEBC must satisfy the conditions defined by the empty 'HScreenConfiguration'; 3. fEBC. getDevice()! It is necessary to pass back the empty 'Hbackgrounddevicef, as above; 4. 'EBC.getConfigTemplate〇' must return the empty fBackgroundConfigTemplate' as described below; 5. 'EBC.getColor()' must be passed back' New Col〇r(0,0,0),; 6. EBC.setColor() must issue HConfigurationException'. The empty 'HVideoConfiguration', hereinafter referred to as EVC, must meet the following conditions: 1. Within the scope of the application reference 'fEVC is a unique (object) example; 2. fEVC' must satisfy the empty 'HScreenConfiguration', specified conditions; 3. 'EVC.getDevice()' must be returned to the empty 'HVideoDevice, as defined above; 4. fEVC.getConfigTemplate()f must be returned to the null 58 200849990 2713 lpif 'HVideoConfigTemplate', as defined below. The empty 'HGmphicsConflguration,, hereinafter referred to as £(3:::, must meet the following conditions: 1. Within the scope of the application reference, EGC' is a unique (object) example; 2. EGC must satisfy the empty HScreenConflguration , the specified condition; 3/EGC.getDeviceO, must be returned to the empty, HGraphicsDevice, as defined above;

C 4. fEGC.getConfigTemplate()?必 需 回傳空 的 fHGraphicsConfigTemplate’,如底下所定義; 5. ’EGC.getA 邏輯 Fonts()’必需回傳,new:p〇nt[0],; 6/EGC.getCompatibleImage(Image input, HImageHints hints)’必需回傳4叩111:’ ; 7. ’EGC.getComponentHScreenRectangle(··)’ 必需回傳 ’null’ ; 8. fEGC.getPixelCoordinatesHScreenRectangle(··)’ 必需 l 回傳fnew Rectangle〇’ ; 9. ’EGCgetPunchThroughToBackgroundColor(··)’ 必需 回傳1null’ ; 10. ’EGC.dispose(Color)’不可產生任何邊際效應。 MSM 導入 由下列 子類型 ’HBackgroundConfigTemplate’,fHVideoConfigTemplatef 與 ▼HGraphicsConfigTemplate▼的空的’HScreenConfigTemplate’ 所指定的設定。 59 200849990 27131pif 空的fHScreenConfigTemplate’,底下稱為,ET,,必需滿 足下列條件,除了底下所定義的子類型特殊條件外: 1 .fET.getPreferenceObject(int)f 必 需 發 出 ’IllegalArgumentException’ ; 2.!ET.getPreferencePriority(int)f 必 需回傳 ,HScreenConfigTemplate.DONT_CAREf ; 3/ET.setPreference(int9int)f 必 需 發C 4. fEGC.getConfigTemplate()? It is necessary to pass back the empty fHGraphicsConfigTemplate' as defined below; 5. 'EGC.getA Logic Fonts()' must be returned, new:p〇nt[0],; 6/EGC .getCompatibleImage(Image input, HImageHints hints)' must be returned 4叩111:' ; 7. 'EGC.getComponentHScreenRectangle(··)' must be returned 'null'; 8. fEGC.getPixelCoordinatesHScreenRectangle(··)' Required l back Pass fnew Rectangle〇'; 9. 'EGCgetPunchThroughToBackgroundColor(··)' must return 1null'; 10. 'EGC.dispose(Color)' does not produce any marginal effects. MSM imports the settings specified by the empty 'HScreenConfigTemplate' of the subtypes 'HBackgroundConfigTemplate', fHVideoConfigTemplatef and ▼HGraphicsConfigTemplate▼. 59 200849990 27131pif The empty fHScreenConfigTemplate', hereinafter referred to as ET, must satisfy the following conditions, except for the special conditions of the subtype defined below: 1. .fET.getPreferenceObject(int)f must issue 'IllegalArgumentException'; 2.!ET .getPreferencePriority(int)f must be returned, HScreenConfigTemplate.DONT_CAREf ; 3/ET.setPreference(int9int)f

出 ’IllegalArgumentExceptionf ; 4·ΈT·setPreference(int,Object,int), 必 需 發 出 ’IllegalArgumentException’· 空的fHBackgroimdConfigTemplate’,底下稱為》εβΓ , 必需滿足下列條件: 1. 在應用參考範圍内,’ΈΒΤ”是特殊(物件)例; 2. ΈΒΤ’必需滿足空的 ’HScreenConfigTemplate,所指定 的條件; 3.fEBT.isConfigSupported(HBackgroundConfiguration)f 必需回傳’假’。 空的’HVideoConfigTemplate’,底下稱為’EVT’,必需 滿足下列條件: 1·在應用參考範圍内,’’EVT”是特殊(物件)例; 2. ’EVT’必需滿足空的 ’HScreenConfigTemplate’所指定 的條件; 3. fEVT.isConfigSupported(HVideoConfiguration)’ 必常 回傳’假’。 60 200849990 27l31pif 空的 ’HGraphicsConfigTemplate’,底下稱為,EGT’,必 需滿足下列條件: 1·在應用參考範圍内,’’EGT”是特殊(物件)例; 2/EGT’必需滿足空的 ’HScreenConfigTemplate’所指定 的條件; 3/EGT.isConfigSupported(HGraphicsConfiguration),必 需回傳’假’。 『 現將解釋livideoDevice,。 如果使用本發明所定義的某些機制能允許至少一個 影像管線(包括至少一影像解碼器與一解碼器格式轉換單 元)相關於(映對至)由,HVide〇Device’所代表的底層影像螢 幕裝置資源,則這些管線之一會指定為有貢獻的影像管 線,而其餘的則被指定為沒貢獻的影像管線。沒貢獻影像 管線不可提供影像資訊或相關聲音資訊至由 HVideoDevice’所代表的底層影像螢幕裝置資源。 根據下列規則,從一組可能的貢獻影像管線中決定出 有貢獻的影像管線: 1·如果這一組可能的貢獻影像管線中,只有一個影像 官線相關於某非摘要服務的主動影像基本串流,則此影像 管線是該貢獻管線; 旦2·否則,如果這一組可能的貢獻影像管線中,有多個 影像官線相關於某非摘要服務的主動影像基本串流,則最 後被選擇非摘要服務的影像管線是該貢獻管線·, 3·否則,如果這一組可能的貢獻影像管線中,只有一 61 2U0849990 則此:i::,:由某非摘要服務所控制的媒體播放器, =舰_影像t線是該貢獻管線; 影像管這—組可能的貢獻影像管線中,有多個 動(或在暫停^止非摘要服務的媒體播放器,則最後被啟 線是該綠3 ㈣)的此媒職放11的影像管'IllegalArgumentExceptionf; 4·ΈT·setPreference(int,Object,int), must issue 'IllegalArgumentException'·empty fHBackgroimdConfigTemplate', hereinafter referred to as εβΓ , must meet the following conditions: 1. Within the scope of the application reference, 'ΈΒΤ' It is a special (object) example; 2. ΈΒΤ 'must meet the empty 'HScreenConfigTemplate', the specified condition; 3.fEBT.isConfigSupported(HBackgroundConfiguration)f must return 'false'. Empty 'HVideoConfigTemplate', below is called 'EVT ', must meet the following conditions: 1. In the application reference range, ''EVT' is a special (object) example; 2. 'EVT' must meet the conditions specified by the empty 'HScreenConfigTemplate'; 3. fEVT.isConfigSupported(HVideoConfiguration ) ' Must always return 'false'. 60 200849990 27l31pif Empty 'HGraphicsConfigTemplate', hereinafter referred to as EGT', must meet the following conditions: 1. Within the scope of the application reference, ''EGT' is a special (object) example; 2/EGT' must satisfy the empty 'HScreenConfigTemplate 'The specified condition; 3/EGT.isConfigSupported(HGraphicsConfiguration), must return 'false'. 『LivideoDevice will now be explained. If at least one image pipeline (including at least one image) is allowed using some of the mechanisms defined by the present invention. The decoder and a decoder format conversion unit are related to the underlying image screen device resources represented by HVide〇Device', and one of these pipelines is designated as a contributing image pipeline, while the rest are It is designated as an uncontributed image pipeline. The image pipeline or related sound information cannot be provided to the underlying image screen device resources represented by HVideoDevice'. The following rules determine that a group of possible contribution image pipelines are available. Contributed image pipeline: 1. If this group of possible contribution image pipelines In the middle, only one image official line is related to the active image basic stream of a non-summary service, then the image pipeline is the contribution pipeline; 2, otherwise, if this group of possible contribution image pipelines, there are multiple image officers The line is related to the active image elementary stream of a non-summary service, and the image pipeline that is selected by the non-summary service is the contribution pipeline. 3. Otherwise, if this group of possible contribution image pipelines, only one 61 2U0849990 This: i::,: media player controlled by a non-summary service, = ship_image t line is the contribution pipeline; image tube this group may contribute to the image pipeline, there are multiple moves (or pause) ^ The non-digest service media player, the last line is the green 3 (four)) of this media job 11 video tube

個旦二如果這—組可能的貢獻影像管線中,只有- ρ"二二目’由某非摘要服務所控制的媒體播放器, '此媒肢播放器的影像管線是該貢獻管線; 旦 如果這—組可能的貢獻影像管線中,有多個 〜像、s線相^關於某非摘要服務的媒體播放器,則最後被啟 動(或在暫㈣停錢被回復的)的此媒麟放i的影像營 線是該貢獻管線; 7·否則,本發明未定義如何決定哪個影像管線是有貢 獻的管線,且此決定相關於實施方式。 、 當本發明實施例根據實現OCAPMSM加強版的 OCAP主機裝置時,現將解釋為確保Xlet應用的某些允許 條件。 σ 要呼叫本發明所定義的方法需要該應用具 ▼MonitorAppPermissionC’multiscreen.configuration’’)1 及 / 气 ’MonitorAppPermission (nmultiscreen.context’’),。在實現 OCAPMSM加強版的OCAP主機裝置中,要考慮下列顧外 允許條件,以應用至']\4〇1111;0认口口?61^11^5丨0111。 ’multiscreen.configuration’能存取並改變平台多鸯幕矣且 62 200849990 2713 lpif 態狀態。具此允許的應用可改變平台的多螢幕組態,並發 現與偵測其動態狀態。 ▼multiscreen·contextf改變螢幕的多螢幕情境狀態。具 此允許的應用可以改變可存取螢幕的多螢幕情境狀態。 此外,必需考慮由需求允許檔(permission request file, PRF)所定義的文件類型定義(document type definition, DTD)所定義的focap:monitorapplicationf元件類型的屬性的 所列舉符號值類型,以包括下列值 ▼multiscreen.configuration’與’multiscreenxontext’。 因為本發明實施例根據Java系統,現將定義,系統屬 性(System Property)’。 如果在本實施例中是由OCAP主機裝置實施MSM加 強版,貝r〇cap.api.option.msm’7ava系統屬性必需利用本發 明的實施版本的相關值所定義,本發明版本是”〗·〇·〇,,。相 反地’如果主機裝置定義”〇Cap api 〇pti〇n msm”Java系統屬 性,則主機裝置必需實現此屬性值所相關的本發明版本。 必需讓已簽章與未簽章的應用允許對此屬性的讀取。 現將解釋根據本發明實施例的實施Java系統式多螢 幕管理員的實施方式。 ί考圖11A〜11G來解釋本發明實施例的java介面常 數的登錄樓(registry)。 ,圖11ADD根據本發明實施例的 org.ocap.Ul.MultiScreenConfigurableContext,内的 Java 常數 勺豆錄4田列表。常數定義於,〇rg 〇cap Ui,套件的 63 200849990 2/13ΐρΐΤ ’MultiScreenConfigurableContexf 中,請參考圖 13Α〜13Fo 圖 11B 顯示根據本發明實施例的 ’org.ocap.ui.MultiScreenConfiguration1 内的 Java 常婁丈的登錄 樓歹1J表。常數定義於brg.ocap.ur套件的 fMultiScreenConfigurablej,請參考圖 14A〜14C。 圖 11C 顯示根據本發明實施例的 ’org.ocap.ui.MultiScreenContext1 内的 Java 常數的登錄樓列 表。常數定義於 f〇rg.ocap.uif 套件的 fMultiScreenContextf 中,請參考圖15A〜15D。 圖 11D 顯示根據本發明實施例的 ’org.ocap.ui.event.MultiScreenConfigurationEvent’ 内的 Java 常數的登錄播列表。常數定義於’〇rg.ocap.uif套件的 ▼MultiScreenConfigurationEvent’中,請參考圖 18A〜18D〇 圖 11E 顯示根據本發明實施例的 ’org.ocap.ui.event.MultiScreenContextEvent’ 内的 Java 常婁丈 的登錄檔列表。常數定義於’org.ocap.uif套件的 ’MultiScreenContextEvenf 中,請參考圖 20A〜20D。 圖 11F 顯示根據本發明實施例的 forg.ocap.uLevent.MultiScreenEvent’内的 Java 常數的登錄 標列表。常數定義於f〇rg.ocap.uif套件的%1111^(^611£¥6111^ 中,請參考圖22A〜22D。 圖 11G 顯示根據本發明實施例的 ’org.ocap.ui.event.MultiScreenResourceEvent’内的 Java 常數 的登錄檔列表。常數定義於’org.ocap.ui1套件的 64 200849990 2713 lpif rMultiScreenResourceEventf 中,請參考圖 23A〜23D。 現將解釋本發明實施例的多螢幕管理的平台行為(語 義)。 參考圖12〜16F來解釋HA Vi使用者介面的 forg.ocap.uif套件的加強版。 圖12顯不根據本發明貫施例的套件(package) forg.ocap.ui’的介面列表與等級列表。If this is the group's possible contribution to the image pipeline, only - ρ" 二二目' is a media player controlled by a non-summary service, 'the video pipeline of this media player is the contribution pipeline; This group of possible contribution image pipelines, there are multiple ~ image, s-line phase ^ media player for a non-summary service, then the media player is finally activated (or in the temporary (four) stop money is replied) The image camp line of i is the contribution pipeline; 7. Otherwise, the present invention does not define how to determine which image pipeline is a contributing pipeline, and this decision is related to the embodiment. When the embodiment of the present invention is based on an OCAP host device implementing OCAPMSM enhanced version, it will now be explained to ensure certain allowable conditions for the Xlet application. σ To call the method defined by the present invention, the application requires ▼MonitorAppPermissionC'multiscreen.configuration’'1 and / gas 'MonitorAppPermission (nmultiscreen.context''). In the implementation of OCAPMSM enhanced version of the OCAP host device, the following conditions must be considered to apply to the ']\4〇1111; 0 mouth? 61^11^5丨0111. 'multiscreen.configuration' can access and change the platform multi-screen and 62 200849990 2713 lpif state. Applications with this allow you to change the multi-screen configuration of the platform and discover and detect its dynamic state. ▼multiscreen·contextf changes the multi-screen status of the screen. With this allowed application, you can change the multi-screen status of the accessible screen. In addition, it is necessary to consider the enumerated symbol value types of the attributes of the focap:monitorapplicationf component type defined by the document type definition (DPD) defined by the permission request file (PDF) to include the following values ▼ Multiscreen.configuration' with 'multiscreenxontext'. Since the embodiment of the present invention is based on the Java system, it will now be defined, System Property. If the MSM enhanced version is implemented by the OCAP host device in this embodiment, the system property of the 〇r〇cap.api.option.msm'7ava must be defined by the relevant value of the implementation version of the present invention, and the version of the present invention is "〗. 〇·〇,,. Conversely, 'if the host device defines 〇Cap api 〇pti〇n msm' Java system attribute, the host device must implement the version of the invention associated with this attribute value. The signed and unsigned must be signed The application of this chapter allows reading of this attribute. An implementation of a Java system-based multi-screen administrator in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention will now be explained. 1A to 11G are used to explain the login of the java interface constant of the embodiment of the present invention. Figure 11ADD is a list of Java constants in the org.ocap.Ul.MultiScreenConfigurableContext according to an embodiment of the present invention. The constant is defined in 〇rg 〇cap Ui, kit 63 200849990 2/13ΐρΐΤ In 'MultiScreenConfigurableContexf, please refer to FIG. 13A to 13Fo. FIG. 11B shows Java constants in 'org.ocap.ui.MultiScreenConfiguration1 according to an embodiment of the present invention. Record the 歹1J table. The constant is defined in the fMultiScreenConfigurablej of the brg.ocap.ur suite, please refer to Figures 14A to 14C. Figure 11C shows the list of login buildings of the Java constant in 'org.ocap.ui.MultiScreenContext1 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The constant is defined in the fMultiScreenContextf of the f〇rg.ocap.uif suite, please refer to Figures 15A-15D. Figure 11D shows the login of the Java constant in 'org.ocap.ui.event.MultiScreenConfigurationEvent' according to an embodiment of the present invention. List. Constants are defined in '▼MultiScreenConfigurationEvent' of the '〇rg.ocap.uif suite, please refer to FIGS. 18A-18D. FIG. 11E shows Java in 'org.ocap.ui.event.MultiScreenContextEvent' according to an embodiment of the present invention. Uncle's login file list. Constants are defined in the 'MultiScreenContextEvenf' of the 'org.ocap.uif suite, please refer to Figures 20A-20D. Figure 11F shows a list of logins for Java constants in forg.ocap.uLevent.MultiScreenEvent' in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. The constant is defined in %1111^(^611£¥6111^ of the f〇rg.ocap.uif suite, please refer to Figures 22A-22D. Figure 11G shows 'org.ocap.ui.event.MultiScreenResourceEvent according to an embodiment of the present invention. List of login files for Java constants within . The constants are defined in 64 200849990 2713 lpif rMultiScreenResourceEventf of the 'org.ocap.ui1 suite, please refer to Figures 23A to 23D. The multi-screen management platform behavior of the embodiment of the present invention will now be explained ( Semantics. An enhanced version of the forg.ocap.uif suite of the HA Vi user interface is explained with reference to Figures 12 to 16F. Figure 12 shows an interface list of packages forg.ocap.ui' according to the embodiment of the present invention. With a list of ratings.

Java套件’org.ocap.ui’的介面列表1200包括: fMultiScreenConfigurableContextf 介 面 1210 , ’MultiScreenConfiguration,介面 1220 與’MultiScreenContext, 介面1230。 ▼MultiScreenConfigurableContext’介面 1210 將參考圖 13A〜13F 而解釋;’MultiScreenConfiguration’介面 1220 將 參考圖 14A〜14C 而解釋;fMultiScreenContextf介面 1230 將參考圖15A〜15D而解釋。The interface list 1200 of the Java suite 'org.ocap.ui' includes: fMultiScreenConfigurableContextf interface 1210, 'MultiScreenConfiguration, interface 1220 and 'MultiScreenContext, interface 1230. The "MultiScreenConfigurableContext" interface 1210 will be explained with reference to Figs. 13A to 13F; the 'MultiScreenConfiguration' interface 1220 will be explained with reference to Figs. 14A to 14C; the fMultiScreenContextf interface 1230 will be explained with reference to Figs. 15A to 15D.

Java套件forg.ocap.ui’的等級列表 1250 包括 ’MultiScreenManager’等級 1260。’MultiScreenManager’等級 1260將參考圖16A〜16F而解釋。 圖13A顯示根據本發明實施例的Java套件 ’org.ocap.ui’ 的介面 ’MultiScreenConfigurableContext’ 的定 義。 ’MultiScreenConfigurableContexf 介面 1210 具有 fMultiScreenContextf M forg.davic.resources.ResourceProxyf 為超介面。此公眾介©fMultiScreenConfigurableContext’可 65 200849990 ipif 加 強 ’MultiScreenContexf , ’org.davic.resources.ResourceProxyf。 fMultiScreenConfigurableContext’ 介面 1210 提供一組 工具,以完成下列: 1·改變邏輯fHScreenf的映對,以顯示’HScreenf,其包 括顯示fHScreenf上的區域,其中邏輯fHScreenf會出現,其 可視性與其Z順序(在其他’HScreen’當中); 2·改變具fHScreen’的’HScreenDevice’的 Z 順序; 3·改變相關於’HScreenWYServiceContext’組; 4.改變顯示fHScreenf與相關fVideoOutputPort,的關聯 性; 5·改變fHScreenDevice’組,其所產生的聲音會構成 ’HScreen’的音源; 6·改變顯示fHScreen’的目前聲音焦點指定; 7·保留並釋放所保留的底下螢幕與螢幕裝置資源; 8·得到對目前資源客戶的參考,其客戶具有保留螢幕 與其底層資源;以及 9·建立顯示fHscreenf的目前主動各顯示多螢幕組態。 如果’HScreen1可用於OCAP應用,且如果,HScreen,可 利用丨MultiScreenConfigurableContext’介面 1210 所定義的 功能而被組態的話,則MSM實施必需支援各此種,HScreen, 上的 ’MultiScreenConflgurableContext’介面。 MSM實施方式可支援在’HScreen,上的 fMultiScreenConfigurableContext’ 介面 1210,其未利用 66 200849990 27131pif fMultiScreenConfigurableContextf 介面 1210 所定義的功能 而組態。 ’MultiScreenConfigurableContext’介面 1210 的既定實 施不需要支援任一或全部已定義的組態改變,但可能因為 硬體或其他限制,只支援特定組態改變。 如果’MultiScreenConfigurableContext’介面 1210 的實 施方式不支援特定組態改變,則試著進行改變將造 成’IllegalStateException’的出現,如底下各方法所述。 ’MultiScreenConfigurableContext’ 介面 1210 由 MSM 101版所應用。 圖13B顯示根據本發明實施例的Java套件 forg.ocap.ui’ 的介面 ’MultiScreenConfigurableContexf 的欄位 (field)列表。 ’MultiScreenConfigurableContext’介面 1210 的攔位列 表 1300 包括下列至少一種:’static int CONFIGURABLE SCREEN PARAMETER AUDIO FOC USf 1302 , 1 static int CONFIGURABLE SCREEN PARAMETER AUDIO SOU RCEf 1304 , ? static int CONFIGURABLE—SCREEN—PARAMETER—DEVICE 一Z一 O RDERf 1306 , 'static int CONFIGURABLE—SCREENJPARAMETER—DISPLAY—AR EAf 1308 , ’static intThe level list 1250 of the Java Suite forg.ocap.ui' includes the 'MultiScreenManager' level 1260. The 'MultiScreenManager' level 1260 will be explained with reference to Figs. 16A to 16F. Figure 13A shows the definition of the interface 'MultiScreenConfigurableContext' of the Java suite 'org.ocap.ui' in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. The 'MultiScreenConfigurableContexf interface 1210 has fMultiScreenContextf M forg.davic.resources.ResourceProxyf as the super interface. This public interface ©fMultiScreenConfigurableContext' can be used to increase the 'MultiScreenContexf', 'org.davic.resources.ResourceProxyf'. The fMultiScreenConfigurableContext' interface 1210 provides a set of tools to accomplish the following: 1. Change the mapping of the logical fHScreenf to display 'HScreenf, which includes displaying the area on fHScreenf, where the logical fHScreenf will appear with its visibility and its Z order (in other 'HScreen'); 2. Change the Z order of 'HScreenDevice' with fHScreen'; 3. Change the association related to 'HScreenWYServiceContext'; 4. Change the association between display fHScreenf and related fVideoOutputPort; 5. Change the fHScreenDevice' group, The sound produced by it will constitute the sound source of 'HScreen'; 6. Change the current sound focus specification of display fHScreen'; 7. Retain and release the remaining underlying screen and screen device resources; 8. Get a reference to current resource customers, Its customers have reserved screens and their underlying resources; and 9· establishes the current active display multi-screen configuration for displaying fHscreenf. If 'HScreen1 is available for OCAP applications, and if HScreen can be configured with the functionality defined by the MultiScreenConfigurableContext' interface 1210, then the MSM implementation must support the 'MultiScreenConflgurableContext' interface on each such HScreen. The MSM implementation supports the fMultiScreenConfigurableContext interface 1210 on 'HScreen, which is not configured with the functionality defined by 66 200849990 27131pif fMultiScreenConfigurableContextf interface 1210. The established implementation of the 'MultiScreenConfigurableContext' interface 1210 does not need to support any or all of the defined configuration changes, but may only support specific configuration changes due to hardware or other restrictions. If the implementation of the 'MultiScreenConfigurableContext' interface 1210 does not support a particular configuration change, then attempting to make the change will result in the occurrence of an 'IllegalStateException', as described in the methods below. The 'MultiScreenConfigurableContext' interface 1210 is used by MSM 101. Figure 13B shows a list of fields of the interface 'MultiScreenConfigurableContexf' of the Java suite forg.ocap.ui', in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. The 'MultiScreenConfigurableContext' interface 1210's block list 1300 includes at least one of the following: 'static int CONFIGURABLE SCREEN PARAMETER AUDIO FOC USf 1302 , 1 static int CONFIGURABLE SCREEN PARAMETER AUDIO SOU RCEf 1304 , ? static int CONFIGURABLE—SCREEN—PARAMETER—DEVICE O RDERf 1306 , 'static int CONFIGURABLE—SCREENJPARAMETER—DISPLAY—AR EAf 1308 , 'static int

CONFIGURABLE SCREEN PARAMETER DISPLAY SC 67 200849990 Z / IJ) ipif REENf 1310 CONFIGURABLE^ SCREEN RT’ 1312 CONFIGURABLE_SCREEN ΝΤΕΧΓ 1314CONFIGURABLE SCREEN PARAMETER DISPLAY SC 67 200849990 Z / IJ) ipif REENf 1310 CONFIGURABLE^ SCREEN RT’ 1312 CONFIGURABLE_SCREEN ΝΤΕΧΓ 1314

CONFIGURABLE SCREEN , f static int PARAMETER 一 OUTPUT 一 PO f static int PARAMETER 一 SERVICE_C〇 static int PARAMETER VISIBILITY1 1316 , 與 ’static int CONFIGURABLE SCREEN PARAMETER Z ORDER,CONFIGURABLE SCREEN , f static int PARAMETER an OUTPUT a PO f static int PARAMETER a SERVICE_C〇 static int PARAMETER VISIBILITY1 1316 , and ’static int CONFIGURABLE SCREEN PARAMETER Z ORDER,

1318。 由’org.ocap.ui.MultiScreenContext’介面 1230 得來的攔 位 1320 包括下列至少一個:’SCREEN_TYPE_DISPLAY^ 與,SCREEN_TYPE—LOGICAL,。 CONFIGURABLE—SCREEN—PARAMETER—AUDIO_ SOURCE 1 欄位 1304 乃是"static final int CONFIGURABLE 一 SCREEN 一 PARAMETER 一 AUDIO 一 SOU RCE,,,且是辨別聲音焦點組態的組態參數。 螢幕聲音焦點的組態乃是利用’addAudioSources(··)’與 YemoveAudioSourcesC·)’ 方法而完成,其由 ’org.ocap.ui.MultiscreenconfigurableContexf 介面 1210 所定 義。 如果由 forg.ocap.ui.MultiscreenconfigurableContext’ 介 面1210所參考的’HScreen’可支援其音源組態的話,則 risConfigurableParameter(CONFIGURABLE_SCREEN_PAR AMETER—AUDIO—SOURCE)’將回傳,真,。 68 200849990 2713 lpif 如 果 ’hasDiscreteParameterSpace(CONFIGURABLE—SCREEN 一 P ARAMETER—AUDIO-SOURCE)1 回傳,真,,則 ’getDiscreteParameterSpace(CONFIGURABLE 一 SCREEN—P ARAMETER-AUDIO 一 SOURCE)’ 必 需回傳 fHScreenDevice[]’類型的值,其中此值陣列中的各項目是可 當成螢幕音源的此螢幕的可存取螢幕裝置。 自從 MSMI01 之後,就應用 ’CONFIGURABLE 一 SCREEN—PARAMETER—AUDIO 一 FOC US’欄位 1304。 CONFIGURABLE 一 SCREEN 一 PARAMETER一 AUDIO— FOCUSf 攔位 1302 定為 ’’static final int CONFIGURABLE 一 SCREEN—PARAMETER一 AUDIOJFOC usn,且是組態參數,其可辨別聲音焦點組態。 螢幕聲音焦點的組態可利用 ’org.ocap.ui.MultiScreenConfigurableContext’介面 1210 所定 義的fassignAudioFocus("y方法而完成。 如果此介面所參考的fHScreen’會支援其音源的組態, 則 ,isConfigurableParameter(CONFIGURABLE—SCREEN—PAR AMETER_AUDIO_FOCUS)’ 必需回傳,真,。 如 果 fhasDiscreteParameterSpace(CONFIGURABLE—SCREEN—P ARAMETER—AUDIO—FOCUS)’ 回傳,真,,則 69 200849990 LIV5 ipif ’getDiscreteParameterSpace(CONFIGURABLE 一 SCREENJ> ARAMETER—AUDIO—FOCUS)’必需回傳’HScreen[]’類型的 值,其中此值陣列中的各項目是可當成螢幕音源的可存取 螢幕。 如果螢幕是顯示螢幕的話,則所回傳的項目必需限制 至目前映對至可指定聲音焦點的此顯示螢幕的邏輯螢幕。 因為顯示螢幕可永遠直接指定聲音焦點(相關於指定聲音 焦點至映對至此顯示螢幕的某邏輯螢幕),此顯示螢幕本身 ' 未包括於回傳項目中。 如果此螢幕是邏輯螢幕且如果此邏輯螢幕對映對至 顯不營幕"且可4日疋聲音焦點的話’則所回傳的陣列必需只 包括此螢幕,否則,所回傳的陣列必需為空的。 自從 MSMI01 之後,就應用了 ’ CONFIGURABLE—S CREEN—PARAMETER AUDIO_FOCUS,攔位 1302。1318. Block 1320 from the 'org.ocap.ui.MultiScreenContext' interface 1230 includes at least one of the following: 'SCREEN_TYPE_DISPLAY^ and SCREEN_TYPE_LOGICAL. CONFIGURABLE—SCREEN—PARAMETER—AUDIO_ SOURCE 1 Field 1304 is a "static final int CONFIGURABLE-SCREEN-PARAMETER- AUDIO-SOU RCE,, and is a configuration parameter that identifies the sound focus configuration. The configuration of the screen sound focus is done using the 'addAudioSources(··)' and YemoveAudioSourcesC·)’ methods, which are defined by the 'org.ocap.ui.MultiscreenconfigurableContexf interface 1210. If the 'HScreen' referenced by the forg.ocap.ui.MultiscreenconfigurableContext' interface 1210 supports its sound source configuration, then risConfigurableParameter(CONFIGURABLE_SCREEN_PAR AMETER_AUDIO-SOURCE)' will be returned, true. 68 200849990 2713 lpif If 'hasDiscreteParameterSpace(CONFIGURABLE—SCREEN-P ARAMETER-AUDIO-SOURCE) 1 is returned, true, then 'getDiscreteParameterSpace(CONFIGURABLE-SCREEN-P ARAMETER-AUDIO-SOURCE)' must return the fHScreenDevice[]' type The value of each of the arrays in this value is an accessible screen device for this screen that can be used as a screen source. Since MSMI01, the 'CONFIGURABLE-SCREEN-PARAMETER-AUDIO-FOC US' field 1304 is applied. CONFIGURABLE - SCREEN - PARAMETER - AUDIO - FOCUSf Intercept 1302 is defined as ''static final int CONFIGURABLE' SCREEN_PARAMETER- AUDIOJFOC usn, and is a configuration parameter that distinguishes the sound focus configuration. The configuration of the screen sound focus can be done using the fassignAudioFocus("y method defined by the 'org.ocap.ui.MultiScreenConfigurableContext' interface 1210. If the fHScreen' referenced by this interface supports the configuration of its source, isConfigurableParameter (CONFIGURABLE—SCREEN—PAR AMETER_AUDIO_FOCUS) 'Requires a return, true. If fhasDiscreteParameterSpace(CONFIGURABLE—SCREEN—P ARAMETER—AUDIO—FOCUS)' is passed back, true, then 69 200849990 LIV5 ipif 'getDiscreteParameterSpace(CONFIGURABLE a SCREENJ> ARAMETER —AUDIO—FOCUS) 'Requires the return of the value of type 'HScreen[]', where each item in the array of values is an accessible screen that can be used as a screen source. If the screen is displayed, the returned item It is necessary to limit the logic screen to the current display screen that can be assigned to the focus of the sound. Because the display screen can always directly specify the sound focus (related to the specified sound focus to a logical screen that is displayed on this display screen), this display screen itself ' Not included in the return item If the screen is a logic screen and if this logic screen is mapped to the screen and the sound focus is on the 4th, then the returned array must include only this screen, otherwise, the returned The array must be empty. Since MSMI01, 'CONFIGURABLE-S CREEN—PARAMETER AUDIO_FOCUS has been applied, block 1302.

’CONFIGURABLE—SCREENJPARAMETER—DEVICE l —Z—ORDER’ 欄位 1306 為"static final int'CONFIGURABLE—SCREENJPARAMETER—DEVICE l —Z—ORDER’ field 1306 is "static final int

CONFIGURABLE—SCREEN—PARAMETERJDEVICE—Z—O RDERn ’且是個可辨別螢幕裝置Z順序組態的組態參數。 螢幕裝置 Z 順序組態可利用 forg.ocap.ui.MultiScreenContext ’攔位 1230 所定義的 ’setZOrderiJiScreenDeviceH)1 方法而完成。 如果此介面所參考的fHScreenf支援其螢幕裝置Z順序 的 組 態 , 則 70 200849990 2713 lpif fisConfigurableParameter(CONFIGURABLE—SCREEN—PAR AMETER—DEVICE—Z-ORDER)f 必需回傳,真,。 如 果 ’hasDiscreteParameterSpace(CONFIGURABLE 一 SCREEN 一P ARAMETER—DEVICE—Z—ORDER),回傳,真,,貝丨J ’getDiscreteParameterSpace(CONFIGURABLE—SCREEN—P ARAMETER 一 DEVICE—Z—ORDER)’ 必 需回傳 fHScreenDevice[][]”類型的值,其中此值陣列中的各項目是 螢幕裝置的陣列,其順序符合於這些螢幕裝置的支援Z順 序,且此種螢幕裝置陣列的第一個項目在Z順序上是最後 一個(亦即,其裝置Z順序為0)。 圖 13C 顯 不棚位 ’CONFIGURABLE一SCREEN—PARAMETER DEVICE Ζ Ο — — — RDER’的使用情形。 在圖13C中,用了底下的假設: 1·螢幕具有一個背景裝置B1,一個影像裝置V1與兩 個圖形裝置G1與G2 ;以及 2·圖形裝置的順序是:(1) B1<V1<G1<G2與(2) Bl<Vl<G2<Gb 透過S1330,可確認,背景裝置B1的Z順序是,,〇,,, 影像裝置VI的Z順序是”1”,圖形裝置G1的Z順序是”2”, 與圖形裝置G2的Z順序是”3”。CONFIGURABLE—SCREEN—PARAMETERJDEVICE—Z—O RDERn ’ and is a configuration parameter that can identify the Z-sequence configuration of the screen device. The screen device Z sequence configuration can be done using the forg.ocap.ui.MultiScreenContext ‘Block 1230 defined by the 'setZOrderiJiScreenDeviceH)1 method. If fHScreenf referenced by this interface supports the configuration of its screen device Z sequence, then 70 200849990 2713 lpif fisConfigurableParameter(CONFIGURABLE_SCREEN_PAR AMETER_DEVICE_Z-ORDER)f must be returned, true. If 'hasDiscreteParameterSpace(CONFIGURABLE - SCREEN - P ARAMETER - DEVICE - Z - ORDER), return, true,, Belle J 'getDiscreteParameterSpace(CONFIGURABLE - SCREEN - P ARAMETER - DEVICE - Z - ORDER)' must be returned fHScreenDevice[] a value of type [], where each item in the array of values is an array of screen devices, the order of which corresponds to the supported Z order of the screen devices, and the first item of such a screen device array is the last in the Z order One (ie, its device Z sequence is 0). Figure 13C shows the use case of 'CONFIGURABLE-SCREEN-PARAMETER DEVICE Ζ Ο — — — RDER'. In Figure 13C, the following assumptions are used: The screen has a background device B1, an image device V1 and two graphic devices G1 and G2; and the sequence of the graphics device is: (1) B1 < V1 < G1 < G2 & (2) Bl < Vl < G2 < Gb Through S1330, it can be confirmed that the Z order of the background device B1 is, 〇,,, the Z order of the image device VI is "1", the Z order of the graphic device G1 is "2", and the Z order of the graphic device G2. It is "3".

相似地,透過S1340,可確認,背景裝置B1的Z順 序是”〇”,影像裝置VI的Z順序是”1”,圖形裝置G2的Z 71 200849990 27131pif 順序是”2”,與圖形裝置G1的Z順序是”3”。 自 從 MSM 101 之後,就應用 fCONFIGURABLE_SCREENJPARAMETER—DEVICE—Ζ—Ο RDER’攔位 1306。 CONFIGURABLE—SCREEN JPARAMETER—DISPLA Y—AREA’ 欄位 1308 定為 ’’static final int CONFIGURABLE 一 SCREEN—PARAMETER—DISPLAY—AR EAn,且其為組態參數,以辨別螢幕相關顯示區的組態。 (邏輯)螢幕的顯示區的組態可利用 forg.ocap.ui.MultiScreenContext’ 介面 1230 所定義的 fsetDisplayArea(HScreenRectangle)f 方法而完成。 如果’org.ocap.ui.MultiScreenConfigurableContexf 介面 1210 所參考的’HScreen1是顯示螢幕,則 fisConfigurableParameter(CONFIGURABLE—SCREEN—PAR AMETERJDISPLAY—AREA)’必需回傳’假(false)’ ;否則,如 果此邏輯螢幕支援其顯示區的組態,則 nisConfigurableParameter(CONFIGURABLE—SCREEN—PA RAMETER—DISPLAY—AREA),必需回傳,真,。 如 果 ’hasDiscreteParameterSpace(CONFIGURABLE 一 SCREEN JP ARAMETER—DISPLAY_AREA),回傳,真,,則 fgetDiscreteParameterSpace(CONFIGURABLE—SCREEN—P ARAMETER—DISPLAY—AREA), 必 需回傳 fHScreenRectangle[]f類型的值,其中此值陣列的各項目是 72 200849990 ζηόίρη 所支援的顯示區。 自 從 MSM 101 之後,就應用 ’CONFIGURABLE 一 SCREEN—PARAMETER—DISPLAY—A REA,1308。 ’CONFIGURABLE—SCREEN—PARAMETER JDISPLA Y—SCREEN’ 欄位 1310 設定 ’’static final int CONFIGURABLE 一 SCREEN—PARAMETER 一 DISPLAY一 SC REEN",且為組態參數,其辨別此螢幕相關顯示螢幕的組 態。 (邏輯)螢幕的顯示螢幕的組態可利用 forg.ocap.ui.MultiScreenContext’ 介面 1230 所定義的 ’setDisplayScreen(HScreen)^ 完成。 如果由 ’org.ocap.ui.MultiScreenConfigurableContext’介 面 1210 所參考的’HScreei^是顯示榮幕,則 fisConfigurableParameter(CONFIGURABLE—SCREEN—PAR AMETERJDISPLAY_SCREEN)’必需回傳,假’。否則,如果 邏輯螢幕支援顯示螢幕的組態,則 fisConfigurableParameter(CONFIGURABLE^SCREEN^PAR AMETERJDISPLAY_ SCREEN),必需回傳,真,。如果 ’hasDiscreteParameterSpace(CONFIGURABLE—SCREEN—P ARAMETER—DISPLAY— SCREEN)’ 方法回傳,真,,則 ,getDiscreteParameterSpace(CONFIGURABLE_SCREEN—P ARAMETER—DISPLAY— SCREEN),必需回傳’HScreen □’類 型的值,其中此值陣列中的各項目是可映對至邏輯螢幕的 73 200849990 ^/1^1 pii 可存取顯示螢幕。 自從 MSM 101 版本之後,已應用Similarly, through S1340, it can be confirmed that the Z order of the background device B1 is "〇", the Z order of the image device VI is "1", and the Z 71 200849990 27131pif order of the graphic device G2 is "2", and the graphic device G1 The Z order is "3". Since MSM 101, the fCONFIGURABLE_SCREENJPARAMETER_DEVICE_Ζ-ΟRDER’ block 1306 is applied. The CONFIGURABLE_SCREEN JPARAMETER_DISPLA Y-AREA' field 1308 is defined as ''static final int CONFIGURABLE' SCREEN_PARAMETER_DISPLAY_AR EAn, and it is a configuration parameter to identify the configuration of the screen-related display area. The configuration of the (logical) display area of the screen can be done using the fsetDisplayArea(HScreenRectangle)f method defined by the forg.ocap.ui.MultiScreenContext’ interface 1230. If the 'HScreen1 referenced by 'org.ocap.ui.MultiScreenConfigurableContexf interface 1210' is a display screen, then fisConfigurableParameter(CONFIGURABLE_SCREEN_PAR AMETERJDISPLAY-AREA)' must return 'false'; otherwise, if this logic screen supports The configuration of its display area, then nisConfigurableParameter (CONFIGURABLE-SCREEN-PA RAMETER-DISPLAY-AREA), must be returned, true. If 'hasDiscreteParameterSpace(CONFIGURABLE - SCREEN JP ARAMETER - DISPLAY_AREA), return, true, then fgetDiscreteParameterSpace(CONFIGURABLE_SCREEN_P ARAMETER_DISPLAY_AREA), must return the value of type fHScreenRectangle[]f, where the value of the array Each item is a display area supported by 72 200849990 ζηόίρη. Since MSM 101, 'CONFIGURABLE-SCREEN-PARAMETER-DISPLAY-A REA, 1308 has been applied. 'CONFIGURABLE_SCREEN—PARAMETER JDISPLA Y-SCREEN' Field 1310 Set ’’static final int CONFIGURABLE a SCREEN—PARAMETER DISPLAY-SC REEN", and is a configuration parameter that identifies the configuration of this screen-related display screen. The configuration of the (logical) screen display can be done using the 'setDisplayScreen(HScreen)^ defined by the forg.ocap.ui.MultiScreenContext' interface 1230. If 'HScreei^ is referenced by the 'org.ocap.ui.MultiScreenConfigurableContext' interface 1210, the fisConfigurableParameter(CONFIGURABLE_SCREEN_PAR AMETERJDISPLAY_SCREEN)' must be returned, false. Otherwise, if the logic screen supports the display configuration, fisConfigurableParameter(CONFIGURABLE^SCREEN^PAR AMETERJDISPLAY_ SCREEN), must be returned, true. If the 'hasDiscreteParameterSpace(CONFIGURABLE_SCREEN_P ARAMETER_DISPLAY_ SCREEN)' method is returned, true, then, getDiscreteParameterSpace(CONFIGURABLE_SCREEN_P ARAMETER_DISPLAY_ SCREEN), it is necessary to return the value of type 'HScreen □', where this Each item in the value array is mapped to the logic screen. 73 200849990 ^/1^1 pii Accessible display screen. Applied since MSM 101 version

CONFIGURABLE SCREEN PARAMETER DISPLAY SC — — — REENUMi 1310。CONFIGURABLE SCREEN PARAMETER DISPLAY SC — — — REENUMi 1310.

CONFIGURABLE SCREEN PARAMETER OUTPU — —— T—PORT,欄位 1312 設為"static final intCONFIGURABLE SCREEN PARAMETER OUTPU — —— T—PORT, field 1312 is set to "static final int

CONFIGURABLE SCREEN PARAMETER OUTPUT PO ——- — — — RTn,且其為組態參數,可辨別螢幕相關輸出埠的組態, ( ' 螢幕輸出埠的組態可利用 forg.ocap.ui.MultiScreenConfigurableContext’介面 1210 所定 義的 faddOutputPorts(··)’與’removeOutputPorts(··)’而完成。 如果由 ’org.ocap.ui.MultiScreenConfigurableContext’介 面1210所參考的fHScreen’支援其影像輸出槔的組態,則 ?isConfigurableParameter(CONFIGURABLE_SCREEN_PAR AMETER_Ouput_Port)’ 必需回傳“真”。如果 ’hasDiscreteParameterSpace(CONFIGURABLE—SCREENJP U ARAMETER—OUTPUT 一 PORT),回傳,‘真’,, fgetDiscreteParameterSpace(CONFIGURABLE—SCREEN—P ARAMETER—OUTPUT—PORT)’ 必 需 回 傳 TVideoOutputPort□’類型的值,其中此值陣列中的各項目是 螢幕可直接映對的可存取影像埠。 自從 MSM 101 之後,已應用CONFIGURABLE SCREEN PARAMETER OUTPUT PO ———————— — RTn, and it is a configuration parameter that can distinguish the configuration of the screen-related output ,, ('The configuration of the screen output 可 can use the forg.ocap.ui.MultiScreenConfigurableContext' interface 1210 The defined faddOutputPorts(··)' and 'removeOutputPorts(··)' are completed. If fHScreen' referenced by the 'org.ocap.ui.MultiScreenConfigurableContext' interface 1210 supports the configuration of its image output port, then isConfigurableParameter (CONFIGURABLE_SCREEN_PAR AMETER_Ouput_Port)' It is necessary to return "true". If 'hasDiscreteParameterSpace(CONFIGURABLE_SCREENJP U ARAMETER_OUTPUT a PORT), return, 'true', fgetDiscreteParameterSpace(CONFIGURABLE_SCREEN_P ARAMETER_OUTPUT_PORT)' Returns the value of the TVideoOutputPort□' type, where each item in the array is an accessible image that the screen can directly map. Since the MSM 101, it has been applied

’CONFIGURABLE—SCREEN PARAMETER OUTPUT PO — — — RTf攔位 1312。 74 200849990 2/I3ipli CONFIGURABLE—SCREEN—PARAMETER—SER VIC E—CONTEXT’ 攔位 1314 設為 ’’static final int CONFIGURABLE—SCREEN—PARAMETER—SERVICE_CO NTEXT”,且其為組態參數,可辨別螢幕相關服務情境的 組態。 螢 幕 情 境 的 組 態 是 由 forg.ocap.ui.MultiScreenConfigurableContextf介面 1210 所定 義的faddServieContexts(··)’與fremoveServieContexts(··)’,以 及由'MultiScreenManagerf等級 1260 所定義的 ’swapServiceContexts(··)’ 與1moveServiceContexts(··)’ 而完 成。 如果由 ’org.ocap.uiLMultiScreenConfigurableContext’介 面1210所參考的fHScreen’支援其輸出埠的組態,則 ?isConfigurableParameter(CONFIGURABLE_SCREEN_PAR AMETER—SERVICE^CONTEXT),必需回傳’真’。 如 果 fhasDiscreteParameterSpace(CONFIGURABLE_SCREEN_P ARAMETER— SERVICE—CONTEXT),回傳’真丨,貝丨J ’getDiscreteParameterSpace(CONFIGURABLE 一 SCREEN—P ARAMETER— SERVICE_CONTEXT),必需回傳 ’ServiceContextn’類型的值,其中此值陣列中的各項目是相 關於此螢幕的可存取服務情境。'CONFIGURABLE—SCREEN PARAMETER OUTPUT PO — — — RTf block 1312. 74 200849990 2/I3ipli CONFIGURABLE—SCREEN—PARAMETER—SER VIC E—CONTEXT' The block 1314 is set to ''static final int CONFIGURABLE—SCREEN—PARAMETER—SERVICE_CO NTEXT', and it is a configuration parameter that can identify the screen-related service situation. The configuration of the screen scenario is faddServieContexts(··)' and fremoveServieContexts(··)' defined by the forg.ocap.ui.MultiScreenConfigurableContextf interface 1210, and the 'swapServiceContexts' defined by the 'MultiScreenManagerf level 1260'. ·)' is completed with 1moveServiceContexts(··)'. If fHScreen' referenced by the 'org.ocap.uiLMultiScreenConfigurableContext' interface 1210 supports the configuration of its output, then isConfigurableParameter(CONFIGURABLE_SCREEN_PAR AMETER-SERVICE^CONTEXT), required Pass back 'true'. If fhasDiscreteParameterSpace(CONFIGURABLE_SCREEN_P ARAMETER_ SERVICE_CONTEXT), return '真丨, Bellow J 'getDiscreteParameterSpace(CONFIGURABLE-SCREEN-P ARAMETER- SERVICE_CONTEXT), must be returned Value ServiceContextn 'type, wherein the value of each item in the array is relative on this screen may access the service context.

自 從 MSM 101 之後, 已應用 CONFIGURABLE—SCREEN 一 PARAMETER 一 SERVICE_C 75 200849990f ΟΝΤΕΧΓ攔位 1314。Since MSM 101, CONFIGURABLE-SCREEN-PARAMETER-SERVICE_C 75 200849990f ΟΝΤΕΧΓBlock 1314 has been applied.

'CONFIGURABLE SCREEN PARAMETER VISIBIL — — — ITY!欄位 1316 設為"static final int CONFIGURABLE SCREEN PARAMETER VISIBILITY” — — —— ,且其為組態參數,可辨別螢幕可視性的組態。 螢 幕可視 性 組 態 是 由 ’org.ocap.ui.MultiScreenConfigurableContext’介面 1210 所定 義的fsetVisible(boolean)’而完成。 如果由 ’org.ocap.ui.MultiScreenConfigurableContext’介 面1210所參考的’HScreeiV支援其可視性組態,則 fisConfigurableParameter(CONFIGURABLE_SCREEN__PAR AMETER—VISIBILITY),必需回傳”真,,,但 fhasDiscreteParameterSpace(CONFIGURABLE—SCREEN 一 P ARAMETER_VISIBILITY)’回傳1假’,暗示如果其可視性是 可組態的,則應用連續參數空間(亦即,”真”與’’假”)。 自從 MSM 101 之後,已應用 CONFIGURABLE—SCREEN—PARAMETER—VISIBILITY, 攔位1316。 -CONFIGURABLE—SCREEN JPARAMETER—Z_ORDE R’ 攔 位 1318 設 為"static final int CONFIGURABLE_SCREEN—PARAMETER一Z一ORDER”, 且其為組態參數,可辨別螢幕Z順序的組態。 螢幕 Z 順序的組態可利用 ▼org.ocap.ui.MultiScreenConfigurableContext’介面 1210 所定 76 200849990 2713 lpif 義的 fsetZOrder(int)f 而完成。 如果由 forg.ocap.ui.MultiScreenConfigurableContext’介 面1210所參考的’HScreen’支援其Z順序的組態(相對於在 其多螢幕組態中的其他螢幕),則 fisConfigurableParameter(CONFIGURABLE—SCREEN—PAR AMETER_Z_ORDER)’ 必需回傳,真,。 如 果 ’hasDiscreteParameterSpace(CONFIGURABLE—SCREEN—P ARAMETER— Z—ORDER)f 回傳,真,,則 ’getDiscreteParameterSpace(CONFIGURABLE—SCREEN 一 P ARAMETER— Z_ORDER)f必需回傳’Integer[]f類型的值,其 中在此值陣列中的各值項目V為,fv.intValue〇f回傳此螢幕 多螢幕組態的情境中的此螢幕的支援Z順序索引。 自從 MSM 101 之後,已應用 ’CONFIGURABLE一SCREENJPARAMETER—Z—ORDER,攔 位 1318。 *forg.ocap.ui.MultiScreenContext’得來的欄位 1320 包 括 ’SCREEN TYPE DISPLAY, 盥 一 — /、 ’SCREEN一TYPE一LOGICAL,。 圖13D〜13F顯示根據本發明實施例的java套件 ’org.ocap.ui’的介面’MultiScreenConfigurableContext,1210 的 方法列表1350。 ’org.ocap.ui.MultiScreenContext’介面的方法列表 1350 包括 下列至 少一者 :,v〇id 77 200849990 If uipir addAudioSources(org.havi.ui.HScreenDevice[] devices, boolean mixWithAudioFocus)f 方法 1352 ; Void addOutputPorts(org.ocap.hardware.'CONFIGURABLE SCREEN PARAMETER VISIBIL — — — ITY! Field 1316 is set to "static final int CONFIGURABLE SCREEN PARAMETER VISIBILITY” — — — and it is a configuration parameter that identifies the configuration of the screen visibility. Screen Visibility Group The state is done by the fsetVisible(boolean)' defined by the 'org.ocap.ui.MultiScreenConfigurableContext' interface 1210. If the 'HScreeiV referenced by the 'org.ocap.ui.MultiScreenConfigurableContext' interface 1210 supports its visibility configuration, Then fisConfigurableParameter(CONFIGURABLE_SCREEN__PAR AMETER-VISIBILITY), it is necessary to return "true,,, but fhasDiscreteParameterSpace(CONFIGURABLE-SCREEN-P ARAMETER_VISIBILITY) 'back to 1 false', implying that if its visibility is configurable, then apply continuous parameter space (ie, "true" and "false"). Since MSM 101, CONFIGURABLE-SCREEN-PARAMETER-VISIBILITY has been applied, block 1316. -CONFIGURABLE-SCREEN JPARAMETER-Z_ORDE R' block 1318 is set to "static Final int CONFIGURABLE_SC REEN—PARAMETER-Z-ORDER”, and it is a configuration parameter that can distinguish the configuration of the screen Z sequence. The configuration of the screen Z sequence can be done with the \org.ocap.ui.MultiScreenConfigurableContext' interface defined by 1210, 200849990 2713 lpif fsetZOrder(int)f. If 'HScreen' referenced by the forg.ocap.ui.MultiScreenConfigurableContext' interface 1210 supports its Z-order configuration (as opposed to other screens in its multi-screen configuration), then fisConfigurableParameter(CONFIGURABLE—SCREEN—PAR AMETER_Z_ORDER) ' Must be returned, really,. If 'hasDiscreteParameterSpace(CONFIGURABLE—SCREEN—P ARAMETER— Z—ORDER) f is returned, true, then 'getDiscreteParameterSpace(CONFIGURABLE—SCREEN-P ARAMETER—Z_ORDER)f must return the value of type 'Integer[]f, where The value item V in this value array is fv.intValue〇f back to the supported Z-order index of this screen in the context of this screen multi-screen configuration. Since MSM 101, 'CONFIGURABLE-SCREENJPARAMETER-Z-ORDER has been applied to block 1318. The field 1320 from *forg.ocap.ui.MultiScreenContext' includes 'SCREEN TYPE DISPLAY, 盥 one — /, 'SCREEN TYPE LOGICAL. Figures 13D-13F show a method list 1350 of the interface 'MultiScreenConfigurableContext', 1210 of the java suite 'org.ocap.ui', in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. The 'org.ocap.ui.MultiScreenContext' interface method list 1350 includes at least one of the following: v〇id 77 200849990 If uipir addAudioSources(org.havi.ui.HScreenDevice[] devices, boolean mixWithAudioFocus)f Method 1352; Void addOutputPorts (org.ocap.hardware.

VideoOutputPort[] ports,boolean removeExisting)’方 >去 1354 ; Void addServiceContexts(javax.tv.service.selection. ServiceContex t[] contexts, a boolean associateDefaultDevices)1 方法 1356 ·, Void assignAudioFocusQ1 方法 1358 ; 'Boolean checkServiceContextCompatibility(javax.tv.service.selection .ServiceContext context)’ 方 法 1360 ; forg.davic.resources.ResourceClient getClient()f 1362;VideoOutputPort[] ports, boolean removeExisting) '方> Go to 1354; Void addServiceContexts(javax.tv.service.selection. ServiceContex t[] contexts, a boolean associateDefaultDevices)1 Method 1356 ·, Void assignAudioFocusQ1 Method 1358 ; 'Boolean checkServiceContextCompatibility( Javax.tv.service.selection .ServiceContext context)' Method 1360 ; forg.davic.resources.ResourceClient getClient()f 1362;

Java.lang· Object [] getDiscreteParameterSpace(int parameter)’ 方 法 1364 ; ’boolean hasDiscreteParameterSpace(int parameter)1 方 >去 1366 ; ’boolean isConfigurableParameter(int parameter)’ 方法 1368 ; fvoid releaseScreen()’ 方法 1370 ; Void removeAudioSources(org.havi.ui.HScreenDevice[] devices)’ 方 法 1372 ; ’void removeOutputPorts(org.ocap.hardware. VideoOutputPort[] ports)' 方 法 1374 ; Void removeServiceContexts(javax.tv.service.selection. ServiceCo ntext[] contexts)’ 方 法 1376 ; Void requestMultiScreenConfigurationChange(MultiScreenConfig uration configuration, java.utiLDictionary 78 200849990 2713 lpif serviceContextAssociations)f 方法 1378 ; 'boolean reserveScreen(org.davic.resources.ResourceClient client, java.lang. Object requestData)’ 方法 1380 ; Void setDisplayArea(org.havi.ui.HScreenRectangle rect)’ 方法 1382 ; Void setDisplayScreen(org.havi.ui.HScreen screen)’方 法 1384 ; Void setMultiScreenConflguration(MultiScreenConfiguration configuration, java.util.Dictionary serviceContextAssociations)’ 方 法 1386 ; Void setVisible(boolean visible)’ 方法 1388 ; Void setZOrder(org.havi.ui.HScreenDevice[] devices)’ 方 法 1390 ;以及fvoid setZOrder(int order)’方法 1392。 由’org.ocap.ui.MultiScreenContext’介面 1230 得來的方 法列表 1394 包括下列至少一者 : faddMultiScreenConfigurationListenerf, ’addScreenContextListener’, fgetAudioFocus’, ’getAudioSources 丨, ’getDisplayArea’, ’getDisplayScreen’, ’getID’, fgetMultiScreenConfigurationf5 fgetMultiScreenConfigurations’, fgetMultiScreenConfigurationsf? fgetOutputPortsf5 ’getScreenCategory,,’getScreenType’,fgetServiceContextsf5 fgetVisiblef, ’getZOrder’, ’getZOrder’, fremoveMultiScreenConfigurationListenerf 與 ’removeScreenContextListener’。 79 200849990 2713 I pif fisConfigurableParameterf 方法 1368 設為”boolean isConfigurableParameter(int parameter),,,且如果組態參數 可被某螢幕的平台實施所組態(相反於固定的),則其被決 定好。 參數’parameter’是可組態的螢幕參數,其内容值如上 所定義。如果平台實施方式可支援此螢幕上的特定 ’parameter’ 的連續或離散變化,此’isConfigurableParameter* 方法1368接著回傳’真’;否則,其回傳’假,。 自從 MSM 101版本之後,已應用 fisConfigurableParameter’方法 1368。 fhasDiscreteParameterSpacef 方法 1366 設為丨’boolean hasDiscreteParameterSpace(int parameter)",且如果所支援 的可組態參數具有離散或連續變化值空間的話,且其被決 定。 在本情境中’”連續(continuously)”組態參數代表,此 平台支援或可預估此參數類型值的所有值,而”離散 (discrete)”代表只有某些且列舉出的參數類型值可由 fgetDiscreteParameterSpace(· ·)’ 的報告所使用。 參數"parameter1是可組態的螢幕參數列舉值,如上述 定義。如果平台實施方式可支援螢幕上的特定,parameter, 的值類型空間的值的離散與(子)組,則 ’hasDiscreteParameterSpace’ 方法 1366 回傳,真,。否則, ’hasDiscreteParameterSpace1 方法 1366 回傳,假,,其中,此 值類型空間的所有值可被支援(或可預估)。 200849990 27131pif 如果'isConflgurableParametei^parameteryiSeS 回傳’ 假’,此 ’hasDiscreteParameterSpace’ 方法 1366 發出 rjava.lang.IllegalArgumentException, ° 自從 MSM 101 版本之後,已應用 ’hasDiscreteParameterSpacef方法 1366。 ’getDiscreteParameterSpace’ 方法 1364 設定 fjava.lang.Object[] getDiscreteParameterSpace(int parameter)’1,且可得到組態參數的值類型空間的值的離散 與(子)組。 *fgetDiscreteParameterSpace’方法 1364 所回傳陣列與 陣列元素的真正執行時間類型必需為上述各組態參數規定 所設的特定組態參數所設定般。 除非由4寸殊組悲茶數所定義,由 ’getDiscreteParameterSpace’方法1364所回傳的項目的順序 未在本發明中定義,且必需視為互通應用相關的實施方式。 一組支援的離散參數可能會為了既定螢幕舆根據此 螢幕底層資源的狀態的螢幕生命周期上的既定組態參數而 改變。然而,如此發生此種改變,不可在完成散佈Java.lang· Object [] getDiscreteParameterSpace(int parameter)' Method 1364; 'boolean hasDiscreteParameterSpace(int parameter)1 side> goes 1366; 'boolean isConfigurableParameter(int parameter)' method 1368 ; fvoid releaseScreen()' method 1370 ; Void removeAudioSources(org.havi.ui.HScreenDevice[] devices)' Method 1372; 'void removeOutputPorts(org.ocap.hardware. VideoOutputPort[] ports)' Method 1374 ; Void removeServiceContexts(javax.tv.service.selection. ServiceCo ntext[ ] contexts)' Method 1376; Void requestMultiScreenConfigurationChange(MultiScreenConfig uration configuration, java.utiLDictionary 78 200849990 2713 lpif serviceContextAssociations)f Method 1378; 'boolean reserveScreen(org.davic.resources.ResourceClient client, java.lang. Object requestData)' Method 1380 Void setDisplayArea(org.havi.ui.HScreenRectangle rect)' Method 1382; Void setDisplayScreen(org.havi.ui.HScreen screen)'Method 1384; Void setMultiScreenConflguration(MultiSc reenConfiguration configuration, java.util.Dictionary serviceContextAssociations)' Method 1386; Void setVisible(boolean visible)' Method 1388; Void setZOrder(org.havi.ui.HScreenDevice[] devices)' Method 1390; and fvoid setZOrder(int order)' Method 1392. The method list 1394 from the 'org.ocap.ui.MultiScreenContext' interface 1230 includes at least one of the following: faddMultiScreenConfigurationListenerf, 'addScreenContextListener', fgetAudioFocus', 'getAudioSources 丨, 'getDisplayArea', 'getDisplayScreen', 'getID', fgetMultiScreenConfigurationf5 fgetMultiScreenConfigurations', fgetMultiScreenConfigurationsf? fgetOutputPortsf5 'getScreenCategory,, 'getScreenType', fgetServiceContextsf5 fgetVisiblef, 'getZOrder', 'getZOrder', fremoveMultiScreenConfigurationListenerf and 'removeScreenContextListener'. 79 200849990 2713 I pif fisConfigurableParameterf Method 1368 is set to "boolean isConfigurableParameter(int parameter),, and if the configuration parameters can be configured by a platform implementation of the screen (as opposed to fixed), then it is determined. Parameter' is a configurable screen parameter whose content value is as defined above. If the platform implementation supports continuous or discrete changes to a particular 'parameter' on this screen, this 'isConfigurableParameter* method 1368 then returns 'true'; Otherwise, it returns 'false.' Since the MSM 101 version, the fisConfigurableParameter' method 1368 has been applied. The fhasDiscreteParameterSpacef method 1366 is set to 丨'boolean hasDiscreteParameterSpace(int parameter)", and if the supported configurable parameters are discrete or Continuously changing the value space, and it is determined. In the present context, the 'continuously' configuration parameter represents that the platform supports or predicts all values of this parameter type value, and "discrete" represents Only certain and listed parameter types The value can be used by the report of fgetDiscreteParameterSpace(· ·)'. The parameter "parameter1 is a configurable list of screen parameter values, as defined above. If the platform implementation supports the value of the value type space of the specific, parameter on the screen, The discrete (()) group, then the 'hasDiscreteParameterSpace' method 1366 returns, true, otherwise, 'hasDiscreteParameterSpace1 method 1366 backhaul, false, where all values of this value type space can be supported (or predictable) 200849990 27131pif If 'isConflgurableParametei^parameteryiSeS returns 'false', this 'hasDiscreteParameterSpace' method 1366 issues rjava.lang.IllegalArgumentException, ° Since the MSM 101 version, the 'hasDiscreteParameterSpacef method 1366 has been applied. 'getDiscreteParameterSpace' method 1364 sets fjava.lang .Object[] getDiscreteParameterSpace(int parameter)'1, and the discrete and (sub)groups of the values of the value type space of the configuration parameter are available. *fgetDiscreteParameterSpace'Method 1364 The true execution time type of the returned array and array elements must be set for the specific configuration parameters set by the above configuration parameters. The order of items returned by the 'getDiscreteParameterSpace' method 1364 is not defined in the present invention and must be considered as an implementation related to the interworking application, unless defined by the 4 inch group of teas. A set of supported discrete parameters may change for a given screen based on a given configuration parameter on the screen lifecycle of the state of the underlying resources of the screen. However, such a change does not occur in the completion of the distribution.

fMultiScreenConfigurationEvent.MULTI_SCREEN CONFI GURATION-CHANGING’事件與完成散佈相關fMultiScreenConfigurationEvent.MULTI_SCREEN CONFI GURATION-CHANGING’ events are related to completion distribution

?MultiScreenConfigurationEvent.MULTI_SCREEN CONFI GURATION—CHANGED’件之間的時期外部發生此種變 化。 參數’parameter’是一種可組態的螢幕參數,其值如上 81 200849990 2/ IJ ipif 述。fgetDiscreteParameterSpacef方法 1364 回傳物件陣歹丨j, 各物件代表由平台所支援(或可預估)的特定參數的離散 值。 如果’hasDiscreteParameterSpace(parameter),方法 1366 回傳,假f,’isConfigurableParametei^parameter)’方法 i368 或 ’getDiscreteParameterSpace’ 方法 1364 必需發出 ’java.lang.IllegalArgumentException1。 自從 MSM 1〇1 版本之後,已應用 ’getDiscreteParameterSpacel;^ 1364 〇 ’setVisible’方法 1388 設定為%〇id setVisible(bo〇lean visible)"並設定螢幕可視性。 如果此螢幕是邏輯螢幕’則此螢幕會標示為可視的(如 果先前被隱藏)或被標示為隱藏(如果先前是可視的)。如果 此赏幕疋威不榮幕’映對至此顯不榮幕的所有邏輯螢幕會 標示為可視的(如果先前被隱藏)或被標示為隱藏(如果先 前是可視的)。• This change occurs outside the period between the MultiScreenConfigurationEvent.MULTI_SCREEN CONFI GURATION—CHANGED’ pieces. The parameter 'parameter' is a configurable screen parameter whose value is as described in 81 200849990 2/ IJ ipif. fgetDiscreteParameterSpacef Method 1364 Back to Object 歹丨j, each object represents a discrete value of a particular parameter supported (or predictable) by the platform. If 'hasDiscreteParameterSpace(parameter), method 1366 returns, false f, 'isConfigurableParametei^parameter)' method i368 or 'getDiscreteParameterSpace' method 1364 must issue 'java.lang.IllegalArgumentException1'. Since the MSM 1〇1 version, the 'getDiscreteParameterSpacel;^ 1364 ’ ‘setVisible’ method 1388 has been set to %〇id setVisible(bo〇lean visible)" and screen visibility has been set. If this screen is a logical screen, then the screen will be marked as visible (if previously hidden) or marked as hidden (if previously visible). If this tribute is not glory, all logical screens that are unrecognizable will be marked as visible (if previously hidden) or marked as hidden (if visible previously).

Visible’參數是布林值,代表映對至此顯示螢幕的邏輯 fHScreenf或邏輯螢幕需為可視或隱藏(不可視的),對其相 關顯示fHScreeiy而言。 如果呼叫線(calling thread)未允許 MonitorAppPermission(f!multiscreen.contextff)f ^ fsetVisiblef 方法 1388 發出 ’java.lang.SecurityException1 〇 如果llScreen’的可視性無法被改變,比如,如果平台 使用永久可視性蜉定,,setVisible,方法1388發出 82 200849990 2713 lpif ▼java.lang.IllegalStateException’。 自從MSM 101版本之後,已應用,setVisible’方法1388。 如果 ’setZOrder(int)’ 方法 1392 設定為,,void setZOrder(intorder)n,其設定螢幕的Z順序。 ’setZOrder(int)’方法1392造成邏輯’HScreen’會改變其 在映對至相同顯示’HScreeW的其他^HScreenf之間的Z順 序。 forderf參數是正整數,代表要指定至此邏輯,HScreen’ 的新Z順序。 如 果呼叫 線 未 允 許 fMonitorAppPermission(Mmultiscreen.context??)f , ’setZOrder(int)’方法發出'java.lang.SecurityException,。如果 此’HScreen’ 的類型不是’SCREEN_TYPE_LOGICAL,或如果 ’HScreen% Z順序無法被改變,比如,平台使用永久z順 序設定, ’setZOrder(int)f方法 1392 發出 ’java.lang.IllegalStateException,。 自從MSM 101版本之後,已應用’setZOrder(int)f方法 1392。 ’setZOrder(HScreenDevice[])’ 方法 1390 設定為 ’’void setZOrder(org.havi.ui.HScreenDevice[] devices),’,並設定在 一組螢幕裝置的螢幕中的螢幕裝置的Z順序。 ,setZOrder(HScreenDevice[])丨方法 1390 自動設定 ’HScreenDevicef的特定組的z順序,其應用下列條件: -如果在特定裝置組中存在fHbackgrounddevicef, 83 200849990 2/13ipif (i)’Hbackgrounddevice,在此裝置組所包含的任何 ’HVideoDevice’之前;以及⑼其在此裝置組所包含的任何 ’HGraphicsDevice1之前。 -如果在特定裝置組中存在’HVideoDevice,, fHVideoDevice’在此裝置組所包含的任何,HGraphicsDevice, 之前。 如果fsetZOrder(HScreenDevice[])’方法未造成任何意 外,則此組特定fHScreenDevice’的順序使得,利用任一特 ( 定裝置所呼叫在此螢幕上的 rMultiScreenContext.getZOrder(HScreenDevice)f會回傳 Z 順 序索引,其保留此特定的相對順序。 如果少於相關於此螢幕的整組’HScreenDevice’提供於 devices’爭論中,則相對於特定裝置的未指定裝置的相對順 序未 被定義 , 除非由 ’MultiScreenContext.getZOrder(HScreenDevice)’所定義的條 件應用至此螢幕中的所有裝置順序,在執行 、 ’setZOrder(HScreenDevice[])’方法 1390 之後。 ’devices1參數是相關於此螢幕的’HScreenDevice’的已 定順序陣列。 如果 呼叫線 未允許 fMonitorAppPermission(f?multiscreen.context ff)f , ?setZOrder(HScreenDevice[])f 方法 1390 發出 fj ava.lang· Security Exception’。 如果’device’參數不是此螢幕的fHScreenDevicef, 84 200849990 2713 lpif fsetZOrder(HScreenDevice[])f 方 法 1390 發 出 fjava.lang.IllegalArgumentException’。 ’setZOrder(HScreenDevice[])f 方法 1390 必需產生 ’java.lang.megalStateException’,當(i)特定’HScreenDevice, 的Z順序無法被改變,比如平台使用此螢幕中的螢幕裝置 的永久Z順序設定時,或⑼當特定裝置的順序無法允許能 滿足上述限制的Z順序索引指定。 自從 MSM 101 之後,已應用 ’setZOrder(HScreenDevice[])’方法 1390。 ’addAudioSources’ 方法 1352 設定為,’v〇id addAudioSources(org.havi.ui.HScreenDevice[] devices, boolean mixWithAudioFocus)",且加入此螢幕的一或多音 源。faddAudioSources’方法 1352 將一或多’HScreenDevice, 加入至音源組,其代表聲音已選擇(與混音),為從此螢幕 呈現出聲音。 如果特定音源已指定為此螢幕的音源,但 fmixWithAudioFocusf不同於當其當成音源而加入時的值, 則要用新的 fmixWithAudioFocus’。 ▼devices1參數是’HScreenDevice’的非空陣列,各 fHScreenDevicef貢獻了此螢幕的混音呈現。 如果fmixWithAudioFocusf參數為’真’,則特定營幕裝 置貢獻聲音或混音於此螢幕所(直接或間接)相關的任何影 像輸出埠所相關的任何聲音輸出,不論此螢幕是否指定聲 音焦點。如果|11^^¥11:11八11(1丨〇?〇<:1^參數是’假’,則只有當此 85The Visible' parameter is the Boolean value, which represents the logic of the display screen. The fHScreenf or logic screen needs to be visible or hidden (invisible) for its related display fHScreeiy. If the calling thread does not allow MonitorAppPermission(f!multiscreen.contextff)f ^ fsetVisiblef method 1388 to issue 'java.lang.SecurityException1' if llScreen' visibility cannot be changed, for example, if the platform uses permanent visibility ,, setVisible, method 1388 issues 82 200849990 2713 lpif ▼ java.lang.IllegalStateException '. Since the MSM 101 version, the setVisible’ method 1388 has been applied. If the 'setZOrder(int)' method 1392 is set to , void setZOrder(intorder)n, it sets the Z order of the screen. The 'setZOrder(int)' method 1392 causes the logical 'HScreen' to change its Z order between the other ^HScreenfs that are mapped to the same display 'HScreeW'. The forderf argument is a positive integer representing the new Z order of HScreen’ to be assigned to this logic. If the call line does not allow fMonitorAppPermission(Mmultiscreen.context??)f , the 'setZOrder(int)' method issues a 'java.lang.SecurityException'. If the type of this 'HScreen' is not 'SCREEN_TYPE_LOGICAL', or if the 'HScreen% Z order cannot be changed, for example, the platform uses the permanent z order setting, the 'setZOrder(int)f method 1392 issues 'java.lang.IllegalStateException'. Since the MSM 101 version, the 'setZOrder(int)f method 1392 has been applied. The 'setZOrder(HScreenDevice[])' method 1390 is set to ’’void setZOrder(org.havi.ui.HScreenDevice[] devices),' and sets the Z order of the screen devices in the screen of a group of screen devices. , setZOrder(HScreenDevice[])丨1390 automatically sets the z-order of the specific group of 'HScreenDevicef', which applies the following conditions: - If fHbackgrounddevicef exists in a specific device group, 83 200849990 2/13ipif (i) 'Hbackgrounddevice, in this device The group contains any 'HVideoDevice' before; and (9) it precedes any 'HGraphicsDevice1' included in this device group. - If 'HVideoDevice is present in a specific device group, fHVideoDevice' is before any of the HGraphicsDevices included in this device group. If the fsetZOrder(HScreenDevice[])' method does not cause any accidents, the order of this group-specific fHScreenDevice' is such that any sequence (rMultiScreenContext.getZOrder(HScreenDevice)f called on this screen will return the Z order. Index, which retains this particular relative order. If less than the entire set of 'HScreenDevice' associated with this screen is provided in the devices' argument, the relative order of unspecified devices relative to a particular device is not defined unless by 'MultiScreenContext' The conditions defined by .getZOrder(HScreenDevice)' are applied to all device sequences in this screen after execution, 'setZOrder(HScreenDevice[])' method 1390. The 'devices1 parameter is the order of the 'HScreenDevice' associated with this screen. Array. If the call line does not allow fMonitorAppPermission(f?multiscreen.context ff)f , ?setZOrder(HScreenDevice[])f method 1390 issues fj ava.lang· Security Exception'. If the 'device' parameter is not the fHScreenDevicef of this screen, 84 200849990 2713 lpif fsetZOrder(HScreenDevice [])f method 1390 issues fjava.lang.IllegalArgumentException'. 'setZOrder(HScreenDevice[])f method 1390 must produce 'java.lang.megalStateException', when (i) the specific 'HScreenDevice', the Z order cannot be changed, such as When the platform uses the permanent Z-order setting of the screen device in this screen, or (9) when the order of the specific device cannot allow the Z-order index specification that satisfies the above limitation. Since the MSM 101, the 'setZOrder(HScreenDevice[])' method has been applied. 1390. The 'addAudioSources' method 1352 is set to, 'v〇id addAudioSources(org.havi.ui.HScreenDevice[] devices, boolean mixWithAudioFocus)", and joins one or more sources of this screen. The faddAudioSources' method 1352 adds one or more 'HScreenDevice's to the sound source group, which represents the sound that has been selected (and mixed) to present a sound from this screen. If a specific source has been assigned as the source for this screen, but fmixWithAudioFocusf is different from the value when it was added as a source, use the new fmixWithAudioFocus’. The ▼devices1 parameter is a non-empty array of 'HScreenDevice', and each fHScreenDevicef contributes to the mix presentation of this screen. If the fmixWithAudioFocusf parameter is 'true', then the particular shader contributes sound or mixes any sound output associated with any image output (directly or indirectly) associated with this screen, whether or not the screen specifies the sound focus. If |11^^¥11:11八11(1丨〇?〇<:1^ parameter is 'false', then only this 85

200849990 Z/UlplT 螢幕指定聲音焦點時,特定螢幕裝置才會貢獻聲音。 如果 呼叫線 未允許 fMonitorAppPermission("multiscreen.context’’)’ , ’addAudioSources’ 方 法 1352 發 出 ’j ava.lang· Security Exception’。 如果’devices’參數不是非空陣列或’devices’的某些項目 不是此螢幕的 ’HScreenDevice’,貝丨J faddAudioSources’ 方法 1352 產生1java」ang.IllegalArgumentExceptionf。 f add Audi o S our c e s1 方法 1352 必需產生 fjava.lang.IllegalStateException’,當(i)此’HScreenDevice’的 音源不能被改變,比如當平台使用永久音源設定於此螢幕 的螢幕裝置時或(ii)當指定多重音源但不支援混音時。 自從MSMI01版本後,已應fflfaddAudioSources’方法 1352。 ’removeAudioSources’ 方法 1372 設定為 nv〇id removeAudioSources(org.havi.ui.HScreenDevice[] devices)’’,並去除一或多音源。fremoveAudioSourcesf方法 1372從’HScreen’的音源組去除全部或部份的特定 ’HScreenDevice’的非空組。如果’devices’的值為,,空(null)’, 則所有音源都被去除。 ’devicesf數代表1空’值或’HScreenDevice,的非空組。 如果 呼叫線 未允許 !MonitorAppPermission(ffmultiscreen.contextff)f , fremoveAudioSourcesf 方法 1372 發出 86 200849990 27131pif fjava.lang.SecurityException, ° 如果,devices,不為空的,且某些’HScreenDevice’項目未 相關於此’HScreenf,’removeAudioSources’方法 1372 發出 ▼j ava. lang.IllegalArgumentException’。200849990 A specific screen device contributes sound when the Z/UlplT screen specifies the sound focus. If the call line does not allow fMonitorAppPermission("multiscreen.context’')' , the 'addAudioSources' method 1352 issues 'j ava.lang· Security Exception'. If the 'devices' parameter is not a non-empty array or some items of 'devices' are not the 'HScreenDevice' of this screen, the Bellow J faddAudioSources' method 1352 produces 1java"ang.IllegalArgumentExceptionf. f add Audi o S our ce s1 Method 1352 must generate fjava.lang.IllegalStateException', when (i) the source of this 'HScreenDevice' cannot be changed, such as when the platform uses a permanent source set on the screen of this screen or (ii) ) When a multiple source is specified but the mix is not supported. Since the MSMI01 version, the fflfaddAudioSources' method 1352 has been applied. The 'removeAudioSources' method 1372 is set to nv〇id removeAudioSources(org.havi.ui.HScreenDevice[] devices)'' and removes one or more sources. The fremoveAudioSourcesf method 1372 removes all or part of the non-empty group of a particular 'HScreenDevice' from the source group of 'HScreen'. If the value of 'devices' is, null, then all sources are removed. The 'devicesf number represents a null value or a non-empty group of 'HScreenDevice'. If the call line is not allowed!MonitorAppPermission(ffmultiscreen.contextff)f , fremoveAudioSourcesf method 1372 issues 86 200849990 27131pif fjava.lang.SecurityException, ° if , devices, is not empty, and some 'HScreenDevice' items are not related to this 'HScreenf , 'removeAudioSources' method 1372 emits ▼j ava. lang.IllegalArgumentException'.

如果無法改變當成此’HScreen’的音源的特定 ’HScreenDevice’不能被改變,比如,如果此平台使用永久 音源於此特定fHScreenDevicef,’removeAudioSources’方法 1372 必需發出]ava iangjQiegalStateException’。 自從 MSM 101 伎本後,已應用’removeAudioSources, 方法1372。 ’assignAudioFocusf 方法 1358 設定為 ’’void asSignAudi〇Focus()”,並指定聲音焦點於此螢幕。 任何4刻,顯示螢幕必需指定聲音焦點至其本身或至 至本身(此顯示螢幕)的一個邏輯螢幕。當新的聲音舞 的顯示螢幕的邏輯螢幕且此邏輯螢幕目前沒有指定 隹且要從映對至此顯示螢幕的所有其餘邏輯 “、曰…、點且指定至此新指定的邏輯螢幕。 至既定輯螢幕指定至既定顯示螢幕,或沒有映對 既疋顯不螢幕的邏輯螢幕指定了 必需指定本身的聲立隹點(猫机、士…、”、、占,則嘁不螢幕 _示與莫 曰…、”、、預叹)。聲音焦點可明確指定至 硝不螢幂,利用顯示螢幕上 J月隹相疋芏 顯示罄萁 gnAudl〇F〇cus’方法1358。 指定要呈現於此顯示榮幕所二;::所選擇的音源 (暗示)聲音呈現裝置像輸出埠的所有 衣?日疋聲音焦點的螢幕沒有音 87 200849990 / I J I pif 源,亦即,其具有空的音源組,則聲音(由〇CAp平台所產 生或可能由其產生)不該被此顯示螢幕所映對的所有影像 輸出埠的所有(暗示)聲音呈現裝置所呈現。 各個顯示螢幕可有指定聲音焦點的各別邏輯螢幕,以 呈現此顯示螢幕的聲音(與映對邏輯螢幕的集合)。 如果 呼叫線 未允許If the specific 'HScreenDevice' that cannot be changed as the source of this 'HScreen' cannot be changed, for example, if this platform uses a permanent source for this particular fHScreenDevicef, the 'removeAudioSources' method 1372 must issue ]ava iangjQiegalStateException'. Since the MSM 101 script, ‘removeAudioSources, method 1372 has been applied. The 'assignAudioFocusf method 1358 is set to ''void asSignAudi〇Focus()' and specifies the sound focus on this screen. Any 4 moments, the display must specify the sound focus to itself or to a logical screen of itself (this display screen) When the new sound dance displays the screen's logic screen and this logic screen is currently not specified, all the remaining logic ", 曰..., points from the screen to the display screen are assigned to this newly assigned logic screen. The specified screen is assigned to the established display screen, or the logical screen that does not reflect the screen is specified. It is necessary to specify the sound position of the screen (cat machine, s..., ",, occupant, 嘁 萤 萤 _ _ And Mo Zhen..., ",, pre-sigh." The sound focus can be explicitly assigned to the nitrous-free power, using the display screen on the display screen 疋芏 gnAudl 〇 F〇cus' method 1358. Specifies that you want to present this display to the honor screen;:: The selected source (implicitly) the sound presentation device looks like the output of all the clothes? The screen of the sundial sound focus has no sound 87 200849990 / IJI pif source, that is, it has an empty sound source group, then the sound (generated by or possibly generated by the CAp platform) should not be reflected by this display screen. All (implicit) sound rendering devices of all image output ports are presented. Each display screen can have a separate logic screen that specifies the focus of the sound to present the sound of the display screen (and the set of mapped logical screens). If the call line is not allowed

MonitorAppPermission(nmultiscreen. context")!,則 the ’assignAudioFocus, 方 法 1358 發 出 ’java.lang.SecurityException’。 如果聲音焦點無法指定至此’HScreen’或無法改變目前 的聲音焦點’則fassignAudioFocusT方法1358會產生 fjava.lang.megalStateException,。 自從MSM 101版本之後,已應用The ’assignAudioFocus’方法 1358。 faddOutputPorts?方法 1354 設定為"v〇id addOutputPorts(org.ocap.hardware.VideoOutputPort[] ports, boolean removeExisting)”,並將一或多個影像輸出埠加至 所映對的螢幕。 如果此fHScreenf是邏輯螢幕而非顯示螢幕,則 fHScreenf必需視為等效於顯示螢幕,以映對至此特定影像 輸出埠。亦即,邏輯螢幕被當成是其好像是主顯示螢幕。 參數’ports$fVideo〇utputPort’的非空陣列。如果參數 ’removeExistingf之值為,真,,則與現存螢幕間的關聯性要被 移除,在加入至新螢幕之前。 88 200849990 2713 lpif 如果 呼叫線 未允許 fMonitorAppPermission(?fmultiscreen.c〇ntextf?)f , 則 ’addOutputPorts’方法 1354 發出。 faddOutputPortsf 方 法 1354 發 出 ’java.lang.IllegalStateException’,當(i)特定’VideoOutputPort,MonitorAppPermission(nmultiscreen. context")!, then the ‘assignAudioFocus, method 1358 issues 'java.lang.SecurityException’. The fassignAudioFocusT method 1358 will generate an fjava.lang.megalStateException if the sound focus cannot be assigned to this 'HScreen' or the current sound focus cannot be changed'. The ‘assignAudioFocus’ method 1358 has been applied since the MSM 101 version. The faddOutputPorts? method 1354 is set to "v〇id addOutputPorts(org.ocap.hardware.VideoOutputPort[] ports, boolean removeExisting)", and one or more image outputs are added to the screen being screened. If this fHScreenf is For the logic screen instead of the display screen, fHScreenf must be considered equivalent to the display screen to reflect the specific image output. That is, the logic screen is treated as if it is the main display screen. Parameter 'ports$fVideo〇utputPort' Non-empty array. If the value of the parameter 'removeExistingf is true, then the association with the existing screen is removed before adding to the new screen. 88 200849990 2713 lpif If the call line does not allow fMonitorAppPermission(?fmultiscreen. C〇ntextf?)f , then the 'addOutputPorts' method 1354 is issued. faddOutputPortsf method 1354 issues 'java.lang.IllegalStateException', when (i) specific 'VideoOutputPort,

i 已相關於不同’HScreen’且’removeExisting’不為,真,;(ϋ)此 ^HScreen1無法映對至特定fVideoOutputPort’,因為平台特殊 硬體限制的關係;以及(iii)當映對至’HScreen’的 ▼VideoOutputPorf組無法被改變,亦即當平台使用相關於 f VideoOutputPorf特定組的永久性時。 自從MSM 101版本後,已應用4(1(1〇1^1仙〇11^方法 1354。 ’removeOutputPorts’ 方法 1374 設定為,,void removeOutputPorts(org.ocap.hardware.VideoOutputPort[] ports)’’,並將映對至螢幕的一或多影像輸出蜂移除。 ’removeOutputPorts’方法 1374 將特殊’VideoOutputPort’的全 部或某些非空組從映對至fHScreenf的影像輸出埠組移除。 如果參數>〇115’是”空的”,則所有影像輸出埠關聯性要被移 除。 參數^ports'是”空”或fVideoOutputPortf的非空陣列。 如果 呼叫線 未允許 fMonitorAppPermission(?!multiscreen.contextff)f , 貝 ij fremoveOutputPorts! 方 法 1374 發 出 ’java.lang.SecurityException’。 89 200849990 2713 Ipif 如果fportsf不為空的,且某些’VideoOutputPorf項目未 相關於’HScreenf,則’removeOutputPorts,方法 1374 發出 TjavaJang.IllegalArgumentExceptionf。 如果無法改變,HScreenf的特定fVideoOutputPortf,比 如,如果平台使用相關於特定’VideoOutputPorf的永久關聯 性,貝1J ’removeOutputPortsf 方法 1374 必需發出 ’java.lang.IllegalStateExceptionf。 自從MSM 101版本後,已應用’代111〇¥6〇1^1^〇11:5’方 法 1374 。 ’setDisplay Screen’ 方法 1384 設定為 ’’void setDisplayScreen(org.havi.ui.HScreen screen)’’,且令邏輯螢 幕相關於顯示螢幕。亦即,fsetDisplayScreenf方法1384 將邏輯fHScreenf相關於顯示fHScreenf。 參數、creenf是顯示fHScreenf或是空的。如果參數 ’screen1是空的’原則上執行’setDisplayScreen’方法 1384, 且回傳參數fscreenf,則邏輯,HScreen’不再相關於顯示 fHScreenf ° 如果 呼叫線 未允許 fMonitorAppPermission(f!multiscreen.contextM)f , 則 fsetDisplayScreen! 方 法 1384 發 出 ’java.lang.SecurityException’。 ’setDisplay Screen’ 方 法 1384 發 出 ’java.lang.IllegalStateException’,當⑴,HScreen,的類型不是 ’SCREEN—TYPE—LOGICAL,;⑼特定’screenf 非為空,nuu’ 90 200849990 27131pif 且其螢幕類型不是,SCREEN-TYPEJDISPLAY,,4(iii)&& 改變相關於避輯fHScreen4々顯示’HScreen’,比如,當平台 使用永久相關於特殊顯示’HScreen’時。 自從 MSM 101 後,已應用”setDisplayScreen,方法 1384。 setDisplayArea 方法 1382 設定為 "void setDisplayArea(org.havi.ui.HScreenRectanglerect)n,並設定 映對至避輯螢幕的顯不螢幕的區域。亦即,fsetDisplayArea’ 方法1382將此邏輯’HScreen’相關於其相關顯示fHScreen, 的區域(範圍)。 參數七(^是丑8(^611尺6(^吨16’,其指定相關於邏輯 ’HScreeW的顯示fHScreeW上的區域,其需相關於此邏輯 fHScreen’的範圍。 如果 此呼叫 線 未 允 許 fMonitorAppPermission(f?multiscreen.contextf,)f 則 ’setDisplayArea’ 方 法 1382 發 出 'java.lang.SecurityException' ° ’setDisplayArea’ 方 法 1382 發 出 ▼java.lang.IllegalStateException’,如果(1) ’HScreen’的類型不 *fSCREEN—TYPE_LOGICAL’ ;或(2)如果無法改變相關於 此邏輯’HScreenf的顯示fHScreenf的區域,比如,如果此平 台使用相關特殊區域的永久關聯性。 自從MSM 101版本後,已應用1setDisplayArea’方法 1382。 91 200849990 2/13ipif fcheckServiceContextCompatibilityf方 >去 1360 設定為 "boolean checkServiceContextCompatibility(javax.tv.service.selection •ServiceContext context)”,並測試具螢幕的服務情境的相容 性。亦即,’checkServiceContextCompatibility方法 1360 決 定,是否應用可指定’ServiceContexf至此fHScreenf且特定 ServiceContextf是否相容於此fHScreenf上的呈現内容。i has been associated with a different 'HScreen' and 'removeExisting' is not true, ; (ϋ) This ^HScreen1 cannot be mapped to a specific fVideoOutputPort' because of platform-specific hardware-restricted relationships; and (iii) when mapped to ' HScreen's ▼VideoOutputPorf group cannot be changed, ie when the platform uses the permanence associated with a particular group of f VideoOutputPorf. Since the MSM 101 version, 4 (1 (1〇1^1仙〇11^ method 1354 has been applied. The 'removeOutputPorts' method 1374 is set to, void removeOutputPorts(org.ocap.hardware.VideoOutputPort[] ports)'', And remove one or more image output bees that are mapped to the screen. The 'removeOutputPorts' method 1374 removes all or some of the non-empty groups of the special 'VideoOutputPort' from the image output group that is mapped to fHScreenf. If the parameter &gt ;〇115' is "empty", then all image output 埠 associations are removed. The parameter ^ports' is "empty" or a non-empty array of fVideoOutputPortf. If the call line does not allow fMonitorAppPermission(?!multiscreen.contextff) f , 贝 ij fremoveOutputPorts! Method 1374 issues 'java.lang.SecurityException'. 89 200849990 2713 Ipif If fportsf is not empty, and some 'VideoOutputPorf items are not related to 'HScreenf', then 'removeOutputPorts', method 1374 issues TjavaJang.IllegalArgumentExceptionf If it cannot be changed, HScreenf's specific fVideoOutputPortf, for example, if the platform is used Regarding the permanent association of a particular 'VideoOutputPorf', the 1J 'removeOutputPortsf method 1374 must issue 'java.lang.IllegalStateExceptionf. Since the MSM 101 version, the 'generation 111〇¥6〇1^1^〇11:5' method 1374 has been applied. The 'setDisplay Screen' method 1384 is set to ''void setDisplayScreen(org.havi.ui.HScreen screen)'' and the logic screen is related to the display screen. That is, the fsetDisplayScreenf method 1384 associates the logical fHScreenf with the display fHScreenf. Creenf is to display fHScreenf or is empty. If the parameter 'screen1 is empty', the 'setDisplayScreen' method 1384 is executed in principle, and the parameter fscreenf is returned, then the logic, HScreen' is no longer related to the display fHScreenf ° if the call line is not allowed fMonitorAppPermission(f!multiscreen.contextM)f , then fsetDisplayScreen! method 1384 issues 'java.lang.SecurityException'. 'setDisplay Screen' method 1384 issues 'java.lang.IllegalStateException', when (1), HScreen, the type is not 'SCREEN_TYPE-LOGICAL,; (9) specific 'screenf is not empty, nuu' 90 200849990 27131pif and its screen type is not, SCREEN-TYPEJDISPLAY,,4(iii)&& changes related to the avoidance fHScreen4々 display 'HScreen', for example, when the platform is permanently associated with the special display 'HScreen'. Since MSM 101, "setDisplayScreen" has been applied, method 1384. setDisplayArea method 1382 is set to "void setDisplayArea(org.havi.ui.HScreenRectanglerect)n, and the area that is displayed to the screen of the avoidance screen is set. , fsetDisplayArea' method 1382 relates this logic 'HScreen' to the region (range) of its associated display fHScreen, parameter seven (^ is ugly 8 (^611 feet 6 (^ ton 16', which specifies the logic associated with 'HScreeW' The area on fHScreeW is displayed, which needs to be related to the scope of this logical fHScreen'. If this call line does not allow fMonitorAppPermission(f?multiscreen.contextf,)f then the 'setDisplayArea' method 1382 issues 'java.lang.SecurityException' ° ' setDisplayArea' method 1382 emits ▼java.lang.IllegalStateException' if (1) 'HScreen' type is not *fSCREEN_TYPE_LOGICAL'; or (2) if the area associated with this logic 'HScreenf' showing fHScreenf cannot be changed, for example, If this platform uses the permanent association of the relevant special area. Since the MSM 101 version The 1setDisplayArea' method 1382 has been applied. 91 200849990 2/13ipif fcheckServiceContextCompatibilityf side> Go to 1360 and set to "boolean checkServiceContextCompatibility(javax.tv.service.selection •ServiceContext context)" and test the compatibility of the service context with the screen. That is, the 'checkServiceContextCompatibility method 1360 determines whether the application can specify 'ServiceContexf to this fHScreenf and whether the particular ServiceContextf is compatible with the rendered content on this fHScreenf.

參數fcontextf是有效的fServiceContext’。 ’checkServiceContextCompatibility’方法 1360 回傳布林 值,代表特定fServiceContexf是否可指定至此’HScreen1。如 果特定’ServiceContextf可被指定,則回傳,真,,否則回傳’ 假,。 呼叫線 未允許The parameter fcontextf is a valid fServiceContext'. The 'checkServiceContextCompatibility' method 1360 returns a Boolean value indicating whether a particular fServiceContexf can be assigned to this 'HScreen1'. If the specific 'ServiceContextf can be specified, then return, true, otherwise return 'false. Call line not allowed

fMonitorAppPermission(ftmultiscreen.context,f)f , 貝,J ’checkServiceContextCompatibility’ 方法 1360 發出 ’java.lang.SecurityException’。 如果特定1ServiceContexf非為有效,則 ’checkServiceContextCompatibility’ 方法 1360 發出 fjava.lang.IllegalArgumentExceptionr 〇 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 ’checkServiceContextCompatibility’方法 1360。 ’addServiceContextsf 方法 1356 設定為 nvoid addServiceContexts(javax.tv.service.selection. ServiceContex t[] Contexts,boolean associateDefaultDevices)n,並將服務情 92 200849990 境加入至此螢幕。亦即’ ’addServiceContexts’方法1356 將一或多’ServiceContexf加入至相關於此’HScreen,的服務 情境組,以允許由’ServiceContext,傳來的背景,影像與圖 形内容可呈現於fHScreenf的各別螢幕裝置上。 如果特定服務情境已相關於由 ’org.ocap.ui.MultiScreenContext’介面所代表的底層螢幕,則 此服務情境未多重相關於此螢幕,但現存的關聯性仍保 留。亦即’既定服務情境必需相關於既定(底層)螢幕,一 次或都不要。 如果二或多個非摘要情境相關於既定螢幕且由這此 多非摘要服務情境的背景式播放所傳來的多影像源會 於此既定螢幕的既定ΉVideoDevice,,則影像内容要二播放 的多服務情境的背景式播放會依據底下規則而決定· 1·如果相關的非摘要服務情境之一的應用保留了螢 上的既定’HVideoDevice’,則由此服務情境傳來的背景= 放内容會被指定,以呈現於此影像裝置上;以及月不工, 2·否則’剌指定為最高優先順序的糊 情境的背景式播放内容會被指定,以呈現於此影像裝置上力 如果在應用上述規則後,既定應用的多背景$ 、’ 指定,以呈現於此影像裝置上,則在影像呈現:二田^被 動的播放器有優先順序。 莰彳啟fMonitorAppPermission(ftmultiscreen.context,f)f , shell, J ‘checkServiceContextCompatibility’ method 1360 Issue 'java.lang.SecurityException’. If the specific 1ServiceContexf is not valid, the 'checkServiceContextCompatibility' method 1360 issues fjava.lang.IllegalArgumentExceptionr 〇 Since the MSM 101 version, the 'checkServiceContextCompatibility' method 1360 has been applied. The 'addServiceContextsf method 1356 is set to nvoid addServiceContexts(javax.tv.service.selection. ServiceContex t[] Contexts,boolean associateDefaultDevices)n, and the service is added to this screen. That is, the 'addServiceContexts' method 1356 adds one or more 'ServiceContexf' to the service context group associated with this 'HScreen, to allow the background, image and graphical content from the 'ServiceContext' to be rendered on the respective screens of fHScreenf. On the device. If a particular service situation is already related to the underlying screen represented by the 'org.ocap.ui.MultiScreenContext' interface, then this service context is not multiple related to this screen, but the existing association remains. That is, the 'established service situation must be related to the established (bottom) screen, either once or not. If two or more non-summary contexts are related to a given screen and the multi-image source transmitted by the background playback of the multi-digest service context will be the default video device of the given screen, then the video content needs to be played twice. The background play of the service situation will be determined according to the following rules. 1. If the application of one of the related non-summary service scenarios retains the established 'HVideoDevice' on the firefly, the background of the service context will be Specified to be rendered on this image device; and the month is not working, 2 otherwise ''the background play content specified as the highest priority paste context will be specified to render the force on this image device if the above rules are applied After that, the multi-background $, 'specified application' of the application is presented on this image device, and the image is presented: the second-passive passive player has priority. Qi Kai

其目前 殳暉列。如果參數 則此螢幕的預設螢幕裝置 .r’’其目前才目關於特定 93 200849990 z / u ipif fServiceContext’ ;否則。如果參數fassociateDefaultDevices’ 為’假’,則不進行為預設螢幕裝置間的關聯。 如果 呼叫線 未允許 fMonitorAppPermission(??multiscreen.contextff)f , 則 ’addServiceContexts’ 方 法 1356 發 出 ’java.lang.SecurityException’。 如果此fHScreen’的某些特定’ServiceContext’無法被改 變,比如,如果平台使用特定’ServiceContexf的永久關聯, f、 貝 |J ’addServiceContexts’ 方 法 1356 發 出 fjava.lang.IllegalStateException’。 自從MSM 101版本後,已應用SddServiceContexts▼方 法 1356 〇 ’removeServiceContexts’ 方法 1376 設定為"void removeServiceContexts(javax.tv.service.selection.ServiceCo ntext[] contexts)”,並從螢幕移除服務情境。亦即, ▼removeServiceContextsf 方法 1376 將特殊’ServiceContext, ί 的所有或部份非空組從相關於fHScreenf的服務情境組移 除。如果’contexts’是空的,則所有服務情境都被移除。 參數’contexts’是空的或’ServiceContext’的非空陣列。 如 果呼叫 線 未允許 fMonitorAppPermission(f,multiscreen.contextf,)f , 貝 ’removeServiceContexts’ 方 法 1376 發 出 'java.lang.SecurityException’。 如果’contexts’不是空的且某些’ServiceContext,項目未 94 200849990 2713 lpif 相關於fHScreenf,貝丨J’removeServiceContexts’方法 1376 發 出 Tjava.lang.IllegalArgumentException’。 如果無法改變fServiceContext’,比如平台使用特定 ’ServiceContext’ 的永久相關,則 ’removeServiceContexts’ 方 法 1376 必需發出如¥&.1&1^.11168&181&{6£乂〇601^〇11’。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 ’removeServiceContexts’ 方法1376。 ’setMultiScreenConfiguration’方法 1386 設定為"void setMultiScreenConfiguration(MultiScreenConfiguration configuration, java.util.Dictionary serviceContextAssociations),’,且設定此顯示螢幕的目前主 動多螢幕組態。亦即,相關於此顯示螢幕的邏輯螢幕子組 之一會在既定時間被選擇。 如果特定’configuration’是此顯示螢幕的目前組態,則 除非應用义(:111^啦〇^七〇11’,4{]\4111沾。狀11€〇11如1«^〇11, 方法1386傳回值,不產生任何邊際效應。 如果特定’configuration’不是此顯示螢幕的目前組態, 且如果不應用 ’SecurityException,,‘IllegalStateExceptionf 舆’IllegalStateException’,則要進行本發明所定義的同步顯 示多螢幕組態改變。 如果’serviceContextAssociations’爭論是特定(亦即,如 果其疋非空的),則任何’ServiceContexf,其可被,叫應用 所存取,必需相關於無螢幕或特定(新)多螢幕組態中的應 用營幕。如果某些可存取,ServiceC〇ntext,無關聯性,如果 95 200849990It is currently listed in Huihui. If the parameter is then the screen's default screen device .r'' is currently only for the specific 93 200849990 z / u ipif fServiceContext'; otherwise. If the parameter fassociateDefaultDevices' is 'false', no association between the preset screen devices is made. If the call line does not allow fMonitorAppPermission(??multiscreen.contextff)f , the 'addServiceContexts' method 1356 issues 'java.lang.SecurityException'. If some of the specific 'ServiceContext' of this fHScreen' cannot be changed, for example, if the platform uses a permanent association of a particular 'ServiceContexf', the f, bel |J ‘addServiceContexts' method 1356 issues fjava.lang.IllegalStateException'. Since the MSM 101 version, the SddServiceContexts▼ method 1356 〇 'removeServiceContexts' method 1376 has been set to "void removeServiceContexts(javax.tv.service.selection.ServiceCo ntext[] contexts)" and the service context has been removed from the screen. That is, the ▼removeServiceContextsf method 1376 removes all or part of the non-empty group of the special 'ServiceContext, ί from the service context group associated with fHScreenf. If 'contexts' is empty, all service contexts are removed. Contexts' is a non-empty array of empty or 'ServiceContext'. If the call line does not allow fMonitorAppPermission(f,multiscreen.contextf,)f, the shell 'removeServiceContexts' method 1376 issues 'java.lang.SecurityException'. If 'contexts' is not Empty and some 'ServiceContext, project not 94 200849990 2713 lpif related to fHScreenf, Bellow J'removeServiceContexts' method 1376 Issue Tjava.lang.IllegalArgumentException'. If the fServiceContext' cannot be changed, eg the platform uses a specific 'ServiceCon For the permanent correlation of text', the 'removeServiceContexts' method 1376 must be issued as ¥&.1&1^.11168&181&{6£乂〇601^〇11'. Since the MSM 101 version, 'removeServiceContexts' has been applied Method 1376. The 'setMultiScreenConfiguration' method 1386 is set to "void setMultiScreenConfiguration(MultiScreenConfiguration configuration, java.util.Dictionary serviceContextAssociations),', and sets the current active multi-screen configuration of this display screen. That is, one of the logical screen subgroups associated with this display screen will be selected at a given time. If the specific 'configuration' is the current configuration of this display screen, then unless the application is defined (:111^啦〇^七〇11',4{]\4111 dip.11€〇11如1«^〇11, method The value returned by 1386 does not produce any marginal effect. If the specific 'configuration' is not the current configuration of this display screen, and if 'SecurityException', 'IllegalStateExceptionf 舆 'IllegalStateException' is not applied, then the synchronous display defined by the present invention is performed. Multi-screen configuration changes. If the 'serviceContextAssociations' argument is specific (ie, if it is not empty), then any 'ServiceContexf, which can be accessed by the application, must be related to no screen or specific (new) Application screen in multi-screen configuration. If some are accessible, ServiceC〇ntext, no association, if 95 200849990

Z/ijipiT 某些可存取’ServiceContext’未存在於特定應用中,或如果 其存在但沒有此種可應用螢幕存在於新多螢幕組態中,則 ’ServiceContext必需相關於此特定多螢幕組態的預設服務 情 境’ 亦即, 由 ▼configuration.getDefaultServiceContextScreen〇,所傳回的 螢幕。 為匹配於可存取“ServiceContext”,其參考當成特定 fserviceContextAssociations’字典的關鍵字,對這些關鍵字 ( 使用虛擬方法 ’equalsCObject),,其中假設 fsetMultiScreenConfigurationf 方〉去 1386 才目 # 於Z/ijipiT Some accessible 'ServiceContext' does not exist in a specific application, or if it exists but no such applicable screen exists in the new multi-screen configuration, then 'ServiceContext must be related to this particular multi-screen configuration The default service context 'that is, the screen returned by ▼configuration.getDefaultServiceContextScreen〇. To match the accessible "ServiceContext", refer to the keywords that are treated as specific fserviceContextAssociations' for these keywords (using the virtual method 'equalsCObject), which assumes that the fsetMultiScreenConfigurationf side is going to 1386.

Object.equals(Object)f 的預設實施。 在既定應用的情境中,MSM主機實施必需在應用可 影響的fServiceContextf與底層服務情境資源的集合之間維 持一對一關係。如果MSM主機實施無法維持此關係,則 當架構’serviceContextAssociations’字典時,MSM 實施可能 會將底層服務情境資源的兩個不同集合視為相同的服務情 V 境’比如’如果在不同時刻,單一,’ServiceContext”參考不 同的底層資源集合。另,MSM實施可將底層服務情境資 源的單一集合視為兩個不同服務情境,比如,在既定時刻, 兩個不同的’ServiceContext’參考同一底層資源集合。 影像管理的DFC狀態,其用於處理相關於被 ’setMultiScreenConflguration1 方法 1386 所内部交換或移動 的服務情境的影像,不可被fsetMultiScreenConfigurationf 方法1386的執行所影響。 96 200849990 2713 lpif 麥數’configuration’是,MultiScreenConfiguration,,以變 成此顯示螢幕的目前主動各顳示多螢幕組態。如果參數 ’serviceContextAssociations’非為空的,其是’Dicti〇nary,,其 關鍵子疋ServiceContext’且其值是,String’,其中字串值定義 如下:(1)如果字串值是”」’,則不應用螢幕(在此例中,匹 配服務情境不相關於任何螢幕,在組態改變後);(2)比如, 如果子串值疋則新螢幕組態的所有螢幕都要應用;(3) 否則’如果子串值疋由’MultiScreenContext.getID()T回傳的 螢幕辨別碼,則應用此螢幕;(4)否則,如果字串值是由The default implementation of Object.equals(Object)f. In the context of a given application, the MSM host implementation must maintain a one-to-one relationship between the fServiceContextf that the application can affect and the set of underlying service context resources. If the MSM host implementation cannot maintain this relationship, then when the architecture 'serviceContextAssociations' dictionary is schemad, the MSM implementation may treat two different sets of underlying service context resources as the same service context 'eg if 'at a different time, single, The 'ServiceContext' refers to a different set of underlying resources. Alternatively, the MSM implementation can treat a single collection of underlying service context resources as two different service contexts, for example, at a given moment, two different 'ServiceContext' refer to the same underlying resource collection. The DFC state of the image management, which is used to process images related to the service context exchanged or moved by the 'setMultiScreenConflguration1 method 1386, is not affected by the execution of the fsetMultiScreenConfigurationf method 1386. 96 200849990 2713 lpif 麦 'configuration' is, MultiScreenConfiguration , in order to become the current active display of this display screen, the multi-screen configuration. If the parameter 'serviceContextAssociations' is not empty, it is 'Dicti〇nary, its key sub-疋ServiceContext' and its value is, S Tring', where the string value is defined as follows: (1) If the string value is ""', the screen is not applied (in this case, the matching service context is not related to any screen, after the configuration is changed); (2 For example, if the substring value is 疋 then all screens of the new screen configuration should be applied; (3) otherwise 'if the substring value 萤 is returned by the 'MultiScreenContext.getID()T screen identification code, then apply this screen; (4) Otherwise, if the string value is

MultiScreenContext.getScreenCategory()’ 回傳的螢幕類 型,則具此類型的新組態的任一螢幕可被應用;(5)否則, 如果子串值是螢幕辨別碼的分號分隔列表,則具匹配辨別 碼的新組態的各螢幕會被應用;(6)否則,如果字串值是螢 幕類型的分號分隔列表,則具匹配類型的新組態的各螢幕 會被應用;(7)否則,如果字串值是螢幕辨別碼或螢幕類型 的分號分隔列表,則具匹配辨別碼或匹配類型的新組態的 各螢幕會被應用;以及(8)否則,新組態的預設服務情境會 被應用。 如果 呼叫線 未允許 fMonitorAppPermission(f,multiscreen.configurationff)?,則 ’setMultiScreenConfiguration’ 方 法 1386 發 出 rjava.lang.SecurityException? ° 如 果參數 ’’’configuration’ 不是由 ▼MultiScreenContext.getMultiScreenConfigurations()▼所回傳 97 200849990^ 的此(顯示)螢幕的多螢幕組態之_ ,則 fsetMultiScreenConfigurationf 方〉去 13S6 產生 fjava·lang.IllegalArgumentExceptionf。 fsetMultiScreenConfigurationf 方法 ^ 丨 ’java.lang.IllegalStateException’,如果此螢幕不是顯示螢 幕,或(1)如果MSM實施不允許特定多螢幕組態的啟動; (2)如果’setMultiScreenConfiguration’方法 1386 先前曾被呼 叫且未完成改變流程;或(3)如果在方法呼叫時不允許啟動 的話。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 ’setMultiScreenConfiguration’方法 1386。 ’requestMultiScreenConfigurationChange,方法 1378 設 疋 為 "void requestMultiScreenConfigurationChange(MultiScreenConfig uration configuration, java.utiLDictionary serviceContextAssociations)’’,並需求此顯示螢幕的目前主 動多螢幕組態要被改變。 如果特定’configuration1是此顯示螢幕的目前組態,則 除 非應用 ’SecurityException’ , frequestMultiScreenConfigurationChange’方法 1378 會回傳 值’而不產生任何邊際效應。 如果特定'configuration’不是目前顯示螢幕,且如果未 應用 ’’SecurityException", ’IllegalArgumentException’’ 與 “IllegalStateException”,則將對目前多螢幕組態的非同步 98 200849990 2713 lpif 改變初始化,其中應用fsetMultiScreenConfiguration()f的語 義 , 除 了 此方 法 需 在 ▼MultiScreenConfiguration.MULTI—SCREEN—CONFIGURA Ή ON_CH ANGINGf產生後(但在其散佈前)立即回傳值。 參數’configuration’是’MultiScreenConfigurationf,以變 成目前主動螢幕組態。 參數 fserviceContextAssociationsf 是空的或 ’Dictionary’,其關鍵字是’ServiceContext’且其值是’String’, 根據由 ’setMultiScreenConfiguration’所定義的語義。 如果 呼叫線 未允許 fMonitorAppPermission(Mmultiscreen.configurationn)f , ▼requestMultiScreenConfigurationChange’ 方法 1378 發出 ’java.lang.SecurityException’。 如 果參數 ’configuration’ 不是由 fMultiScreenContext.getMultiScreenConfigurations〇,所回傳 的此(顯示)螢幕多螢幕組態之一則 ’requestMultiScreenConfigurationChange’ 方法 1378 發出 fjava.lang.IllegalArgumentException,〇 如果此螢幕不是顯示螢幕或(1)如果msm實施不允許 特定多螢幕組態的啟動;(2)如果 fsetMultiScreenConfiguration’方法 1378 先前曾被呼叫且未 完成改變流程;或(3)如果在呼叫方法時不允許啟動,則 ’setMultiScreenConfiguration’ 方 法 1378 發 出 fjava.lang.IllegalStateException’。 99 200849990 ζ/υιριτ 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 frequestMultiScreenConfigurationChange’方法 1378。 ?getClientf 方 法 1362 設 定 norg.davic.resources.ResourceClient getClientQ",並得到目 前保留底層螢幕資源客戶與相關於此fHScreenf的螢幕資 源。 fgetClient’ 方 法 1362 也 由 ’org.davic.resources.ResourceProxyf 介面的 fgetClient,所指 / 定。 ’getClient’ 方法 1362 回傳 ’ResourceClient,或回傳,,空 值” ’如果未保留底層螢幕與相關於此fHScreen’的螢幕資 源。 自從MSMI01版本後,已應用’getciient,方法1362。 ’reserveScreen’ 方法 1380 設定 ” boolean reserveScreen(org.davic.resources.ResourceClient client, java.lang.Object requestData)n並自動保留此螢幕的底層資 ί 源。 如果保留螢幕視為等同於保留相關於此螢幕的所有 HScreenDevice1 ’ 則除了當此螢幕利用’reservescreenf方法 1380來保留外’在未釋放與此螢幕的 所有底層螢幕資源之满’不可釋放各’HScreenDevice’。 如果,當保留螢幕時,此螢幕的某些,HScreenDevice, 已被另一應用所保留,則在允許保留此螢幕前,此保留必 需被(被MSM實施)成功釋放。如果未釋放或無法釋放此保 100 200849990 2713 lpif 留,則試著保留此螢幕的意圖會失則。亦即,,reserveScreenf 方法1380必需回傳,‘假,’。 如果保留螢幕時’此螢幕的某些fHScreenDevice,已被 保留應用所保留,則此保留暗喻整個螢幕的成功保留。 如果利用’reserveScreen’方法1380來保留螢幕已成 功,即如果’reserveScreen’方法1380回傳,‘真”,則此螢幕 的所有’HScreenDevice’的的回傳值必需相同於由 org.ocap.ui.MultiScreenConfigurableContexf介面 mo所定 義的getClient()’方法1362 (如’HScreen’的離散實施)。 如果此螢幕先前未被保留且呼叫’reserveScreen,方法 1380造成此螢幕要被保留,則在’reservescreen,方法1380 的回 傳之前 , 必 需產生MultiScreenContext.getScreenCategory()' The screen type returned, any screen of this type of new configuration can be applied; (5) Otherwise, if the substring value is a semicolon-separated list of screen identification codes, then match Each screen of the new configuration of the identification code will be applied; (6) Otherwise, if the string value is a semicolon-separated list of screen types, the newly configured screens with the matching type will be applied; (7) otherwise If the string value is a semicolon-separated list of screen identification codes or screen types, each screen with a new configuration matching the identification code or matching type will be applied; and (8) otherwise, the newly configured default service The situation will be applied. If the call line does not allow fMonitorAppPermission(f,multiscreen.configurationff)?, then the 'setMultiScreenConfiguration' method 1386 issues rjava.lang.SecurityException? ° If the parameter '''configuration' is not returned by ▼MultiScreenContext.getMultiScreenConfigurations()▼ 97 200849990 ^ This (display) screen's multi-screen configuration _, then fsetMultiScreenConfigurationf side> go to 13S6 to generate fjava·lang.IllegalArgumentExceptionf. fsetMultiScreenConfigurationf method ^ 丨 'java.lang.IllegalStateException', if this screen is not a display screen, or (1) if the MSM implementation does not allow the startup of a particular multi-screen configuration; (2) if the 'setMultiScreenConfiguration' method 1386 was previously called and The change process is not completed; or (3) if the start is not allowed during the method call. The ‘setMultiScreenConfiguration’ method 1386 has been applied since the MSM 101 release. ‘requestMultiScreenConfigurationChange, method 1378 is set to "void requestMultiScreenConfigurationChange(MultiScreenConfig uration configuration, java.utiLDictionary serviceContextAssociations)'’, and the current active multi-screen configuration of the display screen is required to be changed. If the specific 'configuration1' is the current configuration of this display, then unless the 'SecurityException' is applied, the frequestMultiScreenConfigurationChange' method 1378 will return the value ' without any marginal effects. If the specific 'configuration' is not currently displayed, and if ''SecurityException", 'IllegalArgumentException'' and 'IllegalStateException' are not applied, the non-synchronous 98 200849990 2713 lpif change for the current multi-screen configuration will be initialized, where fsetMultiScreenConfiguration is applied ( The semantics of f, except that this method needs to return the value immediately after the generation of ▼MultiScreenConfiguration.MULTI_SCREEN-CONFIGURA Ή ON_CH ANGINGf (but before its spread). The parameter 'configuration' is 'MultiScreenConfigurationf' to become the current active screen configuration. The parameter fserviceContextAssociationsf is empty or 'Dictionary' whose key is 'ServiceContext' and whose value is 'String', according to the semantics defined by 'setMultiScreenConfiguration'. If the call line does not allow fMonitorAppPermission(Mmultiscreen.configurationn)f , the ▼requestMultiScreenConfigurationChange’ method 1378 issues 'java.lang.SecurityException'. If the parameter 'configuration' is not returned by fMultiScreenContext.getMultiScreenConfigurations, one of the (display) screen multi-screen configurations returned by the 'requestMultiScreenConfigurationChange' method 1378 issues an fjava.lang.IllegalArgumentException, if this screen is not a display screen or (1) If the msm implementation does not allow the startup of a particular multi-screen configuration; (2) if the fsetMultiScreenConfiguration 'method 1378 was previously called and the change process has not completed; or (3) if the start is not allowed during the call method, the 'setMultiScreenConfiguration' method 1378 Issue fjava.lang.IllegalStateException'. 99 200849990 ζ/υιριτ Since the MSM 101 version, the frequestMultiScreenConfigurationChange' method 1378 has been applied. The getClientf method 1362 sets norg.davic.resources.ResourceClient getClientQ" and gets the current underlying screen resource client and screen resources associated with this fHScreenf. The fgetClient' method 1362 is also defined by the fgetClient of the 'org.davic.resources.ResourceProxyf interface. 'getClient' method 1362 returns 'ResourceClient, or postback, null value' 'If the underlying screen and screen resources associated with this fHScreen' are not retained. Since the MSMI01 version, 'getciient, method 1362. 'reserveScreen' has been applied. Method 1380 sets " boolean reserveScreen(org.davic.resources.ResourceClient client, java.lang.Object requestData)n and automatically retains the underlying source of this screen. If the reserved screen is considered equivalent to retaining all HScreenDevice1' associated with this screen, then except when this screen is reserved with 'reservescreenf method 1380', it will not release all the 'HScreenDevice' with all the underlying screen resources that are not released with this screen. . If, while the screen is reserved, some of this screen, HScreenDevice, has been reserved by another application, this reservation must be successfully released (by the MSM implementation) before allowing this screen to be retained. If it is not released or cannot be released 100 200849990 2713 lpif stay, the attempt to keep this screen will be lost. That is, the reserveScreenf method 1380 must be returned, ‘fake,’. If some screens of fHScreenDevice on this screen have been reserved by the reserved application, this reservation implies a successful reservation of the entire screen. If the 'reserveScreen' method 1380 is used to reserve the screen successfully, ie if the 'reserveScreen' method 1380 is returned, 'true', then the return value of all 'HScreenDevice's of this screen must be the same as by org.ocap.ui. The MultiScreenConfigurableContexf interface defines the getClient() method 1362 (as in the discrete implementation of 'HScreen'). If this screen was not previously reserved and calls 'reserveScreen', method 1380 causes this screen to be preserved, then in 'reservescreen, method 1380 Before the return, it must be produced

’MultiScreenResourceEvent.MULTI 一 SCREEN—RESOURCE —SCREEN—RESERVED’ 事件。 如果呼叫應用已保留此螢幕且如果特定,client,與 ’requestData’爭論相同於當呼叫應用先前允許此保留時所 指定的,則freserveScreen’方法1380不可有邊際效應且回 傳’‘真”。然而,如果呼叫應用已保留此螢幕但特定”client,, 或’’requestData”不相同於當呼叫應用先前允許此保留時所 指定的,則(1)特定’’client”與”requestData”爭論將被先前特 定者所取代;(2)呼叫應用必需維持此保留;以及 (3)’reserveScreen,方法 1380 必需回傳,真,。 參數’client^fResourceClient’。參數frequestData’是”空 的”或實施'java.rmi.Remote’介面的 Object’。 101 200849990 z / u ipu 如果成功保留螢幕底層資源的話,則’reserveScreen, 方法1380回傳’真’,否則回傳’假’。 自從MSM 101版本後,已應用freserveScreenf方法1380 且稱為’Remote’。 ’releaseScreenf方法 1370 設定nvoid releaseScreen()’’且 自動釋放螢幕底層資源。 如果呼叫應用未保留此螢幕,則freleaseScreen’方法 1370必需沒有邊際效應。 如果先前保留此螢幕且呼叫freleaseScreen’方法1370 造成此螢幕不再被保留(不要保留),則在YeleaseScreen*方 法 1370 回傳值之前,必需產生 ’MultiScreenResourceEvent.MULTI—SCREEN—RESOURCE 一 SCREEN 一 RELEASED,事件。 自從MSM 101版本後,已應方法 1370。 圖14A顯示根據本發明實施例的java套件 ’org.ocap.uif 的介面 ’MultiScreenConflgurationf 的定義。 fMultiScreenConfiguration’ 介面設定"public interface MultiScreenConfiguration’’。 由 OCAP 主機平台所實施例的 fMultiScreenConfiguration’介面1220可提供離散螢幕組態 的資訊,及監測此螢幕組態改變的機制。 MSM實施必需支援至少一多螢幕組態,其組態類型 是,SCREEN—CONFIGURATION—DISPLAY’。 102 200849990 27131pif MSM實施必需支援至少一多螢幕組態,其組態類型 是’SCREEN—CONFIGURATION—NON—PIP,。 如果MSM實施PIP功能且允許在〇CAP運作時呈現 PIP螢幕,則MSM實施必需支援多螢幕組態 ,SCREEN—CONFIGURATION—PIP’。 如果MSM實施POP功能且允許在OCAP運作時呈現 POP螢幕,則MSM實施必需支援多螢幕組態 ’SCREEN一CONFIGURATION一POP’。 如果MSM實施PIP,POP或重疊(OVERLAY)功能於 非一般多螢幕組態所明確指定的離散組態,則MSM實施 必 需支 援組態 類 型 ’SCREEN一CONFIGURATION-GENERAL’的一或多個多螢 幕組態,其代表此種多螢幕組態。 自從MSM 101版本後,已應用f〇rg.ocap.uif套件的 fMultiScreenConfiguration▼介面 1220。 圖14B顯示根據本發明實施例的Java套件 ’org.ocap.ui’ 的介面 ’MultiScreenConfiguration’ 的攔位列表 1400 〇‘MultiScreenResourceEvent.MULTI a SCREEN—RESOURCE — SCREEN—RESERVED’ event. If the call application has reserved this screen and if specific, the client, and 'requestData' argument is the same as that specified when the call application previously allowed this reservation, the freserveScreen' method 1380 has no marginal effect and returns 'true'. If the calling application has reserved this screen but the specific "client,, or 'requestData" is not the same as specified when the call application previously allowed this reservation, then (1) the specific ''client'' and 'requestData' arguments will be Replaced by a previous specific; (2) the call application must maintain this reservation; and (3) 'reserveScreen, method 1380 must be returned, true. The parameter 'client^fResourceClient'. The parameter frequestData' is "empty" or an Object' that implements the 'java.rmi.Remote' interface. 101 200849990 z / u ipu If the underlying resources of the screen are successfully preserved, then 'reserveScreen, method 1380 returns 'true', otherwise it returns 'false'. Since the MSM 101 version, the freserveScreenf method 1380 has been applied and is referred to as 'Remote'. The 'releaseScreenf method 1370 sets the null releaseScreen()' and automatically releases the underlying resources of the screen. If the call application does not retain this screen, the freleaseScreen’ method 1370 must have no marginal effect. If this screen was previously reserved and the call to freleaseScreen' method 1370 causes this screen to no longer be retained (not to be retained), then 'MultiScreenResourceEvent.MULTI-SCREEN-RESOURCE-SCREEN-RELEASED must be generated before the YeleaseScreen* method 1370 returns the value, event . Method 1370 has been applied since the MSM 101 release. Figure 14A shows the definition of the interface 'MultiScreenConflgurationf' of the java suite 'org.ocap.uif' according to an embodiment of the present invention. The fMultiScreenConfiguration' interface is set to "public interface MultiScreenConfiguration’. The fMultiScreenConfiguration' interface 1220, implemented by the OCAP host platform, provides information on discrete screen configurations and mechanisms for monitoring changes to this screen configuration. The MSM implementation must support at least one multi-screen configuration with a configuration type of SCREEN-CONFIGURATION-DISPLAY'. 102 200849990 27131pif The MSM implementation must support at least one multi-screen configuration with a configuration type of 'SCREEN—CONFIGURATION—NON—PIP. If the MSM implements the PIP function and allows the PIP screen to be presented while the 〇CAP is operating, the MSM implementation must support multiple screen configurations, SCREEN-CONFIGURATION-PIP'. If the MSM implements the POP function and allows the POP screen to be rendered while the OCAP is operating, the MSM implementation must support the multi-screen configuration 'SCREEN-CONFIGURATION-POP'. If the MSM implements a PIP, POP or OVERLAY function for a discrete configuration explicitly specified for a non-general multi-screen configuration, the MSM implementation must support one or more multi-screen groups of the configuration type 'SCREEN-CONFIGURATION-GENERAL' State, which represents this multi-screen configuration. Since the MSM 101 release, the fMultiScreenConfiguration▼ interface 1220 of the f〇rg.ocap.uif suite has been applied. 14B shows a block list 1400 of the interface 'MultiScreenConfiguration' of the Java suite 'org.ocap.ui' according to an embodiment of the present invention.

Java 套 件 ’org.ocap.uif 的介面 fMultiScreenConfigurationf的欄位列表1400包括下列至少 一 者 : ’static java.lang.String SCREEN—CATEGORY—DISPLAY,攔位 1402,’static java.lang.String SCREEN_CATEGORY_GENERAL’ 攔位 1404,’static java.lang.String SCREEN—CATEGORY—MAIN’ 103 200849990, 2 / JLpif 欄位 1406 , f static java.lang. String SCREEN_CATEG〇RY—NONE’ 欄位 1408 , f static java.lang.String SCREEN—CATEGORY_OVERLAY’ 欄位 1410,’static java.lang.String SCREEN—CATEGORY—PIP’ 極1 位 1412 , ’static java.lang.String SCREEN_CATEGORY—POPf 攔位 1414 , ’static java.lang.String SCREEN—CONFIGURATION—DISPLAY,欄 位 1416 , 'static java.lang.String SCREEN—CONFIGURATION一GENERAL’欄位 1418,’static java.lang.String SCREEN—CONFIGURATION—NON_PIP,攔 位 1420 , 'static java.lang.String SCREEN—CONFIGURATION—PIP,欄位 1422,以及,static java.lang.String SCREEN_CONFIGURATION—POP,欄位 1424。 ,SCREEN_CONFIGURAUON—DISPLAY’欄位 1416 設 定 "static final java.lang.String SCREEN—CONFIGURATIONJDISPLAY,’ 。 如 果 fMultiScreenConfigurationf相關於一或多顯示螢幕且可能 會當成各平台多螢幕組態,則其組態類型是 ,SCREEN_CONFIGURATIONJDISPLAY,欄位 1416。 ’SCREEN—CONFIGURATION—DISPLAY’欄位 1416 的 組態類型的初始預設螢幕必需是由 ,getScreens(SCREEN—CATEGORY—MAIN),回傳的第一個 螢幕。如果在此組態下沒有此種螢幕,則 104 200849990 2713 lpif ’SCREEN_CONFIGURATIONJDISPLAY,攔位 1416 的組態 類型的初始預設螢幕必需是fgetScreens〇’回傳的第一個螢 幕。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 ’SCREEN—CONTIGURATION—DISPLAY’欄位 1416。 ▼SCREEN—CONFIGURATION—NON—PIP,攔位 1420 設 定 "static final java.lang.String SCREEN_CONFIGURATION—NON—PIP” 。 如 果 fMultiScreenConfiguration’只相關於一個螢幕,其類型是 ’SCREEN_CATEGORY_MAINf ,貝4 其組態類型是 ’SCREEN 一 CONFIGURATION—NON 一PIP、 ’SCREEN—CONFIGURATION—NON—PIP’ 1420 的組態 類型的初始預設螢幕必需是 ’getScreens(SCREEN—CATEGORY—MAIN),回傳的第一個 螢幕。 歸類為具有 ’SCREEN_CONFIGURATION_NON_ΡΙΡ’ 1420組態類型的fMultiScreenConfiguration’不可包括多於 一個的顯示螢幕。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 ’SCREEN—CONFIGURATION-NONJPIPW^Il 1420。 ’SCREEN_CONFIGURATIONJ>IP,攔位 1422 設定 ’’static final java.lang. String SCREEN—CONFIGURATION—PIP” 。 如 果 ▼MultiScreenConfiguration’是(1)相關於具映對至單一顯示 105 200849990 Z/lJipif 螢幕整個區域的0預設z順序的一個邏輯螢幕,以及(2) 相關於具映對至相同顯示螢幕的1預設Z順序的一個或多 個非相交邏輯螢幕,其則組態類型是 fSCREEN—CONFIGURATION一PIP’ 1422。 ’SCREEN_CONFIGURATI〇N_PIP,欄位 1422 的組態 類型的初始預設螢幕必需是 ’getScreens(SCREEN—CATEGORY—MAIN),回傳的第一個 螢幕,如果在此組態下沒有可歸類為 ’SCREEN—CATEGORY—MAIN, 1406 的螢幕,則 ’SCREEN_CONFIGURATIONJPIP’攔位 1422 的組態類型的 初始預設螢幕必需是’getScreens()’回傳的第一個螢幕。 歸類為具有 ’SCREEN_CONFIGURATION_PIPf 1422 組態類型的’MultiScreenConfiguration1不可包括一個以上 的顯示螢幕。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 ,SCREENJ:ONFIGURATION—PIP,欄位 1422。 ,SCREEN—CONFIGURATION—POP,欄位 1424 設定 n static final java.lang. String SCREEN-CONFIGURATION—POP’1 。 如 果 ▼MultiScreenConfiguration1相關於具預設0的Z順序的兩個 以上的非相交邏輯螢幕,其預設顯示螢幕(整體上)覆蓋單 一顯示螢幕的整體區域,則其組態類型是 ▼SCREEN—CONFIGURATIONJPOP,欄位 1424。 ,SCREEN—CONFIGURATION—POP%hiL 1424 的組態 106 200849990 2713 lpif 類型的初始預設螢幕必需是 fgetScreens(SCREEN—CATEGORY—POP)’ 回傳的第一個螢 幕;或者,如果在此組態下,沒有可歸類為 ’SCREEN—CATEGORY—POP’ 1414 的螢幕,則 ’SCREEN—CONFIGURATIONJPOPf欄位 1424 的組態類型 的初始預設螢幕必需*fgetScreens〇f回傳的第一個螢幕。 歸類為具有 ’SCREEN_CONFIGURATIONJPOPf 1424 組態類型的’MultiScreenConfigurationf不可包括一個以上 的顯示螢幕。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 ’SCREEN—CONFIGURATlON—POPHWi 1424。 ’SCREEN—CONFIGURATION—GENERAL,欄位 1418 設定 M static final java.lang.String SCREEN—CONFIGURATION—GENERAL,, 。 如 果 ’MultiScreenConfiguration’無法歸類為其他既定螢幕組態 類型之一,則其組態類型是 ’SCREEN一CONFIGURATION—GENERAL’ 1418。 ’SCREEN—CONnGURATION_GENERAL’ 1418 的組 態類型的初始預設螢幕必需是 getScreens(SCREEN—CATEGORY_MAIN),回傳的第一個 螢幕。如果在此組態下,沒有可歸類為 ’SCREEN—CATEGORY—GENERAL’ 1404 的螢幕,則 ,SCREEN_CONFIGURATION_GENERAL’ 1418 的組態類 型的初始預設螢幕必需是getScreensQ’回傳的第一個螢幕。 107 200849990 27I3ipif 歸 類 為具有 ▼SCREEN—CONFIGURATION_GENERAL’ 1418 組態類型 的MultiScreenConfiguration1不可包括一個以上的顯示螢 幕。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 fSCREEN—CONFIGURATION—GENERALUHi 1418。 ’SCREEN—CATEGORY—NONE,field 1408 設定"static final java.lang.String SCREEN—CATEGORY—NONE”。如果 ^ ’HScreen’不相關於任一其他特殊類別,則其類別是 ’SCREEN一CATEGORY—NONE,1408。 歸類為具有’SCREEN_CATEGORY_NONE’ 1408 組態 類型的MultiScreenConfiguratior^不可包括多於一個的顯 示螢幕。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 ,SCREEN—CATEGORY—NONE,欄位 1408。 ’SCREEN—CATEGORY—DISPLAY,欄位 1402 設定 \ n static final java.lang. String SCREEN_CATEGORYJDISPLAY"。如果’HScreen,歸類為 非主螢幕,則其類別是’SCREEN_CATEGORY_DISPLAY’ 1402。指定此類別的顯示螢幕不可被,Hbackgrounddevicef 或fHVideoDevicef定位,但可被當成重疊的一或多個 ’HGraphicsDevice’定位。 歸類為,SCREEN_CATEGORY—DISPLAY,1402 的顯 示fHScreenf具有例外屬性,其fHGraphicsDevice>果存在 108 200849990 2713 lpif 的話,必需重疊於映對至此顯示螢幕的所有邏輯螢幕。即 使回傳0給任一顯不營幕’此屬性不該被確認。 上述例外屬性乃是要支援(1)繼承裝置情況,封閉封題 (closed caption)重疊出現在其他内容之上;以及(幻組態, 並非將重豐螢幕當成獨立邏輯螢幕,重疊螢幕視為顯示螢 幕的整合’HGraphicsDevice’。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 ’SCREEN—CATEGORY DISPLAY,攔位 1402。 1 ’SCREEN—CATEGORY—MAINf field 1406 設定"static final java.lang.String SCREEN一CATEGORY—MAIN,,。如果 顯示或邏輯’HScreeW的特徵是主螢幕,則其類型是 ▼SCREEN_CATEGORY_MAIN’ 1406。指定此類別的邏輯螢 幕必需映對至某些顯示螢幕的整個區域,且必需指定,,0,, 的預設Z順序。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 ’SCREEN—CATEGORY—]\^1沖欄位 1406。 i ’SCREEN—CATEGORY—PIP,欄位 1412 設定,’static final java.lang.String SCREEN一CATEGORY—PIP,’。如果邏 輯fHScreen’的特徵是PIP螢幕,則其類型是 ,SCREEN_CATEGORYJPIP’ 1412。指定此類型的邏輯螢幕 不可映對至某顯示螢幕的全部區域,不可指定”0”的螢幕z 順序,且必需共存於某些螢幕指定類型 ’SCREEN_CATEGORY_MAINf 1406 的組態中。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 109 200849990 ,i」JL pif ’SCREEN—CATEGORY—PIP’欄位 1412。 ,SCREEN—CATEGORY—POP,欄位 1414 設定"static final java.lang.String SCREEN—CATEGORY—POP"。如果邏 輯’HScreen’的特徵是POP螢幕,貝其類型是 ’SCREEN_CATEGORY_POP’ 1414。指定此類型的邏輯螢 幕不可映對至某些顯示螢幕的全部區域,不可共存於某些 螢幕指定此類型的組態下,且必需共存於某些其他螢幕指 定類型’SCREEN—CATEGORYJPOP’ 1414 的組態下。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 ,SCREEN—CATEGORY—POP’欄位 1414。 ’SCREEN—CATEGORY—OVERLAY1 攔位 1410 設定 n static final java.lang. String SCREEN^CATEGORY—OVERLAY’,。如果邏輯’HScreen,的 特徵是重疊螢幕,則其類型是 SCREEN-CATEGORY一OVERLAY1 1410。指定此類型的邏 輯螢幕必需映對至某些顯示螢幕的全部區域,其必需指定 的預設Z順序大於相關於下列之一的螢幕: ,SCREEN 一 CATEGORY 一 MAIN' 1406 , ’SCREEN_CATEGORY 一 PIP’ 1412 ^ ’SCREEN一CATEGORY—POP’ 1414,且不可包含背景或明 確影像平面(fHVideoDevicef)。 儘管如此,重疊螢幕可利用内部影像平面 (’HVideoDevicef)的資源,以呈現組成式影像於其影像平面 (之一)。 110 200849990 2713 lpif 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 ’SCREEN—CATEGORYJ3VERLAY,攔位 1410。 ’SCREEN—CATEGORY—GENERAL’攔位 1404 設定 ’’static final java.lang.String SCREEN-CATEGORY—GENERAL”。如果邏輯’HScreen’可 被組態,(比如,其大小,位置或Z順序),使得其可操作 模式為,建議指定二或多個其他螢幕類型,則其類型可為 ’SCREEN-CATEGORY—GENERAL’ 1404。指定此類型的邏 輯螢幕不可限制其大小,位置,Z順序或其他組態屬性, 除了終端裝置對一(或多)組態屬性有内部限制。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 ’SCREEN—CATEGORY—GENERAL,攔位 1404。 圖14C顯示根據本發明實施例的Java套件 ’org.ocap.ur 的介面 ’MultiScreenConfiguration’ 的方法列表 1450 〇The field list 1400 of the Java suite 'org.ocap.uif' interface fMultiScreenConfigurationf includes at least one of the following: 'static java.lang.String SCREEN-CATEGORY-DISPLAY, block 1402, 'static java.lang.String SCREEN_CATEGORY_GENERAL' 1404, 'static java.lang.String SCREEN—CATEGORY—MAIN' 103 200849990, 2 / JLpif Field 1406, f static java.lang. String SCREEN_CATEG〇RY—NONE' Field 1408, f static java.lang.String SCREEN —CATEGORY_OVERLAY' field 1410, 'static java.lang.String SCREEN—CATEGORY—PIP' pole 1 bit 1412 , 'static java.lang.String SCREEN_CATEGORY—POPf block 1414 , 'static java.lang.String SCREEN—CONFIGURATION— DISPLAY, field 1416, 'static java.lang.String SCREEN—CONFIGURATION-GENERAL' field 1418, 'static java.lang.String SCREEN—CONFIGURATION—NON_PIP, block 1420, 'static java.lang.String SCREEN—CONFIGURATION - PIP, field 1422, and, static java.lang.String SCREEN_CONFIGURATION - POP, field 1 424. , SCREEN_CONFIGURAUON—DISPLAY’ field 1416 Set "static final java.lang.String SCREEN-CONFIGURATIONJDISPLAY,’ . If fMultiScreenConfigurationf is related to one or more display screens and may be configured as multiple screens for each platform, its configuration type is SCREEN_CONFIGURATIONJDISPLAY, field 1416. The initial preset screen for the configuration type of 'SCREEN—CONFIGURATION—DISPLAY’ field 1416 must be the first screen returned by getScreens(SCREEN—CATEGORY—MAIN). If there is no such screen in this configuration, then 104 200849990 2713 lpif ’SCREEN_CONFIGURATIONJDISPLAY, the initial preset screen for the configuration type of Block 1416 must be the first screen returned by fgetScreens〇’. Since the MSM 101 version, the 'SCREEN-CONTIGURATION—DISPLAY’ field 1416 has been applied. ▼SCREEN—CONFIGURATION—NON—PIP, block 1420 set "static final java.lang.String SCREEN_CONFIGURATION—NON—PIP. If fMultiScreenConfiguration' is only related to one screen, its type is 'SCREEN_CATEGORY_MAINf, and its configuration type The initial preset screen of the configuration type of 'SCREEN-CONFIGURATION-NON-PIP, 'SCREEN-CONFIGURATION-NON-PIP' 1420 must be 'getScreens(SCREEN-CATEGORY-MAIN), the first screen to be returned. The class fMultiScreenConfiguration with the 'SCREEN_CONFIGURATION_NON_ΡΙΡ' 1420 configuration type cannot include more than one display screen. Since the MSM 101 version, 'SCREEN-CONFIGURATION-NONJPIPW^Il 1420 has been applied. 'SCREEN_CONFIGURATIONJ>IP, block 1422 setting' 'static final java.lang. String SCREEN—CONFIGURATION—PIP”. If ▼MultiScreenConfiguration' is (1) a logical screen related to the 0 preset z-order of the entire area of the single display 105 200849990 Z/lJipif screen, and (2) related to the same display screen to the same display 1 One or more non-intersecting logic screens of Z sequence are preset, and the configuration type is fSCREEN-CONFIGURATION-PIP' 1422. 'SCREEN_CONFIGURATI〇N_PIP, the initial preset screen for the configuration type of field 1422 must be 'getScreens(SCREEN-CATEGORY-MAIN), the first screen returned, if there is no class under this configuration can be classified as 'SCREEN - CATEGORY - MAIN, 1406 screen, the initial preset screen of the configuration type of 'SCREEN_CONFIGURATIONJPIP' block 1422 must be the first screen returned by 'getScreens()'. 'MultiScreenConfiguration1, which is classified as having the 'SCREEN_CONFIGURATION_PIPf 1422 configuration type, cannot include more than one display screen. Since the MSM 101 version, SCREENJ: ONFIGURATION—PIP, field 1422 has been applied. , SCREEN—CONFIGURATION—POP, field 1424 setting n static final java.lang. String SCREEN-CONFIGURATION—POP’1 . If ▼MultiScreenConfiguration1 is related to more than two non-intersecting logic screens with Z order of preset 0, and its preset display screen (overall) covers the entire area of a single display screen, its configuration type is ▼SCREEN-CONFIGURATIONJPOP, Field 1424. , SCREEN—CONFIGURATION—POP%hiL 1424 Configuration 106 200849990 2713 The initial preset screen of type lpif must be the first screen returned by fgetScreens(SCREEN—CATEGORY—POP)'; or, if configured under this configuration, There is no screen that can be classified as 'SCREEN-CATEGORY-POP' 1414, then the initial screen of the configuration type of 'SCREEN-CONFIGURATIONJPOPf field 1424 must be the first screen returned by *fgetScreens〇f. 'MultiScreenConfigurationf', which is classified as having the 'SCREEN_CONFIGURATIONJPOPf 1424 configuration type, cannot include more than one display screen. Since the MSM 101 version, 'SCREEN—CONFIGURATlON—POPHWi 1424 has been applied. 'SCREEN—CONFIGURATION—GENERAL, field 1418 Set M static final java.lang.String SCREEN—CONFIGURATION—GENERAL,, . If 'MultiScreenConfiguration' cannot be categorized as one of the other defined screen configuration types, its configuration type is 'SCREEN-CONFIGURATION-GENERAL' 1418. The initial preset screen for the configuration type of 'SCREEN—CONnGURATION_GENERAL’ 1418 must be getScreens(SCREEN—CATEGORY_MAIN), the first screen to be returned. If there is no screen classified as 'SCREEN-CATEGORY-GENERAL' 1404 in this configuration, the initial preset screen for the configuration type of SCREEN_CONFIGURATION_GENERAL' 1418 must be the first screen returned by getScreensQ'. 107 200849990 27I3ipif categorization MultiScreenConfiguration1 with ▼SCREEN—CONFIGURATION_GENERAL’ 1418 configuration type may not include more than one display screen. Since the MSM 101 release, fSCREEN—CONFIGURATION—GENERALUHi 1418 has been applied. 'SCREEN—CATEGORY—NONE, field 1408 Set "static final java.lang.String SCREEN—CATEGORY—NONE. If ^ 'HScreen' is not related to any other special category, its category is 'SCREEN-CATEGORY-NONE , 1408. MultiScreenConfiguratior categorized as having the 'SCREEN_CATEGORY_NONE' 1408 configuration type cannot include more than one display screen. Since MSM 101 version, SCREEN-CATEGORY-NONE, field 1408. 'SCREEN-CATEGORY- DISPLAY, field 1402 setting static final java.lang. String SCREEN_CATEGORYJDISPLAY". If 'HScreen, classified as non-main screen, its category is 'SCREEN_CATEGORY_DISPLAY' 1402. Specify the display screen for this category is not available, Hbackgrounddevicef or fHVideoDevicef Positioning, but can be positioned as one or more overlapping 'HGraphicsDevice'. Classified as, SCREEN_CATEGORY—DISPLAY, 1402 shows that fHScreenf has an exception attribute, and its fHGraphicsDevice> exists in 108 200849990 2713 lpif, it must overlap to this Show firefly All logical screens. Even if 0 is returned to any display, this attribute should not be confirmed. The above exception attribute is to support (1) inheritance device, closed caption overlap appears in other content And (the illusion configuration, not the heavy screen as a separate logic screen, the overlapping screen is regarded as the display screen integration 'HGraphicsDevice'. Since the MSM 101 version, 'SCREEN-CATEGORY DISPLAY has been applied, blocking 1402. 1 'SCREEN—CATEGORY—MAINf field 1406 Set "static final java.lang.String SCREEN-CATEGORY—MAIN,. If the display or logic 'HScreeW' feature is the main screen, its type is ▼SCREEN_CATEGORY_MAIN' 1406. Specify this category The logical screen must be mapped to the entire area of some display screens, and the default Z order of ,, 0, , must be specified. Since the MSM 101 version, the 'SCREEN-CATEGORY-]\^1 field has been applied 1406. i ’SCREEN—CATEGORY—PIP, field 1412 settings, 'static final java.lang.String SCREEN-CATEGORY—PIP,’. If the feature of the logical fHScreen' is a PIP screen, its type is , SCREEN_CATEGORYJPIP' 1412. Specifies that this type of logic screen cannot be mapped to all areas of a display screen. You cannot specify a screen sequence of "0" and must coexist in some configurations of the screen type 'SCREEN_CATEGORY_MAINf 1406'. Since the MSM 101 version, 109 200849990 has been applied, i"JL pif ''SCREEN-CATEGORY-PIP' field 1412. , SCREEN-CATEGORY-POP, field 1414 set "static final java.lang.String SCREEN-CATEGORY-POP". If the feature of the logical 'HScreen' is a POP screen, the Bechi type is 'SCREEN_CATEGORY_POP' 1414. Specifies that this type of logic screen cannot be mapped to all areas of some display screens and cannot coexist in certain screens that specify this type of configuration and must coexist in some other screen-specified type 'SCREEN-CATEGORYJPOP' 1414 State. Since the MSM 101 version, the SCREEN-CATEGORY-POP’ field 1414 has been applied. 'SCREEN—CATEGORY—OVERLAY1 Block 1410 Settings n static final java.lang. String SCREEN^CATEGORY—OVERLAY’,. If the feature of the logical 'HScreen' is an overlay screen, its type is SCREEN-CATEGORY-OVERLAY1 1410. Specifies that this type of logic screen must be mapped to all areas of the display screen, and the preset Z sequence must be specified to be larger than the screen associated with one of the following: SCREEN-CATEGORY-MAIN' 1406, 'SCREEN_CATEGORY-PIP' 1412 ^ 'SCREEN-CATEGORY-POP' 1414, and cannot contain background or explicit image plane (fHVideoDevicef). However, the overlay screen can utilize the resources of the internal image plane ('HVideoDevicef) to render the composition image in one of its image planes. 110 200849990 2713 lpif Since the MSM 101 version, ‘SCREEN—CATEGORYJ3VERLAY has been applied, blocking 1410. 'SCREEN—CATEGORY—GENERAL'Block 1404 sets ''static final java.lang.String SCREEN-CATEGORY-GENERAL'. If the logic 'HScreen' can be configured (eg its size, position or Z order), The operational mode is that it is recommended to specify two or more other screen types, the type can be 'SCREEN-CATEGORY-GENERAL' 1404. Specifying this type of logic screen can not limit its size, position, Z order or other configuration properties. In addition to the terminal device's internal restrictions on one (or more) configuration attributes. Since SCM 101 version, 'SCREEN-CATEGORY-GENERAL has been applied, block 1404. Figure 14C shows the Java suite 'org. Method list for the interface 'oScreenConfiguration' of ocap.ur 1450 〇

Java 套 件 ’org.ocap.ui’ 的介面 ’MultiScreenConflguration’1200 的方法列表 1450 包括下列 至少一者:’java.lang·String getConfigurationType()f 方法 1452 , forg.havi.ui.HScreen getDefaultServiceContextScreen()f 方 法 1454 , forg.havi.ui.HScreen[] getScreens()f 方 法 1456, forg.havi.ui.HScreen[] getScreensGava.lang.String category)1 方法 1458, ’boolean hasOverlayScreen()’方法 1460, ’boolean isscreenInConfiguration(org.havi.ui.HScreen screen),方法 111 200849990 4L. I L ρίΓ 1462 與丨void setDefaultServiceContextScreen,方法 1464。 ’getConfigurationType’方法 1452 設定”javajang.string getConfigurationType(yi得到此組態的螢幕組態類型。如 果可應用一個以上的非一般組態類型或如果此組態類型無 法 得 知或無 法改變 , 則 ’SCREEN—CONFIGURATION—GENERAL· 方法 1418 的值 要回傳。 ’getConfigurationType’方法1452回傳的字串是下列之 (’ 一··⑴下列之一 :,SCREEN—C0NFIGURA110N—DISPLAY, 1416, ’SCREEN—CONFIGURATION—NON JPIP, 1420, ’SCREEN 一 CONFIGURATION—PIPf 1422, ,SCREEN_CONnGURAHON 一 POP, 1424, 與 ’SCREEN—CONFIGURATION—GENERAL’ 1418;或(ii)代表 平台相關組態類型且字首是”x-”的字串。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用,getConflguratkmType, 方法1452。 ( ’getScreens〇f 方法 1456 設定 ”org,havi.ui.HScreen[] getScreens()n,並得到此組態相關的可存取螢幕組。 由’getScreens〇’方法1456回傳的既定,HScreen’的底層 資源可共享於另一多螢幕組態内的,HScreen,。然而,任何 時刻,共享資源不可在一個以上的多螢幕组態内主動。 fHScreeW的回傳陣列内的項目順序跟實施方式有關。 給定回傳陣列的任兩個項目的值(S1與S2)與給定 ’MultiScreenManager’,MSM,的獨特例,在丨getScreens〇, 112 200849990 2713 lpif 方 法 1456 的 回傳與The method list 1450 of the interface 'MultiScreenConflguration' 1200 of the Java suite 'org.ocap.ui' includes at least one of the following: 'java.lang·String getConfigurationType()f method 1452, forg.havi.ui.HScreen getDefaultServiceContextScreen()f method 1454 , forg.havi.ui.HScreen[] getScreens()f Method 1456, forg.havi.ui.HScreen[] getScreensGava.lang.String category)1 Method 1458, 'boolean hasOverlayScreen()' method 1460, 'boolean isscreenInConfiguration (org.havi.ui.HScreen screen), Method 111 200849990 4L. IL ρίΓ 1462 and 丨void setDefaultServiceContextScreen, method 1464. 'getConfigurationType' method 1452 Set "javajang.string getConfigurationType(yi get the screen configuration type of this configuration. If more than one non-generic configuration type can be applied or if this configuration type cannot be known or cannot be changed, then 'SCREEN —CONFIGURATION—GENERAL· The value of method 1418 is to be returned. The string returned by 'getConfigurationType' method 1452 is the following ('one (1) one of the following: SCREEN-C0NFIGURA110N—DISPLAY, 1416, 'SCREEN—CONFIGURATION— NON JPIP, 1420, 'SCREEN a CONFIGURATION—PIPf 1422, , SCREEN_CONnGURAHON a POP, 1424, and 'SCREEN—CONFIGURATION—GENERAL' 1418; or (ii) a word representing the platform-related configuration type and prefixed with “x-” String. Since the MSM 101 version, applied, getConflguratkmType, method 1452. ( 'getScreens〇f method 1456 set' org, havi.ui.HScreen[] getScreens()n, and get the accessible screen associated with this configuration Group. By the 'getScreens〇' method 1456 backhaul, the underlying resources of HScreen' can be shared with another Within the screen configuration, HScreen, however, at any time, shared resources cannot be active within more than one multi-screen configuration. The order of items within the fHScreeW's backhaul array is related to the implementation. Any two of the given backhaul arrays The values of the items (S1 and S2) and the given 'MultiScreenManager', MSM, a unique example, in 丨getScreens〇, 112 200849990 2713 lpif method 1456 back and

fMultiScreenConfigurationEvent.MULTI_SCREEN CONFI GURATION一CHANGING’的產生/散佈之間,要用下列條 件: • fMSM.isEmptyScreen(Sl)f必需為’假’; • fMSM.isEmptyScreen(S2)’必需為’假▼; • ’MSM.sameResourcesCSl.SS)’必需為’假’; 如果被 不具有 ’MonitorAppPermission(’’multiscreen.configuration’’)’的應用 所呼叫,則跟此應用可存取的’ServiceContext’不相關的此 組態螢幕不可被回傳;否則,要回傳此組態的所有可存取 螢幕。 在應用生命周期上,除了底下的限制外,MSM實施 可加/減螢幕於多螢幕組態,其中,其必需產生 fMultiScreenConfigurationEvent.MULTI_SCREEN_CONFI GURATION 一 SCREEN 一 ADDED, ^ ’MultiScreenConfigurationEvent.MULTI—SCREEN—CONFI GURATION—SCREEN—REMOVED,事件。 螢幕不可加/減於目前主動各平台多螢幕組態或某些 目前主動各顯示多螢幕組態的多螢幕組態中。 MSM實施必需等待,直到多螢幕組態不再是目前主 動多螢幕組態,以從該組態加/減螢幕。 在 未產生The following conditions must be used between the generation/spreading of fMultiScreenConfigurationEvent.MULTI_SCREEN CONFI GURATION-CHANGING': • fMSM.isEmptyScreen(Sl)f must be 'false'; • fMSM.isEmptyScreen(S2)' must be 'false ▼; MSM.sameResourcesCSl.SS) 'Must be 'false'; if called by an application that does not have 'MonitorAppPermission(''multiscreen.configuration'')', this group is not related to the 'ServiceContext' accessible by this application. The status screen cannot be returned; otherwise, all accessible screens of this configuration are returned. In the application life cycle, in addition to the underlying restrictions, the MSM implementation can add/subtract screens to multiple screen configurations, where it must produce fMultiScreenConfigurationEvent.MULTI_SCREEN_CONFI GURATION-SCREEN-ADDED, ^ 'MultiScreenConfigurationEvent.MULTI—SCREEN—CONFI GURATION— SCREEN—REMOVED, event. The screen cannot be added/reduced to the multi-screen configuration of the active platform of each platform or some multi-screen configurations that are currently active in displaying multiple screen configurations. The MSM implementation must wait until the multi-screen configuration is no longer the current active multi-screen configuration to add/subtract screens from this configuration. Not produced

’MultiScreenConflgurationEvent.MULTI—SCREEN—CONFI 113 200849990 Z / i J ipif GURATION—SCREEN 一 ADDED’ 或 fMultiScreenConfigurationEvent.MULTI_SCREEN_CONFI GURATION—SCREEN一REMOVED’ 事件之間,回傳的” Hscreen”的設定與這些回傳的順序不可被改變,從給定應 用來看。 MSM 實施不可移除或產生 fMultiScreenConfigurationEvent.MULTI_SCREEN CONFI GURATION_SCREEN__REMOVEDf事件,其可能有將底層 ^ 資源相同於某些未被破壞應用的預設’HScreeW的底層資源 的’HScreen’從此多螢幕組態移除(或報導此移除)的效應。'MultiScreenConflgurationEvent.MULTI—SCREEN—CONFI 113 200849990 Z / i J ipif GURATION—SCREEN an ADDED' or fMultiScreenConfigurationEvent.MULTI_SCREEN_CONFI GURATION—SCREEN-REMOVED' event, the return of the "Hscreen" setting and the order of these backhaul are not available Changed, from a given application. The MSM implementation may not remove or generate the fMultiScreenConfigurationEvent.MULTI_SCREEN CONFI GURATION_SCREEN__REMOVEDf event, which may have the 'HScreen' of the underlying resource of the default 'HScreeW' that has the same underlying resource as some uncorrupted applications removed from this multiscreen configuration (or Report the effect of this removal).

TgetScreens〇’方法1456回傳’HScreen’陣列。所回傳的 fHScreen7車列可能為空的陣列。 自從MSM 101版本後,已應用fgetScreens()’方法1456。 ’getScreens(String)’ 方 法 1458 設 定 Morg.havi.ui.HScreen[] getScreens〇ava.lang.String category)’’與所有的某一類型的可存取螢幕。 I fgetScreens(String)f方法1458的功能必需相同於 fgetScreens()’方法 1456,除了下列外: •如果iategoryf不是空的,則只回傳指定此特定類型的 那些螢幕,或,如果沒有此種螢幕,則回傳空的’HScreen’ 陣列;比如,如果’category’是空的,則回傳值相同於 fgetScreens〇’方法 1456。 參數Category的值是下列之一 :(1)空的,(2)下列之 一 : { ’SCREEN—CATEGORY 一NONE’ 1408, 114 200849990 2713 lpif ’SCREEN—CATEGORY JDISPL A Yf 1402, ’SCREEN一 CATEGORY一 MAIN’ 1406, ,SCREEN一 CATEGORY—PIP’ 1412, ,SCREEN_C ATEGORY 一 POP 1414, ’SCREEN 一 CATEGORY—OVERLAY, 1410, 與 ’SCREEN_CATEGORY一GENERAL; 1404},或(3)平台相關 字串值,未預定為螢幕類型但可被 ’getScreenCategory(HScreen)’所回傳0 fgetScreens(String)’ 方法 1458 回傳 fHScreen’ 陣列。 ’getScreens(String)f方法 1458 所回傳的’HScreen’陣列可為 空的。 ’getScreens(String)’方法 1458 自從 MSM 101 版本後, 已被應用。 fhasOverlayScreen()’ 方法 1460 設定丨’boolean hasOverlayScreen()’’,並決定如果此組態相關的設定包括重 疊螢幕,亦即,螢幕類型是 ’SCREEN一CATEGORY—OVERLAY,1410 〇 ’hasOverlayScreen()’ 方法 1460 回傳 f 真 f,如果 ,getScreens(SCREEN_CATEGORY_OVERLAY),回傳非空 陣列;否則,其回傳”假”。 fhasOverlayScreen()’方法 1460 自從 MSM 101 版本 後,已被應用。 fgetDefaultServiceContextScreen()’ 方法 1454 設定 "org.havi.ui.HScreen getDefaultServiceContextScreen〇n,並 115 200849990 得到此組態的預設服務情境相關螢幕。 多螢幕組態的預設服務情境相關螢幕是,在無法得到 更夕的4寸殊資說以決定如何將’servicec〇ntexf相關至鸯 幕,當此組態變主動時,其,ServiceContext,為相關的。 用下列限制: 1·如果此多螢幕組態是各平台顯示多螢幕組態,則預 設服務情境相關螢幕需為相關於此多螢幕組態所相關的某 些顯示螢幕的各顯示多螢幕組態; Μ 2·否則,如果此多螢幕組態是各顯示多螢幕組態,則 預設服務情境相關螢幕需為相關於此多螢幕組態的顯示榮 幕或避輯螢幕。’getDefaultServiceContextScreen()f 方法 1454 回傳fHScreenf,其當成此組態的預設服務情境螢幕。 如果 呼叫線 未允許 fMonitorAppPermission(”multiscreen.configuration”), , fgetDefaultServiceContextScreen()f 方法 1454 發出 ’java.lang.SecurityException’。 fgetDefaultServiceContextScreen()f 方法 1454 自從 MSM 101版本後,已被應用。 fsetDefaultServiceContextScreen’方法 1464 設定nv〇id setDefaultServiceContextScreen(org.havi.ui.HScreen screen)’’,並設定此組態的預設服務情境相關螢幕。 多螢幕組態的預設服務情境相關螢幕是,在無法得到 更多的特殊資訊以決定如何將1ServiceContext1相關至螢 幕,當此組態變主動時,其’ServiceContexf為相關的。 116 200849990 2713 lpif 參數’screen’是fHScreenf,以指定成此多螢幕組態的預 設服務情境相關螢幕。 如果 呼叫線 未允許 fMonitorAppPermission(f,multiscreen.configuration??)? , ,setDefaultServiceContextScreenf 方 法 1464 發 出 fjava.lang.SecurityExceptionf 。 如果 ▼getDefaultServiceContextScreen()’方法 1454 的上述條件未 滿足,貝丨J’setDefaultServiceContextScreen’方法 1464 發出 丨java.lang.IllegalArgumentException’ 〇 ’setDefaultServiceContextScreen’方法 1464 自從 MSM 101版本後,已被應用。 fisscreenInConfiguration(HScreen)’ 方法 1462 設定 nbooleanisscreenInConfiguration(org.havi.ui.HScreen screen)”。’isscreenlnConflguration(HScreen)’方法 1462 決定 是否,特定螢幕的底層資源由此組態相關螢幕的設定内所 包括的fHScreeiy所代表。 參數fscreen’是參數’HScreen’。 ’isscreenlnConfiguration(HScreen)’ 方法 1462 回傳 ‘真’,如果特定螢幕的底層資源由此組態内的’HScreenf所 代表;否則,回傳ς假,。 ▼isscreenlnConflguration(HScreen)’ 方法 1462 自從 MSM 101版本後,已被應用。 圖15A顯示根據本發明實施例的Java套件 ’org.ocap.ui’的介面’MultiScreenContext’1230 的定義。 117 200849990 27131pifThe TgetScreens〇' method 1456 returns the 'HScreen' array. The returned fHScreen7 train may be an empty array. Since the MSM 101 version, the fgetScreens()' method 1456 has been applied. The 'getScreens(String)' method 1458 sets Morg.havi.ui.HScreen[] getScreens〇ava.lang.String category)’' with all of the types of accessible screens. The function of I fgetScreens(String)f method 1458 must be the same as fgetScreens()' method 1456, except for the following: • If iategoryf is not empty, only those screens that specify this particular type are returned, or if there is no such screen , then pass back the empty 'HScreen' array; for example, if 'category' is empty, the return value is the same as fgetScreens〇' method 1456. The value of the parameter Category is one of the following: (1) empty, (2) one of the following: { 'SCREEN-CATEGORY one NONE' 1408, 114 200849990 2713 lpif 'SCREEN-CATEGORY JDISPL A Yf 1402, 'SCREEN-CATEGORY one MAIN' 1406, ,SCREEN-CATEGORY-PIP' 1412, ,SCREEN_C ATEGORY a POP 1414, 'SCREEN a CATEGORY-OVERLAY, 1410, with 'SCREEN_CATEGORY-GENERAL; 1404}, or (3) platform-dependent string value, not scheduled Return the fHScreen' array for the screen type but can be returned by 'getScreenCategory(HScreen)' 0 fgetScreens(String)' method 1458. The 'HScreen' array returned by the 'getScreens(String)f method 1458 can be empty. The 'getScreens(String)' method 1458 has been applied since the MSM 101 release. fhasOverlayScreen()' method 1460 sets 丨'boolean hasOverlayScreen()'' and decides if the settings related to this configuration include overlapping screens, ie the screen type is 'SCREEN-CATEGORY-OVERLAY, 1410 〇'hasOverlayScreen()' method 1460 returns f true f, if, getScreens(SCREEN_CATEGORY_OVERLAY), returns a non-empty array; otherwise, it returns "false". The fhasOverlayScreen()' method 1460 has been applied since the MSM 101 version. fgetDefaultServiceContextScreen()' Method 1454 Set "org.havi.ui.HScreen getDefaultServiceContextScreen〇n, and 115 200849990 Get the default service context related screen for this configuration. The default service context-related screen for multi-screen configuration is that it can't get the 4 inch special price to decide how to associate 'servicec〇ntexf to the curtain. When this configuration becomes active, its ServiceContext is related. The following restrictions apply: 1. If the multi-screen configuration is to display multiple screen configurations for each platform, the preset service context-related screens must be displayed for each display screen associated with certain display screens associated with this multi-screen configuration. State; Μ 2· Otherwise, if this multi-screen configuration is a multi-screen configuration for each display, the preset service context-related screen needs to be a display screen or evasion screen associated with this multi-screen configuration. The 'getDefaultServiceContextScreen()f method 1454 returns fHScreenf as the default service context screen for this configuration. If the call line does not allow fMonitorAppPermission("multiscreen.configuration"), the fgetDefaultServiceContextScreen()f method 1454 issues 'java.lang.SecurityException'. The fgetDefaultServiceContextScreen()f method 1454 has been applied since the MSM 101 release. The fsetDefaultServiceContextScreen' method 1464 sets the nv〇id setDefaultServiceContextScreen(org.havi.ui.HScreen screen)'' and sets the default service context related screen for this configuration. The default service context-related screen for multi-screen configuration is that when more special information is not available to determine how to relate 1ServiceContext1 to the screen, when this configuration becomes active, its 'ServiceContexf' is relevant. 116 200849990 2713 The lpif parameter 'screen' is fHScreenf to specify the preset service context-related screen for this multi-screen configuration. If the call line does not allow fMonitorAppPermission(f,multiscreen.configuration??)? , , setDefaultServiceContextScreenf method 1464 issues fjava.lang.SecurityExceptionf . If the above condition of the ▼getDefaultServiceContextScreen()' method 1454 is not met, the shell J'setDefaultServiceContextScreen' method 1464 issues the 丨java.lang.IllegalArgumentException' 〇 ‘setDefaultServiceContextScreen' method 1464 since the MSM 101 version has been applied. fisscreenInConfiguration(HScreen)' method 1462 sets nbooleanisscreenInConfiguration(org.havi.ui.HScreen screen)". The 'isscreenlnConflguration(HScreen)' method 1462 determines whether the underlying resources of a particular screen are thus configured to fHScreeiy included in the settings of the relevant screen. The parameter fscreen' is the parameter 'HScreen'. The 'isscreenlnConfiguration(HScreen)' method 1462 returns 'true' if the underlying resource of a particular screen is represented by 'HScreenf within this configuration; otherwise, the return is false, The ▼isscreenlnConflguration(HScreen)' method 1462 has been applied since the MSM 101 version. Figure 15A shows the definition of the interface 'MultiScreenContext' 1230 of the Java suite 'org.ocap.ui' according to an embodiment of the invention. 117 200849990 27131pif

Java 套件!org.ocap.ui’的介面 TMultiScreenContexf 1230 的 ’’All Known Sub interfaces" 包 括 ’MultiScreenConfigurableContext’ 1210,且設定為’’public interface MultiScreenContextn ° fMultiScreenContextf介面1230提供一組工具以完成下 列: 1 ·透過邏輯映對,分別直接相關於fVideoOutputPorf 的’HScreenf與間接相關於fVideoOutputPort’的’HScreen’,亦 即,發現fHScreen’是否為顯示螢幕或邏輯螢幕; 2.發現THScreeiy的底層資源的獨特平台辨別碼; 3·發現指定至其内部 ” MultiScreenConfiguration” 的 ^HScreen% 類別; 4.發現邏輯^HScreen'對顯示fHScreenf的映對,包括在 顯示fHScreen’上的區域(範圍),其中邏輯,HScreen,的出現 性,其可視性與其Z順序; 5·發現在’HScreen’内的fHScreenDevice’的 Z 順序; 6·發現相關於 fHScreenf 的’ServiceContext’組; 7.發現顯示與相關VideoOutputPorf的關聯性; 8·發現fHScreenDevicef組,其所產生的聲音構成 ’HScreen’的音源組; 9·發現顯示’HScreen,的目前聲音焦點指定; I 〇·得到fMultiScreenContext’的狀態改變或實施此介面 的’HScreen’的改變的通知; II ·得到顯示螢幕的各顯示多螢幕組態的改變的通知; 118 200849990 Z/ 丄Jipif 12·發現可利用顯示螢幕的各顯示多螢幕組態組;以及 13·得到顯示螢幕的目前主動各顯示多螢幕組態。 如果OCAP實施不支援OCAP MSM加強版,且不支 援’MultiScreenContext’介面 1230,則 OCAP 應用可假設, ▼HScreenf的行為等同於實施此’MultiScreenContexf介面 1230的fHScreen’,其方法如下: • TYPEJDISPLAY’ ; • ’getID()’回傳平台相關(可能是空的)字串; • fgetScreenCategory()’回傳字串 nmain” ; • ’getVisible〇f回傳‘真’; • ’getZOrder(),回傳 Ό’ ; •?getZOrder(HScreenDevice device)’ 回 傳 ’HScreenDevice1陣列中的’device’陣列索引,其由在 fHScreenf 下依序呼叫 fHScreen.getHbackgrounddevices〇’、 fHScreen.getHVideoDevices()f 與 fHScreen.getHGraphicsDevices()’ 的連續結果所造成,或 I 者,如果裝置不存在於此陣列中,則發 出 ’IllegalArgumentException’ ; • ’getAudioSources〇f回傳’HScreenDevice’陣列,其由在 ’HScreen’下依序呼叫 ’HScreen.getHbackgrounddevices(),,、 fHScreen.getHVideoDevices()f 與 ’HScreen.getHGraphicsDevices()’ 的連續結果所造成; • fgetAudioFocus〇’回傳 fHScreen’ ; • fgetOutputPorts〇f所回傳的陣列包括在平台上所有可 119 200849990 ^/υιριτ 得到的fVideoOutputPortf ; • fgetDisplayScreen()’回傳fHScreen’ ; •TgetDisplayArea()f 回 傳 ,new HScreenRectangle(090,l9l)f ; •fgetContexts〇f所回傳的陣列包括可被目前應用所存 取的所有 ’ServiceContext’ ; MSM實施必需支援’MultiScreenContext’介面,對每個 fHScreenf而言。 自從MSM 101版本後,已應用’org.ocap.ui’套件的 "MultiScreenContext’介面 1230。 圖15B顯示根據本發明實施例的Java套件 ’org.ocap.ui’ 的介面 fMultiScreenContext’1230 的攔位列表 1500。The Java Suite @org.ocap.ui' interface TMultiScreenContexf 1230's ''All Known Sub interfaces" includes 'MultiScreenConfigurableContext' 1210 and is set to ''public interface MultiScreenContextn ° fMultiScreenContextf interface 1230 provides a set of tools to accomplish the following: 1 · through The logical mapping pair is directly related to 'HScreenf of fVideoOutputPorf and 'HScreen' which is indirectly related to fVideoOutputPort', that is, whether fHScreen' is a display screen or a logic screen; 2. Discover the unique platform identification code of the underlying resources of THScreeiy; 3. Discover the ^HScreen% category assigned to its internal "MultiScreenConfiguration"; 4. Discover the logic ^HScreen' to display the mapping of fHScreenf, including the area (range) on the display fHScreen', where the logic, HScreen, is present , its visibility and its Z order; 5) found the Z order of fHScreenDevice' in 'HScreen'; 6 found the 'ServiceContext' group related to fHScreenf; 7. found the association with the related VideoOutputPorf; 8 found fHScreenDevicef Group, the sound produced by it constitutes the sound source group of 'HScreen'; 9. The discovery shows the current sound focus of 'HScreen, the specified; I 〇·gets the state change of fMultiScreenContext' or implements the notification of the change of 'HScreen' of this interface; II. Get notifications of changes to the display screen display for each screen; 118 200849990 Z/ 丄Jipif 12·Discover the display multi-screen configuration group for each display screen; and 13·Get the current active display of the display screen Multi-screen configuration. If the OCAP implementation does not support OCAP MSM Plus and does not support the 'MultiScreenContext' interface 1230, the OCAP application can assume that the behavior of ▼HScreenf is equivalent to implementing this 'MultiScreenContexf interface 1230's fHScreen' as follows: • TYPEJDISPLAY' ; 'getID()' returns the platform-dependent (possibly empty) string; • fgetScreenCategory() 'returned string nmain'; • 'getVisible〇f returns 'true'; • 'getZOrder(), backhaulΌ ' ; • getZOrder(HScreenDevice device)' returns the 'device' array index in the 'HScreenDevice1 array', which is called by fHScreen.getHbackgrounddevices〇', fHScreen.getHVideoDevices()f and fHScreen.getHGraphicsDevices()' under fHScreenf. Caused by consecutive results, or I, if the device does not exist in this array, issue 'IllegalArgumentException'; • 'getAudioSources〇f return 'HScreenDevice' array, which is called 'HScreen' in sequence under 'HScreen'. getHbackgrounddevices(),,,fHScreen.getHVideoDevices()f with ' Caused by the continuous result of HScreen.getHGraphicsDevices()'; • fgetAudioFocus〇 'returning fHScreen'; • The array returned by fgetOutputPorts〇f includes all fVideoOutputPortf obtained on the platform 119 200849990 ^/υιριτ; • fgetDisplayScreen()' Return fHScreen'; • TgetDisplayArea() f return, new HScreenRectangle(090,l9l)f ; • The array returned by fgetContexts〇f includes all 'ServiceContext's that can be accessed by the current application; MSM implementation must support ' MultiScreenContext' interface, for each fHScreenf. Since the MSM 101 release, the "MultiScreenContext' interface 1230 of the 'org.ocap.ui' suite has been applied. Figure 15B shows a block list 1500 of the interface fMultiScreenContext' 1230 of the Java Suite 'org.ocap.ui', in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.

Java 套件forg.ocap.ui’的介面’MultiScreenContext’1230 的棚位列表1500包括下列至少一者:’static int SCREEN—TYPE_DISPLAY,欄位 1502 與,static int SCREEN—TYPE—LOGICAL,攔位 1504。 ’SCREEN—TYPE—DISPLAY’攔位 1502 設定,’static final int SCREEN—TYPEJDISPLAYn。如果THScreenf直接相關於 ▼VideoOutputPort’ 且 fHScreenf 的範圍映對至由 ’VideoOutputPortf所產生的影像範圍,則’HScreen’的類型是 ,SCREEN—TYPE—DISPLAY,且稱為顯示,HScreen,。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 ’SCREEN—TYPE—DISPLAY,攔位 15〇2。 120 200849990 27131pif ,SCREEN一TYPE-LOGICAL,攔位 1504 設定”static final int SCREENJTYPE—LOGICAL’’。如果fHScreenf未直接 相關於’VideoOutputPort’或者fHScreen’的範圍映對至由某 fVideoOutputPorf所產生的影像的子區域,則,HScreen,的類 型是’SCREEN—TYPE-LOGICAL1 且稱為邏輯,HScreenf。邏 輯’HScreeW可能相關於顯示’HScreen’。如果邏輯’HScreen, 未相關於顯示fHScreen’,則相關於此邏輯’HScreenf的任一 ’ServiceContext’不會產生可視或可聽之物。 未相關於顯示’HScreeiV的邏輯^HScreen’可解碼並使用 内容,為了呈現以外的目的。比如,邏輯’HScreenf可記錄 由ServiceContext’傳來的内容,以為了未來呈現。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 ,SCREEN—TYPE—LOGICAL’欄位 1504。 圖15C與15D顯示根據本發明實施例的Java套件 ’org.ocap.uif 的介面 fMultiScreenContextf1230 的方法列表 1550 〇The booth list 1500 of the interface 'MultiScreenContext' 1230 of the Java Suite forg.ocap.ui' includes at least one of the following: 'static int SCREEN - TYPE_DISPLAY, field 1502 and, static int SCREEN - TYPE - LOGICAL, block 1504. 'SCREEN_TYPE—DISPLAY’ block 1502 settings, 'static final int SCREEN-TYPEJDISPLAYn. If THScreenf is directly related to ▼VideoOutputPort' and the range of fHScreenf is mapped to the image range produced by 'VideoOutputPortf, then the type of 'HScreen' is , SCREEN_TYPE_DISPLAY, and is called display, HScreen. Since the MSM 101 version, ‘SCREEN—TYPE—DISPLAY has been applied, blocking 15〇2. 120 200849990 27131pif , SCREEN TYPE-LOGICAL, block 1504 set "static final int SCREENJTYPE - LOGICAL". If fHScreenf is not directly related to the range of 'VideoOutputPort' or fHScreen', it is mapped to the image of the image generated by a fVideoOutputPorf The area, then, HScreen, is of type 'SCREEN_TYPE-LOGICAL1 and is called logic, HScreenf. The logic 'HScreeW may be related to the display 'HScreen'. If the logic 'HScreen, not related to display fHScreen', then this logic 'HScreenf's 'ServiceContext' does not produce visual or audible objects. It is not relevant to the display 'HScreeiV's logic ^HScreen' to decode and use the content for purposes other than rendering. For example, the logic 'HScreenf can be recorded by the ServiceContext 'Called content for future presentation. SCREEN_TYPE_LOGICAL' field 1504 has been applied since the MSM 101 version. Figures 15C and 15D show the Java suite 'org.ocap.uif' according to an embodiment of the invention List of methods for interface fMultiScreenContextf1230 1550 〇

Java 套件’org.ocap.ui’ 的介面 ’MultiScreenContext’ 1230 的方法列表 1550 包括下列至少一者:Void addMultiScreenConfigurationListener(MultiScreenConfigura tionListener listener)'方 法 1552 , Void addScreenContextListener(MultiScreenContextListener listener)’方法 1554,’org.havi.ui.HScreen getAudioFocus()f 方法 1556,forg.havi.uLHScreenDevice[] getAudioSources()’ 方法 1558,’org.havi.ui.HScreenRectanglegetDisplayAreaO’ 121 200849990 Z / 1J 1 pif 方法 1560,’org.havi.ui.HScreen getDisplayScreen()f 方法 1562, a ’java.lang· String getID()’ 方法 1564 , 'MultiScreenConfiguration getMultiScreenConfiguration()f ^ 法 1566 , fMultiScreenConfiguration[] getMultiScreenConfigurations()f 方 法 1568 , fMultiScreenConfiguration[] getMultiScreenConfigurations(java.lang.String screenConfigurationType)f 方法 1570 ,The method list 1550 of the interface 'MultiScreenContext' 1230 of the Java suite 'org.ocap.ui' includes at least one of the following: Void addMultiScreenConfigurationListener(MultiScreenConfigura tionListener listener) 'method 1552, Void addScreenContextListener(MultiScreenContextListener listener)' method 1554, 'org.havi .ui.HScreen getAudioFocus()f Method 1556, forg.havi.uLHScreenDevice[] getAudioSources()' Method 1558, 'org.havi.ui.HScreenRectanglegetDisplayAreaO' 121 200849990 Z / 1J 1 pif Method 1560, 'org.havi.ui .HScreen getDisplayScreen()f Method 1562, a 'java.lang· String getID()' Method 1564, 'MultiScreenConfiguration getMultiScreenConfiguration()f ^ Method 1566 , fMultiScreenConfiguration[] getMultiScreenConfigurations()f Method 1568 , fMultiScreenConfiguration[] getMultiScreenConfigurations(java. lang.String screenConfigurationType)f method 1570,

’org.ocap.hardware·VideoOutputPort[] getOutputPorts()f 方法: 1572,fjava.lang·String getScreenCategory()’方法 1574,’int getScreenType()f 方 法 1576 , fjavax.tv.service.selection. ServiceContext[] getServiceContexts〇’方法 1578,’boolean getVisible()’方法 1580 , ’int getZOrder()f 方法 1582 , fint getZOrder(org.havi.uLHScreenDevice device)’方 >去 1584, Void removeMultiScreenConfigurationListener(MultiScreenConfi gurationListener listener)’ 方 法 1586 與 Void removeScreenContextListener(MultiScreenContextListener listener)’方法 1588。 ’getScreenTypeQ’方法 1576 設定"int getScreenType()" 並得到fHScreenf的類型。’getScreenType()f方法1576回傳整 數值,其代表 ’SCREEN_TYPE_DISPLAY’ 或 ,SCREEN TYPE LOGICAL,。 122 200849990 27131pif 自《 MSM 101版本後,已應用’getScreenType()’方法 1576。 fgetID()’方法 1564 設定’’java.lang.String getID()n並得 到由此螢幕所代表的螢幕資源底層集合的平台相關獨特辨 別碼’其中獨特的範圍不小於相關於目前主動各平台多螢 幕組態與所有主動各顯示多螢幕組態的螢幕組。其有關於 實施方式’不管螢幕辨別碼獨特性的範圍是否包括其他的 非主動多營幕組態。 螢幕辨別碼不可等於由所fgetScreenCategory()f回傳的 任何螢幕類型。 如果S1與S2是獨特性實施範圍情境内的,HScreenfa ’MultiScreenManager.sameResources(Sl,S2)’ 回傳6 假’,則 ’((MultiScreenContext)S 1 ).getID(), 與 X(MultiScreenContext)S2).getID()7 可回傳相同的(等效的) 字串。 相反地 ,如果 ’MultiScreenManager.sameResources(Sl,S2)’ 回傳‘真,,則 f((MultiScreenContext)S 1 ).getID()f 與 ’(MultiScreenContext)S2).getID()’ 必需回傳相同的(等效的) 字串。 代表’HScreen1的底層資源集合的字串值可代表獨特性 的實施範圍。 自從MSMI01版本後,已應用’getID〇’方法1564。 fgetScreenCategory()’方法 1574 設定’’java.lang.String getScreenCategoryQ"並得到 fHScreenf 的螢幕類型。 123 200849990^ 厶 / 1 j jl μϋ fgetScreenCategory()f方法1574可為字串,其為(1)由下列戶斤 定義的常數之一 :’MultiScreenConfigurationT 1220: { -SCREEN 一 CATEGORY—DISPLAY, 14〇2, ,SCREEN—CATEGORY 一 MAIN’ 14〇6, ,SCREEN 一 CATEGORY—PIPf 1412, ’SCREEN 一 CATEGORY 一 POP, 1414, ’SCREEN 一 CATEGORY_OVERLAY, 1410, 與 ’SCREEN—CATEGORY—GENERAL1 1404},或者(2)代表平 台相關螢幕類型且字首為”x-“的字串值。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用’getScreenCategory〇, 方法1574。 ,getVisible()’方法 1580 設定,fboolean getVisible〇n並得 到螢幕可視性。 fgetVisible〇f方法1580決定fHScreeni否標示為可視 性,以呈現於某些顯示’HScreen^,其中”可視性(visible),, 定義為,產生信號給VideoOutputPort’,不論是否致能 i fVideoOutputPort’。顯示’HScreen’必需保持標示為可視。邏 輯’HScreen’可為可視的或隱藏的(不可視)。 fgetVisible〇f方法1580回傳布林值,其代表’HScreen, 在某些顯示fHScreen’上是否標示為可視與否。 自從MSMI01版本後,已應用’getVisible〇,方法1580。 ’getZOrder()f方法 1582 設定nint getZOrder(),,並得到螢 幕的Z順序,亦即,其決定此’HScreen’的Z順序。顯示 ’HScreen’永遠回傳〇的Z順序。邏輯’HScreen’可回傳’Γ或 124 200849990 z/uipif 更大的z順序,除非其不相關於顯示螢幕,在此情沿下, 其Z順序是。較大的Z順序代表在一組’HScreen1之間, 是較前方(最頂端)。 fgetZOrder(y方法1582的值代表此’HScreeW的Z順序 或Lr。如果fHScreenf是不相關於顯示fHScreenf的邏輯 fHScreen’,則要回傳’-Γ。 自從MSMI01版本後,已應用’getZOrder()f方法1582。 ’getZOrder(HScreenDevice)’ 方法 1584 設定 nint ( getZOrder(org.havi.ui.HScreenDevice device)’’ 並得到在此 螢幕内的螢幕裝置 Z 順序。亦即, ’getZOrder(HScreenDevice)’ 1584 決定具 ’HScreen,的特定 fHScreenDevice% Z順序,其中應用下列限制: •如果fHbackgrounddevice’存在於此螢幕中,則最後方 (最底部)’册&〇1^〇1111(1(16¥&丨的2順序是0; •如果在此螢幕沒有’Hbackgrounddevice’且如果 fHVideoDevicef存在於螢幕中,則最後方(最底 (部)’HVideoDevice’的 Z 順序是 0 ; •如果在螢幕中沒有’Hbackgrounddevice’與 fHVideoDevice’的存在且如果存在於此螢 幕中,則最後方(最底部)’HGraphicsDevice’的Ζ順序是〇 ; •在螢幕中’ ’HVideoDevice’的Z順序大於任何 ▼Hbackgrounddevice’的 Z 順序; •在螢幕中,fHGraphicsDevice’的Z順序大於任何 ’HVideoDevice’的 Z 順序。 125 200849990 /. / 1 j 1 μιι 較大的Z順序代表,在fHScreen’下,一群 fHScreenDevice’中的較前方(頂端)的順序。 由fHScreenf代表的各底層螢幕裝置組構成各z順序。 亦即’給定代表不同底層螢幕的多個THScreenf,指定至這 些螢幕的底層螢幕裝置資源的Z順序值可再度使用相同z 順序索引。 參數fdeviceifHScreenDevicef,其相關於螢幕。 fgetZOrder(HScreenDevice)’ 1584 回傳非負值,代表特 如果’device’不是螢幕的’HScreenDevice’,則 fgetZOrder(HScreenDevice)f 1584 回 傳 ▼javaJang.IllegalArgumentException’。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 ’getZOrder(HScreenDevice)’ 1584。 fgetAudioSources()f 方 法 1558 設 定 ’’org.havi.ui.HScreenDevice[] getAudioSources()n 並得到此 i 螢幕的音源。亦即,fgetAudioSources〇’方法1558得到 ’HScreenDevicei,其中選擇聲音(並混音),以呈現由此螢 幕傳來的聲音。 螢幕的音源的預設組構成相關於此螢幕的所有 ’HScreenDevicef 〇 由fgetAudioSources〇’方法1558回傳的陣列中的項目 順序在本發明中未定義,且其視為實施方式相關。 fgetAudioSources()’ 方法 1558 回傳參考至 126 200849990 2713 lpif ’HScreenDevice’的(可能空的)陣列,各例貢獻至此螢幕所呈 現的混音後的聲音,或如果此螢幕不支援混音,則最多一 個項目會存在於回傳陣列中。 自從MSM 101版本後,已應用’getAudioSources()’方 法 1558 〇 ▼getAudioFocusO,方法 1556 設定”org.havi.ui.HScreen getAudioFocus〇’f,並得到聲音焦點螢幕。 ’HScreen’聲音焦點螢幕的決定乃是根據下列規則,其 中應用第一規則時,其他規則被忽略: 1·如果此liScreen’是邏輯螢幕,則應用下列子規則: a·如果此邏輯^HScreeW映對至顯示螢幕,則應用下列 子規則: i·如果此邏輯’HScreei^是其顯示螢幕的情境中的目 前指定聲音焦點,則回傳此邏輯。 ii.否則,(不是此顯示螢幕中的目前指定聲音焦點), 回傳”空’’。 ( b•否則,(未映對至顯示螢幕),如果此邏輯直接映對 至影像輸出埠’則回傳此fHScreenf。 c·否則(未映對至顯示螢幕且未直接映對至影像輪出 埠),回傳,’空’’。 』 2·否則’(此fHScreenf是顯示螢幕),應用下列子規則· a·如果映對至此顯示螢幕的某些邏輯螢幕是指定聲音 焦點,則回傳此邏輯'HScreei^ ; 曰 b·否則(無邏輯螢幕映對至此顯示螢幕或映對至此顯 127 200849990 2/Uipif 示螢幕的邏輯螢幕無指定聲音焦點),則回傳顯示 ’HScreen’。 顯示螢幕的聲音焦點螢幕乃是,其目前所選音源被指 定以呈現於此顯示螢幕所映對的所有影像輸出埠的所有 (暗示)聲音呈現裝置。 ,getAudioFocus〇f方法 1556 回傳,HScreen,或,,空,,,如 上述。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 fgetAudioFocus()l& ( 1556 。 ’getOutputPorts()f 方 法 1572 設 定 norg.ocap,hardware.VideoOutputPort[] getOutputPortsQ’’ 並 得到映對至螢幕的影像埠。亦即,SetOutputPorts()f方法 1572 得到相關於此fHScreen%fVideoOutputPortf組。如果 ,HScreenf類型是 ’SCREENJTYPEJDISPLAY,,則要回傳相 關於此顯示螢幕的VideoOutputPorf。如果’HScreen’類型是 fSCREEN—TYPE—LOGICAL’ 且此 ’HScreen’ 相關於顯示 I ’HScreen’,則要回傳相關於此顯示’HScreenf的 ?VideoOutputPortf 。如果 ’HScreen,的類型是 ,SCREEN_TYPE_LOGICALf 且此 ’HScreen,未相關於顯示 fHScreenf,則回傳空的陣列。 ’getOutputPorts〇’方法 1572 回傳參考至 fVideoOutputPort’的陣列。如果所回傳的陣列是空的,則此 'HScreen1 未相關於任何fVideoOutputPort’。 自從MSM 101版本後,已應用>1:0卿1^〇11;3()1方法 128 200849990 2713 lpif 1572。 fgetDisplayScreen()? 方 法 1562 設 定 ’’org.havi.ui.HScreen getDisplayScreenQ”並得到相關於此螢 幕的顯示螢幕。亦即,SetDisplayScreen(y方法1562得到 相關於此fHScreen’的顯示fHScreenf。 如果 ’HScreen1 的類型是 ’SCREEN _TYPEJ)ISPLAY,, 則回傳fHScreenT的參考。如果fHScreen’的類型是 ’SCREEN_TYPE_LOGICAI;且此’HScreen’相關於顯示,則 回傳此fHScreen’ 。如果’HScreen’的類型是 ,SCREEN_TYPEJLOGICALf 且此 ’HScreen’ 未相關於顯示 ’HScreen’,則回傳’’空”值。fgetDisplayScreen()’方法 1562 回傳參考至顯示或回傳’空’。如果回傳’空、則此’HScreen, 未相關於顯示fHScreenf。 自從MSM 101版本後,已應用fgetDisplayScreen〇f方 法 1562. ’getDisplayAreaO’ 方 法 1560 設 定 norg.havi.ui.HScreenRectangle getDisplayArea〇n,並得到映 對至此螢幕的顯示螢幕的區域。,getDisplayArea()f方法 1560得到此’HScreeW的區域(範圍)。如果fHScreenf的類型 是 ’SCREEN 一 TYPE 一 DISPLAY,,則 要回傳 況8(^6111^(^1]^^’,其值等於’118(^6111^(^邱16(0,0,1,1),。 如果 ’HScreen’ 類型是 ’SCREEN—TYPEJLOGICAL,且此 fHScreenf相關於顯示fHScreenf,則在其相關顯示fHScreen, 上的邏輯fHScreenf所佔的區域(範圍)要被回傳。如果 129 200849990 jL. I i pif ’HScreenf 類型是’SCREEN—TYPEJLOGICAL,且此’HScreen, 未相關於顯示’HScreeiV,則要回傳”空”值。 ’getDisplayArea()’方法 1560 回傳對,HscreenRectangle” 的參考或回傳’’空”值。如果回傳”空”值,則此’HScreen’未 相關於顯示fHScreen’。 自從MSM 101版本後,已應用fgetDisplayAreaO’方法 1560。 ’getServiceContexts〇f 方 法 1578 設 定 njavax.tv.service.selection. ServiceContext[] getServiceContexts〇"並得到相關於此螢幕的服務情境。亦 即,fgetServiceContexts〇f方法1578得到相關於呼叫應用獲 准存取的 fHScreenf的相關 fServiceContexf 組。 fgetServiceContexts〇f方法 1578 回傳對’ServiceContext, 陣列的參考。如果回傳空陣列,則此fHScreeiV未相關於任 何可存取’ServiceContext’。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 fgetServiceContexts(), 方法1578。 faddScreenContextListener(MultiScreenContextListener y 方 法 1554 設 定 ’’void addScreenContextListener(MultiScreenContextListener listener)n&加入螢幕情境傾聽者。亦即,一旦出現螢幕情 境 事 件時, faddScreenContextListener(MultiScreenContextListener)f 方 法1554加入要被通知的傾聽者。如果先前已加入傾聽者且 130 200849990 2713 lpif 後來未被移除,則試著再度加入傾聽者不可產生任何邊際 效應。 參數’listener’是’MultiScreenContextListener’。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 faddScreenContextListener(MultiScreenContextListener)f 方 法 1554 〇 fremoveScreenContextListener(MultiScreenContextList ener) 方 法 1588 設 定 "void removeScreenContextListener(MultiScreenContextListener listener)”,並移除螢幕情境傾聽者。亦即,一旦出現螢幕 情 境 事件時 , removes creenContextListener(MultiScreenContextListener)f 方法1588移除先前加入至待通知的傾聽者。如果此特定傾 聽者目前未設定為傾聽者,則試著將其移除不可產生任何 邊際效應。 參數flistener’*fMultiScreenContextListener,。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 ?removeScreenContextListener(MultiScreenContextListener)f 方法1588。 ’addMultiScreenConfigurationListener(MultiScreenCon figurationListener)’ 方 法 1552 設 定 ’’void addMultiScreenConfigurationListener(MultiScreenConfigura tionListener listener)”,且當為顯示螢幕時,應用至此螢幕 的多螢幕組態事件一旦出現時,加入待通知的傾聽者。如 131 200849990 Z/iJipn 果先前已加入傾聽者且後來未被移除,則試著再度加入傾 聽者不可產生任何邊際效應。 應用至顯示螢幕的組態事件要受限成會影響相關於 顯示螢幕的邏輯螢幕的完成。 如果產生由1MultiScreenConfigurationEvenf 所定義的 事件,則MSM[實施必需通知各暫存螢幕組態傾聽者。 ’listener’參數’MultiScreenConfigurationListener’。 如果此螢幕類型不是’SCREEN—TYPE—DISPLAY’,則 faddMultiScreenConfigurationListener(MultiScreenConflgura tionListener)1 方 法 1552 發 出 ▼java.lang.niegalStateException’。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 faddMultiScreenConfigurationListener(MultiScreenConfigura tionListener)’方法 1552。 fremoveMultiScreenConfigurationListener(MultiScreen ConfigurationListener)f 方 法 1586 設 定"void removeMultiScreenConfigurationListener(MultiScreenConfi gurationListener listener)’1,並一旦出現多螢幕組態事件 時,移除先前加入至待通知的傾聽者。如果此特定傾聽者 目前未設定為傾聽者,則試著將其移除不可產生任何邊際 效應。 參數listener’是’MultiScreenConflgurationListener’。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 fremoveMultiScreenConfigurationListener(MultiScreenConfi 132 200849990 2713 lpif gurationListener)’方法 1586。 fgetMultiScreenConfigurations()f 方法 1568 設定 ffMultiScreenConfiguration[] getMultiScreenConfigurations〇ff,並得到目前相關於此顯示 螢幕的所有各顯示多螢幕組態組,其中任何此種多螢幕組 態 的 組 態類型 不可為 ’SCREEN—CONFIGURATION—DISPLAYlKiL 1416。 fgetMultiScreenConfigurations()’ 方法 1568 回傳 ▼MultiScreenConfiguration’ 的非空陣列。 如 果呼叫 線未允 許 ?MonitorAppPermission(f?multiscreen.configurationff)f ,貝1J fgetMultiScreenConfigurations()f 方法 1568 發出 !java,lang.SecurityExceptionf ° 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 土61]\41111^〇^611(^〇11;%11瓜1^〇115()?方法 1568 〇 ’getMultiScreenConfigurations(String)’方法 1570 設定 ?fMultiScreenConfiguration[] getMultiScreenConfigurations(java.lang.String screenConfigurationType)’’,且得到相關於此顯示螢幕的特 殊類型各顯示多螢幕組態。 參數fscreenConfigurationType’是⑴下列所定義的常 數: ’MultiScreenConfiguration, interface 1220: {’SCREEN CONFIGURATION NON PIP, 1420, ’SCREEN CONFIGURATION PIP’ 1422 —— —- 5 133 200849990 27131pif ’SCREEN_CONFIGURATION_POPf 1424 與 ’SCREEN—CONFIGURATION—GENERAL’ 1418},或者(2) 未預定為多螢幕組態類型的某些其他平台相關值。 ’getMultiScreenConfigurations(String)f方法 1570 回傳 fMultiScreenConfigurationf的陣列或回傳”空”,取決於是否 支援特定組態類型。 如果 呼叫線 未允許 fMonitorAppPermission(nmultiscreen.configurationff)f ,貝1J ’getMultiScreenConfigurations(String)’ 方法 1570 發出 fjava.lang.SecurityException’。 如果 fscreenConfigurationTypef 是 fSCREEN_CONFIGURATIONJDISPLAY,,或其未定義,或 是平台 實施所 未知的 , 則 fgetMultiScreenConfigurations(String)’ 方法 1570 發出 ’java.lang.IllegalArgumentException’。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 ’getMultiScreenConfigurations(String)’方法 1570。 fgetMultiScreenConfiguration()’ 方法 1566 設定 MMultiScreenConfiguration getMultiScreenConfiguration()n,並得到此顯示螢幕的目前 主動各顯示多螢幕組態。 ▼getMultiScreenConfiguration()f*& 1566 應用至此顯 示螢幕的目前主動各顯示fMultiScreenConfiguration’。 如果’HScreen’不是顯示螢幕 , 134 200849990 2713 lpif fgetMultiScreenConfiguration()?方法 1566 發 出 ▼java.lang.IllegalStateException’。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 fgetMultiScreenConfiguration()’方法 1566。 圖16A顯示根據本發明實施例的Java套件 ▼org.ocap.ui’的等級以1111^〇^11]\4&11&861*’1260 的定義。'org.ocap.hardware·VideoOutputPort[] getOutputPorts()f Method: 1572,fjava.lang·String getScreenCategory()'method 1574,'int getScreenType()f method 1576 , fjavax.tv.service.selection. ServiceContext[] getServiceContexts 〇 'Method 1578, 'boolean getVisible()' method 1580, 'int getZOrder()f method 1582, fint getZOrder(org.havi.uLHScreenDevice device) '方> go 1584, Void removeMultiScreenConfigurationListener(MultiScreenConfi gurationListener listener)' method 1586 with Void removeScreenContextListener(MultiScreenContextListener listener)' method 1588. The 'getScreenTypeQ' method 1576 sets "int getScreenType()" and gets the type of fHScreenf. The 'getScreenType()f method 1576 returns an integer value representing 'SCREEN_TYPE_DISPLAY' or , SCREEN TYPE LOGICAL,. 122 200849990 27131pif Since the MSM 101 release, the 'getScreenType()' method 1576 has been applied. fgetID() 'method 1564 sets ''java.lang.String getID()n and gets the platform-specific unique identification code of the underlying collection of screen resources represented by this screen'. The unique range is not less than the current active platform. The screen is configured with all active display screens for multiple screen configurations. It relates to the implementation 'regardless of the scope of the uniqueness of the screen identification code, including other non-active multi-screen configurations. The screen identification code cannot be equal to any screen type returned by fgetScreenCategory()f. If S1 and S2 are within the scope of the unique implementation, HScreenfa 'MultiScreenManager.sameResources(Sl,S2)' returns 6 false ', then '((MultiScreenContext)S 1 ).getID(), and X(MultiScreenContext)S2 ).getID()7 returns the same (equivalent) string. Conversely, if 'MultiScreenManager.sameResources(Sl,S2)' returns 'true', then f((MultiScreenContext)S 1 ).getID()f is the same as '(MultiScreenContext)S2).getID()' must be returned (equivalent) string. The string value representing the underlying resource set of 'HScreen1' may represent the scope of implementation of the uniqueness. The 'getID〇' method 1564 has been applied since the MSMI01 version. fgetScreenCategory()' method 1574 Sets '’java.lang.String getScreenCategoryQ" and gets the screen type of fHScreenf. 123 200849990^ 厶 / 1 j jl μϋ fgetScreenCategory() f method 1574 can be a string, which is (1) one of the constants defined by the following: 'MultiScreenConfigurationT 1220: { -SCREEN a CATEGORY-DISPLAY, 14〇2 , ,SCREEN—CATEGORY-MAIN' 14〇6, ,SCREEN-CATEGORY-PIPf 1412, 'SCREEN-CATEGORY-POP, 1414, 'SCREEN-CATEGORY_OVERLAY, 1410, and 'SCREEN-CATEGORY-GENERAL1 1404}, or (2) A string value representing the platform-related screen type and prefixed with "x-". Since the MSM 101 release, 'getScreenCategory〇, Method 1574 has been applied. , getVisible()' method 1580 sets, fboolean getVisible〇n and gets screen visibility. The fgetVisible 〇f method 1580 determines whether fHScreeni is marked as visible to be rendered in some display 'HScreen^, where' visibility, defined as generating a signal to VideoOutputPort', whether or not i fVideoOutputPort' is enabled. 'HScreen' must remain marked as visible. The logic 'HScreen' can be visible or hidden (not visible). The fgetVisible〇f method 1580 returns a Boolean value representing 'HScreen, which is indicated on some display fHScreen' as Visible or not. Since the MSMI01 version, 'getVisible〇, method 1580 has been applied. 'getZOrder()f method 1582 sets nint getZOrder(), and gets the Z order of the screen, ie, it determines the Z of this 'HScreen' Sequence. Shows 'HScreen' always returns the ZZ order. Logic 'HScreen' can return 'Γ or 124 200849990 z/uipif larger z order, unless it is not related to the display screen, in this case, its The Z order is. The larger Z order represents between a group of 'HScreen1' and is the front (topmost). fgetZOrder (the value of y method 1582 represents the Z order of this 'HScreeW' Or Lr. If fHScreenf is not related to the logical fHScreen' that displays fHScreenf, then return '-Γ. Since the MSMI01 version, the 'getZOrder()f method 1582 has been applied. 'getZOrder(HScreenDevice)' Method 1584 sets nint ( getZOrder(org.havi.ui.HScreenDevice device)'' and get the screen sequence of the screen in this screen. That is, 'getZOrder(HScreenDevice)' 1584 determines the specific fHScreenDevice% Z order with 'HScreen, which applies the following Restrictions: • If fHbackgrounddevice' is present on this screen, then the last (bottom) 'book&〇1^〇1111 (1 (16¥&丨 2 order is 0; • If there is no 'Hbackgrounddevice' on this screen) 'And if fHVideoDevicef is present on the screen, the Z-order of the last party (the bottommost 'HVideoDevice' is 0; • If there is no 'Hbackgrounddevice' and fHVideoDevice' in the screen and if it exists in this screen, then The last (most bottom) 'HGraphicsDevice''s order is 〇; • The 'ZVideo' of the 'HVideoDevice' is greater than any ▼Hbackgroundde on the screen. The Z order of vice'; • In the screen, the Z order of fHGraphicsDevice' is greater than the Z order of any 'HVideoDevice'. 125 200849990 /. / 1 j 1 μιι The larger Z order represents the order of the front (top) in fHScreenDevice' under fHScreen'. Each of the bottom screen device groups represented by fHScreenf constitutes each z-order. That is, given multiple THScreenfs representing different underlying screens, the Z-order values of the underlying screen device resources assigned to these screens can again be indexed using the same z-order. The parameter fdeviceifHScreenDevicef, which is related to the screen. fgetZOrder(HScreenDevice)' 1584 returns a non-negative value, representing if 'device' is not the 'HScreenDevice' of the screen, then fgetZOrder(HScreenDevice)f 1584 returns ▼javaJang.IllegalArgumentException'. Since the MSM 101 version, 'getZOrder(HScreenDevice)' 1584 has been applied. fgetAudioSources()f Method 1558 Set ’’org.havi.ui.HScreenDevice[] getAudioSources()n and get the sound source for this i screen. That is, the fgetAudioSources(R) method 1558 obtains 'HScreenDevicei, where the sound is selected (and mixed) to present the sound from this screen. The preset set of sound sources for the screen constitutes an item sequence associated with all of the 'HScreenDevicef''s returned by the fgetAudioSources(R) method 1558 of this screen, which is not defined in the present invention and which is considered to be implementation dependent. fgetAudioSources()' Method 1558 Back to Reference 126 200849990 2713 lpif 'Happable' array of 'HScreenDevice', each case contributes to the sound of the mix presented on this screen, or if the screen does not support mixing, A project will exist in the return array. Since the MSM 101 version, the 'getAudioSources()' method 1558 〇▼getAudioFocusO has been applied, and the method 1556 sets "org.havi.ui.HScreen getAudioFocus〇'f and gets the sound focus screen. The decision of the 'HScreen' sound focus screen is According to the following rules, when the first rule is applied, other rules are ignored: 1. If this liScreen' is a logical screen, the following sub-rules are applied: a. If this logic ^HScreeW is mapped to the display screen, the following sub-applications are applied. Rule: i. If this logic 'HScreei^ is the currently specified sound focus in the context of its display screen, then return this logic. ii. Otherwise, (not the currently specified sound focus in this display), return "empty" ''. ( b • Otherwise, (not reflected to the display screen), if this logic is directly mapped to the image output 埠 ' then return this fHScreenf. c. Otherwise (not reflected to the display screen and not directly reflected to the image round埠), return, 'empty'. 』 2. Otherwise '(This fHScreenf is the display screen), apply the following sub-rules · a · If the screen is displayed, some of the logic screens of the display screen specify the sound focus, then return This logic 'HScreei^ ; 曰b·other (no logic screen to this display screen or screen to this display 127 200849990 2 / Uipif screen display screen has no specified sound focus), then return to display 'HScreen'. Display screen The sound focus screen is that all of the currently selected sources are assigned to present all (implicit) sound rendering devices for all of the image output screens displayed on this screen. , getAudioFocus〇f Method 1556 Back, HScreen, or, , empty,,, as above. Since the MSM 101 version, fgetAudioFocus()l& (1556 has been applied. 'getOutputPorts()f method 1572 sets norg.ocap, hardware.VideoOutputPort[ ] getOutputPortsQ'' and get the image that is mapped to the screen. That is, the SetOutputPorts()f method 1572 gets related to this fHScreen%fVideoOutputPortf group. If the HScreenf type is 'SCREENJTYPEJDISPLAY, then the screen is related to this display. VideoOutputPorf. If the 'HScreen' type is fSCREEN_TYPE_LOGICAL' and this 'HScreen' is related to the display I 'HScreen', then return the VideoOutputPortf associated with this display 'HScreenf. If 'HScreen, the type is SCREEN_TYPE_LOGICALf and this 'HScreen, not related to display fHScreenf, returns an empty array. 'getOutputPorts〇' method 1572 returns the reference to the array of fVideoOutputPort'. If the returned array is empty, then this 'HScreen1 is not relevant For any fVideoOutputPort'. Since the MSM 101 version, it has been applied >1:0 qing1^〇11;3()1 method 128 200849990 2713 lpif 1572. fgetDisplayScreen()? Method 1562 Set ''org.havi.ui. HScreen getDisplayScreenQ" and get the display screen associated with this screen. That is, SetDisplayScreen (y method 1562 gets the display fHScreenf related to this fHScreen'. If the type of 'HScreen1 is 'SCREEN_TYPEJ) ISPLAY, then the reference of fHScreenT is returned. If fHScreen' is of the type 'SCREEN_TYPE_LOGICAI; and this 'HScreen' is related to the display, then this fHScreen' is returned. If the type of 'HScreen' is SCREEN_TYPEJLOGICALf and this 'HScreen' is not related to displaying 'HScreen', then return the ''empty' value. fgetDisplayScreen()' method 1562 returns the reference to display or return 'empty'. Return 'empty, then this 'HScreen, not related to display fHScreenf. Since the MSM 101 version, the fgetDisplayScreen〇f method 1562 has been applied. The 'getDisplayAreaO' method 1560 sets norg.havi.ui.HScreenRectangle getDisplayArea〇n and gets the image For the area of the display screen to this screen, the getDisplayArea()f method 1560 gets the area (range) of this 'HScreeW. If the type of fHScreenf is 'SCREEN TYPE-DISPLAY, then it is necessary to return the condition 8 (^6111^( ^1]^^', whose value is equal to '118(^6111^(^邱16(0,0,1,1), if 'HScreen' type is 'SCREEN_TYPEJLOGICAL', and this fHScreenf is related to display fHScreenf, Then the area (range) occupied by the logical fHScreenf on its associated display fHScreen, is to be returned. If 129 200849990 jL. I i pif 'HScreenf type is 'SCREEN-TYPEJL OGICAL, and this 'HScreen, is not related to the display 'HScreeiV, then return the empty value'. 'getDisplayArea()' method 1560 returns the reference to the HscreenRectangle or returns the ''empty' value. If the return The "empty" value, then this 'HScreen' is not related to displaying fHScreen'. Since the MSM 101 version, the fgetDisplayAreaO' method 1560 has been applied. 'getServiceContexts〇f method 1578 sets njavax.tv.service.selection. ServiceContext[] getServiceContexts〇 " and get the service context related to this screen. That is, fgetServiceContexts 〇f method 1578 gets the relevant fServiceContexf group related to fHScreenf that the call application is allowed to access. fgetServiceContexts 〇f method 1578 returns the reference to 'ServiceContext, array. If the empty array is returned, then this fHScreeiV is not associated with any accessible 'ServiceContext'. Since the MSM 101 release, fgetServiceContexts(), Method 1578 has been applied. faddScreenContextListener(MultiScreenContextListener y method 1554 sets ''void addScreenContextListener(MultiScreenContextListener listener)n& to join the screen situation listener. That is, once the screen situation event occurs, the faddScreenContextListener(MultiScreenContextListener)f method 1554 joins the listener to be notified. Has joined the listener and 130 200849990 2713 lpif has not been removed, then try to join the listener again can not produce any marginal effect. The parameter 'listener' is 'MultiScreenContextListener'. Since the MSM 101 version, has applied faddScreenContextListener(MultiScreenContextListener)f Method 1554 〇fremoveScreenContextListener(MultiScreenContextList ener) method 1588 sets "void removeScreenContextListener(MultiScreenContextListener listener)" and removes the screen situation listener. That is, the removes creenContextListener(MultiScreenContextListener)f method 1588 removes the previous one when a screen context event occurs. Join the listener to be notified. If this particular listener is not currently set as a listener, then trying to remove it does not produce any marginal effects. Parameter flistener'*fMultiScreenContextListener, Since the MSM 101 version, the ?removeScreenContextListener(MultiScreenContextListener)f method 1588 has been applied. addMultiScreenConfigurationListener(MultiScreenCon figurationListener)' Method 1552 sets ''void addMultiScreenConfigurationListener(MultiScreenConfigura tionListener listener)', and when the screen is displayed, the multi-screen configuration event applied to this screen, once it appears, joins the listener to be notified. If 131 200849990 Z/iJipn has previously been added to the listener and has not been removed, attempting to re-enter the listener does not produce any marginal effects. Configuration events applied to the display screen are limited to affect the completion of the logic screen associated with the display screen. If an event defined by 1MultiScreenConfigurationEvenf is generated, the MSM [Implementation must notify each of the scratch screen configuration listeners. The 'listener' parameter 'MultiScreenConfigurationListener'. If this screen type is not 'SCREEN_TYPE_DISPLAY', the faddMultiScreenConfigurationListener(MultiScreenConflgura tionListener)1 method 1552 issues ▼java.lang.niegalStateException'. Since the MSM 101 version, the faddMultiScreenConfigurationListener(MultiScreenConfigura tionListener)' method 1552 has been applied. fremoveMultiScreenConfigurationListener(MultiScreen ConfigurationListener)f Method 1586 Set "void removeMultiScreenConfigurationListener(MultiScreenConfi gurationListener listener)'1, and remove the listener previously added to the notification when a multi-screen configuration event occurs. If this particular listener is not currently set as a listener, trying to remove it will not create any marginal effects. The parameter listener' is 'MultiScreenConflgurationListener'. Since the MSM 101 version, the fremoveMultiScreenConfigurationListener (MultiScreenConfi 132 200849990 2713 lpif gurationListener)' method 1586 has been applied. fgetMultiScreenConfigurations()f Method 1568 sets ffMultiScreenConfiguration[] getMultiScreenConfigurations〇ff and gets all the display multi-screen configuration groups currently associated with this display screen. The configuration type of any such multi-screen configuration cannot be 'SCREEN-CONFIGURATION —DISPLAYlKiL 1416. fgetMultiScreenConfigurations()' Method 1568 Returns a non-empty array of ▼MultiScreenConfiguration’. If the call line is not allowed?MonitorAppPermission(f?multiscreen.configurationff)f , Bay 1J fgetMultiScreenConfigurations() f method 1568 is issued!java,lang.SecurityExceptionf ° Since the MSM 101 version, the application has been applied 61]\41111^〇^611( ^〇11;%11瓜1^〇115()? Method 1568 〇'getMultiScreenConfigurations(String)'Method 1570 Sets ?fMultiScreenConfiguration[] getMultiScreenConfigurations(java.lang.String screenConfigurationType)'', and gets related to this display screen The special type displays multiple screen configurations. The parameter fscreenConfigurationType' is (1) the following defined constant: 'MultiScreenConfiguration, interface 1220: {'SCREEN CONFIGURATION NON PIP, 1420, 'SCREEN CONFIGURATION PIP' 1422 ————- 5 133 200849990 27131pif ' SCREEN_CONFIGURATION_POPf 1424 with 'SCREEN—CONFIGURATION—GENERAL' 1418}, or (2) some other platform-related values not scheduled for multi-screen configuration type. 'getMultiScreenConfigurations(String)f method 1570 returns fMultiScreenConfiguration The array of f or the backhaul "empty" depends on whether a particular configuration type is supported. If the call line does not allow fMonitorAppPermission(nmultiscreen.configurationff)f, the shell 1J 'getMultiScreenConfigurations(String)' method 1570 issues fjava.lang.SecurityException'. If fscreenConfigurationTypef is fSCREEN_CONFIGURATIONJDISPLAY, or it is undefined, or the platform implementation is unknown, then fgetMultiScreenConfigurations(String)' method 1570 issues 'java.lang.IllegalArgumentException'. The 'getMultiScreenConfigurations(String)' method 1570 has been applied since the MSM 101 release. The fgetMultiScreenConfiguration()' method 1566 sets the MMultiScreenConfiguration getMultiScreenConfiguration()n and gets the current active multi-screen configuration for this display. ▼getMultiScreenConfiguration()f*& 1566 Applies to this display the current active display fMultiScreenConfiguration’ of the screen. If 'HScreen' is not a display screen, 134 200849990 2713 lpif fgetMultiScreenConfiguration()? Method 1566 Issues ▼java.lang.IllegalStateException'. The fgetMultiScreenConfiguration()' method 1566 has been applied since the MSM 101 release. Figure 16A shows the level of the Java Suite ▼org.ocap.ui' according to an embodiment of the present invention as defined by 1111^〇^11]\4&11&861*'1260.

Java 套件f〇rg.ocap.ui丨的等級fMultiScreenManagerf1260 是」ava.lang·Object’ 的低等級,且’▼ All Implemented Interfaces’’ 包括forg.davic.resources.ResourceServer’ 〇The level of the Java suite f〇rg.ocap.ui丨fMultiScreenManagerf1260 is a low level of "ava.lang·Object", and '▼ All Implemented Interfaces'' includes forg.davic.resources.ResourceServer' 〇

Java 套件’org.ocap.ui’的等級’MultiScreenManager’1260 設定’’public abstract class MultiScreenManager”,加強了 ’extends java.lang.Object’ ,且實施為▼implements org.davic.resources.ResourceServer 丨0 ’MultiScreenManagef等級是摘要,單獨管理等級,其 由提供多螢幕管理服務的0CAP主機平台實施。 待應用的其他語義限制與行為將在本發明中詳述。 自從MSM 101版本後,已應用Java套件’org.ocap.ur 的等級’MultiScreenManager’1260 〇 圖16B顯示根據本發明實施例的java套件 ’org.ocap.ui’ 的等級’MultiScreenManager’1260 的架構列表 1600 〇 等級 ’MultiScreenManager’ 1260 的架構者 1602 設定 ’’protected MultiScreenManager〇n與受保護的預設架構者。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 fMultiScreenManager()’ 135 200849990^ I VD Ϊ pil 1602 〇 圖16C〜16F顯示根據本發明實施例的Java套件 ’org.ocap.uif 的等級’]\41111^(^^11]\^11&§61^1260 的方法列表 1630。Java Suite 'org.ocap.ui' level 'MultiScreenManager' 1260 set ''public abstract class MultiScreenManager', enhanced 'extends java.lang.Object' and implemented as ▼implements org.davic.resources.ResourceServer 丨0 ' The MultiScreenManagef level is a summary, separate management level, implemented by the 0CAP host platform that provides multi-screen management services. Other semantic restrictions and behaviors to be applied will be detailed in the present invention. Since the MSM 101 version, the Java Suite 'org has been applied .ocap.ur level 'MultiScreenManager' 1260 Figure 16B shows the architecture of the java suite 'org.ocap.ui' level 'MultiScreenManager' 1260 according to an embodiment of the invention 1600 〇 level 'MultiScreenManager' 1260 architect 1602 setting ''protected MultiScreenManager〇n and protected preset architects. Since the MSM 101 version, fMultiScreenManager() has been applied. 135 200849990^ I VD pil pil 1602 16 Figures 16C to 16F show Java Suite according to an embodiment of the present invention' Org.ocap.uif level ']\41111^(^^11]\^11&§61^ List of methods for 1260 1630.

Java 套件forg.ocap.ui’的等級1\41111^8(^6611?^&11&861'’1260 的方法列表 1630 包括下列至少一者:fvoid addMultiScreenConfigurationListener(MultiScreenConfigura tionListener listener)’ 方 法 1632 , Void addPlayerScreenDevices(javax.media.Player player, org.havi.ui.HScreenDevicef] devices)’ 方法 1634, Void addResourceStatusListener(org.davic.resources.ResourceStat usListener listener)'方法 1636,?org.havi.ui.HScreen[] fmdScreens(javax.tv.service.selection. ServiceContext context)'方 法 1638 , forg.havi.ui.HScreen[] getCompatibleScreens(org.ocap.hardware.VideoOutputPort port)f 方法 1640,forg.havi.ui.HScreen getDefaultScreen()f 方法 1642, forg.havi.ui.HScreen getEmptyScreen()’方法 1644,^static MultiScreenManager getlnstance()’方法 1646, ’MultiScreenConfiguration getMultiScreenConfiguration()’ 方 法 1648 , ?MultiScreenConfiguration getMultiScreenConfiguration(org.havi.ui.HScreen screen)’ 方 法 1650 , fMultiScreenConfiguration[] getMultiScreenConfigurations()’ 方 法 1652 , fMultiScreenConfiguration[] 136 200849990 27131pif getMultiScreenConfigurations(java.lang.String screenConflgurationType)’方法 1654, forg.havi.ui.HScreen getOutputPortScreen(org.ocap.hardware.VideoOutputPort port)’ 方法 1656 , forg.havi.ui.HScreenDevice[] getPlayerScreenDevices〇avax.media.Player player)1 方法 1658, ’org.havLui.HScreen[] getScreens()f 方法 1660, 丨boolean isEmptyScreen(org.havi.ui.HScreen screen)’ 方法 1662 , 'boolean isEmptyScreenDevice(org.havi.ui.HScreenDevice device)▼方 法 1664, Void moveSeryiceContexts(org.havi.ui.HScreen src, org.havi.ui.HScreen dst , javax.tv.service.selection.ServiceContextf] contexts)1 方法 1666 , Void removeMultiScreenConfigurationListener(MultiScreenConfi gurationListener listener)’ 方 法 1668 , Void removePlayerScreenDevices(javax.media.Player player, org.havi.ui.HScreenDevice[] devices)’方法 1670, Void removeResourceStatusListener(org.davic.resources.Resource StatusListener listener)1 方 法 1672 , Void requestMultiScreenConfigurationChange(MultiScreenConfig uration configuration, java.util.Dictionary serviceContextAssociations)f 方法 1674 , ’boolean sameResources(org.havi.ui.HScreenDevice device 15 org.havi.ui.HScreenDevice device2’方法 1676, ’boolean 137 200849990 2713 lpif sameResources(org.havi.ui.HScreen screen 19 org.havi.ui-HScreen screen2’ 方法 1678 , 'boolean sameResources(javax.ty.seryice*selection.ServiceContext scl9 javax.tv.service.selection.ServiceContext sc2f 方法 1680, Void setMultiScreenConfiguration(MultiScreenConfiguration configuration, java.util.Dictionary serviceContextAssociations)’ 方 法 1682 與 ’void swapServiceContexts(org.havi.ui.HScreen screen 1, org.havi.ui.HScreen screen2, javax.tv.service.selection.ServiceContext[] exclusions)’ 方法 1684。 由等級’java.lang.Objecf得來的方法1690包括下列至 少一者:fdonef,’equals’,'finalize’,’getClass’,’hashCode’, ’notify’,’notifyAll’,’toString’,’wait’,’wait’,與?wait’ o 由 ’org.davic.resources.ResourceServer’ 介面得來的方 法 1695 包括下 列至少一者: 'addResourceStatusEventListener1 與 ’removeResourceStatusEventListener’。 ’getScreens()’ 方 法 1660 設 定"public org.havi.ui.HScreen] getScreens()n,並得到可存取’HScreen’ 組。 所回傳的’HScreen’的設定必須如下決定。 當允許 fMonitorAppPermission(t?multiscreen.configurationff)f 的 138 200849990 2713 lpif 〇CAP應用在呼叫時,必需回傳各顯示螢幕與各邏輯螢幕 的fHScreen’,在呼叫本方法時,其透過任何可存取 ’MultiScreenConfiguration’而接觸到。否則,要回傳(直接或 間接)相關於可存取’ServiceContext’的各顯示螢幕與各邏輯 螢幕的TIScreenf,以為了呈現或可能的呈現。 回傳的’HScreen[]’陣列中的第一個,HScreen,之值需等 於由 MultiScreenManager’ 等級 1260 的 fgetDefaultScreen()f 方法1642所回傳的值。此回傳陣列的後續元件並不依循既 疋順序’且應用可不依賴這些後續元件的順序。 由’getScreens〇’方法1660所回傳的’HScreen,組可在應 用生命周期内改變,比如,當從可存取多螢幕組態加入或 移除螢幕時。然而,代表應用預設’HScreen,的,HScreen,參 考可不在應用生命周期内保持固定。亦即,由既定應用例 來看,MSM應用需永遠回傳相同的,HScreen’參考,相同於 fHScreen’回傳陣列的第一個元件。 在當fgetScreens()f方法 1660 回傳值與在當 ▼MultiScreenConfigurationEvent.MULTI—SCREEN—CONFI GURATION—CHANGING’ 事件或The method list 1630 of the Java Suite forg.ocap.ui' level 1\41111^8 (^6611?^&11&861''1260 includes at least one of the following: fvoid addMultiScreenConfigurationListener(MultiScreenConfigura tionListener listener)' Method 1632, Void addPlayerScreenDevices(javax.media.Player player, org.havi.ui.HScreenDevicef] devices)' Method 1634, Void addResourceStatusListener(org.davic.resources.ResourceStat usListener listener) 'Method 1636,?org.havi.ui.HScreen[] fmdScreens(javax.tv.service.selection.ServiceContext context) 'method 1638 , forg.havi.ui.HScreen[] getCompatibleScreens(org.ocap.hardware.VideoOutputPort port)f Method 1640, forg.havi.ui.HScreen getDefaultScreen( )f method 1642, forg.havi.ui.HScreen getEmptyScreen() 'method 1644,^static MultiScreenManager getlnstance() 'method 1646, 'MultiScreenConfiguration getMultiScreenConfiguration()' method 1648 , ?MultiScreenConfiguration getMultiScreenConfiguration(org.havi.ui.HScreen screen )' Method 1650, fMultiScr eenConfiguration[] getMultiScreenConfigurations()' Method 1652, fMultiScreenConfiguration[] 136 200849990 27131pif getMultiScreenConfigurations(java.lang.String screenConflgurationType) 'Method 1654, forg.havi.ui.HScreen getOutputPortScreen(org.ocap.hardware.VideoOutputPort port)' Method 1656 , forg.havi.ui.HScreenDevice[] getPlayerScreenDevices〇avax.media.Player player)1 Method 1658, 'org.havLui.HScreen[] getScreens()f Method 1660, 丨boolean isEmptyScreen(org.havi.ui.HScreen screen ) Method 1662 , 'boolean isEmptyScreenDevice(org.havi.ui.HScreenDevice device)▼ Method 1664, Void moveSeryiceContexts(org.havi.ui.HScreen src, org.havi.ui.HScreen dst , javax.tv.service.selection .ServiceContextf] contexts)1 Method 1666, Void removeMultiScreenConfigurationListener(MultiScreenConfi gurationListener listener)' Method 1668, Void removePlayerScreenDevices(javax.media.Player player, org.havi.ui.HScreenDevice[] devices)'Method 1670, Void removeResourceS tatusListener(org.davic.resources.Resource StatusListener listener)1 Method 1672, Void requestMultiScreenConfigurationChange(MultiScreenConfig uration configuration, java.util.Dictionary serviceContextAssociations)f Method 1674, 'boolean sameResources(org.havi.ui.HScreenDevice device 15 org.havi .ui.HScreenDevice device2'method 1676, 'boolean 137 200849990 2713 lpif sameResources(org.havi.ui.HScreen screen 19 org.havi.ui-HScreen screen2' Method 1678, 'boolean sameResources(javax.ty.seryice*selection. ServiceContext scl9 javax.tv.service.selection.ServiceContext sc2f Method 1680, Void setMultiScreenConfiguration(MultiScreenConfiguration configuration, java.util.Dictionary serviceContextAssociations)' Method 1682 with 'void swapServiceContexts(org.havi.ui.HScreen screen 1, org.havi. ui.HScreen screen2, javax.tv.service.selection.ServiceContext[] exclusions)' Method 1684. Method 1690 from level 'java.lang.Objecf includes at least one of the following: fdonef, 'equals', 'finalize', 'getClass', 'hashCode', 'notify', 'notifyAll', 'toString', ' Wait', 'wait', and ?wait' o The method 1695 from the 'org.davic.resources.ResourceServer' interface includes at least one of the following: 'addResourceStatusEventListener1 and 'removeResourceStatusEventListener'. The 'getScreens()' method 1660 sets "public org.havi.ui.HScreen] getScreens()n and gets the accessible 'HScreen' group. The setting of the returned 'HScreen' must be determined as follows. When the 138 200849990 2713 lpif 〇CAP of fMonitorAppPermission(t?multiscreen.configurationff)f is allowed to be applied to the call, it is necessary to return the display screen and the fHScreen' of each logical screen. When calling this method, it can be accessed through any access. MultiScreenConfiguration' is in contact. Otherwise, the respective display screens associated with the accessible 'ServiceContext' and the TIScreenf of each logical screen are returned (directly or indirectly) for presentation or possible presentation. The first of the returned 'HScreen[]' arrays, HScreen, has to be equal to the value returned by the fgetDefaultScreen()f method 1642 of the MultiScreenManager' level 1260. Subsequent elements of this backhaul array do not follow the same order' and the application may not rely on the order of these subsequent elements. The 'HScreen' group returned by the 'getScreens〇' method 1660 can be changed during the application lifecycle, for example, when adding or removing screens from an accessible multi-screen configuration. However, on behalf of the application preset 'HScreen, HScreen, the reference may not remain fixed during the application life cycle. That is, from the point of view of the intended application, the MSM application must always return the same, HScreen' reference, the same as the first component of the fHScreen' backhaul array. When the fgetScreens()f method 1660 returns a value with the ▼MultiScreenConfigurationEvent.MULTI—SCREEN—CONFI GURATION—CHANGING’ event or

’MultiScreenContextEvent.MULTI—SCREEN—CONTEXT—S ERVICE一CONTEXT—CHANGED’事件產生/散佈之間,由 fgetScreens(y方法1660所回傳的所有,HScreen,可不等於空 的 fHScreen’。 *fgetScreens〇’方法1660所回傳的各,HScreen,可回傳 fHScreenDevice’組’其不同於其’getHbackgrounddevices(),, 139 200849990 2713 lpif ,getHVideoDevices〇’與,getHGraphicsDevices()’方法,在應 用生命周期内。然而,如下所述,在fgetDefauitScreen〇f* 法 1642 的定義下,透過’getHbackgrounddevices〇f, fgetHVideoDevices〇,與,getHGraphicsDevices〇,組,由預設 ’HScreen’ 所回傳的 libackgrounddevice’,fVideoDevicef 與 fHGraphicsDevice’組在應用生命周期内需保持固定,而這 些預設fHScreenDevice’的底層裝置資源與組態則可改變。 在當空fgetScreensO’方法1660回傳值時與當產生 ’MultiScreenConfigurationEvent.MULTI 一 SCREEN—CONFI GURATION_CHANGING’ 事 件 或 ’MultiScreenContextEvent.MULTI—SCREEN—CONTEXT_S ERVICE—CONTEXT—CHANGED,事件時之間,由 ,getScreens()f方法1660所回傳的任何fHScreenf的任何背 景,影像或圖形螢幕裝置,亦即’Hbackgrounddevic^, ▼HVideoDevicef4fHGraphicsDevice’,可不等於特殊子類型 的空 THScreenDevicef。 *fgetScreens〇’方法1660所回傳的’HScreen’所回傳的 ?getHbackgrounddevices〇f , fgetHVideoDevices()f 與 ’getHGraphicsDevices〇f 方法的 fHScreenDevice’ 數量在此 ’HScreenf的生命周期内可能發生變化。如果發生變化,則 產 生'MultiScreenContextEvent.MULTI—SCREEN—CONTEXT—S ERVICE-CONTEXT-CHANGED' event generation/distribution between fgetScreens (all returned by y method 1660, HScreen, may not equal empty fHScreen'. *fgetScreens〇' method 1660 Each of the returned, HScreen, can be returned to the fHScreenDevice 'group' which differs from its 'getHbackgrounddevices(), 139 200849990 2713 lpif , getHVideoDevices〇' and getHGraphicsDevices()' methods during the application lifecycle. However, as follows Said, under the definition of fgetDefauitScreen〇f* method 1642, through 'getHbackgrounddevices〇f, fgetHVideoDevices〇, and, getHGraphicsDevices〇, group, libackgrounddevice', fVideoDevicef and fHGraphicsDevice' groups are returned by default 'HScreen' The life cycle needs to be fixed, and the underlying device resources and configuration of these preset fHScreenDevice's can be changed. When the empty fgetScreensO' method 1660 returns the value and when the 'MultiScreenConfigurationEvent.MULTI-SCREEN-CONFI GURATION_CHANGING' event is generated or MultiScreenContextEvent.MULTI—SCREEN—CONTEXT_S ERVICE—CONTEXT—CHANGED, any background, image, or graphics device of any fHScreenf returned by the getScreens()f method 1660 between events, ie 'Hbackgrounddevic^, ▼HVideoDevicef4fHGraphicsDevice ', may not be equal to the special subtype of empty THScreenDevicef. *fgetScreens〇 'Method 1660 returned 'HScreen' returned by the 'getHbackgrounddevices〇f, fgetHVideoDevices()f and 'getHGraphicsDevices〇f method's fHScreenDevice' number here' HScreenf may change during its life cycle. If there is a change, it is produced

fMultiScreenContextEvent.MULTI SCREEN CONTEXT D EVICES_CHANGEDf事件並散佈至所有暫存的 fMultiScreenContextListener’ 〇 140 200849990 2713 lpif 如果特定類型的fHScreenDevice’的數量增加或維持相 同(對特定fHScreenf而言),則回傳至此應用的非預設 ’HScreenDevice’的參考必需保持可實行的,並在MSM實施 的選擇下,必需(1)再度使用以代表此類螢幕裝置的新底層 裝置資源;或(2)被重設至如上述的適當子類型的空 "HScreenDevic^。在前一個情況下,再度使用的 fHScreenDevice▼必需存在於由,getHbackgrounddevicesO,, ’getHVideoDevices()’ 或 ’getliGraphicsDevicesO,方法所回傳 的螢幕裝置的設定内,根據其螢幕類型類型。在後一個情 況下,狀態重設至空fHScreenDevice,狀態的,HScreenDevice, 不可存 在於由 ’getHbackgrounddevices〇,, ’getHVideoDevices〇’ 或 ’getHGraphicsDevices〇,所回傳的螢 幕裝置的設定内。 如果特定類型的fHScreenDevice,的數量減少(對於特 定fHScreenf),則先前回傳至此應用的非預設 ’HScreenDevice’的參考必需被重設至空的螢幕裝置狀態, 且不可存在於由fHScreenf所回傳的螢幕裝置組中。 上述特定行為的淨效應是,只存取本身預設,HScreen, 與預設’HScreenDevice’的應用可持續存取並使用這些,而 不需要知道MSM功能的存在。相對地,存取非預設 ’HScreenf或非預設’HScreenDevice’的應用需要監測對目前 各平台與各顯示多螢幕組態的變化及對相關於非預設螢幕 的螢幕裝置組的變化。 如果應用先前參考的非預設,HS creen,被重設至空螢幕 141 200849990 Z/ ipif 狀態,因為多螢幕組態改變的原因,此應用可偵測此事實, 藉由比較適當fMultiScreenConfigurationEvent’之前就得到 ’HScreenf參考組與在事件後才得到的’HScreen’參考組。在 此事件後,被重設至空狀態的將不再存在於由 ’getScreens〇’方法1660所回傳的,HScreen,中。甚至,先前 得到的fHScreeW可被質問其是否被重設,藉由使用 ’Multi ScreenManager’ 等級 1260 所定義的 fisEmptyScreen(HScreen)’。最後,如果此應用繼續使用此 重設後fHScreeW,則其行為是已定義好且是不變的。 相似地,如果被應用先前參考的非預設 fHScreenDevicef重設至空螢幕狀態,因為多螢幕組態改變 的原因’此應用可4貞測到此事實,藉由比較在適當 ’Multi ScreenContextEvent’之前就得到的,hs creen,參考組與 在事件後才得到的fHScreenf參考組。在此事件後,被重設 至空狀態的fHScreen’將不再被’getScreens(),方法1660所回 傳的可存取,HScreenf所存取。甚至,先前得到的,HScreen, 可被貝問其疋否被重5又’错由使用’MultiScreenManager’等 級 1260 所定義的fisEmptyScreenDevice(HScreeIlDevice),方 法。最後,如果此應用繼續使用此重設後,HScreen,,則其 行為是已定義好且是不變的。 如果,HScreen’ ,亦即 S , 不實施 ’MultiScreenConfigurableContext’介面 1210 (比如,因為當 初建立時其疋不可被組態的且]VIS1VI實施方式會選擇式實 施此介面於特殊’HScreen’)且如果新底層螢幕資源是可組 142 200849990 2713 lpif 態的(且因此,此介面可被實施於代表此組底層螢幕資源的 HScreen上)’則一旦多螢幕、組態改變的話,msm實施不 可再度使用S來絲新的底層聽資源組,但可將s重設 至空狀態。 ’getscreens〇|方法1660回傳非空陣列,HScreen,,如上 述。 自從MSM 101版本後,已應用々etScreens(),方法i 66〇。 ㈣ DefaultScreen(),方法 1642 設定”public org.havi.ui.HScreen getDefaultScreenO” 並得到預設的 ’HScreen’。 由,getDefaultScreenO▼方法1642所回傳的,耶咖邱,必 需代表目前啟動的預設底層螢幕裝置組與其目前啟動 HAVi舍幕組悲。此外,HScreen’可代表目前啟動的非預設 底層螢幕裝置組與其組態。 所回傳的預設’HScreenf乃是要當成預設的,從目前呼 叫的應用或此方法所呼叫的應用的觀點來看。如果 ’getDefaultScreen()’方法1642被平台所呼叫的情境並未暗 示特殊應用,則回傳值未被定義且必需取決於實施方式, 包括,比如回傳”空”。 在應用生命周期内,由SetDefaultScreen〇’方法1642 所回傳的爹考必需保持固定。甚至’由此預設Hscreen的 fgetDefaultHbackgrounddevice()?9 fgetDefaultHVideoDevice()f 與 ’getDefaultHGraphicsDevice(), 方法所回傳的預設fHScreenDevice’組必需相似地保持固定 143 200849990 Z / 1J ipif 於此應用生命周期内。儘管參考的固定性,這些裝置資源 的底層裝置資源與底層組態可能在應用生命周期内發生變 化0 由’getDefaultScreen〇f方法1642所回傳的任何非預設 背景’影像或圖形螢幕裝置,亦即fHbackgrounddevicef, fHVideoDevicef4fHGraphicsDevice’,不可等於其特殊子類 型的空^HScreenDevic以,在當此方法回傳與當產生fMultiScreenContextEvent.MULTI SCREEN CONTEXT D EVICES_CHANGEDf event and spread to all staging fMultiScreenContextListener' 〇140 200849990 2713 lpif If the number of specific types of fHScreenDevice' increases or remains the same (for a specific fHScreenf), then it is passed back to this application. The reference to 'HScreenDevice' must be kept practicable and, under the choice of MSM implementation, must (1) be reused to represent the new underlying device resources of such a screen device; or (2) be reset to the appropriate Subtype of empty "HScreenDevic^. In the former case, the re-used fHScreenDevice▼ must exist in the settings of the screen device returned by the method, getHbackgrounddevicesO,, 'getHVideoDevices()' or 'getliGraphicsDevicesO, depending on its screen type. In the latter case, the status is reset to the empty fHScreenDevice, and the status, HScreenDevice, cannot be stored in the settings of the screen device returned by 'getHbackgrounddevices〇,, 'getHVideoDevices〇' or 'getHGraphicsDevices〇. If the number of a particular type of fHScreenDevice is reduced (for a particular fHScreenf), then the reference to the non-preset 'HScreenDevice' that was previously passed back to this application must be reset to the empty screen device state and may not be returned by fHScreenf In the screen device group. The net effect of the above specific behavior is that only the application itself, HScreen, and the application of the preset 'HScreenDevice' can be accessed and used continuously without knowing the existence of the MSM function. In contrast, applications that access non-preset 'HScreenf' or non-preset 'HScreenDevice' need to monitor changes to the current platform and display multi-screen configurations and changes to the set of screen devices associated with the non-preset screen. If the previously referenced non-preset, HS creen, is reset to the empty screen 141 200849990 Z/ ipif state, this application can detect this fact because of the multi-screen configuration change, by comparing the appropriate fMultiScreenConfigurationEvent' Get the 'HScreenf reference group and the 'HScreen' reference group that was obtained after the event. After this event, the reset to empty state will no longer exist in HScreen, which is returned by the 'getScreens〇' method 1660. Even the previously obtained fHScreeW can be questioned whether it was reset by using fisEmptyScreen(HScreen)' as defined by the 'Multi ScreenManager' level 1260. Finally, if the app continues to use fHScreeW after this reset, its behavior is defined and unchanged. Similarly, if the non-preset fHScreenDevicef that was previously referenced is reset to the empty screen state, because of the multi-screen configuration change, 'this application can detect this fact by comparing it before the appropriate 'Multi ScreenContextEvent' The obtained hs creen, the reference group and the fHScreenf reference group obtained after the event. After this event, the fHScreen' that is reset to the empty state will no longer be accessed by the accessible, HScreenf returned by 'getScreens(), method 1660. Even, previously obtained, HScreen, can be asked whether it is re-assigned by the fisEmptyScreenDevice (HScreeIlDevice) method defined by the 'MultiScreenManager' level 1260. Finally, if the application continues to use this reset, HScreen, its behavior is defined and unchanged. If, HScreen', ie S, does not implement the 'MultiScreenConfigurableContext' interface 1210 (for example, because it was not configurable when it was originally created and the VIS1VI implementation will selectively implement this interface to the special 'HScreen') and if new The underlying screen resources are group 142 200849990 2713 lpif state (and therefore, this interface can be implemented on HScreen representing the underlying screen resources of this group) 'When multiple screens and configuration changes, msm implementation can no longer use S to The new layer listens to the resource group, but can reset s to the empty state. ‘getscreens〇|Method 1660 returns a non-empty array, HScreen, as described above. Since the MSM 101 version, 々etScreens() has been applied, method i 66〇. (4) DefaultScreen(), method 1642 Set "public org.havi.ui.HScreen getDefaultScreenO" and get the default 'HScreen'. By the return of getDefaultScreenO▼ method 1642, Jake Qiu, must represent the current set of the default low-level screen device group and its current startup HAVi curtain group. In addition, HScreen’ can represent the currently configured non-preset low-level screen set and its configuration. The returned default 'HScreenf' is intended to be pre-set, from the point of view of the application currently calling or the application being called by this method. If the context in which the 'getDefaultScreen()' method 1642 is called by the platform does not imply a special application, then the return value is undefined and must depend on the implementation, including, for example, a backhaul "empty". The reference returned by SetDefaultScreen〇' method 1642 must remain fixed during the application life cycle. Even 'by default Hscreen's fgetDefaultHbackgrounddevice()?9 fgetDefaultHVideoDevice()f and 'getDefaultHGraphicsDevice(), the method's default fHScreenDevice' group must remain fixed 143 200849990 Z / 1J ipif for this application life cycle . Despite the fixed nature of the reference, the underlying device resources and underlying configuration of these device resources may change over the life of the application. 0 Any non-preset background image or graphics device returned by the 'getDefaultScreen〇f method 1642, also That is, fHbackgrounddevicef, fHVideoDevicef4fHGraphicsDevice', cannot be equal to its special subtype of empty ^HScreenDevic, when this method is returned and when generated

fMultiScreenConfigurationEvent.MULTI_SCREEN_CONFI GURATION_CHANGINGf ^fMultiScreenConfigurationEvent.MULTI_SCREEN_CONFI GURATION_CHANGINGf ^

?MultiScreenContextEvent.MULTI SCREEN CONTEXT S — — — ERVICE—CONTEXT—CHANGED’ 事件之間時。 如 果 ’getDefaultHbackgrounddevice(),, ’getDefaultHVideoDevice()’ 與 ’getDefaultHGraphicsDevice()f 方法所回傳的任一預設fHScreenDevice’的任何 ’HScreenConfiguration’參數(或所得到的螢幕裝置類型特定 參數)在應用生命周期内改變,則產生並散佈適當的 fHScreenConfigurationEventf 至所有 的暫存 fHScreenConfigurationListener’。相似地,如果由預設 ’HScreen’所實施的1MultiScreenContext,介面 1230 的任何質 詢Cget*T)方法所回傳的任何值有變化的話,則產生並散佈 適當的’MultiScreenContextEvent’至所有的暫存 ’MultiScreenContextListenerf 〇 如果由,getDefaultScreen()f方法1642所回傳的任何 fHScreenf實施’MultiScreenConfigurableContext’介面 1210 的 144 200849990 27131pif 話,則由此方法所回傳的各’HScreen’必需實施 ’MultiScreenConfigurableContext’介面 1210,不論由任何回 傳fHScreen’所代表的底層螢幕資源是否為可組態的。 ’getDefaultScreenQ’方法 1642 回傳’HScreen’,如上述 般。 自從MSM 101版本後,已應用,getDefaultScreen〇f方 法 1642 〇• MultiScreenContextEvent.MULTI SCREEN CONTEXT S — — — ERVICE—CONTEXT—CHANGED’ when. If 'getDefaultHbackgrounddevice(), 'getDefaultHVideoDevice()' and any of the 'hScreenConfiguration' parameters of any of the preset fHScreenDevice's returned by the 'getDefaultHGraphicsDevice()f method (or the resulting screen device type specific parameters) are in the application life cycle Within the change, the appropriate fHScreenConfigurationEventf is generated and distributed to all the staging fHScreenConfigurationListener'. Similarly, if any of the values returned by any of the challenge Cget*T methods of interface 1230 are changed by the 1MultiScreenContext implemented by the default 'HScreen', then the appropriate 'MultiScreenContextEvent' is generated and distributed to all temporary stores. MultiScreenContextListenerf 〇 If any of the fHScreenfs returned by the getDefaultScreen()f method 1642 implements the 144 200849990 27131pif of the 'MultiScreenConfigurableContext' interface 1210, then each 'HScreen' returned by this method must implement the 'MultiScreenConfigurableContext' interface 1210, regardless of Whether the underlying screen resource represented by any of the returned fHScreen' is configurable. The 'getDefaultScreenQ' method 1642 returns 'HScreen' as described above. Since the MSM 101 version, has been applied, getDefaultScreen〇f method 1642 〇

TmdScreens(ServiceContext)f 方法 1638 設定"public org.havi.ui.HScreen[] findScreens(javax.tv.service.selection.ServiceContext context)”並找到相關於特殊服務情境的至少一個可存取螢 幕。既定服務情境可相關於〇個,1個或多個,HScreen,。 亦即,TmdScreens(ServiceContext),方法 1638 找出相 關於特定’ServiceContext,的可存取’HScreen,組。如果 fgetScreens〇’方法1660回傳(或可能回傳),HScreen’(當在呼 叫此方法時,正被相同應用所呼叫),,HScreen,是可存取的 (對某些應用而言)。 參數’context’是’ServiceContext,。 ’fmdScreens(ServiceContext)’方法 1638 回傳,HScreen, 陣列或回傳”空”值。如果特定,ServiceC〇ntext,相關於某些可 存取’HScreen’,則’HScreen’必需存在於不可為,,空,,值且為 非空的回傳陣列中。否則,回傳,,空值”,代表,s erviceC〇ntexf 未相關於任一’HScreen,。 自從 MSM 1〇1版本後,已應用 145 200849990 2/1.5iplf ’fmdScreens(ServiceContext)’方法 1638。 ’getOutputPortScreen(VideoOutputPort)’方法 1656 設定 "public org.havi.ui.HScreen getOutputPortScreen(org.ocap.hardware.VideoOutputPort port)’’並得到相關於某輸出埠的螢幕。給定特殊 ’VideoOutputPorf,’getOutputPortScreen(VideoOutputPort)’ 方法1656得到相關於此埠的fHScreenf,以呈現用。 參數’port’是’VideoOutputPort’。 ’getOutputPortScreen(VideoOutputPort)’方法 1656 回傳 相關於此特定埠的’HScreen’,或回傳’’空’’,如果相關性不 存在的話。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 fgetOutputPortScreen(VideoOutputPort)f;^^ 1656。 ’getCompatibleScreens(VideoOutputPort)’方法 1640 設 定 "public org.havi.ui.HScreen口 getCompatibleScreens(org.ocap.hardware.VideoOutputPort port)”並得到相容於輸出埠的可存取螢幕組。 給 定特殊 ’VideoOutputPorf , ’getCompatibleScreens(VideoOutputPort)’ 方法 1640 得到(由 fgetScreens()f方法1660所回傳的較大設定的)’HScreen,的子 組,其可能相關於此埠,以呈現用。 參數>011’是’\^(160〇1^1油011:’。 ’getCompatibleScreens(VideoOutputPort)’方法 1640 回 傳(可能空的)’HScreen’陣列,其相關於特定埠。 146 200849990 2713 Ipif 自從 MSM 101版本後,已應用 getCompatibleScreens(VideoOutputPort)’方法 1640。TmdScreens(ServiceContext)f Method 1638 sets "public org.havi.ui.HScreen[] findScreens(javax.tv.service.selection.ServiceContext context)" and finds at least one accessible screen associated with the particular service context. The service context can be related to one, one or more, HScreen, ie TmdScreens(ServiceContext), method 1638 finds the accessible 'HScreen, group associated with a particular 'ServiceContext'. If fgetScreens〇' method 1660 Return (or possibly post back), HScreen' (when called while calling the same application), HScreen, is accessible (for some applications). The parameter 'context' is ' ServiceContext, 'fmdScreens(ServiceContext)' method 1638 postback, HScreen, array or passback "null" value. If specific, ServiceC〇ntext, related to some accessible 'HScreen', then 'HScreen' must exist in Cannot be, empty, value, and non-empty in the backhaul array. Otherwise, return, null," means that s er er er er er er er er er erSince the MSM version 1〇1, the 145 200849990 2/1.5iplf ‘fmdScreens(ServiceContext)' method 1638 has been applied. The 'getOutputPortScreen(VideoOutputPort)' method 1656 sets "public org.havi.ui.HScreen getOutputPortScreen(org.ocap.hardware.VideoOutputPort port)'' and gets a screen related to an output port. Given a special 'VideoOutputPorf,' getOutputPortScreen(VideoOutputPort)' method 1656, fHScreenf associated with this is obtained for presentation. The parameter 'port' is 'VideoOutputPort'. The 'getOutputPortScreen(VideoOutputPort)' method 1656 returns 'HScreen' associated with this particular ,, or returns ''empty'' if the correlation does not exist. Since the MSM 101 version, fgetOutputPortScreen(VideoOutputPort)f;^^ 1656 has been applied. The 'getCompatibleScreens(VideoOutputPort)' method 1640 sets the "public org.havi.ui.HScreen port getCompatibleScreens(org.ocap.hardware.VideoOutputPort port)" and gets an accessible set of screens compatible with the output port. VideoOutputPorf , 'getCompatibleScreens(VideoOutputPort)' Method 1640 gets a subgroup of 'HScreen' (larger set back by fgetScreens() f method 1660, which may be related to this for presentation. Parameters > 011 'Yes'\^(160〇1^1油011:'. 'getCompatibleScreens(VideoOutputPort)' method 1640 returns a (possibly empty) 'HScreen' array, which is related to a specific 埠. 146 200849990 2713 Ipif since MSM 101 version After that, the getCompatibleScreens(VideoOutputPort)' method 1640 has been applied.

’getMultiScreenConfigurationsO’方法 1652 設定’’public MultiScreenConfiguration[] getMultiScreenConfigurations()M 並付到由此平台所支援的所有目前多螢幕組態組,不論其 組態類型為何。 由’getMultiScreenConfigurationsO’方法 1652 所回傳的 多螢幕組態組必需包括所有各平台多螢幕組態(只包括顯 示螢幕)與所有各顯示多螢幕組態(包括不多於一個的顯示 螢幕與任何數量的邏輯螢幕)。 ’getMultiScreenConfigurations〇’方法 1652 所回傳的多 螢幕組態的順序在本發明中未定義。 ,getMultiScreenConfigurations()’ 方法 1652 回傳 fMultiScreenConflguration’ P車列。 ’getMultiScreenConflgurations()’ 方法 1652 必需發出 Tjava.lang.SecurityException,,如果呼叫線未允許 ’MonitorAppPermission(’’multiscreen.configuration”)’。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 fgetMultiScreenConfigurations()’方法 1652 〇 ’getMultiScreenConfigurations(String)’方法 1654 設定 ’’public Multi S creenConflguration [] getMultiScreenConfigurations(java.lang. String screenConfigurationType)”並得到特殊組態類型的多螢幕 組態。 147 200849990 2713 lpif 參數”screenConfigurationType”是下列值之一 :(1)由 ’MultiScreenConfiguration’所定義的下歹丨]常數之一: {’SCREEN 一 CONFIGURATION 一 DISPLAY’ 1416, ’SCREEN—CONFIGURATION—NON—PIP’ 1420, ’SCREEN—CONFIGURATIONJPIP’ 1422, SCREEN CONFIGURATION POP1 1424, ,SCREEN一CONFIGURATION_GENERAI; 1418},或(2)未 預定為多螢幕組態類型的其他平台相關值。 ’getMultiScreenConfigurations(String)’ 方法 1654 所 ISJ 傳的多螢幕組態組必需包括此特定類型的所有多螢幕組 態,其出現於由’getMultiScreenConfigurationsO’方法 1652 所回傳的陣列中。 由 fgetMultiScreenConfigurations(String)’ 方法 1654 所 回傳的多螢幕組態的順序未定義於本發明中。 ’getMultiScreenConfigurations(String)’ 方法 1654 回傳 fMultiScreenConfigurationf陣列或回傳”空”值,取決於是否 支援此特定組態類型。 ’getMultiScreenConfigurations(String)f 方法 1654 發出 'java.lang.SecurityException',如果啤叫線未允許 ’MonitorAppPermission(nmultiscreen.configurationn)f。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 ’getMultiScreenConfigurations(String)’方法 1654。 fgetMultiScreenConfiguration(HScreen)’方法 1650 設定 ’’public MultiScreenConfiguration 148 200849990 2713 lpif getMultiScreenConfiguration(org.havi.ui.HScreen screen)n& 付到特定榮幕的多營幕組態。 既定THScreenf必需相關於〇個或只有一個多螢幕組 態;然而,因為單一底層螢幕可能被多個,HScreenf共享(多 重參考),底層螢幕(與其組成資源)可能相關於一個以上的 多螢幕組態。 參數’screen’是fHScreenf。 ▼getMultiScreenConfiguration(HScreen)’方法 1650 回傳 ▼MultiScreenConfiguration1,其中特定fHScreen’是構成性螢 幕或是’’空值’’,如果特定fHScreeiV是孤單的(亦即,未被多 螢幕組態所擁有,比如,如果是空螢幕時,可能會是這種 情況)。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 ’getMultiScreenConfiguration(HScreen)’方法 1650。 ▼getMultiScreenConfiguration()’方法 1648 設定’’public MultiScreenConfiguration getMultiScreenConfiguration()n並 得到目前啟動的各平台顯示多螢幕組態。 ’getMultiScreenConfiguration()’方法 1648 回傳目前啟 動的各平台顯示 ’MultiScreenConfiguration’。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 fgetMultiScreenConfiguration()’方法 1648。 ’setMultiScreenConfiguration()’方法 1682 設定’’public void setMultiScreenConflguration(MultiScreenConfiguration configuration, java.util.Dictionary 149 200849990 L! lJipif serviceContextAssociations)n&設定目前啟動的各平台顯示 多螢幕組態。 如果特定Configuration’是目前各平台顯示多螢幕組 態,則除非應用 ’SecurityException,, fsetMultiScreenConfiguration()f 方法 1682 回傳值且不產生 任何邊際效應。 如果特定YonfiguratioiV不是目前各平台顯示多螢幕組 態 且如果 不應用 ’SecurityException,, ‘IllegalArgumentExceptionf 與 ’IllegalStateException’,則 ’setMultiScreenConfiguration()f*法 1682 進行同步各平台 多螢幕組態改變,其處理方式由OCAP MSM加強版所定 義。 如果’serviceContextAssociations’爭論已特定(比如,不 為空的),則目前呼叫應用可存取的任何,ServiceContext,必 需相關於無螢幕或特定(新)各平台多螢幕組態中(或在其 各顯示多螢幕組態中)的應用螢幕。如果無關聯性符合某些 可存取 ServiceContext’,如果某些可存取’ServiceContext’ 未存在於特定關聯性中,或如果其存在但沒有此種應用螢 幕存在於新各平台多螢幕組態中(或在其各顯示多螢幕組 怨中)’必需相關於特定多螢幕組態的預 設服務情境相關螢幕,亦即,由 configuration.getDefaultServiceContextScreenO,所回傳的 榮幕。 為匹配可存取’ServiceContextf,其參考視為特定 150 200849990 2713 lpif fserviceContextAssociations’字典的關鍵字,必需對這此關 鍵字使用虛擬方法fequals(Object)f,其中假設, fsetMultiScreenConfiguration〇’ 方法 1682 的行為相同於 Object.equals(Objecty方法的預設實施。 在給定應用的情境中,MSM主機實施必需在接觸到 此應用的’ServiceContext’與底層服務情境資源的集合間維 持一對一關係。如果MSM主機實施無法維持此關係,則 當構成’serviceContextAssociations’字典時,MSM 實施可將 底層服務情境資源的兩個不同集合視為相同的服務情境: 比如’在如果在不同時間,單一fServiceContextf區隔於資 源的底層集合,或可將底層服務情境資源的單一集合視為 兩個不同服務情境,比如,如果在特定時間,兩個不同的 ’ServiceContexf參考相同的資源底層集合。 用於處理相關於服務情境(其被 ’setMultiScreenConfiguration()’方法 1682 暗地交換或移動 於螢幕之間)的影像管線的DFC元件的狀態不可被 ’setMultiScreenConfiguration()’方法 1682 的執行所影響。 參數’configuration’是,MultiScreenConfiguration,,其成 為目前啟動的各平台顯示多螢幕組態。 如果參數 ’serviceContextAssociations,不是空的,則 ▼Dictionary’的關鍵字是’ServiceContext’且其值是,string,,其 中其字串值定義如下:(1)如果字串值是,,_,,,則不應用螢幕 (在此例下,匹配的服務情境不相關於任何螢幕,在組態改 變之後),(2)否則,如果字串值是”*",則應用此新螢幕組態 151 200849990 z / 〇 ipn 的所有螢幕,(3)否則,如果字串值是 ’MultiScreenContext.getID()’方法回傳的螢幕辨別碼,則應 用此螢幕,(4)否則,如果字串值是 fMultiScreenContext.getScreenCategory()’ 方法回傳的螢幕 類型’則應用具此類別的新組態的任何榮幕,(5)否則, 如果字串值是螢幕辨別碼的分號分隔列表,則應用具匹配 辨別碼的新組態的各螢幕,(6)否則,如果字串值是螢幕類 型的分號分隔列表,則應用具匹配類型的新組態的各螢 幕’(7)否則,如果字串值是螢幕辨別碼或螢幕類型的分號 分隔列表,則應用具匹配辨別碼或類型的新組態的各螢 幕,(8)否則,應用此新組態的預設服務情境關聯螢幕。 ’setMultiScreenConfiguration()’ 方法 1682 發出 fjava.lang.SecurityExceptionT,如果呼叫線未允許 ’MonitorAppPermission(’’multiscreen.configuration"),。 ’setMultiScreenConfiguration()’ 方法 1682 發出 fjava.lang.IllegalArgumentExceptionf , 如 果參數 ’configuration, 不是 fMultiScreenManager.getMultiScreenConfigurations(SCREE N^ONFIGURATriON+DISPLAYy所回傳的各平台多螢幕 組態。 ’setMultiScreenConfiguration()’ 方法 1682 發出 fjava.lang.IllegalStateException’,如果 MSM 實施⑴不允許 特定多螢幕組態的啟動,(2)如果先前已哞叫 ’setMultiScreenConfiguration()’ 方法 1682 且改變處理步驟 152 200849990 27131pif 未完成,或(3)如果在呼叫方法時,不允許啟動的話。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 ’setMultiScreenConfiguration()’方法 1682。 frequestMultiScreenConfigurationChange’方法 1674 被 "public void requestMultiScreenConfigurationChange(MultiScreenConfig uration configuration, java.utiLDictionary serviceContextAssociations)ff所設定,並需要對目前啟動的 各平台顯示多螢幕組態的改變。 如果特定’configuration’是目前組態,則除非應用 f S ecurity Exception1 , ’requestMultiScreenConfigurationChangef 方法 1674 回傳值 而不產生任何邊際效應。 如果特定’configuration’不是目前各平台顯示多螢幕 組態,且如果不應用’SecurityException’, ‘IllegalArgumentException’ 與 ’IllegalStateExceptionf,則 ▼requestMultiScreenConfigurationChange’方法 1674 初始對 目前各平台多螢幕組態進行非同步改變,其中,應用 ’setMultiScreenConfiguration()’方法 1682 的語義,除 了在產 生The 'getMultiScreenConfigurationsO' method 1652 sets '’public MultiScreenConfiguration[] getMultiScreenConfigurations()M and pays to all current multi-screen configuration groups supported by this platform, regardless of their configuration type. The multi-screen configuration group returned by the 'getMultiScreenConfigurationsO' method 1652 must include all screen multi-screen configurations (only display screens) and all display multi-screen configurations (including no more than one display screen and any number) Logic screen). The order of the multi-screen configuration returned by the 'getMultiScreenConfigurations〇' method 1652 is not defined in the present invention. , getMultiScreenConfigurations()' method 1652 returns the fMultiScreenConflguration’ P car column. The 'getMultiScreenConflgurations()' method 1652 must issue a Tjava.lang.SecurityException if the call line does not allow 'MonitorAppPermission(''multiscreen.configuration')'. Since the MSM 101 version, the fgetMultiScreenConfigurations()' method 1652 〇'getMultiScreenConfigurations has been applied (String) 'Method 1654 Set ''public Multi S creenConflguration [] getMultiScreenConfigurations(java.lang. String screenConfigurationType)" and get a multi-screen configuration of a special configuration type. 147 200849990 2713 The lpif parameter "screenConfigurationType" is one of the following values: (1) one of the 歹丨] constants defined by 'MultiScreenConfiguration': {'SCREEN a CONFIGURATION-DISPLAY' 1416, 'SCREEN-CONFIGURATION-NON-PIP '1420, 'SCREEN-CONFIGURATIONJPIP' 1422, SCREEN CONFIGURATION POP1 1424, , SCREEN-CONFIGURATION_GENERAI; 1418}, or (2) Other platform-related values not scheduled for the multi-screen configuration type. The 'getMultiScreenConfigurations(String)' method 1654 The multi-screen configuration group passed by the ISJ must include all of the multi-screen configurations of this particular type, which appear in the array returned by the 'getMultiScreenConfigurationsO' method 1652. The order of the multi-screen configuration returned by the fgetMultiScreenConfigurations(String)' method 1654 is not defined in the present invention. The 'getMultiScreenConfigurations(String)' method 1654 returns the fMultiScreenConfigurationf array or returns an "empty" value, depending on whether this particular configuration type is supported. The 'getMultiScreenConfigurations(String)f method 1654 issues 'java.lang.SecurityException' if the beer call line is not allowed ‘MonitorAppPermission(nmultiscreen.configurationn)f. The 'getMultiScreenConfigurations(String)' method 1654 has been applied since the MSM 101 release. fgetMultiScreenConfiguration(HScreen)' method 1650 Settings ’’public MultiScreenConfiguration 148 200849990 2713 lpif getMultiScreenConfiguration(org.havi.ui.HScreen screen)n& A multi-screen configuration for a particular glory. The established THScreenf must be related to one or only one multi-screen configuration; however, because a single underlying screen may be shared by multiple, HScreenf (multiple references), the underlying screen (with its constituent resources) may be associated with more than one multi-screen configuration . The parameter 'screen' is fHScreenf. ▼getMultiScreenConfiguration(HScreen)'Method 1650 Returns ▼MultiScreenConfiguration1, where the specific fHScreen' is a constitutive screen or ''null value'' if the specific fHScreeiV is alone (ie, not owned by multiple screen configurations, such as This may be the case if it is an empty screen.) The 'getMultiScreenConfiguration(HScreen)' method 1650 has been applied since the MSM 101 version. ▼getMultiScreenConfiguration()' method 1648 Set '’public MultiScreenConfiguration getMultiScreenConfiguration()n and get the multi-screen configuration for each platform currently launched. The 'getMultiScreenConfiguration()' method 1648 returns the currently launched platform 'MultiScreenConfiguration'. The fgetMultiScreenConfiguration()' method 1648 has been applied since the MSM 101 release. The 'setMultiScreenConfiguration()' method 1682 sets the ''public void setMultiScreenConflguration(MultiScreenConfiguration configuration, java.util.Dictionary 149 200849990 L! lJipif serviceContextAssociations)n& setting to display the multi-screen configuration for each platform currently launched. If a particular Configuration' is currently displaying multiple screen configurations on each platform, the fsetMultiScreenConfiguration()f method 1682 returns the value and does not produce any marginal effects unless 'SecurityException' is applied. If the specific YonfiguratioiV is not currently displaying multiple screen configurations on each platform and if 'SecurityException', 'IllegalArgumentExceptionf and 'IllegalStateException' are not applied, then 'setMultiScreenConfiguration()f* method 1682 synchronizes multiple screen configuration changes for each platform, which is handled by OCAP MSM Enhanced Edition is defined. If the 'serviceContextAssociations' argument is specific (eg, not empty), then any ServiceContext that the current call application can access must be related to no screen or specific (new) platform multi-screen configuration (or in each Display the application screen in the multi-screen configuration). If no association matches certain accessible ServiceContext's, if some accessible 'ServiceContext' does not exist in a particular association, or if it exists, no such application screen exists in the new platform multi-screen configuration (or in its multiple display screens) "Required to be associated with a specific multi-screen configuration of the default service context-related screen, that is, the honor screen returned by configuration.getDefaultServiceContextScreenO. To match the accessibility of 'ServiceContextf', the reference is treated as a specific 150 200849990 2713 lpif fserviceContextAssociations' dictionary keyword, the virtual method fequals(Object)f must be used for this keyword, assuming that fsetMultiScreenConfiguration〇' method 1682 behaves the same In Object.equals (the default implementation of the Objecty method. In the context of a given application, the MSM host implementation must maintain a one-to-one relationship between the 'ServiceContext' that is exposed to the application and the set of underlying service context resources. If the MSM host If the implementation cannot maintain this relationship, the MSM implementation can treat the two different sets of underlying service context resources as the same service context when composing the 'serviceContextAssociations' dictionary: eg 'if at a different time, a single fServiceContextf is separated from the resource The underlying collection, or a single collection of underlying service context resources can be treated as two different service contexts, for example, if at a particular time, two different 'ServiceContexfs refer to the same underlying collection of resources. For processing related service contexts (which Be The state of the DFC component of the image pipeline of the setMultiScreenConfiguration() 'method 1682 darkly swapped or moved between screens' is not affected by the execution of the 'setMultiScreenConfiguration()' method 1682. The parameter 'configuration' is, MultiScreenConfiguration, which becomes the current The launched platforms display multiple screen configurations. If the parameter 'serviceContextAssociations' is not empty, the keyword of ▼Dictionary' is 'ServiceContext' and its value is string, where its string value is defined as follows: (1) If The string value is ,, _,,, then the screen is not applied (in this case, the matching service context is not related to any screen, after the configuration change), (2) otherwise, if the string value is "*&quot ;, then apply this screen to 151 200849990 z / 〇ipn all screens, (3) Otherwise, if the string value is the 'MultiScreenContext.getID()' method back to the screen identification code, then apply this screen, ( 4) Otherwise, if the string value is the screen type returned by the fMultiScreenContext.getScreenCategory() method, then the application has this Any other screen of the new configuration, (5) Otherwise, if the string value is a semicolon-separated list of screen identification codes, apply the newly configured screens with matching identification codes, (6) otherwise, if the words The string value is a semicolon-separated list of screen types, and the new screens with the matching type are applied. '(7) Otherwise, if the string value is a screen-separated list of screen identification codes or screen types, the application has a match. Identify the code or type of newly configured screen, (8) Otherwise, apply this newly configured preset service context to the screen. The 'setMultiScreenConfiguration()' method 1682 issues fjava.lang.SecurityExceptionT if the call line does not allow 'MonitorAppPermission(’’multiscreen.configuration"). The 'setMultiScreenConfiguration()' method 1682 issues fjava.lang.IllegalArgumentExceptionf, if the parameter 'configuration' is not fMultiScreenManager.getMultiScreenConfigurations(SCREE N^ONFIGURATriON+DISPLAYy is returned for each platform multi-screen configuration. 'setMultiScreenConfiguration()' method 1682 Issue fjava .lang.IllegalStateException', if the MSM implementation (1) does not allow the startup of a particular multi-screen configuration, (2) if the 'setMultiScreenConfiguration()' method 1682 has been previously called and the change processing step 152 200849990 27131pif is not completed, or (3) if The start of the call method is not allowed. Since the MSM 101 version, the 'setMultiScreenConfiguration()' method 1682 has been applied. The frequestMultiScreenConfigurationChange 'method 1674 is set by "public void requestMultiScreenConfigurationChange(MultiScreenConfig uration configuration, java.utiLDictionary serviceContextAssociations)ff It is also necessary to display changes to the multi-screen configuration for each platform currently launched. If specific 'configurati' On' is currently configured, unless the application of f S ecurity Exception1 , 'requestMultiScreenConfigurationChangef method 1674 returns the value without any marginal effect. If the specific 'configuration' is not currently showing multiple screen configurations for each platform, and if 'SecurityException is not applied ', 'IllegalArgumentException' and 'IllegalStateExceptionf, then ▼requestMultiScreenConfigurationChange' method 1674 initially performs asynchronous changes to the current multi-screen configuration for each platform, where the semantics of the 'setMultiScreenConfiguration()' method 1682 is applied, except in the generation

TMultiScreenConfiguration.MULTI—SCREEN—CONFIGURA TION—CHANGING’事件後(但在其散佈之前), ’requestMultiScreenConfigurationChange’方法 1674 必需立 即回傳。 153 200849990 2/lJipif 參數’(:〇11丘81^&1^〇11’是’]\/[1111;18(^6611(^〇11丘81^&1^〇11’,以成 目前啟動的螢幕組態。參數 空值f4fDictionary’,其關鍵字是’ServiceContext’且其值是 ’String’,其語義如’setMultiScreenConfiguration(··)’所定義。 ’requestMultiScreenConfigurationChangef 方法 1674 發 出 fjava.lang.SecurityExceptionf,如果呼叫線未允許 fMonitorAppPermission(’’multiscreen.configuration”)’。 frequestMultiScreenConfigurationChange’方法 1674 發 出’java.lang.IllegalStateException’ :(1)如果 MSM 實施不允 許特定多螢幕組態的啟動,(2)如果先前已呼叫 ’requestMultiScreenConfigurationChange’ 方法 1674 且變化 處理步驟未完成,或(3)在呼叫方法時,不允許啟動的話。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 ’requestMultiScreenConfigurationChange’方法 1674 〇 ’addMultiScreenConfigurationListener’ 方法 1632 設定 "public void addMultiScreenConflgurationListener(MultiScreenConflgura tionListener listener)’’,並加入待通知的傾聽者,一旦出現 多螢幕組態事件的話。如果先前已加入傾聽者且後續未移 除的話,則試著再度將其加入不該產生邊際效應。 應用至此單獨fMultiScreenManager,的組態事件必需 限制為,其可影響可用顯示螢幕的完成。 如果產生由 fMultiScreenConfigurationEvent,所定義的 事件,則因此,MSM實施必需通知各暫存的螢幕組態傾 154 200849990 27131pif 聽者。 參婁文listener’是fMultiScreenConfigurationListener’。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 ’addMultiScreenConfigurationListener’方法 1632。 fremoveMultiScreenConfigurationListener1*;^: 1668 言史 定 "public void removeMultiScreenConfigurationListener(MultiScreenConfi gurationListener listener)"並將先前加入為待通知的傾聽者 給予移除,一旦出現多螢幕組態事件的話。如果特定傾聽 者目前未暫存為傾聽者,則試著將其移除不可產生邊際效 應。 參數也{61抓’是’]\41111^(^611(^011與1^11〇111^{61^1·,。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 ’removeMultiScreenConfigurationListenerf 方法 1668 〇 faddResourceStatusListener’方法 1636 設定"public void addResourceStatusListener(org.davic.resources.ResourceStat usListener listener)’’並加入資源狀態傾聽者。 參數listener’ 是 ’ResourceStatusUstener!。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 ’addResourceStatusListener’方法 1636。 fremoveResourceStatusListener’方法 1672 設定,,public void removeResourceStatusListener(org.davic.resources.Resource StatusListener listener)’’並移除資源狀態傾聽者。 155 200849990After the TMultiScreenConfiguration.MULTI—SCREEN—CONFIGURA TION—CHANGING’ event (but before its spread), the 'requestMultiScreenConfigurationChange’ method 1674 must be returned immediately. 153 200849990 2/lJipif Parameter '(:〇11丘81^&1^〇11' is ']\/[1111;18(^6611(^〇11丘81^&1^〇11', The currently launched screen configuration. The parameter null value f4fDictionary', whose keyword is 'ServiceContext' and whose value is 'String', whose semantics are defined by 'setMultiScreenConfiguration(··)'. The 'requestMultiScreenConfigurationChangef method 1674 issues fjava.lang. SecurityExceptionf, if the call line does not allow fMonitorAppPermission(''multiscreen.configuration")'. The frequestMultiScreenConfigurationChange' method 1674 issues 'java.lang.IllegalStateException': (1) if the MSM implementation does not allow the startup of a particular multi-screen configuration, (2) If the 'requestMultiScreenConfigurationChange' method 1674 has been previously called and the change processing step is not completed, or (3) the start is not allowed when the method is called. Since the MSM 101 version, the 'requestMultiScreenConfigurationChange' method 1674 〇 'addMultiScreenConfigurationListener' method 1632 has been applied. "public Void addMultiScreenConflgurationListener(MultiScreenConflgura tionListener listener)'', and join the listener to be notified, once the multi-screen configuration event occurs. If you have previously joined the listener and have not been removed later, try to add it again. Marginal effect. The configuration event applied to this individual fMultiScreenManager must be limited to affect the completion of the available display screen. If an event defined by fMultiScreenConfigurationEvent is generated, the MSM implementation must notify each of the temporary screen configurations. 154 200849990 27131pif Listener. The reference listener' is fMultiScreenConfigurationListener'. The 'addMultiScreenConfigurationListener' method 1632 has been applied since the MSM 101 release. fremoveMultiScreenConfigurationListener1*;^: 1668 History "public void removeMultiScreenConfigurationListener(MultiScreenConfi gurationListener listener)" and removes the listener who was previously added to be notified, once a multi-screen configuration event occurs. If a particular listener is not currently staged as a listener, then trying to remove it does not produce a marginal effect. The parameter is also {61 grab' is ']\41111^(^611(^011 and 1^11〇111^{61^1·,. Since the MSM 101 version, the 'removeMultiScreenConfigurationListenerf method 1668 〇faddResourceStatusListener' method 1636 has been applied. "public void addResourceStatusListener(org.davic.resources.ResourceStat usListener listener)'' and join the resource state listener. The parameter listener' is 'ResourceStatusUstener!. Since the MSM 101 version, the 'addResourceStatusListener' method 1636 has been applied. The fremoveResourceStatusListener' method 1672 set,, public void removeResourceStatusListener(org.davic.resources.Resource StatusListener listener)'' and remove the resource state listener. 155 200849990

2 / i J ipiT 參數’listener’SfResourceStatusListener’。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 fremoveResourceStatusListener’方法 1672 〇 fswapServiceContexts’ 方法 1684 設定"public void swapServiceContexts(org.havi.ui.HScreen screen 1? org.havi.ui.HScreen screen2,2 / i J ipiT parameter 'listener'SfResourceStatusListener'. Since the MSM 101 version, the fremoveResourceStatusListener' method 1672 〇 fswapServiceContexts' method 1684 has been applied to set "public void swapServiceContexts(org.havi.ui.HScreen screen 1? org.havi.ui.HScreen screen2,

javax.tv.service.selection.ServiceContext[] exclusions)’’並在 兩個’HScreer^之間自動交換服務情境。 ’swapServiceContexts’方法1684是一種方便的方法, 可支援在螢幕間交換内容呈現的共同功能。由 ’swapServiceContexts’方法1684所得到的相似結果也可利 用 fMultiScreenConfigurableContext.addServiceContext(··), 與 fMultiScreenConfigurableContext.removeServiceContext( )f 方法的移除與加入服務情境於特殊可存取螢幕的更普遍機 制來完成。此外,使用更普遍方法可導致更多的呈現轉態 人工技術’比起利用swapServiceContexts’方法;[684,亡是 因為fswapServiceContexts’方法1684的自動交換誤兰 正用於處理相關於服務情境(其我正被 ’swapServiceContexts’方法1684所交換)的影像管線的 狀態不可被’swapServiceContexts’方法1684的勃/- 參數’screen1,是’HScreen,,其服務情境 ’screen2’的服務情境。 父、; 參數’SCreen2’是’HScreen’,其服務情境可交換於 156 200849990 27131pif ’screenl’的服務情境。 參數Exclusions’如果不是’’空值’’,則其為要從交換操 作中排除的’ServiceContext’非空陣列,亦即,其螢幕相關 性不會被交換所影響。 fswapServiceContextsf 方 法 1684 發 出 fjava.lang.SecurityException?,如果呼叫線未允許 ’MonitorAppPermission(f,multiscreeiLconfigurationn)’。 ?swapServiceContextsf 方 法 1684 發 出 fjava.lang.IllegalStateException’,如果下列之一成立的話: (1) 在螢幕中,影像正呈現為成份影像而不是背景影像;或 (2) 特定螢幕的’ServiceContextT無法被改變,亦即,比如平 台使用特定’ServiceContexf與螢幕的永久關聯性。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用、wapServiceContexts’ 方法1684。 ’moveServiceContexts’ 方法 1666 設定"public void moveServiceContexts(org.havi.ui.HScreen src, org.havi.ui.HScreen dst, javax.tv.service.selection.ServiceContext[] contexts)’’並自動 將特定服務情境組從一個fHScreenf移至另一個’HScreen,。 fmoveServiceContexts’方法1666是一種方便方法,可 支援在螢幕間移動内容呈現的共同功能,對於既定情務情 境組而言。*fmoveServiceContexts’方法1666所得到的相 似 結 果也可 利 用 ▼MultiScreenConfigurableContext.addServiceContexts(.·),與 157 200849990 2VL3lpif fMultiScreenConfigurableContext.removeServiceContexts(..)i 方法的移除與加入服務情境於特殊可存取螢幕的更普遍機 制來完成。此外,使用更普遍方法可導致更多的轉態呈現 技術,比起利用fmoveServiceContexts,方法1666,這是因為 ’moveServiceContexts’方法1666的自動交換語義。 正用於處理相關於服務情境(其正被javax.tv.service.selection.ServiceContext[] exclusions)’’ and automatically exchanges service contexts between the two 'HScreer^'. The 'swapServiceContexts' method 1684 is a convenient way to support the common functionality of exchanging content presentations between screens. Similar results obtained by the 'swapServiceContexts' method 1684 can also be accomplished using fMultiScreenConfigurableContext.addServiceContext(··), with the fMOScreenConfigurableContext.removeServiceContext( )f method being removed and joining the service context to a more general-purpose screen with special accessibility screens. In addition, the use of more general methods can lead to more rendering of the state of the art of artificial technology than the use of the swapServiceContexts method; [684, the death is because the fswapServiceContexts' method 1684 automatic exchange error is being used to deal with the service context (I am The state of the image pipeline being exchanged by the 'swapServiceContexts' method 1684) is not available to the 'swapServiceContexts' method 1684's Boo--parameter 'screen1', which is the 'HScreen', its service context 'screen2' service context. The parent, the parameter 'SCreen2' is 'HScreen', and its service context can be exchanged for the service context of 156 200849990 27131pif 'screenl'. The parameter Exclusions', if not ''null'', is a non-empty array of 'ServiceContext' to be excluded from the exchange operation, i.e., its screen correlation is not affected by the exchange. The fswapServiceContextsf method 1684 issues fjava.lang.SecurityException? if the call line does not allow 'MonitorAppPermission(f,multiscreeiLconfigurationn)'. The ?swapServiceContextsf method 1684 issues fjava.lang.IllegalStateException' if one of the following is true: (1) the image is being rendered as a component image instead of the background image on the screen; or (2) the 'ServiceContextT' of the particular screen cannot be changed, That is, for example, the platform uses a specific 'ServiceContexf' to permanently associate with the screen. The wapServiceContexts' method 1684 has been applied since the MSM 101 release. The 'moveServiceContexts' method 1666 sets "public void moveServiceContexts(org.havi.ui.HScreen src, org.havi.ui.HScreen dst, javax.tv.service.selection.ServiceContext[] contexts)'' and automatically sets the specific service The situation group moves from one fHScreenf to another 'HScreen'. The fmoveServiceContexts' method 1666 is a convenient method to support the common functionality of moving content presentations between screens for a given set of situational contexts. Similar results obtained by *fmoveServiceContexts' method 1666 can also be exploited with ▼MultiScreenConfigurableContext.addServiceContexts(..), with 157 200849990 2VL3lpif fMultiScreenConfigurableContext.removeServiceContexts(..)i method removal and joining service contexts for special accessible screens A universal mechanism to complete. Furthermore, using a more general approach can result in more transitional rendering techniques than using fmoveServiceContexts, method 1666, because of the automatic exchange semantics of the 'moveServiceContexts' method 1666. Is being used to deal with the service context (it is being

fmoveServiceContexts’方法1666所移動)的影像管線的DFC 狀態不可被’moveServiceContexts1方法1666的執行所影響。 參數,特定服務情境可從其中移動。 參數,特定服務情境可從其中移動。 情境參數是fServiceContextf的非空陣列,以從,src,螢幕 移動至’dst’螢幕。 ’moveServiceContexts’ 方 法 1666 發 出 fjava.lang.SecurityException,,如果呼叫線未允許 ’MonitorAppPermission(nmultiscreen.configurationif),。 ’moveServiceContexts’ 方 法 1666 發 出 'java.lang.IllegalArgumentException1 ,如果某特定 ’ServiceContext’ 目前不相關於來源’HScreen’,’src’。 fmoveServiceContexts! 方法 1666 發出 java.lang.IllegalStateException’,如果下列之一成立的話: (1)在螢幕中,影像正呈現成成份影像而非背景影像;(2) 特定螢幕的某特定fServiceContextf無法被移除,亦即,如 果平台使用特定’ServiceContext’與螢幕的永久關聯性;或 者,(3)非摘要fServiceContextf已相關於目的螢幕且平台只 158 200849990 • 2713 lpif 支援一個非摘要ServiceContexf於各螢幕。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應 方法1666。 fgetPlayerScreenDevices’ 方法 1658 設定 ’’public org.havi.ui.HScreenDevice[] getPlayerScreenDevices(javax.media.Player player)”,並得到 目前指定的螢幕裝置組,以由Java Media Framework (JMF) 媒體播放器所使用。 參數fplayerf是一種JMF播放器,以質詢其螢幕裝置 組。 fgetPlayerScreenDevicesf方法 1658 是’HScreenDevice’ 陣列,其為空的,若且唯若沒有相關螢幕裝置的話。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 fgetPlayerScreenDevicesf 方法1658。 ’addPlayerScreenDevicesf 方法 1634 設定’’public void addPlayerScreenDevices(javax.media.Player player, org.havi.ui.HScreenDevice[] devices)",並將螢幕裝置加入 至媒體播放器。 參數^player’是JMF ’Player’,以質詢特定螢幕裝置。參 數’devices’是fHScreenDevicef的非空陣列,以呈現由特定媒 體播放器所傳來的某些類型的内容。 taddPlayerScreenDevices,方 法 1634 發 出 java.lang.SecurityException’ ,如果呼叫線未允許 ’MonitorAppPermission("multiscreenxontext”)’。 159 200849990 z / υ ιμιι ,addPlayerScreenDeviCes’ 方法 1634 發出 」ava.lang.megalStateException’,如果下列之任一成立的 話:(1)特定,player’不處於停止狀態;(2)特定螢幕^如“乂 不相容於特定’player’ ; (3)’devices’的某些底層螢幕裝置無 法被應用所用,比如,因為被另一應用所獨家保留;或 ’devices’的某些底層螢幕裝置已相關於媒體播放器,且此裝 置未支援多媒體播放器。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 ’addPlayerScreenDevices丨方法 1634 〇 faddPlayerScreenDevices’方法1634的詳細資訊可參考 rPlayerf,’HScreenDevicef。 ’removePlayerScreenDevices’ 方法 1670 設定"public void removePlayerScreenDevices〇avax.media.Player player, org.havi.ui.HScreenDevice[] devices)’’,並從媒體播放器移 除螢幕裝置。亦即,fHScreenDevice’全部或的非空組從呈 現(或者,相關於呈現)特定媒體播放器的螢幕裝置組移 除。如果’devices1是’空值’,則所有螢幕裝置關聯性都被移 除0 fremovePlayerScreenDevicesf 方法 1670 發出 fjava.lang.SecurityExceptionf ,如果呼叫線未允許 ’MonitorAppPermission("multiscreen.contextn)’。 'removePlayerScreenDevices1 方法 1670 發出 ’java.lang.IllegalArgumentException’,如果’devices’不是’空 值’且fdevices4々某項目不相關於特定Tlayer’。 160 200849990 2713 lpifThe DFC state of the image pipeline of the fmoveServiceContexts' method 1666 is not affected by the execution of the 'moveServiceContexts1 method 1666'. A parameter from which a particular service situation can be moved. A parameter from which a particular service situation can be moved. The context parameter is a non-empty array of fServiceContextf, moving from , src, screen to the 'dst’ screen. The 'moveServiceContexts' method 1666 issues fjava.lang.SecurityException, if the call line does not allow 'MonitorAppPermission(nmultiscreen.configurationif),. The 'moveServiceContexts' method 1666 issues 'java.lang.IllegalArgumentException1 if a particular 'ServiceContext' is not currently associated with the source 'HScreen', 'src'. fmoveServiceContexts! Method 1666 issues java.lang.IllegalStateException' if one of the following is true: (1) On the screen, the image is being rendered as a component image instead of the background image; (2) A particular fServiceContextf for a particular screen cannot be removed That is, if the platform uses a specific 'ServiceContext' with a permanent association to the screen; or, (3) the non-summary fServiceContextf is already associated with the destination screen and the platform only 158 200849990 • 2713 lpif supports a non-summary ServiceContexf on each screen. Method 1666 has been applied since the MSM 101 release. fgetPlayerScreenDevices' Method 1658 sets ''public org.havi.ui.HScreenDevice[] getPlayerScreenDevices(javax.media.Player player)" and gets the currently specified set of screen devices for use by the Java Media Framework (JMF) media player The parameter fplayerf is a JMF player to challenge its screen device set. The fgetPlayerScreenDevicesf method 1658 is an 'HScreenDevice' array that is empty if and only if there is no associated screen device. Since the MSM 101 version, the fgetPlayerScreenDevicesf method has been applied. 1658. 'addPlayerScreenDevicesf Method 1634 sets ''public void addPlayerScreenDevices(javax.media.Player player, org.havi.ui.HScreenDevice[] devices)" and adds the screen device to the media player. The parameter ^player' is JMF 'Player' to challenge a particular screen device. The parameter 'devices' is a non-empty array of fHScreenDevicef to render certain types of content from a particular media player. taddPlayerScreenDevices, method 1634 issues java.lang.SecurityException' If the calling line is not allowed 'MonitorAppPermission (" multiscreenxontext ")'. 159 200849990 z / υ ιμιι , addPlayerScreenDeviCes' Method 1634 Issue "ava.lang.megalStateException" if any of the following is true: (1) specific, player' is not in a stopped state; (2) specific screen ^ such as "乂不Some of the underlying screen devices that are compatible with a particular 'player'; (3) 'devices' cannot be used by the application, for example, because they are reserved exclusively by another application; or some of the underlying screen devices of 'devices' are already associated with the media. Player, and this device does not support the multimedia player. Since the MSM 101 version, the details of the method 1634 of the 'addPlayerScreenDevices丨 method 1634 〇faddPlayerScreenDevices' have been applied. Refer to rPlayerf, 'HScreenDevicef. 'removePlayerScreenDevices' Method 1670 Set "public void removePlayerScreenDevices〇avax.media.Player player, org.havi.ui.HScreenDevice[] devices)'' and remove the screen device from the media player. That is, fHScreenDevice's all or non-empty groups are rendered (or related) Presenting the screen of a specific media player Group removal. If 'devices1 is 'null', all screen device associations are removed. 0 fremovePlayerScreenDevicesf method 1670 issues fjava.lang.SecurityExceptionf if the call line does not allow 'MonitorAppPermission("multiscreen.contextn)' 'removePlayerScreenDevices1 method 1670 issues 'java.lang.IllegalArgumentException' if 'devices' is not 'null' and fdevices4々 is not related to a specific Tlayer'. 160 200849990 2713 lpif

VemovePlayerScreenDevices'方法 1670 發出 ▼java.lang.IllegalStateException’,如果特定fplayer’不處於停 止狀態。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 fremovePlayerScreenDevices’方法 1670。 ?getEmptyScreen()f 方法 1644 設定 ’’public org.havi.ui.HScreen getEmptyScreen()",並得到單獨的空 fHScreen’。 使用空的IHScreen、’getEmptyScreen()f方法 1644 可得 到各可用子類型(比如^Hbackgrounddevice、fHVideoDevicef, ?HGraphicsDevicef 等)的空 fHScreenDevice’ ,空 ’HScreenConfiguration’ 與空 ’HScreenConfigTemplate’ 的參 考。 ’getEmptyScreen’方法1644的存在主要是支援功能 MSM 功能,比如fisEmptyScreen()f,fisEmptyScreenDevice()’, ’sameResources()’ 等的語義。 ’getEmptyScreen()’方法 1644 回傳空的’HScreen’。 自從MSM 101版本後,已應用如1£11^}^〇^11()’方法 1644 〇 ▼isEmptyScreen’ 方法 1662 設定 npublic boolean isEmptyScreen(org.havi.ui.HScreen screen)’’,並決定,如果 從條件滿足觀點來看的話,fHScreen’是否等於空的 ▼HScreen’。 如果’screen’不實施’MultiScreenConfigurableContext’, 161 200849990 Z / ijipn 則對fMultiScreenConfigurableContextf的限制條件必需視為 相等。 參數’screen’ 是 ’HScreen’。 fisEmptyScreen’方法 1662 回傳ς真’,如果特定’screen, 等於空的’HScreen'。 自從MSM 101版本後,已應用’isEmptyScreenf方法 1662 〇 risEmptyScreenDevicef方法 1664 設定"public boolean isEmptyScreenDevice(org.havi.ui.HScreenDevice device)", 並且決定,從條件滿足觀點來看,是否 於特殊子類型的空fHScreenDevicef。 裝置參數是下列子類型之一的’HScreenDevic〆: ’Hbackgrounddevice’,fHVideoDevice’或 GraphicsDevice’。 fisEmptyScreenDevice’方法 1664 回傳;真,,如果特定 ’device’等於匹配子類型的空fHScreenDevicef。 自從MSM 101版本後,已應 方法1664。 ’sameResources(HScreen,HScreen)’ 方法 1678 設定 npublic boolean sameResources(org.havi.ui.HScreen screenl, org.havi.ui.HScreenscreen2)n,並且決定是否兩個fHScreen’ 代表相同的底層平台資源與底層資源狀態,亦即對這些底 層資源而言是否相等。 為決定相等性,要用下列條件: •如果fscreenl’與’screen2’之一等於空的’HScreen’,則此 162 200849990 2713 lpif 兩螢幕對底層資源而言並不相等; •如果,對由 ’screenl.getHbackgrounddevicesO1 所回傳 的各螢幕裝置,fBDl·與從fscreen2.getHbackgrounddevices()’ 回傳的螢幕裝置fBD2’沒有一個使得 ’sameResources(BDl,BD2)’回傳‘真,,則此兩螢幕對底層資 源而言並不相等; •如果,對於由丨screenl.getHVideoDevices()’回傳的各 螢幕裝置TVDlf與由 fscreen2.getHVideoDevices()fm 回傳的 螢幕裝置VD2’沒有一個使得’sameResources(VD 1,VD2)f回 傳‘真’,則此兩螢幕對底層資源而言並不相等; •如果對於由 fscreenl.getHGraphicsDevices〇’所回傳的 螢幕裝與由 fscreen2.getHGraphicsDevices()f所回傳 的螢幕裝置’GD21沒有一個使得,’sameResources(GDl,GD2) f回傳‘真’,則此兩螢幕對底層資源而言並不相等; •如果,對於範本爭論的既定等效設定, ?screenl.getBestConflguration(..)f 與 ’screen2egetBestConfiguration(··)’不回傳(名義上不按順序) 相等fHScreenConfigurationf的設定,則此兩螢幕對底層資源 而吕並不相等, •如果,對於螢幕組態爭論的既定等效組, fscreenl.getCoherentScreenConfigurations(..)f 與 ’screen2.getCoherentScreenConflgurations(··)’ 不回傳相等 fHScreenConfigurationf的設定,則此兩螢幕對底層資源而言 並不相等, 163 200849990 Z/IJipir •如果,對於螢幕組態爭論的既定等效組, fscreenl .setCoherentScreenConfigurations(..)f 與 ^screer^.setCoherentScreenConfigurationsC·)’不回傳相同值 或不改變相關於特定螢幕組態爭論的螢幕裝置組使得這些 螢幕裝置維持相等,則此兩螢幕對底層資源而言並不相等; •如果上述條件沒有一個成立,則fscreenl與’screen2’ 對底層資源而言是相等的; 參數 ’ screen Γ 與 ’ screen2 ’ 是 fHS creen1。 如果特定螢幕相等於上述條件的話,回傳真值。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 fsameResources(HScreen, HScreen) ’方法 1678。 ,sameResources(HScreenDevice,HScreenDevice)’方法 1676 設 定 ’’public boolean sameResources(org.havi.ui.HScreenDevice device 1, org.havi.ui.HScreenDevice device2)’’,並決定是否兩個 fHScreenDevice%表相同底層平台資源與底層資源狀態, 亦即對於這些底層資源而言,其是否相等。 為決定相等性,要用下列條件: •如果’devicel’與’device2’不同子類型, ?Hb ackgroundde vicef 9 ’HVideoDevice’, 或 ’HGraphicsDevice’,則此兩螢幕裝置對底層資源而言並不 相等; •如果’devicel·與fdevice2’之一等於適當子類型的空 fHScreenDevice’,則此兩螢幕裝置對底層資源而言並不相 164 200849990 2713 lpifThe VemovePlayerScreenDevices' method 1670 issues ▼java.lang.IllegalStateException' if the particular fplayer' is not in a stopped state. The fremovePlayerScreenDevices' method 1670 has been applied since the MSM 101 release. The getEmptyScreen()f method 1644 sets ’’public org.havi.ui.HScreen getEmptyScreen()" and gets a separate empty fHScreen’. Using the empty IHScreen, 'getEmptyScreen()f method 1644, you can get the reference to the empty fHScreenDevice', empty 'HScreenConfiguration' and empty 'HScreenConfigTemplate' for each of the available subtypes (such as ^Hbackgrounddevice, fHVideoDevicef, ?HGraphicsDevicef, etc.). The presence of the 'getEmptyScreen' method 1644 is primarily to support functional MSM functions such as the semantics of fisEmptyScreen()f, fisEmptyScreenDevice()', 'sameResources()', and the like. The 'getEmptyScreen()' method 1644 returns an empty 'HScreen'. Since the MSM 101 version, the method 1644 〇▼isEmptyScreen' method 1662 has been applied as the 1£11^}^〇^11() method 1662 to set npublic boolean isEmptyScreen(org.havi.ui.HScreen screen)'' and decides if From the point of view of conditional satisfaction, whether fHScreen' is equal to the empty ▼HScreen'. If 'screen' does not implement 'MultiScreenConfigurableContext', 161 200849990 Z / ijipn The restrictions on fMultiScreenConfigurableContextf must be considered equal. The parameter 'screen' is 'HScreen'. The fisEmptyScreen’ method 1662 returns true ', if the specific 'screen' is equal to the empty 'HScreen'. Since the MSM 101 version, the 'isEmptyScreenf method 1662 〇risEmptyScreenDevicef method 1664 has been set to "public boolean isEmptyScreenDevice(org.havi.ui.HScreenDevice device)", and it has been decided whether the special subtype is from the point of view of conditional satisfaction. Empty fHScreenDevicef. The device parameter is 'HScreenDevic〆: 'Hbackgrounddevice', fHVideoDevice' or GraphicsDevice' which is one of the following subtypes. The fisEmptyScreenDevice' method 1664 is passed back; true, if the specific 'device' is equal to the empty fHScreenDevicef of the matching subtype. Method 1664 has been applied since the MSM 101 release. The 'sameResources(HScreen,HScreen)' method 1678 sets npublic boolean sameResources(org.havi.ui.HScreen screenl, org.havi.ui.HScreenscreen2)n and determines whether two fHScreen's represent the same underlying platform resources and underlying resources. State, that is, whether they are equal for these underlying resources. To determine equality, the following conditions are used: • If one of fscreenl' and 'screen2' is equal to the empty 'HScreen', then this 162 200849990 2713 lpif two screens are not equal to the underlying resources; screenl.getHbackgrounddevicesO1 The screen device returned, fBDl· and the screen device fBD2' returned from fscreen2.getHbackgrounddevices()' do not have 'sameResources(BDl, BD2)' return 'true', then the two screen pairs The underlying resources are not equal; • If there is no one for the screen device TVDlf returned by 丨screenl.getHVideoDevices()' and the screen device VD2' returned by fscreen2.getHVideoDevices()fm, 'sameResources(VD 1 , VD2)f returns 'true', then the two screens are not equal to the underlying resources; • if the screen is returned by fscreenl.getHGraphicsDevices〇' and returned by fscreen2.getHGraphicsDevices()f The screen device 'GD21 does not have one, 'sameResources(GDl, GD2) f returns 'true', then the two screens are not equal to the underlying resources. • If, for the established equivalent setting of the template argument, ?screenl.getBestConflguration(..)f and 'screen2egetBestConfiguration(··)' are not returned (nominally out of order) equal to the setting of fHScreenConfigurationf, then the two screens are on the bottom Resources and Lv are not equal, • If, for the established equivalent set of screen configuration arguments, fscreenl.getCoherentScreenConfigurations(..)f and 'screen2.getCoherentScreenConflgurations(··)' do not return the same fHScreenConfigurationf settings, then the two The screen is not equal to the underlying resources, 163 200849990 Z/IJipir • If, for the established equivalent set of screen configuration arguments, fscreenl .setCoherentScreenConfigurations(..)f and ^screer^.setCoherentScreenConfigurationsC·)' are not returned the same Values or changes to the screen set associated with a particular screen configuration argument make these screen devices equal, then the two screens are not equal to the underlying resources; • If none of the above conditions are true, fscreenl and 'screen2' The underlying resources are equal; the parameter ' Screen Γ and ‘ screen2 ’ are fHS creen1. If the specific screen is equal to the above conditions, return the fax value. The fsameResources(HScreen, HScreen) method 1678 has been applied since the MSM 101 release. ,sameResources(HScreenDevice,HScreenDevice)'method 1676 sets ''public boolean sameResources(org.havi.ui.HScreenDevice device 1, org.havi.ui.HScreenDevice device2)'' and decides whether the two fHScreenDevice% tables are the same underlying platform The status of resources and underlying resources, that is, whether they are equal for these underlying resources. To determine equality, the following conditions apply: • If 'devicel' is different from 'device2', HB ackgroundde vicef 9 'HVideoDevice', or 'HGraphicsDevice', then the two screen devices are not equal to the underlying resources. • If one of 'devicel· and fdevice2' is equal to the empty sub-fHScreenDevice' of the appropriate subtype, then the two screen devices are not 164 for the underlying resources. 200849990 2713 lpif

•如果 ’devicel.getFlickerFilter()’ 與 fdevice2.getFlickerFilter(y的回傳值不相同,則此兩螢幕裝 置對底層資源而言並不相等; •如果 ’devicel.getlnterlaced()’ 與 fdevice2.getInterlaced〇f的回傳值不相同,則此兩螢幕裝置 對底層資源而言並不相等; •如果 f device l.getPixelAspectRatio()’ 與 fdevice2.getPixelAspectRatio〇’的回傳值不相同,則此兩螢 幕裝置對底層資源而言並不相等; •如果 fdevicel.getPixelResolution()’ 與 fdevice2.getPixelResolution〇’的回傳值不相同,則此兩螢幕 裝置對底層資源而言並不相等; • 如 果 fdevicel.getScreenArea()f 與 ’device2.getScreenArea(y的回傳值不相同,則此兩螢幕裝置 對底層資源而言並不相等; •如果給定相等的’HScreenConfiguration’(’SCl’與’SC21) 當 成爭論 , 'devicel.getOffsel^SCl)’ 與 4evice2.getOffset(SC2)’的回傳值不相同,則此兩螢幕裝置 對底層資源而言並不相等; •如果給定相等的 fHScreenConfiguration,(,SCl$,SC2f) 與相等的Toint’ ΓΡΓ與fP2f)當成爭論, ’devicel.convertTo(SCl,Pl),與 fdevice2.convertTo(SC2,P2), 的回傳值不相同,則此兩螢幕裝置對底層資源而言並不相 165 200849990 等; •如果 f device l.getConfigurations()f 與 ’device2.getConfigurations〇f不回傳(名義上是不按順序的) 相等fHScreenConfigurationf組,則此兩螢幕對底層資源而言 並不相等, •如果 fdevice 1 .getCurrentConfiguration()f 與 ,device2.getCurrentConfiguration()f 不回傳相等的 fHScreenConfigurationf,則此兩螢幕對底層資源而言並不相 f、等; • 如果 f device l.getDefaultConfiguration()f 與 ,device2.getDefaultConfiguration()f 不回傳相等的 ’HScreenConfiguration’ ’則此兩螢幕對底層資源而言並不相 等; •如果給定相等範本爭論或範本爭論組, ,device 1 .getBestConfiguration(· ·)’ 與 fdevice2.getBestConfiguration(··)’ 不回傳相等的 ( ^IlScreenConfiguration’的設定,則此兩螢幕對底層資源而言 並不相專, •如果 ’devicel’ 與 ’device2’ 是 ’Hbackgrounddevice’ 且如 果 fdevicel.setBackgroundConfiguration(..)f 與 ’device2.setBackgroundConfiguration(..)f不回傳相同值,當 相等fHBackgroundConfigurationf被指定為爭論時,則此兩 螢幕對底層資源而言並不相等; •如果 ’devicel’ 與 fdevice2’ 是 ’HVideoDevice’ 且如果 166 200849990 2713 Ipif (1) fdevicel .setVideoConfiguration(..)f 與 ’deviceS.setVideoConfigurationC·)1 不回值相同值當相等 ’HVideoConfiguration’ 被指定為爭論時, (2) ’devicel.getVideoSource()’ 與 fdevice2.getVideoSource()f 不回傳名義上相等的影像源,或 (3) f device l.getVideoController()f 與 fdevice2.getVideoController〇f不回傳名義上相等的影像控 制器,則此兩螢幕對底層資源而言並不相等; •如果 fdevicel’與’device2’是’HGraphicsDevice▼且如果 fdevicel.setGraphicsConfiguration(..)f 與 ’device2.setGraphicsConfiguration(··)’不回值相同值當相等 fHGraphicsConfigurationf被指定為爭論時,則此兩螢幕對底 層資源而言並不相等; •如果上述條件都不成立,則Wevicel·與4evice2f被視 為相等的,對底層資源而言; 參數’devicel’與,device2’是’HScreenDevice,。 fsameResources(HScreenDevice, HScreenDevice)’ 方法 1676回值真值,如果指定螢幕是相等的,依上述條件來看 的話。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 ’sameResources(HScreenDevice,HScreenDevice)’方法 1676。 fsameResources(ServiceContext? ServiceContext)’ 方法 1680 設 定 ’’public boolean sameResources(javax.tv.service.selection.ServiceContext scl· 167 200849990 i/iMpn javax.tv.service.selection.ServiceContextsc2)n,並決定,兩 個’ServiceContexf是否代表相同底層平台資源與底層資源 狀態,亦即,對於這些底層資源而言,其是否相等的。 參數’scl·與’sc2’是’ServiceContext’。 fsameResources(ServiceContext5 ServiceContext),方法 1680回傳‘真’,如果特定服務情境是相等的(亦即,代表相 同底層資源與資源狀態)。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 fsameResources(ServiceContext,ServiceContext)f 方法 1680。 ’geUnstance〇’ 方法 1646 設定"public static MultiScreenManager getlnstance()”,並得到單獨的 ’MultiScreenManager’。回傳’MultiScreenManager,。 自從MSM 101版本後,已應用!getlnstance()’方法 1646 〇 圖17顯示根據本發明實施例的java套件 ’org.ocap.ui.evenf的介面列表1700與等級列表1710。 套件’org.ocap.ui.event1有HAVi使用者介面事件等級 的加強版,包括OCAP特定遙控事件與多螢幕管理事件。 套件brg.ocap.ui.evenf的介面列表1700包括下列至少 一者:’MultiScreenConfigurationListener▼介面 1702 與 a fMultiScreenContextListenerf介面 1704 〇 ’MultiScreenConfigurationListener’介面 1702 用以通知 糸統與應用所導致的變化’對於fIvlultiScreenManager’的签 體狀態改變,或對於各平各或某各顯示多螢幕組態的某顯 168 200849990 2713 lpif 示fHScreenf的狀態改變,或者對特定 ’MultiScreenConfiguration’的改變。 fMultiScreenContextListenerf interface 1704 肖以通去口 系統與應用所導致的變化,對於’MultiScreenContext,的變 化。 套件’org.ocap.ui.event1的等級列表包括下列至少一 者 : ?MultiScreenConflgurationEventf 等 級 \η\2 ’MultiScreenContextEvent’ 等級 1714,’MultiScreenEvenf 等 級 1716 與’MultiScreenResourceEventf 等級 1718。 ’MultiScreenConfigurationEvent▼等級 1712 會報告對於 fMultiScreenManager%整體狀態改變,或對於各平各或某 各顯示多螢幕組態的某顯示fHScreen’的狀態改變,或者對 特定’MultiScreenConfiguration1 的改變。 fMultiScreenContextEvent’ 等級 1714 用於報生 ▼MultiScreenContext’的變化給有興趣的傾聽者。 ’MultiScreenEvent’等級1716是摘要,基本等級,用 於組織事件辨別碼,其由相關於多螢幕管理功能的不同事 件類型所用。 ▼MultiScreenResourceEvent’等級 1718 會報告關於多聋^ 幕相關資源的資源狀態改變。 圖18A顯示根據本發明實施例的java套件 丨org.ocap.ui.event’ 的 fMultiScreenConfigurationEvent,等級 1712的定義。 套 件 ’org.ocap.ui.event’ - 169 200849990 L· i U ipii ’MultiScreenConfigurationEvent’等級 1712 的 Java 類型定義 為 brg.ocap.ui.event.MultiScreenEvent’ 的子等級 (sub-level) , rorg.ocap.ui.event.MultiScreenEvent, 為 ▼java.util.EventObject’的子等級,而’java.util.EventObject’是 java.lang· Object 的子等級。 套件 ?org.ocap.ui.event1 的 ?MultiScreenConfigurationEvent’等級 1712 包括可當成’’All Implemented Interfacesf4々fjava.io.Serializable’,設定”public class MultiScreenConfigurationEvent’’ 並 力口強 fMultiScreenEventf ° ’MultiScreenConfigurationEvent’等級 1712 用於報告系 統與應用對於’MultiScreenManager1的整體狀態改變,或對 於各平各或某各顯示多螢幕組態的某顯示fHScreenf的狀態 改變,或者對特SfMultiScreenConfiguratioiy 的改變。 下 列的變 化類型 會造成 ’MultiScreenConfigurationEvent’等級 1712 的產生·· •由’MultiScreenManager’所決定的目前啟動各平台多 螢幕組態由一多螢幕組態改變為另一多螢幕組態; •由某顯示fHScreenf所決定的目前啟動各顯示多螢幕 組態由一多螢幕組態改變為另一多螢幕組態; •相關KfMultiScreenConfigurationf的螢幕組改變時(亦 即,螢幕加入或移除於多螢幕組態)。 自從MSM 101版本後,已應用套件’org.ocap.ui.evenf 的’MultiScreenConflgurationEvent’等級 1712。 170 200849990 27131pif 圖18B顯示根據本發明實施例的Java套件 ’org.ocap.ui.event’ 的 fMultiScreenConfigurationEvent’ 等級 1712的欄位列表1800。• If 'devicel.getFlickerFilter()' is not the same as fdevice2.getFlickerFilter (the return value of y, the two screen devices are not equal to the underlying resource; • if 'devicel.getlnterlaced()' and fdevice2.getInterlaced〇 The return value of f is not the same, then the two screen devices are not equal to the underlying resources; • If the return value of f device l.getPixelAspectRatio()' and fdevice2.getPixelAspectRatio〇' are not the same, then the two screen devices Not equal to the underlying resources; • If the return value of fdevicel.getPixelResolution()' and fdevice2.getPixelResolution〇' are not the same, then the two screen devices are not equal to the underlying resources; • If fdevicel.getScreenArea( ) f and 'device2.getScreenArea (y's return value is not the same, then the two screen devices are not equal to the underlying resources; • If given equal 'HScreenConfiguration' ('SCl' and 'SC21) as controversial, 'devicel.getOffsel^SCl)' is not the same as the return value of 4evice2.getOffset(SC2)', then the two screen devices are on the underlying resources. Words are not equal; • If given equal fHScreenConfiguration, (, SCl$, SC2f) and equal Toint' ΓΡΓ and fP2f) are controversial, 'devicel.convertTo(SCl, Pl), and fdevice2.convertTo(SC2, P2 ), the return value is not the same, then the two screen devices are not related to the underlying resources 165 200849990, etc.; • If f device l.getConfigurations()f and 'device2.getConfigurations〇f are not returned (nominally If the fHScreenConfigurationf group is not in order, the two screens are not equal to the underlying resources. • If fdevice1.getCurrentConfiguration()f and device2.getCurrentConfiguration()f do not return the same fHScreenConfigurationf, then the two screens For the underlying resources, it is not the same as f, etc.; • If f device l.getDefaultConfiguration()f and device2.getDefaultConfiguration()f do not return the same 'HScreenConfiguration' ' then the two screens are not for the underlying resources. Equivalent; • If given an equal template argument or a model argument group, device 1 .getBestConfiguration(· ·)' with fdevice2 .getBestConfiguration(··)' does not return equal (^IlScreenConfiguration' settings, then the two screens are not specific to the underlying resources, • if 'devicel' and 'device2' are 'Hbackgrounddevice' and if fdevicel. setBackgroundConfiguration(..)f does not return the same value as 'device2.setBackgroundConfiguration(..)f. When the equal fHBackgroundConfigurationf is specified as an argument, then the two screens are not equal to the underlying resource; • If 'devicel' is Fdevice2' is 'HVideoDevice' and if 166 200849990 2713 Ipif (1) fdevicel .setVideoConfiguration(..)f and 'deviceS.setVideoConfigurationC·)1 do not return the same value when equal 'HVideoConfiguration' is specified as argument, (2) 'devicel.getVideoSource()' and fdevice2.getVideoSource()f do not return nominally equal image sources, or (3) f device l.getVideoController()f and fdevice2.getVideoController〇f do not return nominally equal images Controller, then the two screens are not equal to the underlying resources; • If fdevicel 'And 'device2' is 'HGraphicsDevice▼ and if fdevicel.setGraphicsConfiguration(..)f and 'device2.setGraphicsConfiguration(··)' do not return the same value when equal fHGraphicsConfigurationf is specified as argument, then the two screens are against the underlying resources It is not equal; • If none of the above conditions are true, then Wevicel· and 4evice2f are considered equal, for the underlying resources; the parameters 'devicel' and , device2' are 'HScreenDevice,'. fsameResources(HScreenDevice, HScreenDevice)' Method 1676 returns the true value, if the specified screens are equal, according to the above conditions. Since the MSM 101 version, the 'sameResources(HScreenDevice, HScreenDevice)' method 1676 has been applied. fsameResources(ServiceContext? ServiceContext)' Method 1680 sets ''public boolean sameResources(javax.tv.service.selection.ServiceContext scl. 167 200849990 i/iMpn javax.tv.service.selection.ServiceContextsc2)n, and decides, two' Whether ServiceContexf represents the same underlying platform resource and underlying resource state, that is, whether these underlying resources are equal. The parameters 'scl· and 'sc2' are 'ServiceContext'. fsameResources(ServiceContext5 ServiceContext), method 1680 returns 'true' if the specific service contexts are equal (ie, representing the same underlying resource and resource state). Since the MSM 101 release, the fsameResources(ServiceContext, ServiceContext)f method 1680 has been applied. 'geUnstance〇' Method 1646 Set "public static MultiScreenManager getlnstance()" and get a separate 'MultiScreenManager'. Pass back 'MultiScreenManager'. Since MSM 101 version, !getlnstance()' method 1646 has been applied Figure 17 shows The interface list 1700 and rank list 1710 of the java suite 'org.ocap.ui.evenf according to an embodiment of the invention. The suite 'org.ocap.ui.event1 has an enhanced version of the HAVi user interface event level, including OCAP specific remote events Interface with multiple screen management events. The interface list 1700 of the suite brg.ocap.ui.evenf includes at least one of the following: 'MultiScreenConfigurationListener▼ interface 1702 and a fMultiScreenContextListenerf interface 1704 〇 'MultiScreenConfigurationListener' interface 1702 to notify the system and the application Change the 'flag status change for fIvlultiScreenManager', or for a display of multiple screens or for each display multi-screen 168 200849990 2713 lpif shows the status change of fHScreenf, or a change to a specific 'MultiScreenConfiguration'. fMultiScreenCont extListenerf interface 1704 The change caused by the system and application of the switch to the 'MultiScreenContext.' The list of classes for the package 'org.ocap.ui.event1' includes at least one of the following: ?MultiScreenConflgurationEventf Level\η\2 'MultiScreenContextEvent 'Level 1714, 'MultiScreenEvenf level 1716 and 'MultiScreenResourceEventf level 1718. 'MultiScreenConfigurationEvent▼ level 1712 will report a change in status for fMultiScreenManager% overall status change, or for a display fHScreen' for each level or each display multi-screen configuration, Or a change to a specific 'MultiScreenConfiguration1'. fMultiScreenContextEvent' Level 1714 is used to report changes to the ▼MultiScreenContext' to interested listeners. The 'MultiScreenEvent' level 1716 is a summary, base level, used to organize event identification codes that are used by different event types associated with multi-screen management functions. ▼MultiScreenResourceEvent’ level 1718 reports resource state changes for multiple screen related resources. Figure 18A shows the definition of level 1712 for the fMultiScreenConfigurationEvent of the java suite 丨org.ocap.ui.event', in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. Kit 'org.ocap.ui.event' - 169 200849990 L· i U ipii The 'Java Type of 'MultiScreenConfigurationEvent' level 1712 is defined as the sub-level of brg.ocap.ui.event.MultiScreenEvent', rorg.ocap .ui.event.MultiScreenEvent, a sub-level of ▼java.util.EventObject', and 'java.util.EventObject' is a sub-level of java.lang. The suite?org.ocap.ui.event1?MultiScreenConfigurationEvent' level 1712 includes as ''All Implemented Interfacesf4々fjava.io.Serializable', set "public class MultiScreenConfigurationEvent'' and force strong fMultiScreenEventf ° 'MultiScreenConfigurationEvent' level 1712 Reporting system and application changes to the overall state of 'MultiScreenManager1', or the status of a display fHScreenf for each level or each display multi-screen configuration, or for the special SfMultiScreenConfiguratioiy. The following change types will cause 'MultiScreenConfigurationEvent' Level 1712 generation ·· • The multi-screen configuration of each platform currently started by 'MultiScreenManager' is changed from one screen configuration to another multi-screen configuration; • The current display is determined by a display fHScreenf The screen configuration is changed from one multi-screen configuration to another multi-screen configuration; • When the relevant KfMultiScreenConfigurationf screen group changes (ie, the screen is added or removed from the multi-screen configuration). Since MSM After version 101, the 'MultiScreen ConflgurationEvent' level 1712 of the suite 'org.ocap.ui.evenf has been applied. 170 200849990 27131pif Figure 18B shows the fMultiScreenConfigurationEvent' level 1712 of the Java suite 'org.ocap.ui.event' in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. The list of fields is 1800.

Java 套 件 ’org.ocap.ui.eventf 的 !MultiScreenConflgurationEvent’等級 1712 的欄位列表 1800 包括 下列至 少一者 :’static int MULTI-SCREEN_CONFIGURATION—CHANGED’ 攔位 1802/static int MULTI—SCREEN—CONFIGURATION_CHANGINGf 攔位 1804/static int MULTI—SCREEN—CONFIGURATION—LAST’ 欄位 1806, 丨 static int MULTI SCREEN CONFIGURATION SCREEN ADDED, —— — _ 攔 位 1808 與 ’static int MULTI SCREEN CONFIGURATION SCREEN REMOVE D’攔位 1810。 由 Java 套件’org.ocap.ui.eventf 的’MultiScreenEvent1 等 級1716所得來的欄位1820包括下列至少一者: ’MULTI—SCREEN—CONFIGURATIONJFIRST, 與 ’MULTI—SCREEN_CONTEXT—FIRST’。 由等級fjava.utiLEventObjecf所得來的欄位1825包括 4ourc€ 搁位。 ▼MULTI—SCREEN—CONFIGURATION 一 CHANGING, 欄位 1804 設定"public static final int 171 200849990 2713 Ipif MULTI—SCREEN—CONFIGURATION—CHANGING”。對目 前啟動的各平台或某各顯示的改變,由 fMultiScreenManagerf或某顧示’HScreen’所決定,已被初始 化,其中由fgetSource〇’的回傳值必需是受影響的 ’MultiScreenManager丨或顯示 ’HScreen’,且由 ’getRelatedQ’ 的回傳值必需是由後續啟動的MultiScreenConflguration’。 ’MULTI 一 SCREEN 一 CONFIGURATION 一 CHANGING] 804 的事件不可散佈至未允許 fMonitorAppPermission(f!multiscreen.configurationff)f 的應 用。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 ’MULTI—SCREEN_CONFIGURATION_CHANGING,欄位 1804。 ’MULTI—SCREEN_CONnGURAlTK)N—CHANGED,欄 位 1802 設 定"public static final int MULTI SCREEN CONFIGURATION CHANGED”。目前 — —- — ” 啟動的各平台或某各顯示fMultiScreenConfiguratior^,其由 fMultiScreenManagerf 或某顯示 fHScreen¥;f 決定,已改變, 其中由fgetSource〇f的回傳值必需是被影響的 fMultiScreenManagerf 或顯示 fHScreen’,且由 ’getRelated()’ 的回傳值必需是先前啟動的fMultiScreenConflguratior^。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 ’MULTI—SCREEN—CONFIGURATION—CHANGED,欄位 1802 〇 172 200849990 2713 lpif MULTI 一 SCREEN 一 CONFIGURATION 一 SCREEN—AD DED’ 攔位 1808 設定"public static final int MULTI SCREEN CONFIGURATION SCREEN ADDED” — —— — 。相關於fMultiScreenConflgurationf的螢幕組已改變,且已 加入新螢幕,其中由’getSource〇’所回傳的值必需是被影響 的 ’MultiScreenConfiguration▼,以及由 ’getRelated(y 所回傳值 的值必需是新加入的’HScreen’。The list of fields of the Java Suite 'org.ocap.ui.eventf!MultiScreenConflgurationEvent' level 1712 includes at least one of the following: 'static int MULTI-SCREEN_CONFIGURATION—CHANGED' block 1802/static int MULTI-SCREEN—CONFIGURATION_CHANGINGf block 1804 /static int MULTI—SCREEN—CONFIGURATION—LAST' Field 1806, 丨static int MULTI SCREEN CONFIGURATION SCREEN ADDED, —— — _ STOP 1808 and 'static int MULTI SCREEN CONFIGURATION SCREEN REMOVE D' STOP 1810. Field 1820 derived from the 'MultiScreenEvent1 level 1716 of the Java suite 'org.ocap.ui.eventf' includes at least one of the following: 'MULTI-SCREEN-CONFIGURATIONJFIRST, and 'MULTI-SCREEN_CONTEXT-FIRST'. Field 1825 from level fjava.utiLEventObjecf includes a 4ourc€ position. ▼MULTI-SCREEN—CONFIGURATION A CHANGING, field 1804 sets "public static final int 171 200849990 2713 Ipif MULTI—SCREEN—CONFIGURATION—CHANGING”. The changes to the currently launched platforms or displays are made by fMultiScreenManagerf or some Determined by 'HScreen', has been initialized, where the return value by fgetSource〇' must be affected by 'MultiScreenManager丨' or 'HScreen', and the return value of 'getRelatedQ' must be followed by MultiScreenConflguration '.MULTI-SCREEN-CONFIGURATION-CHANGING] 804 events cannot be spread to applications that do not allow fMonitorAppPermission(f!multiscreen.configurationff)f. Since MSM 101 version, 'MULTI-SCREEN_CONFIGURATION_CHANGING, field 1804 has been applied. 'MULTI —SCREEN_CONnGURAlTK)N—CHANGED, field 1802 sets "public static final int MULTI SCREEN CONFIGURATION CHANGED”. At present - - - - ― each platform or each display fMultiScreenConfiguratior^, which is determined by fMultiScreenManagerf or a display fHScreen¥;f, has been changed, where the return value of fgetSource〇f must be affected by fMultiScreenManagerf or display fHScreen ', and the return value from 'getRelated()' must be the previously started fMultiScreenConflguratior^. Since the MSM 101 version, 'MULTI-SCREEN-CONFIGURATION—CHANGED has been applied, field 1802 〇172 200849990 2713 lpif MULTI a SCREEN CONFIGURATION A SCREEN-AD DED' block 1808 sets "public static final int MULTI SCREEN CONFIGURATION SCREEN ADDED" — —— — . The screen group associated with fMultiScreenConflgurationf has changed and has been added to the new screen, where the value returned by 'getSource〇' must be the affected 'MultiScreenConfiguration▼', and the value returned by 'getRelated(y must be new Join the 'HScreen'.

除了在 ,MULTI—SCREEN—CONFIGURATION—CHANGING’ 1804 事 件 最 後 一 次 散 佈 與 ▼MULTI 一 SCREEN 一 CONFIGURATION 一 CHANGED, 1802 事件產生之間以外,不可加入螢幕且 ’MULTI SCREEN CONFIGURATION SCREEN ADDED, — _ — 1808事件不可產生為多螢幕組態,其為目前的各平台或某 目前各顯示多螢幕組態。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用Except for the last time between the MULTI-SCREEN-CONFIGURATION-CHANGING' 1804 event and the ▼MULTI-SCREEN-CONFIGURATION-CHANGED, 1802 event generation, the screen cannot be added and the 'MULTI SCREEN CONFIGURATION SCREEN ADDED, — _ — 1808 event is not available. Produced as a multi-screen configuration, which is currently configured for each platform or for each display multiple screens. Applied since MSM 101 version

fMULTI SCREEN CONFIGURATION SCREEN ADDED —- — _ 欄位1808。 ’MULTI—SCREEN 一 CONFIGURATION 一 SCREEN 一 RE MOVED’ 攔位 1810 設定 ’’public static final int MULTI 一 SCREEN—CONFIGURATION—SCREEN 一 REMOVE Dn。相關於fMultiScreenConfiguration%螢幕組已改變,將 既存螢幕移除,其中由getSource(y的回傳值必需是被影響 的 ’’MultiScreenConfiguration’,而由 ’getRelated()’ 的回傳值 173 200849990 27131 pit· 必需是新移除的fHScreenf。 除了在 fMULTI SCREEN CONFIGURATION CHANGING1 1804 — —— 事件的 最後一次 散 佈 與 fMULTI SCREEN CONFIGURATION CHANGED1 1802 — — 事件產生的這段時間以外,不可移除螢幕且 ,MULTI—SCREEN_CONFIGURATION—SCREEN—REMOV ED’1810不可產生為多螢幕組態,其為目前各平台或案目 前各顯示多螢幕組態。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用fMULTI SCREEN CONFIGURATION SCREEN ADDED —- — _ Field 1808. 'MULTI-SCREEN-CONFIGURATION-SCREEN-RE MOVED’ STOP 1810 SET ’’public static final int MULTI A SCREEN—CONFIGURATION—SCREEN A REMOVE Dn. Related to the fMultiScreenConfiguration% screen group has been changed, the existing screen is removed, where by getSource (y return value must be affected ''MultiScreenConfiguration', and return value by 'getRelated()' 173 200849990 27131 pit· Must be the newly removed fHScreenf. Except for the period of time after the last occurrence of fMULTI SCREEN CONFIGURATION CHANGING1 1804 — —— event, the event cannot be removed, and MULTI-SCREEN_CONFIGURATION—SCREEN —REMOV ED'1810 cannot be configured as a multi-screen configuration, which currently displays multiple screen configurations for each platform or case. Since the MSM 101 version, it has been applied.

fMULTI SCREEN CONFIGURATION SCREEN REMOV —— — —— —— ED*搁位 1810。 ▼MULTI—SCREEN—CONFIGURATION—LAST,欄位 1806 設 定 "public static final int MULTI—SCREEN—CONFIGURATION—LAST",且其為指定 至’MultiScreenConflgurationEvent’ 事件辨別碼的最後一個 事件辨別碼。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 ,MULTI—SCREEN-CONFIGURATION—LAST,攔位 1806。 圖18C顯示根據本發明實施例的Java套件 forg.ocap.ui.event' 的 等 級 ’MultiScreenConfigurationEvent’1712 的架構列表 1830。 架 構 列 表 1830 包括 fMultiScreenConfigurationEvent(java.lang.Object source, int 174 200849990 2713 lpif id, java.lang.Object related)’ 1832。 架構者 1832 設 定 "public MultiScreenConfigurationEventQava.lang.Object source, int id, java.lang.Object related)” ,並 架構 ’MultiScreenConfigurationEvent’等級 1712。 參數’5〇111^’是對’]\41111;丨8(^66111431^§61'’,顯示’HScreen’ 或fMultiScreenConfigurationf的參考,根據上述特定事件。fMULTI SCREEN CONFIGURATION SCREEN REMOV ———————— ED* Shelf 1810. ▼MULTI—SCREEN—CONFIGURATION—LAST, field 1806 sets "public static final int MULTI—SCREEN—CONFIGURATION—LAST", and is the last event identification code assigned to the 'MultiScreenConflgurationEvent’ event identification code. Since the MSM 101 version, it has been applied, MULTI-SCREEN-CONFIGURATION-LAST, block 1806. Figure 18C shows a schema listing 1830 of the level 'MultiScreenConfigurationEvent' 1712 of the Java suite forg.ocap.ui.event', in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. The architecture list 1830 includes fMultiScreenConfigurationEvent(java.lang.Object source, int 174 200849990 2713 lpif id, java.lang.Object related)' 1832. The architect 1832 sets "public MultiScreenConfigurationEventQava.lang.Object source, int id, java.lang.Object related)" and constructs the 'MultiScreenConfigurationEvent' level 1712. The parameter '5〇111^' is for ']\41111;丨8 (^66111431^§61'', showing a reference to 'HScreen' or fMultiScreenConfigurationf, according to the specific event above.

參數fid’是此事件的事件辨別碼,其值必需是下列一 者:,MULTI—SCREEN—CONFIGURATION—CHANGING,, fMULH—SCREEN—CONFIGURATION—CHANGED’, ▼MULTI—SCREEN—CONFIGURATION—SCREEN—ADDED、 或 ▼MULTI—SCREEN—CONnGURATlON—SCREEN 一 REMOV ED,。 相關參數是對’MultiScreenConfiguration,或fHScreen,的 參考,根據上述特定事件。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 ’MultiScreenConfigurationEvenf 等級 1712 的架構者 1832。 圖18D顯不根據本發明貫施例的java套件 forg.ocap.ui.event? 的 等 級 ’MultiScreenConfigurationEvent’1712 的方;:套列表 。The parameter fid' is the event identification code for this event, and its value must be one of the following: MULTI-SCREEN-CONFIGURATION-CHANGING,, fMULH-SCREEN-CONFIGURATION-CHANGED', ▼MULTI-SCREEN-CONFIGURATION-SCREEN-ADDED, or ▼MULTI—SCREEN—CONnGURATlON—SCREEN A REMOV ED,. The relevant parameter is a reference to 'MultiScreenConfiguration, or fHScreen, according to the specific event above. The architect 1832 of the 'MultiScreenConfigurationEvenf level 1712 has been applied since the MSM 101 release. Figure 18D shows a side of the level 'MultiScreenConfigurationEvent' 1712 of the java suite forg.ocap.ui.event? according to the embodiment of the present invention;

Java 套件 forg.ocap.ui.event? 的 等 級 1840包括 fMultiScreenConfigurationEvent’ 1712 的方法列表Level 1840 of the Java Suite forg.ocap.ui.event? includes a list of methods for fMultiScreenConfigurationEvent' 1712

Java.lang.Object getRelated〇’ 方法 1842。由等級 175 200849990 27131pif ’org.ocap.ui.event.MultiScreenEvent’得來的方法 185〇 包括 fgetldf ;由等級fjava.util.EventObjectf得來的方法 1852 包括 下列至少一者·· fgetSource’,’toString,。由等級 Java.lang.Objecf得來的方法1854包括下列至少一者: ’clone’,’equals1,’finalize’,’getClass’,fhashCode’,fnotifyf, ’notifyAll’,’wait’,fwait’,與’wait’。 ,getRelated(),方法 1842 設定’’public java.lang.Object getRelated()ff,並得到此事件的相關物件。亦即, fgetRelated(y方法1842回傳此事件的相關物件,其值必需 為由特殊事件類型所決定的下列之一:對 ’MultiScreenConfigurationf 的參考或對’HScreen’的參考。 自從MSMI01版本後,已應用getRelated()’方法1842。 圖19A顯示根據本發明實施例的Java套件 ’org.ocap.ui.event’ 的 fMultiScreenConfigurationListener’介面 1702的定義。Java.lang.Object getRelated〇' method 1842. The method 185 from level 175 200849990 27131pif 'org.ocap.ui.event.MultiScreenEvent' includes fgetldf; the method 1852 derived from the level fjava.util.EventObjectf includes at least one of the following: fgetSource', 'toString, . The method 1854 derived from the level Java.lang.Objecf includes at least one of the following: 'clone', 'equals1, 'finalize', 'getClass', fhashCode', fnotifyf, 'notifyAll', 'wait', fwait', and 'wait'. , getRelated(), method 1842 sets '’public java.lang.Object getRelated() ff and gets the relevant object for this event. That is, fgetRelated (y method 1842 returns the related object of this event, the value must be one of the following depending on the special event type: reference to 'MultiScreenConfigurationf' or reference to 'HScreen'. Since the MSMI01 version, The getRelated()' method 1842 is applied. Figure 19A shows the definition of the fMultiScreenConfigurationListener' interface 1702 of the Java suite 'org.ocap.ui.event', in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.

Java 套 件 ’org.ocap.ui.event’ 的 ’MultiScreenConflgurationListener’介面 1702 包括當成超介 面的 ’java.util.EventListener’ ,設定 ’’public interface MultiScreenConfigurationListener” 並 加 強 ’java.util.EventListener’。 fMultiScreenConfigurationListener’介面 1702 用以通知 系統與應用對MMultiScreenManagef的整體狀態改變,或 對於各平各或某各顯示多螢幕組態的某顯示fHScreen’的狀 態改變,或者對特定fMultiScreenConfigurationf的改變。 176 200849990 2713 lpif 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 ’MultiScreenConfigurationListener’介面 1702。 圖19B顯示根據本發明實施例的Java套件 ’org.ocap.ui.event’ 的 fMultiScreenConfigurationListener’介面 1702的方法列表1900。The 'MultiScreenConflgurationListener' interface 1702 of the Java suite 'org.ocap.ui.event' includes 'java.util.EventListener' as a super interface, set ''public interface MultiScreenConfigurationListener'' and enhance 'java.util.EventListener'. fMultiScreenConfigurationListener' interface 1702 is used to notify the system and application of the overall state change of MMultiScreenManagef, or the change of state of a display fHScreen' for each flat or some display multi-screen configuration, or the change of a specific fMultiScreenConfigurationf. 176 200849990 2713 lpif since MSM 101 After the version, the 'MultiScreenConfigurationListener' interface 1702 has been applied. Figure 19B shows a method list 1900 of the fMultiScreenConfigurationListener' interface 1702 of the Java suite 'org.ocap.ui.event', in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.

Java 套 件 ’org.ocap.ui· event’ 的 ’MultiScreenConfigurationListener’ 介面 1702 的方法列表 1900 包括’void notify(MultiScreenConfigurationEvent evt)’ 方法1910。 ’notify’ 方 法 1910 設 定 ’,v〇id notify(MultiScreenConfigurationEvent evt)n 。當產生 ▼MultiScreenConfigurationEvent’時,此實施方式必需哞叫所 有暫存傾聽者的’notify’方法1910,以將事件資訊報告給各 傾聽者,如特殊事件語義所需般。 當 事件是The method list 1900 of the 'MultiScreenConfigurationListener' interface 1702 of the Java suite 'org.ocap.ui. event' includes a 'void notify(MultiScreenConfigurationEvent evt)' method 1910. The 'notify' method 1910 sets ',v〇id notify(MultiScreenConfigurationEvent evt)n . When a ▼MultiScreenConfigurationEvent' is generated, this embodiment must call all of the temporary listener's 'notify' methods 1910 to report event information to the listeners as needed for special event semantics. When the event is

fMultiScreenConfigurationEvent.MULTI_SCREEN_CONFI GURATION—CHANGING’時,,notify’方法 1910 不可被啤 叫,除非已暫存此傾聽者的應用已允_ fMonitorAppPermission(ffmultiscreen.configurationf,)f 。甚 至,’notify1方法1910的實施方式必需嚴格限制可能發生的 處理量,因為,對於可應用傾聽者設定的fnotifyf方法191〇 的呼叫有絕對的時間限制。 參數’evt’是’MultiScreenConfigurationEvent’。 自從MSMI01版本後,已應用’notify方法1910。 177 200849990 2713 Ipif 圖20A顯示根據本發明實施例的Java套件 ’org.ocap.ui.event%TMultiScreenContextEvent丨等級 1714 的 定義。When fMultiScreenConfigurationEvent.MULTI_SCREEN_CONFI GURATION—CHANGING’, the notify’ method 1910 cannot be called unless the listener's application has been allowed to _fMonitorAppPermission(ffmultiscreen.configurationf,)f . Even, the implementation of the 'notify1 method 1910 must strictly limit the amount of processing that may occur because there is an absolute time limit for calls to the fnotifyf method 191 that can be applied by the listener. The parameter 'evt' is 'MultiScreenConfigurationEvent'. The 'notify method 1910 has been applied since the MSMI01 version. 177 200849990 2713 Ipif Figure 20A shows the definition of the Java Suite 'org.ocap.ui.event%TMultiScreenContextEvent' level 1714 in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.

Java 套件 forg.ocap.ui.event' 的 'MultiScreenContextEvent'等級 1714 定義為 ▼org.ocap.ui.event.MultiScreenEvent’ 的子等級,其中 ’org.ocap.ui.event.MultiScreenEvent’是’java.util.EventObject’ 的子等級而'java.util.EventObject’則是 fjava.lang.Object’ 的 子等級。The 'MultiScreenContextEvent' level 1714 of the Java Suite forg.ocap.ui.event' is defined as a sub-level of ▼org.ocap.ui.event.MultiScreenEvent', where 'org.ocap.ui.event.MultiScreenEvent' is 'java.util The subclass of .EventObject' and 'java.util.EventObject' are sub-levels of fjava.lang.Object'.

Java 套 件 ’org.ocap.ui.event’ 的 fMultiScreenContextEvent’等級 1714 的’’All Implemented hiterfaces” 包括’java.io.Serializable’,其設定"public class MultiScreenContextEvent”並加強’]\41111^8(^6611£\^111:’ 〇 ’MultiScreenContextEvenf 等級 1714 用於將對 ’Multi ScreenContexf的改變報告給有興趣的傾聽者。 下列類型的改變會產生MultiScreenContextEvenf等 級 1714: •相關’ServiceContext’的改變; •相關顯示fHScreen’的改變; •相關顯示THScreen’區域(範圍)指定的改變; •fVideoOutputPortsf的相關設定的改變; •顯示THScreenf的聲音焦點的改變; •螢幕可視性的改變; •螢幕z-順序的改變; 178 200849990 2713 lpif •貢獻音源給’HScreen’的底層’HScreenDevice,組的改 變; •底層fHScreenDevicef組的改變,比如因為將 ▼HScreenDevice’加入/移除於,HScreen’ ; •fHScreen’的底層’HScreenDevice'的Z順序的改變; 自從MSM 101版本後,已應用java套件 ’org.ocap.ui.event’的’MultiScreenContex1;Event’等級 1714 〇 圖20B顯示根據本發明實施例的java套件 ’org.ocap.ui.event’的’MultiScreenContextEvent,等級 1714 的 欄位列表2000。The 'MultipleContextContextEvent' level 1714 of the Java Suite 'org.ocap.ui.event' ''All Implemented hiterfaces'' includes 'java.io.Serializable', which sets "public class MultiScreenContextEvent" and enhances ']\41111^8(^ 6611£\^111:' 〇'MultiScreenContextEvenf Level 1714 is used to report changes to 'Multi ScreenContexf' to interested listeners. The following types of changes will result in a MultiScreenContextEvenf level 1714: • a change in the associated 'ServiceContext'; fHScreen' changes; • related display changes in THScreen' area (range); • changes in fVideoOutputPortsf related settings; • display changes in THScreenf's sound focus; • screen visibility changes; • screen z-order changes; 178 200849990 2713 lpif • Contribute the sound source to the underlying 'HScreenDevice of 'HScreen', group changes; • Changes to the underlying fHScreenDevicef group, for example because of the addition/removal of ▼HScreenDevice', HScreen'; • the underlying 'HScreenDevice' of fHScreen' Z-order change The 'MultiScreenContex1; Event' level 1714 of the java suite 'org.ocap.ui.event' has been applied since the MSM 101 version. Figure 20B shows the java suite 'org.ocap.ui.event' in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. 'MultiScreenContextEvent, field list 2000 for level 1714.

Java 套 件 ’org.ocap.ui· event’ 的 ▼MultiScreenContextEvent’等級 1714 的攔位列表 2000 包括 下 列至少 一 者 : ’ static int MULTI—SCREEN—CONTEXT—AUDIOJFOCUS—CHANGE Df 欄 位 2002 , 'static int MULTI—SCREEN 一 CONTEXT 一 AUDIO 一 SOURCES—CHAN GED’ 攔 位 2004 , f static int MULTI—SCREEN—CONTEXT—DEVICES—CHANGED,欄位 2006 , 'static int MULTI—SCREEN—CONTEXT—DEVICES—Z_ORDER—CHA NGEDf 欄 位 2008 , ’static int MULTI—SCREEN—CONTEXTJ3ISPLAY—AREA—CHANGE D’ 欄 位 2010 , ’static intThe ▼MultiscreenContextEvent' level 1714 of the Java Suite 'org.ocap.ui· event' has a list of at least one of the following: ' static int MULTI—SCREEN—CONTEXT—AUDIOJFOCUS—CHANGE Df Field 2002, 'static int MULTI— SCREEN CONTEXT AUDIO SOURCES—CHAN GED' STOP 2004, f static int MULTI—SCREEN—CONTEXT—DEVICES—CHANGED, field 2006, 'static int MULTI—SCREEN—CONTEXT—DEVICES—Z_ORDER—CHA NGEDf field 2008 , 'static int MULTI—SCREEN—CONTEXTJ3ISPLAY—AREA—CHANGE D' field 2010 , 'static int

MULTI—SCREEN—CONTEXTJDISPLAY—SCREEN—CHAN 179 200849990 2/Uipif GEDf 欄 位 2012 , ’static int MULTI 一 SCREEN_CONTEXT_OUTPUTJPORT_CHANGE Df 欄 位 2014 , ’static int MULTI 一 SCREEN_CONTEXT 一 SERVICE_CONTEXT_CHA NGED’ 欄 位 2016 , ’static int MULTI—SCREEN—CONTEXT—VISIBILITY—CHANGED,欄 位 2018 , ? static int MULTI_SCREEN_CONTEXT—Z_ORDER—CHANGED’欄位 2020,與 ’static int MULTI—SCREEN—CONTEXTS—LAST, 欄位2022。 由 forg.ocap.ui.event.MultiScreenEvent’ 等級得來的攔 位 2030 包括 下列至 少一者 : ’MULTI—SCREEN_CONFIGURATION_FIRST, 與 ,MULTI—SCREEN—CONTEXT—FIRST, 。 由 ’java.util.EventObject’等級得來的欄位 2035 包括’source’。 ’MULTI 一 SCREEN—CONTEXT—DEVICES—CHANGED’ 攔位 2006 設定"public static final int MULTI—SCREEN一CONTEXT一DEVICES_CHANGED,,,且 當相關於來源fMultiScreenContextf的底層fHScreenf的 fHScreenDevice\—改變時,其相關於此情況。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 ’MULTTI—SCREEN—CONTEXTJDE VICES—CHANGED,欄位 2006。MULTI-SCREEN—CONTEXTJDISPLAY—SCREEN—CHAN 179 200849990 2/Uipif GEDf Field 2012, 'static int MULTI One SCREEN_CONTEXT_OUTPUTJPORT_CHANGE Df Field 2014, 'static int MULTI One SCREEN_CONTEXT One SERVICE_CONTEXT_CHA NGED' Field 2016, 'static int MULTI-SCREEN —CONTEXT—VISIBILITY—CHANGED, field 2018, ? static int MULTI_SCREEN_CONTEXT—Z_ORDER—CHANGED' field 2020, and 'static int MULTI-SCREEN—CONTEXTS—LAST, field 2022. The block 2030 from the forg.ocap.ui.event.MultiScreenEvent' level includes at least one of the following: 'MULTI-SCREEN_CONFIGURATION_FIRST, and , MULTI-SCREEN-CONTEXT-FIRST, . Field 2035 from the 'java.util.EventObject' level includes 'source'. 'MULTI-SCREEN-CONTEXT-DEVICES-CHANGED' Block 2006 set "public static final int MULTI-SCREEN-CONTEXT-DEVICES_CHANGED,, and when fHScreenDevice\-related to the underlying fHScreenf of the source fMultiScreenContextf changes, it is related to This situation. Since the MSM 101 release, 'MULTTI-SCREEN—CONTEXTJDE VICES—CHANGED has been applied, field 2006.

fMULTI SCREEN CONTEXT DEVICES Z ORDER 180 200849990 27131pif CHANGED,欄位 2008 設定,,public static final int MULTI 一 SCREEN—CONTEXT—DEVICES—Z_ORDER 一 CHA NGED”,且當相關於來源’MultiScreenContext’的底層 "HScreen^lIScreenDevice^组的Z順序改變時,其相關於 此情況。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 fMULTI 一 SCREEN 一 CONTEXT 一 DEVICES—Z_ORDER—CHA NGED’攔位 2008。 TMULTI 一 SCREEN—CONTEXT—SERVICE_CONTEXT ^CHANGED’ 2016 設定 ’’public static final int MULTI_SCREEN_CONTEXT_SERVICE_CONTEXT_CHA NGED”,且當相關於來源fMultiScreenContextf的底層 ▼HScreen%fServiceContext’改變時,其相關於此情況。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 ’MULTI—SCREEN 一 CONTEXT 一 SERVICE—CONTEXT_CHA NGED,2016。 ’MULTI 一 SCREEN—CONTEXT 一 DISPLAY—SCREEN—C HANGEDf 攔位 2012 設定"public static final intfMULTI SCREEN CONTEXT DEVICES Z ORDER 180 200849990 27131pif CHANGED, field 2008 set,, public static final int MULTI a SCREEN—CONTEXT—DEVICES—Z_ORDER a CHA NGED”, and when related to the source 'MultiScreenContext', the bottom layer "HScreen^lIScreenDevice The group's Z-order changes when it is related to this situation. Since the MSM 101 version, fMULTI-SCREEN-CONTEXT-DEVICES-Z_ORDER-CHA NGED' has been applied to 2008. TMULTI-SCREEN-CONTEXT-SERVICE_CONTEXT ^CHANGED' 2016 Set ''public static final int MULTI_SCREEN_CONTEXT_SERVICE_CONTEXT_CHA NGED') and this is relevant when the underlying ▼HScreen%fServiceContext' associated with the source fMultiScreenContextf changes. Since the MSM 101 version, 'MULTI-SCREEN-CONTEXT-SERVICE-CONTEXT_CHA NGED, 2016 has been applied. 'MULTI a SCREEN-CONTEXT a DISPLAY-SCREEN-C HANGEDf stop 2012 set "public static final int

MULTI SCREEN CONTEXT DISPLAY SCREEN CHAN —* —— — . __ GED”,且當相關於來源fMultiScreenContexf的底層 fHScreenf的顯示fHScreen’改變時,其相關於此情況。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用MULTI SCREEN CONTEXT DISPLAY SCREEN CHAN —* —— — . __ GED”, and when the display fHScreen’ related to the underlying fHScreenf of the source fMultiScreenContexf changes, it is related to this case. Since the MSM 101 version, it has been applied.

fMULTI SCREEN CONTEXT DISPLAY SCREEN CHAN ~ — —— _ GED’欄位 2012。 181 200849990 Z / i 1 pif fMULTI 一 SCREEN_CONTEXT_DISPLAY 一 AREA_CH ANGEDf 2010 設定 ’’public static final int MULTI 一 SCREEN_CONTEXT 一 DISPLAY 一 AREA_CHANGE Dtf,且當指定至來源 fMultiScreenContextf 的底層 fHScreen’ 的顯示TIScreen’的區域(範圍)改變時,其相關於此情況。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 MULH—SCREEN^CONTEXTJDISPLAY—AREA—CHANG E;D’ 2010。 ’MULTI_SCREEN 一 CONTEXT_OUTPUT_PORT_CHA NGEDf 欄位 2014 設定 ’’public static final int MULTI—SCREEN_CONTEXT_OUTPUTJPORT_CHANGE D",且當來源fMultiScreenContextf 的底層 fHScreenf 的相關 顯示影像輸出埠組改變時,其相關於此情況。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 fMULTI—SCREEN 一 CONTEXT_OUTPUT—PORT_CHANGE D’攔位 2014。 ’MULTI—SCREEN 一 CONTEXT 一 VISIBILITY 一 CHANG ED’ 攔位 2018 設定 ”public static final int MULTI—SCREEN_CONTEXT—VISIBILITY_CHANGED”, 且當來源'MultiScreenContext’的底層fHScreen’的可視性改 變時,其相關於此情況。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 ’MULTI—SCREEN_CONTEXT—VISIBILITY—CHANGED,攔 位 2018 。 182 200849990 2713 lpif ’MULTI—SCREEN一 CONTEXT 一 Z—ORDER—CHANGE D’ 欄位 2020 設定 ’’public static final int MULTI SCREEN CONTEXT Z ORDER CHANGED”,且 — _ — — — 當來源’MultiScreenContext1的底層fHScreenf的Z順序改變 時,其相關於此情況。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 ’MULTI 一 SCREEN—CONTEXT—Z_ORDER 一 CHANGED,欄 位 2020 。fMULTI SCREEN CONTEXT DISPLAY SCREEN CHAN ~ — —— _ GED’ field 2012. 181 200849990 Z / i 1 pif fMULTI a SCREEN_CONTEXT_DISPLAY an AREA_CH ANGEDf 2010 set ''public static final int MULTI a SCREEN_CONTEXT a DISPLAY an AREA_CHANGE Dtf, and when the area (range) of the display TIScreen' of the underlying fHScreen' assigned to the source fMultiScreenContextf is changed It is related to this situation. Since the MSM 101 version, MULH-SCREEN^CONTEXTJDISPLAY-AREA_CHANG E;D’ 2010 has been applied. 'MULTI_SCREEN a CONTEXT_OUTPUT_PORT_CHA NGEDf field 2014 sets ‘’public static final int MULTI—SCREEN_CONTEXT_OUTPUTJPORT_CHANGE D" and is related to this when the associated display image output group of the underlying fHScreenf of the source fMultiScreenContextf changes. Since the MSM 101 release, fMULTI-SCREEN-CONTEXT_OUTPUT-PORT_CHANGE D’ has been applied to 2014. The 'MULTI-SCREEN-CONTEXT-VISIBILITY-CHANGE ED’ block 2018 sets "public static final int MULTI-SCREEN_CONTEXT-VISIBILITY_CHANGED", and is related to this when the visibility of the underlying fHScreen' of the source 'MultiScreenContext' changes. Since the MSM 101 version, ‘MULTI—SCREEN_CONTEXT—VISIBILITY—CHANGED has been applied to block 2018. 182 200849990 2713 lpif 'MULTI-SCREEN-CONTEXT a Z-ORDER-CHANGE D' field 2020 set ''public static final int MULTI SCREEN CONTEXT Z ORDER CHANGED", and — _ — — — when the source 'MultiScreenContext1' of the underlying fHScreenf This is related to the Z sequence change. Since the MSM 101 version, 'MULTI-SCREEN-CONTEXT-Z_ORDER-CHANGED has been applied, field 2020.

’MULTI—SCREEN—CONTEXT_AUDIO_SOURCES—C HANGED’ 欄位 2004 設定"public static final int'MULTI-SCREEN—CONTEXT_AUDIO_SOURCES—C HANGED’ field 2004 set "public static final int

MULTI—SCREEN—CONTEXT—AUDIO—SOURCES—CHAN GED”,且當來源’MultiScreenContext’ 的底層 ’HScreen’ 的音 源改變時,其相關於此情況。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 ?MULTI SCREEN CONTEXT AUDIO SOURCES CHAN — — — — — GED’欄位 2004。 ’MULTI—SCREEN—CONTEXT—AUDIOJFOCUS—CHA NGED’ 欄位 2002 設定"public static final int MULTI—SCREEN—CONTEXT—AUDIO—FOCUS—CHANGE D”,且當來源’MultiScreenContext’ 的底層 ’HScreen’ 的聲音 焦點螢幕源改變時’其相關於此情況。當顯示fHScreenf6々 聲音焦點螢幕源改變時,此事件必需產生兩次(在改變完成 之後:第一次是,對已失去聲音焦點的邏輯螢幕的 ’MultiScreenContexf (如果有此種邏輯螢幕存在的話),而第 183 200849990 二次則是對顯示螢幕的fMultiScreenContextf)。在此兩情況 下,來源必需是’MultiScreenContexf顯示螢幕。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用MULTI—SCREEN—CONTEXT—AUDIO—SOURCES—CHAN GED”, and this is related when the source of the underlying 'HScreen' of the source 'MultiScreenContext' changes. Since the MSM 101 version, MULTIVEL SCREEN CONTEXT AUDIO SOURCES has been applied. CHAN — — — — — GED' field 2004. 'MULTI—SCREEN—CONTEXT—AUDIOJFOCUS—CHA NGED' field 2002 setting "public static final int MULTI—SCREEN—CONTEXT—AUDIO—FOCUS—CHANGE D”, and when The sound focus of the underlying 'HScreen' of the source 'MultiScreenContext' is changed when the screen source is changed. This event must be generated twice when the fHScreenf6 sound focus screen source is changed (after the change is completed: the first time is the 'MultiScreenContexf' of the logic screen that has lost the sound focus (if such a logic screen exists), The second time is 183 200849990, which is the fMultiScreenContextf of the display screen. In both cases, the source must be the 'MultiScreenContexf display screen. Applied since MSM 101 version

MULTI SCREEN CONTEXT AUDIO FOCUS CHANGE — — — — — D’欄位 2002。 fMULTI—SCREEN—CONTEXTS—LAST,欄位 2022 設定 "public static final int MULTI—SCREEN一CONTEXTS—LAST’,,且是指定至 ’MultiScreenConflgurationEvent’ 事件辨別碼的最後一個事 件辨別碼。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 fMULTI—SCREEN—CONTEXTSJLAST,欄位 2022。 圖20C顯示根據本發明實施例的java套件 ’org.ocap.ui.evenf 的’MultiScreenContextEventf 等級 1714 的 架構列表2040。 架 構 列 表 2040 包 括 fMultiScreenContextEvent(java.lang.Object source,int id)’ 2042。 架構者 2042 設 定 "public MultiScreenContextEvent(java.lang.Object source, int id)ff 5 並架等級 1714。 參數f source’是對’Multi ScreenContext’介面的參考。 參數Id’是此事件的事件辨別碼,其值需為下列之一: ▼MULTI—SCREEN—CONTEXT—DEVICES—CHANGED,欄位 184 200849990 2713 Ipif 2006 , ’MULTI—SCREEN—CONTEXT 一 DEVICES 一 Z—ORDER 一 CHA NGED’ 攔 位 2008 , ’MULTI 一 SCREEN 一 CONTEXT 一 SERVICE 一 CONTEXTJ^HA NGEDf 攔 位 2016 , ’MULTI—SCREEN—CONTEXT—DISPLAY—SCREEN—CHAN GED’ 攔 位 2012 ,MULTI SCREEN CONTEXT AUDIO FOCUS CHANGE — — — — — D’ field 2002. fMULTI - SCREEN - CONTEXTS - LAST, field 2022 sets "public static final int MULTI - SCREEN - CONTEXTS - LAST', and is the last event identification code assigned to the 'MultiScreenConflgurationEvent' event identification code. Since the MSM 101 release, fMULTI-SCREEN-CONTEXTSJLAST has been applied, field 2022. Figure 20C shows a list of architectures 2040 for the 'MultiScreenContextEventf level 1714' of the java suite 'org.ocap.ui.evenf', in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. The architecture list 2040 includes fMultiScreenContextEvent(java.lang.Object source, int id)' 2042. The architect 2042 sets "public MultiScreenContextEvent(java.lang.Object source, int id)ff 5 and ranks 1714. The parameter f source' is a reference to the 'Multi ScreenContext' interface. The parameter Id' is the event identification code of this event, and its value needs to be one of the following: ▼MULTI_SCREEN_CONTEXT_DEVICES_CHANGED, field 184 200849990 2713 Ipif 2006 , 'MULTI-SCREEN-CONTEXT a DEVICES a Z-ORDER A CHA NGED' block 2008, 'MULTI a SCREEN a CONTEXT a SERVICE a CONTEXTJ^HA NGEDf block 2016, 'MULTI-SCREEN-CONTEXT-DISPLAY-SCREEN-CHAN GED' block 2012,

「 fMULTI 一 SCREEN 一 CONTEXT—DISPLAY—AREA 一 CHANG ED’ 欄 位 2010 , MULTI—SCREEN—CONTEXT_OUTPUTJPORT_CHANGE Df 欄 位 2014 , ▼MULTI—SCREEN—CONTEXT—VISIBILITY—CHANGED’欄 位 2018 , ’MULTI—SCREEN—CONTEXT—Z—ORDER—CHANGED’ 欄 位 2020 ,"fMULTI-SCREEN-CONTEXT-DISPLAY-AREA-CHANG ED' field 2010, MULTI-SCREEN-CONTEXT_OUTPUTJPORT_CHANGE Df field 2014, ▼MULTI-SCREEN-CONTEXT-VISIBILITY-CHANGED' field 2018, 'MULTI-SCREEN-CONTEXT- Z-ORDER-CHANGED' field 2020,

’MULTI—SCREEN—CONTEXTAUDIO—SOURCES—CHAN ( ~ 、 GED’ 欄 位 2004 與 ’MULTI—SCREEN—CONTEXT—AUDIOJFOCUS—CHANGE D’欄位 2002。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 ▼MultiScreenContextEventf等級 1714 的架構列表 2040。 圖20D顯示根據本發明實施例的Java套件 ’org.ocap.ui.event4々’MultiScreenContextEvent’等級 1714 的 方法列表2050。 185 200849990 2/iJlpif 由 Java 套件’org.ocap.ui.event,的’ 級1716得來的方法2052包括fgetld’ ;而由 ’java.utiLEventObjecf等級得來的方法2054包括下列至少 一者:fgetSourcef與’toStringf。*fjava.lang.Object’等級得來 的方法 2056 包括下列至少一者:fcl〇nef,’eqUaisf,’fmaiize,, ’getClass丨,’hashCode’,’notify’,fnotifyAll’,’wait’,fwaitf,與 ’wait’ 0 圖21A顯示根據本發明實施例的java套件 ’org.ocap.ui.evenf 的 ’MultiScreenContextListener丨介面 1702 的定義。'MULTI-SCREEN—CONTEXTAUDIO—SOURCES—CHAN (~, GED' field 2004 and 'MULTI-SCREEN—CONTEXT—AUDIOJFOCUS—CHANGE D' field 2002. Since the MSM 101 version, the structure list of ▼MultiScreenContextEventf level 1714 has been applied 2040. Figure 20D shows a method list 2050 of the Java suite 'org.ocap.ui.event4々'MultiScreenContextEvent' level 1714 in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. 185 200849990 2/iJlpif by the Java suite 'org.ocap.ui.event, The method 2052 derived from the level 1716 includes fgetld'; and the method 2054 derived from the 'java.utiLEventObjecf level includes at least one of the following: the method 2056 derived from the fgetSourcef and 'toStringf.*fjava.lang.Object' levels includes the following At least one: fcl〇nef, 'eqUaisf, 'fmaiize,, 'getClass丨, 'hashCode', 'notify', fnotifyAll', 'wait', fwaitf, and 'wait' 0 FIG. 21A shows an embodiment in accordance with the present invention. The java suite 'org.ocap.ui.evenf' defines the 'MultiScreenContextListener' interface 1702.

Java 套 件 ’org.ocap.ui.event’ 的 ’MultiScreenContextListener’介面 1702 包括當成超介面的 fjava.utiLEventListenerf ,其設定,’public interface Multi ScreenContextListener” 並力σ 強 ▼java.util.EventListener’。 ’MultiScreenConfigurationListenerf介面 1702 可通知由 系統與應用所導致的對fMultiScreenContext’的改變。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 fMultiScreenConfigurationListener丨介面 1702。 圖21B顯示根據本發明實施例的Java套件 ▼org.ocap.ui.event’ 的 fMultiScreenContextListener’ 介面 1702 的方法列表2100。 ’MultiScreenContextListener’ 介面 1702 的方法列表 2100 包括’notify(MultiScreenContextEvent evt)f方法 2102 〇 186 200849990 2713 lpif fnotify(MultiScreenContex1;Event)’ 方法 2102 設定 ’’void notify(MultiScreenContextEvent evt)”。當 OCAP 實施方式 改變 fMultiScreenContext’ 而產生 fMultiScreenContextEvent’ 時,此實施方式必需呼叫所有暫存傾聽者的 ’notify(MultiScreenContextEvent)’ 方法 2102,以將改變資訊 報告給傾聽者。 如果暫存此傾聽者的此應用未允許 ’MonitorAppPermission(nmultiscreen.context’’)’ 且相關於特 定 fMultiScreenContextEventf 的來源 ’MultiScreenContext’ 並 不相關於fServiceContext’或者相關於此應用無法存取的 ’ServiceContext’,貝1J’’voidnotify(MultiScreenContextEvent)f 方法2102不可在此傾聽者上被呼叫;否則的話,其需在此 傾聽者上被呼叫。 ’ServiceContext’可被應用所存取,如果其是由 ’ServiceContextFactory.getServiceContexts()’ 方法所回傳的 言舌。 參數4丫1:’是%1111^(^611(^〇1]^\1£冗]11:’。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 ’notify(MultiScreenContextEvent)’方法 2102。 圖22A顯示根據本發明實施例的Java套件 ’org.ocap.ui.event^’MultiScreenEvent’等級 1716 的定義。The 'MultiScreenContextListener' interface 1702 of the Java suite 'org.ocap.ui.event' includes fjava.utiLEventListenerf as a super interface, which is set to 'public interface Multi ScreenContextListener' and force σ strong ▼java.util.EventListener'. 'MultiScreenConfigurationListenerf interface 1702 can notify the change to fMultiScreenContext' caused by the system and application. Since the MSM 101 version, the fMultiScreenConfigurationListener interface 1702 has been applied. Figure 21B shows the Java suite ▼org.ocap.ui.event' in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. fMultiScreenContextListener' Method list 2100 of interface 1702. Method list 2100 of 'MultiScreenContextListener' interface 1702 includes 'notify(MultiScreenContextEvent evt)f method 2102 〇186 200849990 2713 lpif fnotify(MultiScreenContex1;Event)' Method 2102 Set ''void notify(MultiScreenContextEvent evt )". When the OCAP implementation changes fMultiScreenContext' to produce fMultiScreenContextEvent', this implementation must call all of the temporary listener's 'notify(MultiScreenContextEvent)' methods 2102 to report the change information to the listener. If the application that temporarily stores this listener does not allow 'MonitorAppPermission(nmultiscreen.context'')' and the source 'MultiScreenContext' associated with a particular fMultiScreenContextEventf is not related to fServiceContext' or 'ServiceContext' that is not accessible to this application, The method 1102 cannot be called on this listener; otherwise, it needs to be called on this listener. 'ServiceContext' can be accessed by the application if it is a postback passed back by the 'ServiceContextFactory.getServiceContexts()' method. Parameter 4丫1: 'is %1111^(^611(^〇1]^\1£red]11:'. Since the MSM 101 version, the 'notify(MultiScreenContextEvent)' method 2102 has been applied. Figure 22A shows The definition of the Java Suite 'org.ocap.ui.event^'MultiScreenEvent' level 1716 of the inventive embodiment.

Java 套件 ’org.ocap.ui.event’ 的’MultiScreenEvent1 等級 1716 定義為 fjava.util.EventObjectf 的子等級,而 fjava.util.EventObject’則是 fjava.lang.Object’的子等級。 187 200849990 z / u ipifThe 'MultiScreenEvent1 level 1716 of the Java Suite 'org.ocap.ui.event' is defined as a sub-level of fjava.util.EventObjectf, and fjava.util.EventObject' is a sub-level of fjava.lang.Object'. 187 200849990 z / u ipif

Java 套件 ’org.ocap.ui.evenf 的,MultiScreenEventf 等級 1716 包括當成 ’’All Implemented Interfaces"的 fjava.io.Serializablef,且包括下列至少一者:當 Known Subclasses"的 fMultiScreenConfigurationEvent’ 與”MultiScreenContex1;Event’。The Java Suite 'org.ocap.ui.evenf', MultiScreenEventf level 1716 includes fjava.io.Serializablef as ''All Implemented Interfaces'' and includes at least one of the following: when MultinConsertEvent' of "Known Subclasses" and "MultiScreenContex1; Event' .

Java 套件 ’org.ocap.ui.event’ 的 ’MultiScreenEvent’ 等級 1716 設定"public abstract class MultiScreenEvent”,並加強 ’java.util.EventObjecf。 ’MultiScreenEvent’是摘要基本等級,用以組織事件辨 別碼,其由多螢幕管理功能的相關不同類型事件所使用。 自從MSM 101版本後,已應用 Java套件 forg.ocap.ui.event’的1MultiScreenEvent’等級 1716 〇 圖22B顯示根據本發明實施例的java套件 ’org.ocap.ui.evenf的’MultiScreenEventf等級 1716 的欄位列 表 2200 。The 'MultiScreenEvent' level 1716 of the Java suite 'org.ocap.ui.event' sets "public abstract class MultiScreenEvent" and enhances 'java.util.EventObjecf. 'MultiScreenEvent' is the summary base level for organizing event identification codes. It is used by different types of events related to the multi-screen management function. Since the MSM 101 version, the 1MultiScreenEvent' level 1716 of the Java Suite forg.ocap.ui.event' has been applied. Figure 22B shows the java suite 'in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention' Org.ocap.ui.evenf's 'MultiScreenEventf level 1716's list of fields 2200.

Java 套件 ’org.ocap.ui.event’ 的 fMultiScreenEvent’ 等級 1716的搁位列表2200包括下列至少一者:fstatic int MULIl—SCREEN—CONFIGURATION—FIRST’欄位 2202 與 ’static int MULTI_SCREEN—CONTEXTJFIRST,攔位 2204。由fjava.utiLEventObjectf等級得來的欄位 2210 包括 ’source、 ’MULTI—SCREEN—CONFIGURATION—FIRSTf 欄位 2202 設 定 "public static final int MULTl—SCREEN—CONFIGURATION—FIRST”,並且是指 200849990 27131pif 定至 ’MultiScreenConfigurationEvent’ 事件辨別碼的第一個 事件辨別碼。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 ’MULTI—SCREEN—CONFIGURATTIONJFIRST,攔位 2202。 fMULTI—SCREEN—CONTEXTJFIRST,欄位 2204 設定 "public static final int MULTI—SCREEN—CONTEXT—FIRST”,並且是指定至 fMultiScreenContextEventf事件辨別碼的第一個事件辨別 碼0 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 MULTI—SCREEN—CONTEXT—FIRST’攔位 2204。 圖22C顯示根據本發明實施例的java套件 ▼org.ocap.ui.event’的’MultiScreenEvent1等級 1716 的架構列 表 2220 。The fMultiScreenEvent' level 1716 of the Java Suite 'org.ocap.ui.event' has a shelf list 2200 that includes at least one of the following: fstatic int MULIl-SCREEN-CONFIGURATION—FIRST' field 2202 and 'static int MULTI_SCREEN—CONTEXTJFIRST, block 2204. Field 2210 from the fjava.utiLEventObjectf level includes 'source, 'MULTI_SCREEN—CONFIGURATION—FIRSTf field 2202 is set "public static final int MULTl—SCREEN—CONFIGURATION—FIRST, and refers to 200849990 27131pif to ' MultiScreenConfigurationEvent' The first event identification code for the event identification code. Since the MSM 101 version, 'MULTI-SCREEN-CONFIGURATTIONJFIRST has been applied, block 2202. fMULTI-SCREEN-CONTEXTJFIRST, field 2204 set "public static final int MULTI- SCREEN—CONTEXT—FIRST”, and is the first event identification code assigned to the fMultiScreenContextEventf event identification code. Since the MSM 101 version, the MULTI-SCREEN-CONTEXT-FIRST'Block 2204 has been applied. Figure 22C shows a schema list 2220 for the 'MultiScreenEvent1 level 1716' of the java suite ▼org.ocap.ui.event', in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.

Java 套件 ’org.ocap.ui.event’ 的 MultiScreenEvent,等級 1716的架構列表2220包括至少'一受保護的 ?MultiScreenEvent(java.lang.Object source, int id)? 2222 °MultiScreenEvent for Java Suite 'org.ocap.ui.event', Level 1716 Architecture List 2220 includes at least 'One Protected? MultiScreenEvent(java.lang.Object source, int id)? 2222 °

Java 套件 ’org.ocap.ui.event’ 的’MultiScreenEvent’ 等級 1716 的“架構者 ”2222 設定 ” protected MultiScreenEvent(java.lang.Object source,int id)”,並且是 MultiScreenEvent1的受保護架構者。 參數’source’是事件來源的參考,其由 fMultiScreenEvent’等級1716的離散子等級所定義。 參數fidlfMultiScreenEvent’等級1716的事件辨別碼。 189 200849990 l / 1 J ipif 自從MSM 101版本後,已應用’MultiScreenEvent’等級 1716的“架構者”2222。 圖22D顯示根據本發明實施例的java套件 ’org.ocap.ui.eventW’MultiScreenEvent,等級 1716 的方法列 表 2230 。The "Architecture" level 2222 of the 'MultiScreenEvent' level 1716 of the Java Suite 'org.ocap.ui.event' sets "protected MultiScreenEvent(java.lang.Object source, int id)" and is the protected architect of MultiScreenEvent1. The parameter 'source' is a reference to the source of the event, which is defined by the discrete sub-level of fMultiScreenEvent' level 1716. The event identification code for the parameter fidlfMultiScreenEvent' level 1716. 189 200849990 l / 1 J ipif Since the MSM 101 version, the "Architect" 2222 of the 'MultiScreenEvent' level 1716 has been applied. Figure 22D shows a method listing 2230 of the Java Suite 'org.ocap.ui.eventW'MultiScreenEvent, level 1716, in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.

Java 套件 ’org.ocap.ui.event’ 的 ’MultiScreenEvent’ 等級 1716的方法列表2230包括fint getld()f方法2232。由 fjava.utiLEventObject’等級得來的方法2240包括下列至少 ί、 . . 一者·· fgetSource’與1toString’。由,java.lang.Object’等級得來 的方法 2245 包括下列至少一者:fclonef,’equals’,’finalize’, ’getClassf,’hashCode’,’notify’,’notifyAll’,’wait’,’wait’ 與 !wait’ o ’getld()’方法 2232 設定"public int getId〇’,,並得到相 關於fMultiScreenEventf等級的事件辨別碼。 回傳MultiScreenEvenf等級的事件辨別碼,其發現 fMultiScreenEventf(fMultiScreenConfigurationEventf 與 ( ’MultiScreenContextEventf)的子等級。 自從MSMI01版本後,已應用’getld()f方法2232。 圖23A顯示根據本發明實施例的Java套件 forg.ocap.ui.event’ 的 ’MultiScreenResourceEvent1 等級 I7ig 的定義。The method list 2230 of the 'MultiScreenEvent' level 1716 of the Java Suite 'org.ocap.ui.event' includes the find getld()f method 2232. The method 2240 derived from the fjava.utiLEventObject' level includes at least the following ί, . . . . . fgetSource' and 1toString'. The method 2245 derived from the java.lang.Object' level includes at least one of the following: fclonef, 'equals', 'finalize', 'getClassf, 'hashCode', 'notify', 'notifyAll', 'wait', ' Wait' and !wait' o 'getld()' method 2232 sets "public int getId〇', and gets the event identification code associated with the fMultiScreenEventf level. The MultiScreenEvenf level event identification code is returned, which finds the sub-level of fMultiScreenEventf (fMultiScreenConfigurationEventf and ('MultiScreenContextEventf). Since the MSMI01 version, the 'getld()f method 2232 has been applied. Figure 23A shows the Java Suite forg according to an embodiment of the present invention Definition of 'MultiScreenResourceEvent1 level I7ig' for .ocap.ui.event'.

Java 套件 ’org.ocap.ui.event’ 的 ?MultiScreenResourceEventf 等級 1718 定義為 forg.davic.resources.ResourceStatusEvent’ 的子等級,而 190 200849990 2713 lpif 'org.davic.resources.ResourceStatusEvenf 貝 ^ 是 fjava.utiLEventObjectf的子等級,而fjava.util.EventObject’又 是’java.lang.Objecf 的子等級。The MultiScreenResourceEventf level 1718 of the Java suite 'org.ocap.ui.event' is defined as a sub-level of forg.davic.resources.ResourceStatusEvent', and 190 200849990 2713 lpif 'org.davic.resources.ResourceStatusEvenf shell^ is fjava.utiLEventObjectf The sub-level, and fjava.util.EventObject' is again a sub-level of 'java.lang.Objecf.

Java 套件 forg.ocap.ui.event' 的 ’MultiScreenResourceEvent’ 等級 1718 包括:當成 ’’All Implemented Interfaces” 的 fjava.io.Serializable’。Java 套件 ’org.ocap.ui.event’ 的 fMultiScreenResourceEvent’ 等級 1718 設定 ’’public class MultiScreenResourceEvent”,並加強 ’org.davic.resources.ResourceStatusEvent’。 ’MultiScreenResourceEvent’等級用於報告關於多螢幕 相關資源的資源狀態的改變。 自從MSM 101版本後,已應用Java套件 forg.ocap.ui.event4々'MultiScreenResourceEvent’等級 1718。 圖23B顯示根據本發明實施例的java套件 ’org.ocap.ui.event’ 的 fMultiScreenResourceEvent’ 等級 1718 的欄位列表2300。The 'MultiScreenResourceEvent' level 1718 of the Java Suite forg.ocap.ui.event' includes: fjava.io.Serializable' as ''All Implemented Interfaces''. fMultiScreenResourceEvent' level 1718 setting for the Java suite 'org.ocap.ui.event' ''public class MultiScreenResourceEvent' and enhance 'org.davic.resources.ResourceStatusEvent'. The 'MultiScreenResourceEvent' level is used to report changes in the resource status of multiple screen related resources. Since the MSM 101 release, the Java Suite forg.ocap.ui.event4々'MultiScreenResourceEvent' level 1718 has been applied. Figure 23B shows a list of fields 2300 for the fMultiScreenResourceEvent' level 1718 of the java suite 'org.ocap.ui.event', in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.

Java 套 件 ’org.ocap.ui.event’ 的 fMultiScreenResourceEvenf 等級 1718 包括下列至少一者: 'static int MULTI_SCREEN—RESOURCE_SCREEN—RELEASED,攔 位 2302 與 ’static int MULTI 一 SCREEN 一 RESOURCE 一 SCREEN 一 RESERVED,欄 位 2304。*fjava.utiLEventObject’等級得來的攔位 2310 包 括fsource’欄位。 191 200849990 2/Uipif ’MULTI 一 SCREEN 一 RESOURCE_SCREEN 一 RELEASE D’ 欄位 2302 設定 ’’public static final int MULTI—SCREENJIESOURCE—SCREEN—RELEASED”。剛 釋放所保留的螢幕,代表此螢幕(或其構構螢幕裝置)現在 可被保留(亦即,他們目前是未被保留的)。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 fMULTI—SCREEN一RESOURCE—SCREEN—RELEASED,欄 位 2302 。 fMULTI 一 SCREEN 一 RESOURCE_SCREEN—RESERVE Df 欄位 2304 設定"public static final int MULTI SCREEN RESOURCE SCREEN RESERVED,,。螢 — — — — 幕的保留剛允許給應用,代表此螢幕(包括其構成螢幕裝置) 不再是未保留的。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 ,MULTI—SCREEN—RESOURCE—SCREEN—RESERVED,欄 位 2304 。 圖23C顯示根據本發明實施例的Java套件 ’org.ocap.ui.event’ 的 fMultiScreenResourceEventf 等級 1718 的架構列表2320。 ’MultiScreenResourceEvent’ 等級 1718 的架構列表 2320 包括’MultiScreenResourceEvent(java.lang.Object source,int id)f 2322。 ’MultiScreenResourceEvent’等級 1718 的架構者 2322 設定 ’’public MultiScreenResourceEvent(java.lang.Object 192 200849990 27131pif source,int id)",且是’MultiScreenResourceEvent,的架構者。 參數fsourcd是對資源狀態已改變的’HScreen1的參考。 參數fid’是’MultiScreenResourceEvent’等級 1718 的事件 辨別碼。 自從 MSM 101 版本後,已應用 ’MultiScreenResourceEventf等級 1718 的架構者 2232。 圖23D顯示根據本發明實施例的java套件 ’org.ocap.ui.event’ 的 ’MultiScreenResourceEvent’ 等級的方法 列表2330。The fMultiScreenResourceEvenf level 1718 of the Java suite 'org.ocap.ui.event' includes at least one of the following: 'static int MULTI_SCREEN—RESOURCE_SCREEN—RELEASED, block 2302 with 'static int MULTI one SCREEN one RESOURCE one SCREEN one RESERVED, field 2304 . The *fjava.utiLEventObject' level of the block 2310 includes the fsource' field. 191 200849990 2/Uipif 'MULTI a SCREEN a RESOURCE_SCREEN a RELEASE D' field 2302 set ''public static final int MULTI-SCREENJIESOURCE-SCREEN-RELEASED'. Just released the reserved screen, representing this screen (or its configuration screen device) ) can now be retained (ie, they are currently unreserved). Since the MSM 101 version, fMULTI-SCREEN-RESOURCE-SCREEN-RELEASED has been applied, field 2302. fMULTI-SCREEN-RESOURCE_SCREEN-RESERVE Df field 2304 Set "public static final int MULTI SCREEN RESOURCE SCREEN RESERVED,,. The playback of the screen is just allowed to the application, representing this screen (including its constituent screen devices) is no longer unreserved. Since the MSM 101 version Thereafter, MULTI-SCREEN-RESOURCE-SCREEN-RESERVED, field 2304 has been applied. Figure 23C shows a schema list 2320 of the fMultiScreenResourceEventf level 1718 of the Java suite 'org.ocap.ui.event' in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. 'MultiScreenResourceEvent 'List of Structures for Level 1718 2320 Including 'MultiScreenResourceEvent(java.lang.Object source, int id)f 2322. 'MultiScreenResourceEvent' level 1718's architect 2322 sets ''public MultiScreenResourceEvent(java.lang.Object 192 200849990 27131pif source,int id)", and is 'MultiScreenResourceEvent, the architect. The parameter fsourcd is a reference to the 'HScreen1' whose resource status has changed. The parameter fid' is the event identifier of the 'MultiScreenResourceEvent' level 1718. Since the MSM 101 version, the architect of the 'MultiScreenResourceEventf level 1718 has been applied 2232. Figure 23D shows a list 2330 of methods for the 'MultiScreenResourceEvent' level of the java suite 'org.ocap.ui.event', in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.

Java 套 件 ’org.ocap.ui.event’ 的 ▼MultiScreenResourceEvent’等級的方法列表2330包括下列 至少一者·· ’int getld()’ 方法 2332 與 fjava.lang.Object getSource()f方法 2334。由’java.util.EventObject’等級得來的 方法2340包括1toString’;由’java.lang.Object’等級得來的方 法 2345 包括下列至少一者:fjava.lang.Object,include at least one of ’clone’,’equals’,’finalize’,’getClassVhashCode,, ’notify’,’notifyAll’,’wait’,’wait’與’wait’。 ’getSource〇’方法 2334 設定”public java.lang.Object getSource〇n,並得到產生此事件的來源物件。 ’getSource()’ 方法 2334 過載(〇verride)fgetSource’ 於 ’org.davic.resources.ResourceStatusEvent’等級。’getSourceQ, 方法2334回傳對的參考,或其子等級。 自從MSM 101版本後,已應用’getSource()f方法2334。 ’getld()f方法 2332 設定"public int getld(),’,並得到相 193 200849990 2713 lpif 關於’MultiScreenResourceEvent’等級1718的資源事件辨別 碼。 ▼MultiScreenResourceEvent’ 等級 1718 的事件辨別碼會 被回傳,其中辨別碼是下列之一: fMULTl—SCREEN—RESOURCE—SCREEN—RELEASED’ 欄 位 2302, ’MULTI—SCREEN一RESOURCE—SCREEN—RESERVED,攔 位 2304} 〇 f ' 自從MSMI01版本後,已應用’getldCT方法2332。 在此,參考圖 24A〜24D,25A〜25E,26A〜26D,27, 28A與28B,29來描述根據本發明實施例的應用使用限制。 根據本實施例,必需滿足多螢幕組態改變處理的前置 條件(圖24A〜24C)與後置條件(圖25A〜25E),亦即多螢幕 再組態。在此例中,前置條件與後置條件必需滿足下列假 ririL · 汉· 1·平台實施MSM,如定義般; C, 2·現有多於一個的明確多螢幕組態且是可存取的; 3· 呼 叫者有 fMonitorAppPermission(nmultiscreenxonfigurationff)f ; 4. 不產生 TMultiScreenConfigurationEvent.MULTI—SCREEN—CONFI GURATION__CHANGINGf ^ fMultiScreenConfigurationEvent.MULTI—SCREEN 一 CONFI GURATION—CHANGED’事件,在執RfverifyC〇nstraints()’ 194 200849990 2713 lpif 方法而不是 VerifyConstraints()’方法呼叫 fsetMultiScreenConflguration()f 的直接結果的期間; 5. 不產生The method list 2330 of the ▼MultiScreenResourceEvent' level of the Java Suite 'org.ocap.ui.event' includes at least one of the following: 'int getld()' method 2332 and fjava.lang.Object getSource()f method 2334. The method 2340 derived from the 'java.util.EventObject' level includes 1toString'; the method 2345 derived from the 'java.lang.Object' level includes at least one of the following: fjava.lang.Object, include at least one of ' Clone', 'equals', 'finalize', 'getClassVhashCode,, 'notify', 'notifyAll', 'wait', 'wait' and 'wait'. The 'getSource〇' method 2334 sets "public java.lang.Object getSource〇n" and gets the source object that generated this event. 'getSource()' method 2334 overload (〇verride)fgetSource' in 'org.davic.resources.ResourceStatusEvent 'Level.' getSourceQ, method 2334 returns the reference to the pair, or its sub-level. Since the MSM 101 version, the 'getSource()f method 2334 has been applied. 'getld()f method 2332 sets "public int getld() , ', and get phase 193 200849990 2713 lpif About 'MultiScreenResourceEvent' level 1718 resource event identification code. ▼MultiScreenResourceEvent' Level 1718 event identification code will be returned, where the identification code is one of the following: fMULTl-SCREEN-RESOURCE- SCREEN-RELEASED' field 2302, 'MULTI-SCREEN-RESOURCE-SCREEN-RESERVED, block 2304} 〇f ' Since the MSMI01 version, the 'getldCT method 2332 has been applied. Here, refer to Figures 24A-24D, 25A~25E 26A to 26D, 27, 28A and 28B, 29 to describe application use restrictions according to an embodiment of the present invention. For example, it is necessary to satisfy the preconditions (Figs. 24A to 24C) and postconditions (Figs. 25A to 25E) of the multi-screen configuration change processing, that is, the multi-screen reconfiguration. In this example, the pre-conditions and the post-conditions The condition must satisfy the following pseudoririL · Han · 1 · platform implementation MSM, as defined; C, 2 · more than one explicit multi-screen configuration and is accessible; 3 · caller has fMonitorAppPermission(nmultiscreenxonfigurationff)f 4. Do not generate TMultiScreenConfigurationEvent.MULTI—SCREEN—CONFI GURATION__CHANGINGf ^ fMultiScreenConfigurationEvent.MULTI—SCREEN a CONFI GURATION—CHANGED' event, execute RfverifyC〇nstraints()' 194 200849990 2713 lpif method instead of VerifyConstraints()' method call fsetMultiScreenConflguration( ) the period of direct result of f; 5. does not produce

▼MultiScreenConfigurationEvent.MULTI—SCREEN—CONFI GURATION—SCREEN 一 ADDED’ 或 ,MultiScreenConfigurationEvent.MULTI_SCREEN—CONFI GURATION—SCREEN—REMOVED,事件 ,於 f verify Constraints()’ 方法的執行期間; 6·應用發出為 ”1” 的1allow_default_device_reconflgfK 多螢幕使用描述器中; 7·在組態改變中,平台預留關鍵預設螢幕裝置組態參 數,特別是螢幕區域,晝素解析度與晝素尺寸比,亦即, 其不利用應用已發出 ”1” 的 ’allowjefault^device^reconflg, 的優點,以再組態預設螢幕裝置參數(注意,此驗證程序可 被擴張以涵蓋平台未預留這些參數的情況,亦即,可傾聽 適 當 的 ’HScreenConflgurationEvent’ 或 ’MultiScreenContextEvent’並用於告知平台未預留這些參 數)〇 圖24A〜24C顯示根據本發明實施例的改變多螢幕架 構的前置條件。 在圖24A的S2410,驗證不變數。根據本發明實施例, 靜態不變數被驗證為前置條件。在此例下,驗證不變數的 ’verifyInvariantConstraints()’方法可參考圖 26A〜26D 而描 述0 195 200849990 z/ijipif 在圖24A的S2420,記錄預設螢幕。 在圖24A的S2430,記錄預設背景螢幕裝置與關鍵組 態參數。 在圖24B的S2440,記錄預設影像螢幕裝置與關鍵組 態參數。 在圖24B的S2450,記錄預設圖形螢幕裝置與關鍵組 態參數。 在圖24C的S2460,記錄非預設螢幕。 在圖24C的S2470,記錄非預設螢幕裝置。 在圖24C的S2480,找到目前組態的不同組態。 圖24D顯示根據本發明實施例的改變多螢幕架構的 過程。 在S2490 ’改變多螢幕組態。亦即,透過 fMSM.setMultiScreenConfiguration ( MSC2, null ),而改變多 螢 幕組態 , 且透過 ’waitForMultiScreenConfigurationChangingEvent〇,方法與 ’waitForMultiScreenConfigurationChangedEvent()’ 方法而等 待 fMULTl SCREEN CONFIGURATION CHANGING,與 3,MUL1TI—SCREEN—CONFIGURATION—CHANGED’ 事件 的產生。 圖25A〜25E顯示根據本發明實施例的改變多螢幕架 構的前置條件。 在圖25A的S2500,驗證不變數。根據本發明實施例, 靜態不變數驗證為後置條件。在此例下,驗證不變數的 196 200849990 27131pif▼MultiScreenConfigurationEvent.MULTI—SCREEN—CONFI GURATION—SCREEN an ADDING' or, MultiScreenConfigurationEvent.MULTI_SCREEN—CONFI GURATION—SCREEN—REMOVED, event, during the execution of the f verify Constraints() method; 6. The application issues “1” 1allow_default_device_reconflgfK Multi-screen use in the description; 7. In the configuration change, the platform reserves the key preset screen device configuration parameters, especially the screen area, the pixel resolution and the pixel size ratio, that is, it does not use the application The advantage of 'allowjefault^device^reconflg' has been issued for "1" to reconfigure the default screen device parameters (note that this verification procedure can be expanded to cover situations where the platform does not reserve these parameters, ie, listenable A suitable 'HScreenConflgurationEvent' or 'MultiScreenContextEvent' is used to inform the platform that these parameters are not reserved. Figures 24A-24C show preconditions for changing the multi-screen architecture in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. At S2410 of Fig. 24A, the constant number is verified. According to an embodiment of the invention, the static invariant is verified as a precondition. In this example, the 'verifyInvariantConstraints()' method for verifying the constant number can be described with reference to Figs. 26A to 26D. 0 195 200849990 z/ijipif At S2420 of Fig. 24A, the preset screen is recorded. At S2430 of Fig. 24A, the preset background screen device and key configuration parameters are recorded. At S2440 of Fig. 24B, the preset image screen device and key configuration parameters are recorded. At S2450 of Fig. 24B, the preset graphic screen device and key configuration parameters are recorded. At S2460 of Fig. 24C, a non-preset screen is recorded. At S2470 of Fig. 24C, a non-preset screen device is recorded. In S2480 of Figure 24C, the different configurations of the current configuration are found. Figure 24D shows a process of changing a multi-screen architecture in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. Change the multi-screen configuration at S2490 ’. That is, the multi-screen configuration is changed by fMSM.setMultiScreenConfiguration (MSC2, null), and fMULTl SCREEN CONFIGURATION CHANGING, and 3, MUL1TI_SCREEN-CONFIGURATION are waited by the 'waitForMultiScreenConfigurationChangingEvent〇 method and the 'waitForMultiScreenConfigurationChangedEvent()' method. The generation of the CHANGED' event. 25A to 25E show preconditions for changing a multi-screen frame according to an embodiment of the present invention. At S2500 of Fig. 25A, the constant number is verified. According to an embodiment of the invention, the static invariant is verified as a postcondition. In this case, verify the constant number of 196 200849990 27131pif

VerifyInvariantConstraints()’ 方法將參考圖 26A〜26D 而 # 述。 在圖25Α的S2505,目前多螢幕組態是新組態。 在圖25Α的S2510,新預設螢幕必需相同於預設螢 在圖25Α的S2515,新預設背景螢幕裝置(如果存在的 話)必需相同於舊預設背景螢幕裝置(如果存在的話),除非 ( 應用發出為’’1’’的411〇\¥一36£&池_^¥以〜1^011他,,其中:允 祕組態後不再有預設背景裝置可用,前預設背景襄置必 需被重設為空的背景螢幕裝置狀態。 在圖25Β的S2520,如果有的話,新預設背景螢幕裝 置必需跟舊預設背景螢幕裝置有相同的螢幕區域,蚩 析度與晝素尺寸比。 ι解 在圖25C的S2525,新預設影像螢幕裝置(如果存在的 話)必需相同於舊預設影像螢幕裝置(如果存在的話),除非 (應用發出為”Γ’的,all〇w—default-device〜re_取,,其中允 许^再組態後不再有預設影像裝置可用,前預設影像裳置 必需被重設為空的影像螢幕裝置狀態。 、 在圖25C的S2530,如果有的話,新預設影像螢幕裝 置必需跟舊預設影像螢幕裝置有相同的螢幕區域,查^ 析度與晝素尺寸比。 i轉 ^ 在圖25D的S2535,新預設圖形螢幕裝置(如果存在的 話)必需相同於舊預設圖形螢幕裝置(如果存在的話),除非 應用發出為”Γ’的fall〇w—defauit—device一reconfig,,其中,、允 197 200849990 二/1J 1 pif 有預設圖形裝置可用,前預設圖形裝置 而被重5又為空的圖形螢幕裝置狀態。 在圖25D的S2540,如果有的砵 k 置必需跟舊預設圖形螢幕裝置有相預關形榮1 析度與晝素尺寸比。 勺忠秦區域,畫素舲 在圖25E的S2545,再钲能 / 如果不再是麵設螢幕的話,到的各非預設螢幕 其不可相同於空螢幕。 〜而目同於空螢幕,否則’ 在圖25A的S2500,再组能& 裝置如科再是非預設螢幕裝=非預設螢幕 幕裝置,否則,其不可相同於空以其需相同於空螢 圖26Α〜26D顯示根據本發明▲ 士 (invariants)的限制條件。 只&歹,的驗證不變數 在圖胤的遍5,必需有多絲 在圖26A的S2610,必♦亡α、, 只 在圖退的,必::目f多螢幕組態。 組態。 4 —_空的可存取多勞幕 在圖26A的S2620 ’目前客馨莖 離。 ⑴夕邊幕組態必需是可存取組 在圖26B的S2625,在目前多 組非空的螢幕。 〜T义而有 在圖26B的S2630 ’目前多慈莖 空的。 引夕军幕組態中的螢幕不可為 在圖湖的S2635,目前多螢幕組態中的任兩個不同 198 200849990 2713 lpif 螢幕項目不可代表相同資源。 在圖26C的S2640,必需有目前預設费幕。 在圖26B的S2645,目前預設螢幕不可等於空螢幕。 在圖26C的S2650,目前多螢幕組態中的」^ 目必需代表跟預設螢幕一樣的資源。 、 在圖26C的S2655,必需有-組非空的可存取 狄一在圖26C#S266G,目前預設螢幕必需是該組可存取 赏幕的一個明確成員。 螢幕装 在圖26C的S2665,目前預設螢幕的任何北旦 置不可等於空的背景螢幕裝置。 月豕 在圖勘的S2670,目前預設螢幕的任何 置不可等於空的影像螢幕裝置。 豕忠幕裝 在圖26D的S2675,目前預設螢幕的任何 置不可等於空的圖形螢幕裝置。 7貧幕裝 圖 27 顯示根據本發明每^ !getNonDefaultScreens()’方法的定義。 j 的 ,getNonDefaultScreens()’ 方法得到非預』 (’SXINDi),藉由回傳在MSM上的非預設螢幕(,s设聲幕 圖28A與28B顯示根據本發明實=ND)。 ’getNonDefaultScreenDevices()f方法的定義。 、也例的 在圖28A的S2810,分別檢查背景螢幕|置④ 幕裝置與圖形螢幕裝置的非預設螢幕裝置的’影像螢 在圖28B的S2820,分別檢查並回傳背景=1壯 影像螢幕裝置與圖形螢幕裝置的非預設螢幕裳置衣置’ 199 200849990 2/13 Jpif 圖29顯示根據本發明實施例的多種方法。 在S2910 ,維持等待狀態,直到產生 ▼MultiScreenConfigurationEvent.MULTI—SCREEN—CONFI GURATION-CHANGING’事件。 在S2920 ,維持等待狀態,直到產生 ’MultiScreenConflgurationEvent.MULTI—SCREEN—CONFI GURATION—CHANGED,事件。 在S2930,檢查並報告故障。 在此,參考圖 30A,30B,31,32A,32B,33A,33B 與34A〜34C來描述如何改變與加入〇CAP標準,以在 OCAP環境中實施本發明實施例。 OCAP應用並不支援或幾乎不支援多顯示螢幕或多邏 輯螢幕的螢幕管理,如同HAVi Hscreen等級所定義般,特 別是PIP與POP功能的螢幕管理。因此,為實施本發明的 OCAP MSM’ OCAP 應用需驗證’’ocap.api.option.msm,,Java 系統属性的存在。如果驗證"ocap.apLoption.msm,,Java系 統屬性’則OCAP應用可發現,組態,使用與複製下列裝 置能力:PIP功能,POP功能,多顯示,並從主、ριρ與 POP螢幕映對至輸出埠。 在此,參考圖30A與30B來描述如果改變用於驗證應 用的AppID來實施OCAP MSM。 圖30A顯示根據OCAP標準的’AppID’ Java類型的虛 擬程式碼(pseudocodes)。圖30B顯示根據本發明實施例的 κ施OCAP MSM的Java類型OcapAppID’的虛擬程式碼。 200 200849990 2713 lpif 如果OCAP平台實施方式支援同時呈現多服務情境 (’javax.tv.selection.ServiceContexf),貝ij 無法區分使用相同 組織與應用辨別碼的兩個不同應用,如]V[HP所定義的 ’org.dvb.application.AppID”所代表般,其中,這些例子執 行於不同服務情境下。 因此,使用’AppID’等級的應用資料庫與相關等級的功 能未定義,亦即在這種使用例下,其是模糊的。 根據本發明實施例,應用辨別碼定義為新導入的等級 OcapAppIDf,而非等級,AppID’,藉由改變圖30A的S3010〜 圖 30B 的 S3050 。 否則,應用辨別碼定義為圖30B的S3055,S3060, S3065 與 S3070 中的等級’〇capAppID,,而非圖 30A 的 3015, S3020, S3025 與 S3030 中的等級,AppID’。 參考圖31來描述等級OcapAppID’的定義。 圖31顯示根據本發明實施例的支援java類型 OcapAppID’的虛擬程式碼。 在S3110,等級,〇capAppID,允許在相同應用的多例間 的分別’其中這些例子相關於不同的’ServiceContext’。 在此,”相同應用,,代表著,此應用使用相同組織與應 用辨別碼。支援同時呈現多’ServiceContexf的OCAP實施 方式可允許相同應用的多個共同例子。 除了’org.dvb.application.AppId’是被 OCAP 應用的架 構者’AppID(int,int)’的明確呼叫所架構外,’AppID’的各應用 可視性必需是,〇capAppiD,。 201 200849990 2 / 1J iplf 如果OCAP實施方式或〇CAP應用遇到,AppiD,,呼 叫此Tid’’其非為’0capAppID,,則此例需在語義上被視為等 同於如下所架構的OcapAppID,: 在 S3120,定義當將此,OcapAppID,的,ServiceContext, 欄位當成預設時所要用的公開架構者。特別是,呼叫此架 構必需等同於呼叫OcapAppID( oid,aid,null),方法。 參數foid’是組織辨別碼,其相容於超等級架構者 fAppID(irit oid,int aid)’的相同名稱參數。 參數’aidf是組織辨別碼,其相容於超等級架構者 fAppID(int oid,int aid)f的相同名稱參數。 在S3130 ’定義了當指定此’〇capAppID’的 fServiceContexf欄位時所要用的公開架構者。 參數’oid’是組織辨別碼,其相容於超等級架構者 fAppID(int oid,int aid)’的相同名稱參數。 參數1aidf是組織辨別碼,其相容於超等級架構者 AppID(int oid,int aid)f的相同名稱參數。 參數’context’是’ServiceContexf 或’空值1。如果’context, 是’空值',則目前應用的目前預設’ServiceContexf需被空值 所取代,當初始化ServiceContexf時。 在 S3140 ,可得到相關於OcapAppUT的 ’ServiceContext’。因為fgetServiceContext〇f方法,會回傳非 空的1ServiceContext’。 之後,參考圖32A,32B,33A,33B與34A〜34C來插述 如果改變根據OCAP標準的"Hscene Manager”以支援 202 200849990 2713 lpif OCAPMSM加強版。 由forg.ocap.uLHSceneManager’與相關類型所定義的 ▼’Scene Management”功能並不支援下列用途·· •單一應用使用多’HScenef,其中這些不同例子相關於 不同 ’HGraphicsDevice’ ; •與主導應用無關’監測應用或其他授權應用在不同 rHScenef間轉移焦點的能力; •監測應用或其他授權應用的能力,以監測及/或允許/ 拒絕’HScenef焦點的應用-或平台初始改變; •與主導應用播關’監測應用或其他授權鹿用的能力, 以決定是否不同’HSceneBinding’可參考相同或不同底層情 況; ^ •監測應用或其他授權應用的能力,以維持所有可視情 況,其Z索引與其螢幕位置的適當狀態模型;The VerifyInvariantConstraints()' method will be described with reference to Figs. 26A to 26D. In S2505 of Figure 25, the current multi-screen configuration is a new configuration. In S2510 of Figure 25, the new preset screen must be the same as the preset firefly in S2515 of Figure 25, and the new preset background screen (if any) must be the same as the old preset background screen (if it exists) unless ( The application is issued as ''1'' 411〇\¥一36£&pool_^¥ to ~1^011 him, where: after the configuration is configured, there is no longer a preset background device available, the previous preset background The device must be reset to the empty background state of the screen device. In S2520 of Figure 25, the new preset background screen device must have the same screen area as the old preset background device, if any, the degree of depreciation and Prime size ratio. ι Solve in S2525 of Figure 25C, the new preset image screen device (if present) must be the same as the old preset image screen device (if any), unless (applies as "Γ", all〇 W—default-device~re_ fetch, where the re-configured no longer has a preset image device available, and the pre-preset image splice must be reset to the empty image screen device state. In Figure 25C S2530, if any, new preset image display It needs to have the same screen area as the old preset image screen device, and compare the resolution with the size of the element. i turn ^ In S2535 of Figure 25D, the new preset graphics device (if any) must be the same as the old preset. Graphical screen device (if any), unless the application issues a "Γ" fall〇w-defauit-device-reconfig, which, 199, 499, 499, 2, 2, 1 1 1 pif has a preset graphics device available, the front preset graphics The state of the graphic screen device that is heavy 5 is empty. In S2540 of Fig. 25D, if there is a 砵k setting, it must be compared with the old preset graphic screen device. In the Chung Chin area, the picture is in S2545 of Figure 25E, and if it is no longer a screen, the non-preset screens that come to it cannot be the same as the empty screen. ~ The same as the empty screen, otherwise ' In S2500 of FIG. 25A, the re-assembly device and the device are, for example, non-preset screens=non-preset screen devices, otherwise, they are not the same as the space, and the same as the empty pictures 26Α~26D are displayed according to the present invention. ▲ restrictions on invariants. &歹, the verification constant number in the figure 5, must be multi-filament in Figure 26A, S2610, must be a, a, only in the map back, must:: f f screen configuration. Configuration. 4 — _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ~T meaning and there is a lot of stems in the S2630' of Figure 26B. The screen in the eve of the curtain configuration is not available in S2635 in Tuhu, and currently there are two different screen configurations. 198 200849990 2713 The lpif screen project cannot represent the same resources. At S2640 of Fig. 26C, it is necessary to have a current preset fee screen. In S2645 of Fig. 26B, the current preset screen cannot be equal to the empty screen. In S2650 of Figure 26C, the current multi-screen configuration must represent the same resources as the default screen. In S2655 of Figure 26C, there must be a group of non-empty accessible Dimensions in Figure 26C#S266G. Currently, the preset screen must be an explicit member of the group of accessible viewers. The screen is installed in S2665 of Fig. 26C, and any current setting of the preset screen cannot be equal to the empty background screen device. Month 豕 In the S2670 survey, any preset screen can not be equal to the empty image screen device.豕 幕 screen In S2675 of Figure 26D, any preset screen can not be equal to the empty graphics device. 7 poor screens Figure 27 shows the definition of each ^!getNonDefaultScreens()' method in accordance with the present invention. The getNonDefaultScreens()' method of j gets non-pre-" ('SXINDi), by returning a non-preset screen on the MSM (sset the sound screens 28A and 28B showing real = ND according to the present invention). The definition of the 'getNonDefaultScreenDevices()f method. For example, in S2810 of FIG. 28A, the background image of the background screen and the non-preset screen device of the graphic screen device are respectively checked in S2820 of FIG. 28B, and the background=1 strong image screen is separately checked and returned. Non-preset screen skirting of the device and the graphic screen device '199 200849990 2/13 Jpif Figure 29 shows various methods in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. At S2910, the wait state is maintained until the ▼MultiScreenConfigurationEvent.MULTI_SCREEN_CONFI GURATION-CHANGING' event is generated. At S2920, the wait state is maintained until the event "MultiScreenConflgurationEvent.MULTI_SCREEN-CONFI GURATION-CHANGED" is generated. At S2930, the fault is checked and reported. Here, reference is made to Figs. 30A, 30B, 31, 32A, 32B, 33A, 33B and 34A to 34C to describe how to change and join the 〇CAP standard to implement the embodiment of the present invention in an OCAP environment. The OCAP application does not support or hardly support screen management for multi-display or multi-logic screens, as defined by the HAVi Hscreen level, especially for PIP and POP functions. Therefore, in order to implement the OCAP MSM' OCAP application of the present invention, it is necessary to verify the presence of ''ocap.api.option.msm', Java system attributes. If you verify "ocap.apLoption.msm, Java system properties' then the OCAP application can discover, configure, use and copy the following device capabilities: PIP, POP, multi-display, and from the main, ριρ and POP screens To output 埠. Here, the implementation of the OCAP MSM if the AppID for verifying the application is changed is described with reference to Figs. 30A and 30B. Fig. 30A shows virtual codes of the 'AppID' Java type according to the OCAP standard. Figure 30B shows the virtual code of the Java type OcapAppID' of the κ OCAP MSM in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. 200 200849990 2713 lpif If the OCAP platform implementation supports simultaneous presentation of multiple service scenarios ('javax.tv.selection.ServiceContexf), Bay ij cannot distinguish between two different applications that use the same organization and application identification code, such as] [V] As represented by 'org.dvb.application.AppID', these examples are executed in different service scenarios. Therefore, the application database with the 'AppID' level and the related level functions are not defined, that is, in this use. For example, it is ambiguous. According to an embodiment of the present invention, the application identification code is defined as the newly imported level OcapAppIDf, instead of the level, AppID', by changing S3050 of FIG. 30A to S3050 of FIG. 30B. Otherwise, the application identification code It is defined as the level '〇capAppID' in S3055, S3060, S3065 and S3070 of Fig. 30B, instead of the level, AppID' in 3015, S3020, S3025 and S3030 of Fig. 30A. The definition of the level OcapAppID' is described with reference to FIG. 31 shows a virtual code supporting a java type OcapAppID' according to an embodiment of the present invention. In S3110, level, 〇capAppID, allowed in the same application Between multiple embodiments separately 'wherein these examples related to different' the ServiceContext '. Here, ",, represents the same application, this application should use the same tissue discrimination code. Supporting OCAP implementations that simultaneously present multiple 'ServiceContexf' can allow multiple common examples of the same application. The application visibility of 'AppID' must be 〇capAppiD, except that 'org.dvb.application.AppId' is the explicit call structure of the OCAP application's 'AppID(int,int)'. 201 200849990 2 / 1J iplf If the OCAP implementation or 〇CAP application encounters, AppiD, calls this Tid'' instead of '0capAppID, then this example needs to be semantically treated as equivalent to the OcapAppID as follows. : In S3120, define the public architect to use when this, OcapAppID, and ServiceContext fields are used as defaults. In particular, calling this architecture must be equivalent to calling OcapAppID( oid, aid, null), method. The parameter foid' is an organization identification code that is compatible with the same name parameter of the super-level architect fAppID(irit oid, int aid)'. The parameter 'aidf' is an organization identification code that is compatible with the same name parameter of the super-level architect fAppID(int oid, int aid)f. The public architect to be used when specifying the fServiceContexf field of this '〇capAppID' is defined in S3130'. The parameter 'oid' is an organization identification code that is compatible with the same name parameter of the super-level architect fAppID(int oid, int aid). The parameter 1aidf is an organization identification code that is compatible with the same name parameter of the super-level architect AppID(int oid, int aid)f. The parameter 'context' is either 'ServiceContexf' or 'null value'. If 'context,' is 'null', then the current default 'ServiceContexf' of the current application needs to be replaced by a null value when Initializing ServiceContexf. At S3140, the 'ServiceContext' associated with OcapAppUT is available. Because of the fgetServiceContext〇f method, a non-empty 1ServiceContext’ is returned. Thereafter, referring to FIGS. 32A, 32B, 33A, 33B and 34A to 34C, if the "Hscene Manager" according to the OCAP standard is changed to support 202 200849990 2713 lpif OCAPMSM enhanced version. By forg.ocap.uLHSceneManager' and related types The defined ▼'Scene Management' feature does not support the following uses: • Single application uses multiple 'HScenef', where these different examples are related to different 'HGraphicsDevice'; • Independent of the dominant application 'Monitoring application or other authorized application between different rHScenef Ability to shift focus; • Ability to monitor applications or other authorized applications to monitor and/or allow/deny 'HScenef focus applications' or platform initial changes; • Broadcast with leading applications 'monitoring applications or other authorized deer To determine whether the different 'HSceneBinding' can refer to the same or different underlying conditions; ^ • Monitor the ability of the application or other authorized application to maintain all visual conditions, its Z-index and its appropriate state model for the screen position;

•監測應用或其他授權應用的能力,以回應用於再定序 需求而指定待用情況的另一個Z索引; •改變 ’HSceneManager.getHSceneOrderQ,的回傳值類 型; ' 此外,透過合併的再分解,下列功能會有較好的表示: •將 fHSceneChangeRequestHandler.testShow(.·),合併至 ’testOrder(··)’,藉由指定’oldOrder”為’_Γ ; 此工程改變會解決如下議題: •力口入’HSceneBinding.getGraphicsDevice()’ ; • 加 入 203 200849990 2/Ulplf fHSceneChangeRequestHandler.testMoveFocus(HSceneBindi ng’HSceneBinding),; • 加 入 fHSceneChangeRequestHandler.focusChanged(HSceneBindi ng,HSceneBinding)’ ; •移除’HSceneChangeRequestHandler.testShow(")f ; •改變 ’HSceneChangeRequestHandler.testOrder(")▼簽 名,回傳值類型與所設定的例外情形; •改變’HSceneChangeRequestHandler.testMove(··)’簽名 與所設定的例外情形; •力口入fHSceneManager.getAppDefaultHScene(AppID)’ ; •力口入fHSceneManager.getAppHScenes(AppID)’ ; • 加 入 ?HSceneManager.getAppHSceneLocation(HScene)!; •力口入’HSceneManager.getHSceneFocusO1 ; • 力口 入 fHSceneManager.getHSceneOrder(HGraphicsDevice)f ; •加入 ?HSceneManager.transferHSceneFocus(HSceneBinding)f ; • 加 入 fHSceneManager.sameScene(HSceneBinding,HSceneBinding• The ability to monitor applications or other authorized applications in response to another Z-index that specifies the inactive condition for reordering requirements; • Change the type of return value of 'HSceneManager.getHSceneOrderQ,'; The following functions will be better represented: • Combine fHSceneChangeRequestHandler.testShow(.·) into 'testOrder(··)' by specifying 'oldOrder' as '_Γ; this engineering change will solve the following issues: Mouth into 'HSceneBinding.getGraphicsDevice()'; • Join 203 200849990 2/Ulplf fHSceneChangeRequestHandler.testMoveFocus(HSceneBindi ng'HSceneBinding),; • Add fHSceneChangeRequestHandler.focusChanged(HSceneBindi ng,HSceneBinding)' ; • Remove 'HSceneChangeRequestHandler.testShow(&quot ;)f ; • Change the 'HSceneChangeRequestHandler.testOrder(")▼ signature, return the value type and the exceptions set; • Change the 'HSceneChangeRequestHandler.testMove(··)' signature with the exceptions set; Into fHSceneManager.getAppDefaultHSce Ne(AppID)' ; • force into fHSceneManager.getAppHScenes(AppID)'; • join? HSceneManager.getAppHSceneLocation(HScene)!; • force into 'HSceneManager.getHSceneFocusO1; • force into fHSceneManager.getHSceneOrder(HGraphicsDevice)f; • Join? HSceneManager.transferHSceneFocus(HSceneBinding)f ; • Join fHSceneManager.sameScene (HSceneBinding, HSceneBinding

•改變 fHSceneManager.getHSceneOrder()f 的回傳值類 型。 204 200849990 2713 lpif 此外 ’ fHSceneManager,5 ,HSceneBinding,與 fHSceneChangeRequestHandler’的文字描述,與其先前存在 成員已被加強編輯,以清楚與改良表達方式; 在'javax.tv.graphics.TVContainerf 中 ,如果 fgetRootContainer(XletContext ctx)’被 OCAP 應用所呼叫(或 代表其的話),itx’是此呼叫應用的初始’xietc〇ntext,且其回 傳 例 需 相同於 同時被 ’org.havLuLHSceneFactory.getDefaultHScene()’ 所回傳的 例。 OCAP加強DVB-GEM 1 ·0·2,透過加入具下述的 OCAP 特殊’’Scene Management”功能。特別是,〇CAP 實施 方式 需貫施 〇rg.〇cap.ui.HSceneBindingf, forg.ocap.ui.HSceneChangeRequestHandler\ ’org.ocap.ui.HSceneManagerf與其相關語義,如圖 32B,33B, 34B 與 340 此外,在’org.havi.ui.HsceneFactory,中,在得到另一個 "Hscene’CS】’)之前,並不需0CAP應用對先前得到的 ’Hscene’(’Sr)進行’dispose(HScene)f方法,假設先前與後來 的’HsceneW列,3Γ與’S2f,相關於不同fHgraphicsDevice,。 在焦點處理規則中’實施方式必需維持可焦點 (focusable)fHSceneT的整體有序列表。可焦點的^Scene,是 可視且啟動的’HScend,其中fHScenef被視為可視的如果 fHScene.isVisible()’方法回傳6真,,且視為啟動的如果 (l)’HScene.setActive(boolean)’方法未曾被應用所呼叫;或(2) 205 200849990 2713 lpif 如果,HScene.setActive(boolean focus)’方法曾被哞叫至少一 次且’focus’之值為‘真,,在’f0CUS’之值為‘假,的最後一次呼 叫之後。 焦點fHScenef是可聚焦(f〇cusableyHScenef,其指定至 輸入焦點。任意時刻只有一個焦點^HScene,,不管有多少個 啟動的 ’HGraphicsDevice’ 或fHScreen’。 當fHScenef變得可聚焦時,其加入至可聚焦,HScene, 列表的尾端。 / 一 1 當可聚焦fHScene’指定焦點時,其移至可聚焦,HScene, 列表的開頭。 當fHScene^再是可聚焦時,其從可聚焦,HScene’列表 移除。 當已聚焦"HScene’f再是可聚焦時,實施方式必需從 已聚焦fHScenef移除焦點並指定輸入焦點至可聚焦,HScene, 列表的第一個可聚焦THScene’。 當第一個可聚焦’HScene’插入至可聚焦’HScene,列表 ( 時,其實施方式不可自動指定輸入焦點。 圖32A顯示根據本發明實施例的java類型 "HSceneBinding’的虛擬程式碼。圖32B顯示根據本發明實 施例的實施OCAP MSM的Java類型’HSceneBinding,的虛 擬程式碼。 在圖32B的S3250中,會額外設定不存在於圖μα 的 OCAP 標準中的’HGraphicsDevice’介面。 在圖32B的S3260中,’HSceneBinding’由平台定義等 206 200849990 27131pif 級所實施,以提供代表’HScene’的某些特性,其中,HScene, 一般是由另一個應用所擁有,因而不允許直接存取此 ,HScene’參考。 在圖 32B 的 S3270 中,可在映對至 ’getGraphicsDevice〇’方法的’HScreen’的正規化座標空間中 得到(回傳)由’HSceneBinding’代表的’HScene’的方形螢幕。 在圖32B的S3280,可得到(回傳)相關於由 ’HSceneBinding’代表的’HScene’的應用屬性。 在圖32B的S3290中,可得到(回傳)相關於由 ’HSceneBindingf代表的’HScene’的圖形裝置。 圖33A顯示根據OCAP標準的java類型 ’HSceneChangeRequestHandler’的虛擬程式碼。圖 33B 顯示 根據本發明實施例的實施OCAP MSM的Java類型 ’HSceneChangeRequestHandler’ 的虛擬程式碼。 圖33A的S3310會在圖33B的OCAPMSM中被移除。 在圖 33B 的 S3330 中,’HSceneChangeRequestHandler’ 由獲權的應用所實施,以處理下列需求:(1)加入目前未顯 示的THScenef,(2)移除目前顯示的,HScene,,(3)改變fHScenef 在螢幕上的位置,(4)移動在,HGraphicsDevice,的’HScene’Z 順序中的^HScene’,(5)移動,HScenef包含階層間的AWT焦 點,以及(6)產生AWT焦點指定改變的通知給,HScene,包含 階層。 在圖33B的S3340中,會測試是否可允許,Hscene,移 動(或大小改變)的需求。當’HScene,移動於此’HScene,内或 207 200849990 Z. / 1J> 1 pif 要調整大小時,亦即,如果代表’HScene,的 fHScreenRectanglef要改變位置或大小時,會呼叫 ,testMove(HSceneBinding move, HSceneBinding currentScenes[])’方〉去。 ,其指定受影響fHScene’ 的螢幕方形,且其需為fcurrentScenes’的項目。參數 ’currentScenes’ 是 fHSceneBinding’,其相關於現存可視 fHScene’(與其目前螢幕方形),其更包括受影響的 ▼HScene’。在此情境下,如果此’HScene.isVisible(),方法回 傳真’ HScene被視為可視的。 如果可完成移動的話,"testMove1方法回傳‘真,,否則 回傳6假’。 在圖33B的S3350中,要測試是否fHScenefZ順序改 變需求可被完成與否。當移動於Z順序或要被 加入或移除於Z順序時,會呼HSceneBinding reorder, HSceneBinding currentScenes[]5 int currentOrder, int newOrdery。在要從Z順序移除fHScenef的情況下, ftestOrderf方法的值可被實施方式所忽略(比如,應用的 ’HScend正被移除,因為此應用被終止)。 當呼叫’testOrder’方法時,要用下列限制條件: •fcurrentOrder’或(及)fnewOrderf2至少一者不為負值; •如果fcurrentOrder’不為負值,則其是由 fcurrentScenes’ 所參考的陣列的有效索引; •如果’currentOrder’是’currentScenes’的有效索引且如 208 200849990 2713 Ipif 不為負值,則其是由fcurrentScenesf所參考的陣 列的有效索引。 參數’reorder’是’HSceneBinding’,其指定受影響的 ’HScene’。如果此fHScene’已存在於’HScene’Z順序中,則其 必需以’currentScenesf陣列的形式出現;否則,其不可存在 於’currentScenes’。圖 33A 的 S3320 的’testOrder’方法並不考 慮參數Reorder’,且Z順序可由參數’reorder,所驗證,考慮 圖 33B 的1testOrderj法所影響的,HScene,。 參數’currentScenes’是’HSceneBinding’,其相關於現存 可視HScene的Z順序’其第一個項目(〇)是最前面的 ’HScene’。在此例下,fHScenef視為可視的,如果 fHScene.isVisible()’ 方法回傳‘真,。 因 為呼叫 ’HScene· show()’ 方法或 fHScene.setVisible(true)f方法的緣故,參數’currentOrder,的 值為’-Γ,如果要顯示’HScene’的話;或者,如果已顯示 ’HScene’,代表’HScene’的’currentScene’陣列中的現存位置 的非負整數要被移動。 參數hewOrder’是非負整數,其指定受影響的,HScene, 要被移動的新位置,或其為Μ”,如果受影響的’HScene, 正要(整個)從’HScene,的Z順序移除。如果受影響的 ’HScene’要加入至’HScene1的Z順序,則’newOrder,代表其所 要出現的位置,其他所有的目前往下移一個位 置。如果iurrentOrder’是’-Γ且fnewOrder’的值大於 ’cuirentScenes’的最後有效索引的索引,且要被加入的 209 200849990 / 1J ipif fHScenef會正被需求以位於’HScen&Z順序的最後方。 ’testOrder’方法回傳f空值’,如果再定序(reorcjer)(加入/ 移除)需求已被允許,如參數所指定般。如果此需求無法如 指定般執行的話’則回傳參的值。 會回傳fHSceneBindingf的新陣列,其為下列的元件的 組成集合之排列:(a) fcurrentScenesf減去’reorder’,如果 ’currentOrder’非為負且!此\¥(^(^1"為負;(b),cmrentScenes, ^ 加上’reorder’如果fcurrentOrder,為負且’newOrder,非為負;或 ^ (c) ’currentScenes’ 如果皆非為 負。 在圖33b的S3360中,會測試AWT焦點是否可以再 度指定至(或移除於yHScene’ 。如果暫存 fHSceneChangeRequestHandlerf,則 0CAP 平台必需呼叫 ’testFocusChange,方法,當AWT焦點可初始指定至fHScene, 包含階層,在fHScene’包含階層之間移動,或從所有的 fHScenef包含階層移除。如果某焦點狀態改變使得 i ltestFocusChangef方法回傳”假,,值,則〇CAP平台不可完成 此改變,且必需使得AWT焦點不能被改變。 OCAP平台不可呼叫’testFocuschange,方法,當在 ’HScenef下移動子容器(sub_container)或成份間的焦點時。 〇CAP平台可以但不需要,啤叫’testFocusChange’方法 (或使用其回傳值),當平台原始AWT,HScene’焦點再度指 定時;然而,在此例中,該平台必需呼叫’focusChanged(..), 方法,以告知平台原始,HScenef焦點改變。 210 200849990 27131pif 當呼叫 ’testFocusChange’ 方法時,’newScene’ 或 (及)’oldScen&之一(或其兩者)不可為”空值”條件。 參數fnewScenef是fHSceneBinding’,其代表要指定焦點 的liScene’,或當焦點未指定至任何IHScene’,亦即,不指 定時,其為”空值’’。 參數’oldScene’是’HSceneBinding’,其代表要移除焦點 的’HScene’,或當未指定焦點至任何fHScene’(在呼叫 lestFocusChange’方法之前),其為空值。 彳estFocusChangi方法回傳‘真’,如果焦點轉移(或移除) 可被完成,否則,回傳‘假’。 在圖33B的S3370中,於AWT焦點的目前指定中通 知處理改變。’focusChangedf方法通知對AWT焦點的目前 指定的改變,給某’HScene’。為指定此種’HScene,,使用 fHSceneBinding’,其獨特地辨別情況,透過組合 (’HSceneBinding.getAppAttributesQ’ 方法)所傳來的已辨別 應用與(’HSceneBinding.getGraphicsDevice()T 方法)傳來的 圖形螢幕裝置。 OCAP平台不可呼叫’f0CUSChanged,方法,當在,HScene, 内移動焦點於子容器或成份之間時。 上述的獨特辨別是根據下列條件:對於既定應用,各 ’HGraphicsDevice’ 不可有超過一個的 ’HScene,。 參數’newScene,是⑴間接代表已指定焦點的新 HScene1的’HSceneBinding' ’ 或(2)'空值',代表目前'HScene' 未才曰疋焦點(在此應用環境中)。 211 200849990 2/i3ipif 參數foldScenel⑴間接代表已移除焦點的舊(先前) ’HScene’的fHSceneBinding’,或(2)空值,代表先前,HScene, 未指定焦點(在此應用環境中)。 圖34A顯示根據〇cAP標準的Java類型 ’HSceneManager’的虛擬程式碼。圖34B與34C顯示根據本 發明實施例的實施OCAP MSM的Java類型 ’HSceneManagerj^j 虛擬程式碼。 在圖34B的S3420中’ ’HsceneManager’代表平台管理 員成伤’其允許獲權應用能暫存處理者(]^ηί^Γ),以處理 包括(’HgraphicsDevice,的)所有,Hscene,的,HgraphicsDevice, 内所需求的Hscene1的改變。此外,’Hscene’的Z順序,預 设情況’目鈾焦點指定可利用’HsceneManager’來詢問。 在圖34B的S3430中,產生受保護的預設架構者。 在圖34B的S3435,得到’HsceneManager'的單獨例, 其中此例的行為(由可存取狀態的觀點來看)似乎為,其在 平台(而非呼叫應用)的範圍内。回傳’HsceneManager’。 在 圖 34B 的 S3440 中 , fsetHSceneChangeRequestHandler(HSceneChangeRequestHa ndler handler)’方法允許應用的建立,當fHscene,改變需求處 理者。當呼叫fsetHSceneChangeRequestHandler’方法時,如 果處理者已暫存,則fHscene7t變需求處理者由特定處理者 來取代。 參數 ’handler, 是 (1) 待 詢 問 的 fHsceneChangeRequestHandler,,關於,HscenefZ 順序的變化 212 200849990 2713 lpif 與對預設焦點指定的變化,或(2)’空值’,在此例中’移除 目前的處理者。 如 果呼叫 者沒有 ▼MonitorAppPermission(’’handler.resource’’)’ 的話’則發出 ’SecurityException’。 在圖34B的S3445中,會得到呼叫應用的預設 ’HGraphicsDevice’的一組可視fHScene,的情況接合 (bindings)。相比於圖 34A 的 S3410 的 ’’public static OcapAppAttributes [] getHSceneOrder()n,所回傳的此情況 接合乃是藉由設定fHSceneBinding[]’類型而非Static OcapAppAttributes []’類型。 如果呼叫應用指定預設圖形螢幕,則 fgetHSceneOrder〇'方法的回傳值相同於• Change the return value type of fHSceneManager.getHSceneOrder()f. 204 200849990 2713 lpif In addition the text description of 'fHSceneManager,5, HSceneBinding, and fHSceneChangeRequestHandler', with its pre-existing members has been enhanced to edit and improve the expression; in 'javax.tv.graphics.TVContainerf, if fgetRootContainer(XletContext Ctx) 'called by the OCAP application (or on behalf of it), itx' is the initial 'xietc〇ntext' for this call application, and its return instance needs to be the same as being passed back by 'org.havLuLHSceneFactory.getDefaultHScene()' Example. OCAP strengthens DVB-GEM 1 ·0·2 by adding the OCAP special 'Scene Management' function described below. In particular, the 〇CAP implementation is subject to rg.〇cap.ui.HSceneBindingf, forg.ocap. ui.HSceneChangeRequestHandler\ 'org.ocap.ui.HSceneManagerf and its associated semantics, as shown in Figure 32B, 33B, 34B and 340. Also, in 'org.havi.ui.HsceneFactory, in getting another "Hscene'CS]' Before, the 0CAP application does not need to perform the 'dispose(HScene)f method on the previously obtained 'Hscene' ('Sr), assuming that the previous and subsequent 'HsceneW columns, 3Γ and 'S2f, are related to different fHgraphicsDevice, in focus. In the processing rules, the implementation must maintain the overall ordered list of focusable fHSceneT. The focus of ^Scene is visible and started by 'HScend, where fHScenef is treated as visible if fHScene.isVisible()' method is returned Pass 6 true, and it is considered to be started if (l) 'HScene.setActive(boolean)' method has not been called by the application; or (2) 205 200849990 2713 lpif if, HScene.setActive(boolean focus)' method Being squeaked at least once and the value of 'focus' is 'true', after the last call with the value 'f0CUS' being 'false'. The focus fHScenef is focusable (f〇cusableyHScenef, which is assigned to the input focus. Any time There is only one focus ^HScene, no matter how many 'HGraphicsDevice' or fHScreen' are enabled. When fHScenef becomes focusable, it is added to the end of the list that can be focused, HScene. / a 1 when fHScene can be specified At the focus, it moves to the focusable, HScene, at the beginning of the list. When fHScene^ is again focusable, it is removed from the focusable, HScene' list. When the focus "HScene'f is again focusable, implement The way must remove the focus from the focused fHScenef and specify the input focus to focusable, HScene, the first one of the list can focus on THScene'. When the first focusable 'HScene' is inserted into the focusable 'HScene, list (when it Implementations do not automatically specify input focus. Figure 32A shows a virtual code of the java type "HSceneBinding' according to an embodiment of the present invention. Figure 32B shows a virtual code implementing a Java type 'HSceneBinding' of an OCAP MSM, in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. In S3250 of Fig. 32B, the 'HGraphicsDevice' interface that does not exist in the OCAP standard of the map μα is additionally set. In S3260 of Figure 32B, 'HSceneBinding' is implemented by platform definitions, etc. 206 200849990 27131 pif level to provide certain characteristics representative of 'HScene', where HScene is generally owned by another application and thus is not allowed to be directly stored. Take this, HScene' reference. In S3270 of Fig. 32B, a square screen of 'HScene' represented by 'HSceneBinding' can be obtained (returned) in the normalized coordinate space of 'HScreen' mapped to the 'getGraphicsDevice〇' method. At S3280 of Fig. 32B, application attributes related to 'HScene' represented by 'HSceneBinding' are available (returned). In S3290 of Fig. 32B, a graphics device related to 'HScene' represented by 'HScene Bindingf' is available (returned). Figure 33A shows the virtual code of the java type 'HSceneChangeRequestHandler' according to the OCAP standard. Figure 33B shows a virtual code of a Java type 'HSceneChangeRequestHandler' implementing an OCAP MSM in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. S3310 of Figure 33A will be removed in the OCAPMSM of Figure 33B. In S3330 of Figure 33B, 'HSceneChangeRequestHandler' is implemented by the authorized application to handle the following requirements: (1) join THScenef not currently shown, (2) remove the currently displayed, HScene, (3) change fHScenef On the screen, (4) moves in the 'HScene'Z order of the HGraphicsDevice, ^HScene', (5) moves, HScenef contains the AWT focus between the levels, and (6) the notification that the AWT focus is specified to change Give, HScene, contains the hierarchy. In S3340 of Fig. 33B, the requirements of whether or not to allow, Hscene, movement (or size change) are tested. When 'HScene, move here' to HScene, or 207 200849990 Z. / 1J> 1 pif to resize, ie if fHScreenRectanglef representing 'HScene', to change position or size, will call, testMove(HSceneBinding move , HSceneBinding currentScenes[]) '方〉Go. , which specifies the screen square of the affected fHScene' and which needs to be a project of fcurrentScenes'. The parameter 'currentScenes' is fHSceneBinding', which is related to the existing visible fHScene' (with its current screen square), which also includes the affected ▼HScene'. In this scenario, if this 'HScene.isVisible(), the method returns to Fax 'HScene is considered visible. If the move is complete, the "testMove1 method returns ‘true, otherwise it returns 6 false’. In S3350 of Fig. 33B, it is tested whether the fHScenefZ order change requirement can be completed or not. When moving in the Z order or to be added or removed in the Z order, HSceneBinding reorder, HSceneBinding currentScenes[]5 int currentOrder, int newOrdery will be called. In the case where fHScenef is to be removed from the Z order, the value of the ftestOrderf method can be ignored by the implementation (eg, the 'HScend of the application is being removed because the application is terminated). When calling the 'testOrder' method, the following restrictions apply: • at least one of fcurrentOrder' or (and) fnewOrderf2 is not negative; • if fcurrentOrder' is not negative, it is an array referenced by sixceScenes' Valid index; • If 'currentOrder' is a valid index of 'currentScenes' and if 208 200849990 2713 Ipif is not negative, it is a valid index of the array referenced by sixceScenesf. The parameter 'reorder' is 'HSceneBinding', which specifies the affected 'HScene'. If this fHScene' already exists in the 'HScene' Z sequence, it must appear in the form of a 'currentScenesf array; otherwise, it cannot exist in 'currentScenes'. The 'testOrder' method of S3320 of Fig. 33A does not consider the parameter Reorder', and the Z order can be verified by the parameter 'reorder', which is affected by the 1testOrderj method of Fig. 33B, HScene. The parameter 'currentScenes' is 'HSceneBinding', which is related to the Z-order of the existing visible HScene' whose first item (〇) is the first 'HScene'. In this case, fHScenef is considered visible if the fHScene.isVisible()’ method returns ‘true. Because of the call to the 'HScene·show()' method or the fHScene.setVisible(true)f method, the value of the parameter 'currentOrder,' is '-Γ if 'HScene' is to be displayed; or, if 'HScene' is already displayed, A non-negative integer representing the existing location in the 'currentScene' array of 'HScene' is to be moved. The parameter hewOrder' is a non-negative integer specifying the affected, HScene, the new location to be moved, or it is Μ", if the affected 'HScene' is about to be (completely) removed from the Z order of 'HScene'. If the affected 'HScene' is to be added to the Z-order of 'HScene1', then 'newOrder' represents the position it wants to appear, and all other currently moves down one position. If iurrentOrder' is '-Γ and the value of fnewOrder' is greater than The index of the last valid index of 'cuirentScenes', and the 209 200849990 / 1J ipif fHScenef to be added will be required to be located at the end of the 'HScen&Z order. The 'testOrder' method returns the null value ', if The reorcjer (join/remove) requirement has been allowed, as specified by the parameter. If this requirement cannot be executed as specified, then the value of the parameter is passed back. The new array of fHSceneBindingf will be returned, which is the following The arrangement of the component's set of components: (a) fcurrentScenesf minus 'reorder', if 'currentOrder' is not negative and! This \¥(^(^1" is negative; (b), cmrentScenes, ^ Add 'reorder' if fcurrentOrder, negative and 'newOrder, not negative; or ^ (c) 'currentScenes' if none is negative. In S3360 of Figure 33b, it will test whether AWT focus can be reassigned to (or Removed from yHScene'. If the fHSceneChangeRequestHandlerf is staged, the 0CAP platform must call 'testFocusChange', the method, when the AWT focus can be initially assigned to fHScene, contains the hierarchy, moves between the fHScene's containing classes, or moves from all fHScenef containing levels In addition, if a focus state changes such that the i ltestFocusChangef method returns a "false," value, then the CAP platform cannot complete the change, and the AWT focus must not be changed. The OCAP platform cannot call 'testFocuschange, method, when in 'HScenef When moving the sub-container (sub_container) or the focus between the components. 〇 CAP platform can but not need, the beer is called the 'testFocusChange' method (or use its return value), when the platform original AWT, HScene' focus is re-specified; however In this case, the platform must call 'focusChanged(..), method to Know the original platform, HScenef focus change. 210 200849990 27131pif When calling the 'testFocusChange' method, 'newScene' or (and) 'oldScen& one (or both) cannot be a "null value" condition. The parameter fnewScenef is fHSceneBinding', which represents liScene' to specify the focus, or when the focus is not assigned to any IHScene', that is, when not specified, it is "null value"'. The parameter 'oldScene' is 'HSceneBinding', which Represents 'HScene' to remove focus, or null when no focus is specified to any fHScene' (before calling the lestFocusChange' method. 彳estFocusChangi method returns 'true' if focus is shifted (or removed) Can be completed, otherwise, return 'false'. In S3370 of Figure 33B, the processing change is notified in the current designation of the AWT focus. The 'focusChangedf method notifies the currently specified change to the AWT focus, giving an 'HScene'. Specify this 'HScene, use fHSceneBinding', which uniquely distinguishes the situation, through the combination ('HSceneBinding.getAppAttributesQ' method), the identified application and the graphical screen ('HSceneBinding.getGraphicsDevice()T method)) The OCAP platform cannot call 'f0CUSChanged, the method, when in, HScene, moves the focus to the subcontainer Between the components. The above unique identification is based on the following conditions: For a given application, each 'HGraphicsDevice' must not have more than one 'HScene'. The parameter 'newScene' is (1) indirectly representing the 'HSceneBinding' of the new HScene1 with the specified focus. Or (2) 'null value', representing the current 'HScene' focus (in this application environment). 211 200849990 2/i3ipif parameter foldScenel(1) indirectly represents the old (previous) 'HScene' fHSceneBinding with the removed focus ', or (2) null, on behalf of the previous, HScene, unspecified focus (in this application environment). Figure 34A shows the virtual code of the Java type 'HSceneManager' according to the 〇cAP standard. Figures 34B and 34C show according to this The Java type 'HSceneManagerj^j virtual code of the OCAP MSM is implemented in the embodiment of the invention. In the S3420 of Fig. 34B, ''HsceneManager' represents the platform administrator's injury', which allows the authorized application to temporarily store the processor (]^ηί^ Γ) to handle the changes in Hscene1 required (including 'HgraphicsDevice,'), Hscene, HgraphicsDevice. In addition, the Z sequence of 'Hscene' is pre-set to allow the uranium focus designation to be queried using the 'HsceneManager'. In S3430 of Fig. 34B, a protected preset architect is generated. At S3435 of Fig. 34B, a separate example of 'HsceneManager' is obtained, where the behavior of this example (from the point of view of the accessible state) appears to be within the scope of the platform (rather than the call application). Return 'HsceneManager'. In S3440 of Figure 34B, the fsetHSceneChangeRequestHandler(HSceneChangeRequestHa ndler handler)' method allows the creation of an application, when fHscene, changes the demand handler. When the fsetHSceneChangeRequestHandler' method is called, if the handler has been temporarily stored, the fHscene7t variable demand handler is replaced by a specific handler. The parameter 'handler, is (1) the fHsceneChangeRequestHandler to be queried, about, the change in HscenefZ order 212 200849990 2713 lpif with the specified change to the preset focus, or (2) 'null value', in this case 'remove the current The processor. If the caller does not have ▼MonitorAppPermission(’’handler.resource’’)’ then a 'SecurityException' is issued. In S3445 of Fig. 34B, a set of visual fHScenes of the preset 'HGraphicsDevice' of the call application is obtained, as in the case of bindings. Compared to the ''public static OcapAppAttributes[] getHSceneOrder()n of S3410 of Figure 34A, the backhaul is joined by setting the fHSceneBinding[]' type instead of the Static OcapAppAttributes []' type. If the call application specifies a preset graphics screen, the return value of the fgetHSceneOrder〇 method is the same as

?getHSceneOrder(HScreen.getDefaultHScreen().getDefaultH?getHSceneOrder(HScreen.getDefaultHScreen().getDefaultH

GraphicsDevice〇y方法,否則,其要回傳空陣列。 相關於呼叫應用的預設fHGraphicsDevicef的可視 fHScene%’HSceneBinding,陣列會回傳於Z順序,其中可視 代表’scene.isVisible()f 回傳4真,。 如 果呼叫 者沒有 ’MonitorAppPermission(nhandler.resource’f)’ 的話,則發出 ’SecurityException’。 在圖34B的S3450中,會得到相關於特定 fHGraphicsDevice’的可視fHScene’的一組情況接合。 回傳情況接合的陣列的順序使得,第一個項目相關 213 200849990 2713 lpif 於特定fHGraphicsDevice’的fHScene’Z順序中的最前面可視 fHScene’,而最後一個項目則相關於最後面的可視’HScen〆。 如果特定圖形裝置所相關的螢幕不相關於顯示螢幕 或輸出埠,或不致能於輸出埠上的顯示,則必需回傳空陣 列。 參數’device’是fHGraphicsDevice’。 相關於特定’HGraphicsDevice’的可視'HScend的 •HSceneBindingf陣列會回傳於Z順序,其中可視代表 ’scene」sVisible()f®傳‘真’。 如 果呼叫 者沒有 ’MonitorAppPermission(’’handler.resource’’)’ 的話,貝1J 發出 ’SecurityException1 〇 在圖34C的S3455中,會得到呼叫應用的預設fHScenef 的’HScene'Z 順序位置。應用可呼叫 ’getAppHSceneLocation()f方法,以決定其預設’HScene’要位 於'HGraphicsDevicd的Z順序的位置。 fgetAppHSceneLocation()’方法回傳’-Γ,如果應用從未 得到對其預設’HSceni的參考(暗示此應用沒有使用者介 面);否則,其回傳值相同於 fgetAppHSceneLocation(HSceneFactory.getDefaultHScene() 在圖34c的S3460中,會得到特定Hscene的fHScene’Z 順序位置。應用可呼叫 fgetAppHSceneLocation(HScene scene)f方法,以決定特定fHScene4fHGraphicsDevice’Z 順 214 200849990 2713 lpif 序中的位置。 參數’scene’是fHScenef,其用以得到相關於,HScene,的 fHgraphicsDevice’ 中的 Z 順序位置。The GraphicsDevice〇y method, otherwise, it will return the empty array. Regarding the visible fHScene%'HSceneBinding of the preset fHGraphicsDevicef of the call application, the array will be returned in the Z order, where the visual representation of 'scene.isVisible()f is 4 true. If the caller does not have 'MonitorAppPermission(nhandler.resource'f)', then 'SecurityException' is issued. In S3450 of Fig. 34B, a set of case joins relating to the visible fHScene' of the particular fHGraphicsDevice' is obtained. The order of the back-synchronized arrays is such that the first item is related to 213 200849990 2713 lpif to the front of the fHScene 'Z order of the particular fHGraphicsDevice' visible fHScene', and the last item is related to the last visible 'HScen〆 . If the screen associated with a particular graphics device is not related to the display or output port, or if the display on the output port is not enabled, then the empty array must be returned. The parameter 'device' is fHGraphicsDevice'. The HSceneBindingf array of visual 'HScend' associated with a particular 'HGraphicsDevice' will be returned in the Z order, where the visual representation 'scene' sVisible()f® passes 'true'. If the caller does not have ‘MonitorAppPermission(’’handler.resource’’)’, then Baye 1J issues 'SecurityException1'. In S3455 of Figure 34C, the 'HScene'Z order position of the preset fHScenef of the call application is obtained. The application can call the 'getAppHSceneLocation()f method to determine where its preset 'HScene' is to be in the Z order of 'HGraphicsDevicd'. The fgetAppHSceneLocation() method returns '-Γ if the application never gets a reference to its default 'HSceni' (meaning that the application has no user interface); otherwise, its return value is the same as fgetAppHSceneLocation(HSceneFactory.getDefaultHScene() In S3460 of Figure 34c, the fHScene'Z order position of the specific Hscene is obtained. The application can call the fgetAppHSceneLocation(HScene scene)f method to determine the position in the specific fHScene4fHGraphicsDevice'Z 214 214 200849990 2713 lpif order. The parameter 'scene' is fHScenef , which is used to get the Z-order position in fHgraphicsDevice' related to HScene.

?getAppHSceneLocation(HScene scene)’ 方法回傳整 數,其指定特定況8〇611&的’118〇61162順序位置。此值在2: 順序中的順序是漸增的,其中0是最前面而其他值則在最 兩面HScene下漸增。回傳值為f-lf ’如果1HScene’未定序或 其是不可視的,可視定義為’scene.isVisible()f回傳ς真,。 在圖 34C 的 S3465 中,’getAppDefaultHScene(AppID id)f方法得到fHSceneBinding’,其允許決定已辨別應用的預 設’HScene’,如果該應用擁有預設’HScene’。 呼叫 ’getAppDefaultHScene(AppID id)’ 方法不可造成 ▼HScene’的產生或其關聯至應用。 參數fid’是AppID’,其代表OCAP應用。 ’getAppDefaultHScene(AppID id)’方法會回傳:(1)(間 接)代表指定至已辨別應用的預設’HScene’的 ▼HSceneBinding’,或(2)”空值’’,代表此應用已不再存在於 應用資料庫中,已終止,或(目前)不被指定為預設fHScene’。 如 果呼叫 者沒有 ’MonitorAppPermission(nhandler.resource’f)’ 的話,則發出 ’ Security Exception’ 〇 在圖34C的S3470中,代表已辨別應用的目前fHScen^ 的 ’HSceneBinding’ 陣列由 fgetAppHScenes(AppID id)’ 方法 所得到。 215 200849990 27131pif 呼叫 getAppHScenes(AppID id)f;^ 法不可造成fHScene, 的產生或其關聯至應用。 參數4d’是代表OCAP應用的’AppID,。 如果(ι)(間接)代表指定至已辨別應用的,HScene▼的 ▼HSceneBinding’非空陣列,或(2)代表此應用已不再存在於 應用資料庫中,已終止,或(目前)不被指定為預s,HScenef 的’空值’,需被’getAppHScenes(AppIDid),方法所回傳。 f 如 果呼叫 者沒有 ’MonitorAppPermissionChandler.resource”)’ 的話,則發出 ’SecurityExceptionf 〇 在圖34C的S3475中,’getHSceneFocus()’方法會得到 允許決定ATW焦點指定至(此應用環境的),HScene,的 fHSceneBinding’。 如果呼 叫應用 未允許 fMonitorAppPermission(nhandler.resourceff)t , 貝j:匕 fgetHSceneFocus〇’方法要回傳,,空值,,,如果ATW焦點已指 ί 定至此呼叫應用未擁有的’1«061^’。 ’getHSceneFocus〇’方法需回傳:(1)(間接)代表ATW焦 點已指定至fHScenef的fHSceneBinding’,或者(2)”空值,,,其 代表ATW焦點未指定至(此應用環境下)的任何’HScene’, 或者呼 叫應用 沒有 上述的 fMonitorAppPermission(f,handler.resourceff)f ° 在 圖 34C 的 S3480 中 , ftransferHSceneFocus(HSceneBinding binding)’ 方法會要求 216 200849990 27131pif (此應崎境的)特殊’HScene,的AWT焦點的轉移(或移除)。 ,如果滿足此轉移(或移除)要求,則此滿足可能會非同 步於’transferHSceneFocus’方法的呼叫;更甚者,如果平台 狀態或其他條件避免AWT焦點的改變的話,此滿足可能 不會發生。 不可滿足將AWT焦點指定至未在執行狀態的應用或 指定至不可聚焦’HScene,的要求。 一旦’transferHSceneFocus,方法或平台(無關於 ’tmnsferHSceneFocus,方法)完成對某,HScene,的焦點轉移 (或移除)’在已暫存的’HSceneChangeRequestHandler,下, 不可呼叫ffocusChanged(y方法。 參數Wnding’為下列之一 ··獨特地辨別要求指定 八\\^焦點的況8〇61^的’118〇61163丨11出1^’;或者(2)’’空值’’, 代表從(此應用環境的)所有fHScene’要求移除AWT焦點指 定。 如 果呼叫 者沒有 ’MonitorAppPermission(’’handler.resource”)’ 的話,則發出 ’SecurityException1 〇 在圖 34C 的 S3485 中,’sameScene( HSceneBinding sbl, HSceneBinding sb2)f 方法決定兩個 fHSceneBindingf 是否參 考至相同底層情況。 參數’sbl·與’sb2’是’HSceneBinding’。 fsameScene( HSceneBinding sbl5 HSceneBinding sb2)f 方法會回傳6真’如果吡[與’sb2’代表相同底層情況;否則, 217 200849990 z / u ipif 其回傳‘假,。 本發明實施例可寫成電腦程式,且可實施於 I讀記錄媒體來執行此程式的_般用途數位電腦。^ 檟圯錄媒體比如包括磁性儲存媒體(比如,R〇 二商" 硬碟機等),光學記錄媒體(比如,CD_R〇M或碟機’ 及載波等儲存媒體(亦即透過網路而傳送p 以 雖然本發明已以實施例揭露如上,然其並非用以 本發明,任何所屬技術欄位中具有通常知識者, 本發明之精神和範圍内,當可作些許之更動與潤飾, ^發明之保護範圍當視後附之申請專利範圍所界定者為 【圖式簡單說明】 圖1顯示是習知PiP方法的螢幕組態圖。 圖2顯示根據本發明實施例的邏輯螢幕, 顯示映對器間的關係。 、/、A人The ?getAppHSceneLocation(HScene scene)' method returns an integer specifying the '118〇61162 order position of the particular case 8〇611&. The order of this value in the 2: order is increasing, where 0 is the first and the other values are increasing at the most two sides of HScene. The return value is f-lf ’ If 1HScene’ is unscheduled or it is not visible, the visual definition is 'scene.isVisible()f. In S3465 of Figure 34C, the 'getAppDefaultHScene(AppID id)f method gets fHSceneBinding', which allows to determine the pre-set 'HScene' for the identified application if the application has the preset 'HScene'. The call 'getAppDefaultHScene(AppID id)' method cannot cause the generation of ▼HScene' or its association to the application. The parameter fid' is AppID', which represents the OCAP application. The 'getAppDefaultHScene(AppID id)' method will return: (1) (indirect) represents the ▼HSceneBinding' of the preset 'HScene' assigned to the identified application, or (2) "null value"', indicating that the application is no longer Reappears in the application repository, terminated, or (currently) not specified as default fHScene'. If the caller does not have 'MonitorAppPermission(nhandler.resource'f)', then 'Security Exception' is issued 图 Figure 34C In the S3470, the 'HSceneBinding' array representing the current fHScen^ of the identified application is obtained by the fgetAppHScenes(AppID id)' method. 215 200849990 27131pif Calling getAppHScenes(AppID id)f;^ The law cannot cause the generation of fHScene, or its association To application. Parameter 4d' is the 'AppID' representing the OCAP application. If (ι) (indirect) represents the specified application to the identified application, HSCene▼'s ▼HSceneBinding' is not an empty array, or (2) represents that the application is no longer Exists in the application database, terminated, or (currently) not specified as pre-s, HScenef's 'null value', to be 'getAppHScenes(AppIDid), method If the caller does not have 'MonitorAppPermissionChandler.resource')', then 'SecurityExceptionf' is issued. In S3475 of Figure 34C, the 'getHSceneFocus()' method will be allowed to determine the ATW focus assignment to (this application environment), HScene , fHSceneBinding'. If the call application does not allow fMonitorAppPermission(nhandler.resourceff)t, the shell j:匕fgetHSceneFocus〇' method is to return, null,,, if the ATW focus has been specified to the '1«061^' that the call application does not own. . The 'getHSceneFocus〇' method needs to be returned: (1) (indirect) represents the fHSceneBinding' that the ATW focus has been assigned to fHScenef, or (2) "null value," which represents the ATW focus not assigned to (in this application environment) Any 'HScene', or call application does not have the above fMonitorAppPermission(f,handler.resourceff)f ° In S3480 of Figure 34C, the ftransferHSceneFocus(HSceneBinding binding)' method would require 216 200849990 27131pif (this should be the case) special 'HScene , the transfer (or removal) of the AWT focus. If this transfer (or removal) requirement is met, then this meets a call that may be asynchronous to the 'transferHSceneFocus' method; even worse, if the platform state or other conditions are avoided This satisfaction may not occur if the AWT focus changes. The requirements for assigning the AWT focus to an application that is not in execution or to the unfocusable 'HScene' are not met. Once 'transferHSceneFocus, method or platform (nothing about 'tmnsferHSceneFocus, Method) Complete the focus transfer (or removal) of a certain, HScene, in the pre-stored HSceneChangeRequestHandler, under, can not call ffocusChanged (y method. Parameter Wnding' is one of the following · uniquely distinguishes the requirements of the eight \\^ focus of the condition 8〇61^'s '118〇61163丨11出1^'; or 2) ''null value'', representing all fHScene' requests from the (this application environment) to remove the AWT focus specification. If the caller does not have 'MonitorAppPermission(''handler.resource')', then 'SecurityException1' is issued In S3485 of Figure 34C, the 'sameScene( HSceneBinding sbl, HSceneBinding sb2)f method determines whether two fHSceneBindingfs refer to the same underlying condition. The parameters 'sbl· and 'sb2' are 'HSceneBinding'. fsameScene( HSceneBinding sbl5 HSceneBinding sb2)f method Will return 6 true 'if the pyr [with 'sb2' represents the same underlying situation; otherwise, 217 200849990 z / u ipif its return 'false. The embodiment of the present invention can be written as a computer program, and can be implemented on an I-reading recording medium to execute the program. ^ Recording media include magnetic storage media (such as R〇二商" hard disk drives, etc.), optical recording media (such as CD_R〇M or CD player) and carrier storage media (that is, through the network) The present invention has been disclosed as an embodiment of the present invention. However, it is not intended to be used in the present invention. Any of the technical fields of the present invention can be modified and retouched in the spirit and scope of the present invention. The scope of the invention is defined by the scope of the appended claims. [FIG. 1 shows a screen configuration diagram of a conventional PiP method. FIG. 2 shows a logic screen according to an embodiment of the present invention. The relationship between the devices. /, A person

圖3顯示根據本發明實施例的數位電視 塊圖,其可實施多螢幕管理。 )糸、,死之方 —圖4顯示根據本發明實施例的數位電視系統中的多内 囷5A14 5B刀別喊示根據本發明實施例的非摘要服務 (non-abstract service)與摘要服務。 圖6顯示螢幕情境(£〇11匕对)與多種方法間的關係。 一圖7A與7B顯示根據邏輯螢幕的z順序(z_〇rder)在螢 秦上的顯示結果。 218 200849990 2713 lpif 關聯 圖8A與8B顯示服務情境,邏輯螢幕與顯示鸯幕門的 圖9A與9B顯示將邏輯螢幕映對到顯示區域時, 示螢幕上的結果。 τ 關聯。 圖1〇顯示多個服務,多個邏輯螢幕與顯示螢幕間的 圖11A 顯示根據本發明實施例的Figure 3 shows a digital television block diagram that implements multi-screen management in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 4 shows a non-abstract service and digest service according to an embodiment of the present invention in a digital television system according to an embodiment of the present invention. Figure 6 shows the relationship between the screen situation (£11〇) and various methods. Figures 7A and 7B show the results displayed on the Firefly according to the z-order (z_〇rder) of the logic screen. 218 200849990 2713 lpif Association Figures 8A and 8B show the service context, logical screen and display screen. Figures 9A and 9B show the results on the screen when the logic screen is mapped to the display area. τ is associated. Figure 1A shows multiple services, between multiple logical screens and display screens. Figure 11A shows an embodiment in accordance with the present invention.

’org.ocap.ui.MultiScreenConfigurableContext’内的 Java 常數 的登錄槽列表(registry list)。 圖11B 顯示根據本發明實施例的 forg.ocap.ui.MultiScreenConfigurationf内的 Java 常數的登錄 檔列表。 圖 11C 顯示根據本發明實施例的 ’org.ocap.ui.MultiScreenContext’内的 Java 常數的登錄樓列 表。 圖 11D 顯示根據本發明實施例的 forg.ocap.ui.event.MultiScreenConflgurationEvent’ 内的 Java 常數的登錄播列表。 圖 11E 顯示根據本發明實施例的 ’org.ocap.ui.event.MultiScreenContextEvent’ 内的 Java 常數 的登錄樓列表。 圖 11F 顯示根據本發明實施例的 ’org.ocap.ui.event.MultiScreenEvent’内的 Java 常數的登錄 檔列表。 219 200849990 2/Uiplf 圖 11G 顯示根據本發明實施例的 ’org.ocap.ui.event.MultiScreenResourceEvent1 内的 Java 常數 的登錄檔列表。 圖12顯示根據本發明實施例的Java套件(package) forg.ocap.ui’的介面列表與等級列表。 圖13A顯示根據本發明實施例的Java套件 forg.ocap.ui’ 的介面 ’MultiScreenConfigurableContext丨的定 義。 圖13B顯示根據本發明實施例的java套件 ’org.ocap.ui’ 的介面 ’MultiScreenConfigurableContext1 的攔位 (field)列表。 圖 13C 顯 示 攔 位 ’CONFIGURABLE—SCREEN—PARAMETER—DEVICE Z 〇 —- — RDER’的使用情形。 圖13D〜13F顯示根據本發明實施例的java套件 forg.ocap.ui’ 的介面 ’MultiScreenConfigurableContext’ 的方法 列表。 圖14A頌不根據本發明貫施例的套件 ’org.ocap.ui’的介面 fMultiScreenConfiguration’的定義。 圖14B顯示根據本發明實施例的Java套件 ’org.ocap.ui’的介面’MultiScreenConfiguration’的搁位列表。 圖14C顯示根據本發明實施例的Java套件 丨 org.ocap.uif的介面’MultiScreenConfiguration’的方法列表。 圖15A顯示根據本發明實施例的Java套件 220 200849990 2713 lpif ’org.ocap.ui’的介面 fMultiScreenContext,的定義。 圖15B顯示根據本發明實施例的Java套件 ’org.ocap.uif 的介面 ’MultiScreenContextf 的攔位列表。 圖15C與15D顯示根據本發明實施例的java套件 ’org.ocap.uif 的介面 fMultiScreenContext’的方法列表。 圖16A顯示根據本發明實施例的Java套件 ▼org.ocap.ui’的等級’MultiScreenManager’的定義。 圖16B顯示根據本發明實施例的java套件 ’org.ocap.ui’的等級’MultiScreenManager’的架構列表。 圖16C〜16F顯示根據本發明實施例的java套件 ’org.ocap.ui’ 的等級fMultiScreenManager’ 的方法列表。 圖17顯示根據本發明實施例的java套件 forg.ocap.uLevenf的介面列表與等級列表。 圖18A顯示根據本發明實施例的java套件 ’org.ocap.ui.evenf 的等級,1^11出8(^611€:〇1^疼1«^丨〇1]£^^1^,的 定義。 圖18B顯示根據本發明實施例的java套件 ’org.ocap.ui.evem’ 的等級,MultiScreenConfigurationEvent,的 攔位列表。 圖18C顯示根據本發明實施例的java套件 ’org.ocap.ui.event’ 的等級’]\41111^8〇^611(^〇111^11以1;1〇11£¥6111:’ 的 架構列表。 圖18D顯示根據本發明實施例的Java套件 ’org.ocap.ui.event’ 的等級’]\41111^8(:代€11(^〇111^1〇^1^〇1^¥6111:’ 的 221 200849990 27131pif 方法列表。 圖19A顯示根據本發明實施例的java套件 ’org.ocap.ui.event’ 的介面 ’MultiScreenConfigurationListener’ 的定義。 圖19B顯示根據本發明實施例的java套件 ’org.ocap.ui.event’ 的介面 ’MultiScreenConfigurationListener’ 的方法列表。 圖20A顯示根據本發明實施例的java套件 forg.ocap.ui.event’的等級’MultiScreenContex1;Event’的定義。 圖20B顯示根據本發明實施例的java套件 ’org.ocap.ui.event’ 的等的欄位 列表。 圖20C顯示根據本發明實施例的java套件 rorg.ocap.ui.event’ 的等級’MultiScreenContex1;Event’ 的架構 列表。 圖20D顯示根據本發明實施例的java套件 ’org.ocap.ui.event’ 的等級’MultiScreenContextEvent’ 的方法 列表。 圖21A顯示根據本發明實施例的java套件 ’org.ocap.ui.event’ 的介面,MultiScreenContextListener,的定 義。 圖21B顯示根據本發明實施例的java套件 ’org.ocap.ui.event’ 的介面 ’MultiScreenContextListener’ 的方 法列表。 222 200849990 27131pif 圖22A顯示根據本發明實施例的Java套件 ’org.ocap.ui.evenf 的等的定義。 圖22B顯示根據本發明實施例的Java套件 ▼org.ocap.ui.event’的等級fMultiScreenEventf 的欄值列表。 圖22C顯示根據本發明實施例的Java套件 ▼org.ocap.ui.event’的等的架構列表。 圖22D顯示根據本發明實施例的Java套件 forg.ocap.ui.event’的等級%1111^〇^611£¥6111;’的方法列表。 圖23A顯示根據本發明實施例的java套件 ’org.ocap.ui.evem’ 的等級 ’MultiScreenResourceEvent,的定 義。 圖23B顯示根據本發明實施例的java套件 ’org.ocap.ui.event’ 的等級!]\41111^(^611^5〇111^£¥6111;’ 的搁位 列表。 圖23C顯示根據本發明實施例的Java套件 ’org.ocap.ui.event▼的等級’MultiScreenResourceEvent’的架構 列表。 圖23D顯示根據本發明實施例的Java套件 ’org.ocap.ui.event’的等級’MultiScreenResourceEvent’的方法 列表。 圖24A〜24C顯示根據本發明實施例的改變多螢幕架 構的前置條件。 圖24D顯示根據本發明實施例的改變多螢幕架構的 過程。 223 200849990 27131pif 圖25A〜25E顯示根據本發明實施例的改變多螢幕架 構的前置條件。 圖26A〜26D顯示根據本發明實施例的驗證不變數 (invariants)的限制條件。 圖 27 顯示根據本發明實施例的 fgetNonDefaultScreens()’ 方法的定義。 圖28A與28B顯示根據本發明實施例的A registry list of Java constants in 'org.ocap.ui.MultiScreenConfigurableContext'. Figure 11B shows a list of login files for Java constants in forg.ocap.ui.MultiScreenConfigurationf in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. Figure 11C shows a list of login buildings for Java constants in 'org.ocap.ui.MultiScreenContext', in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. Figure 11D shows a login playlist of Java constants within forg.ocap.ui.event.MultiScreenConflgurationEvent', in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. Figure 11E shows a list of login buildings for Java constants in 'org.ocap.ui.event.MultiScreenContextEvent', in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. Figure 11F shows a list of logins for Java constants within 'org.ocap.ui.event.MultiScreenEvent', in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. 219 200849990 2/Uiplf Figure 11G shows a list of login files for Java constants in 'org.ocap.ui.event.MultiScreenResourceEvent1, in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. Figure 12 shows a list of interfaces and levels of a Java package forg.ocap.ui' in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. Figure 13A shows the definition of the interface 'MultiScreenConfigurableContext' of the Java suite forg.ocap.ui' in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. Figure 13B shows a list of fields of the interface 'MultiScreenConfigurableContext1' of the java suite 'org.ocap.ui', in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. Figure 13C shows the use case of the block 'CONFIGURABLE—SCREEN—PARAMETER—DEVICE Z 〇 —- — RDER’. 13D to 13F show a list of methods of the interface 'MultiScreenConfigurableContext' of the java suite forg.ocap.ui' according to an embodiment of the present invention. Figure 14A shows the definition of the interface fMultiScreenConfiguration' of the suite 'org.ocap.ui' not according to the embodiment of the present invention. Figure 14B shows a list of slots for the interface 'MultiScreenConfiguration' of the Java suite 'org.ocap.ui' in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. Figure 14C shows a list of methods for the interface 'MultiScreenConfiguration' of the Java Suite org org.ocap.uif, in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. Figure 15A shows the definition of the interface fMultiScreenContext of the Java Suite 220 200849990 2713 lpif 'org.ocap.ui', in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. Figure 15B shows a list of interceptions for the interface 'MultiScreenContextf' of the Java suite 'org.ocap.uif' according to an embodiment of the present invention. 15C and 15D show a list of methods of the interface fMultiScreenContext' of the java suite 'org.ocap.uif' according to an embodiment of the present invention. Figure 16A shows the definition of the level 'MultiScreenManager' of the Java suite ▼org.ocap.ui' in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. Figure 16B shows a list of architectures for the level 'MultiScreenManager' of the java suite 'org.ocap.ui', in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. 16C to 16F show a list of methods of the level fMultiScreenManager' of the java suite 'org.ocap.ui' according to an embodiment of the present invention. Figure 17 shows a list of interfaces and levels of the java suite forg.ocap.uLevenf in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. Figure 18A shows the level of the java suite 'org.ocap.ui.evenf', 1^11 out of 8 (^611€: 〇1^痛1«^丨〇1]£^^1^, according to an embodiment of the present invention. Figure 18B shows a list of blocks for the level of the java suite 'org.ocap.ui.evem', MultiScreenConfigurationEvent, according to an embodiment of the present invention. Figure 18C shows the java suite 'org.ocap.ui' according to an embodiment of the present invention. The hierarchy of event's level ']\41111^8〇^611(^〇111^11 is 1;1〇11£¥6111:'. Figure 18D shows the Java suite 'org.ocap.' according to an embodiment of the present invention. The level of ui.event' is ']\41111^8 (: 221 200849990 27131pif method list of €11 (^〇111^1〇^1^〇1^¥6111:') Fig. 19A shows a method according to an embodiment of the present invention. Definition of the interface 'MultiScreenConfigurationListener' of the java suite 'org.ocap.ui.event'. Figure 19B shows a list of methods for the interface 'MultiScreenConfigurationListener' of the java suite 'org.ocap.ui.event' according to an embodiment of the present invention. Shows the level of the java suite forg.ocap.ui.event' 'MultiScreenContex1' according to an embodiment of the present invention Definition of Event' Figure 20B shows a list of fields of the java suite 'org.ocap.ui.event', etc. according to an embodiment of the present invention. Figure 20C shows a java suite rorg.ocap.ui according to an embodiment of the present invention. A list of the schemas of the level 'MultiScreenContex1; Event' of event'. Figure 20D shows a list of methods for the level 'MultiScreenContextEvent' of the java suite 'org.ocap.ui.event' in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. Figure 21A shows an embodiment in accordance with the present invention. The definition of the interface of the java suite 'org.ocap.ui.event', MultiScreenContextListener, Fig. 21B shows a list of methods of the interface 'MultiScreenContextListener' of the java suite 'org.ocap.ui.event' according to an embodiment of the present invention. 200849990 27131pif FIG. 22A shows a definition of the Java suite 'org.ocap.ui.evenf' and the like according to an embodiment of the present invention. Figure 22B shows a list of column values for the level fMultiScreenEventf of the Java suite ▼org.ocap.ui.event', in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. Figure 22C shows a list of architectures for the Java suite ▼org.ocap.ui.event', etc., in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. Figure 22D shows a list of methods for the level %1111^〇^611£¥6111;' of the Java suite forg.ocap.ui.event', in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. Figure 23A shows the definition of the level 'MultiScreenResourceEvent' of the java suite 'org.ocap.ui.evem', in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. 23B shows a list of placements of the java suite 'org.ocap.ui.event' at a level of ]]\41111^(^611^5〇111^£¥6111;' according to an embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 23C shows Schematic list of the level 'MultiScreenResourceEvent' of the Java suite 'org.ocap.ui.event▼' of the embodiment of the invention. Figure 23D shows the level 'MultiScreenResourceEvent' of the Java suite 'org.ocap.ui.event' according to an embodiment of the present invention. Method Lists Figures 24A-24C show preconditions for changing a multi-screen architecture in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. Figure 24D shows a process for changing a multi-screen architecture in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. 223 200849990 27131pif Figures 25A through 25E are shown in accordance with the present invention. The preconditions for changing the multi-screen architecture of the embodiment. Figures 26A-26D show the constraints of verifying invariants in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.Figure 27 shows the definition of the fgetNonDefaultScreens()' method in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. 28A and 28B show an embodiment in accordance with the present invention.

’getNonDefaultScreenDevices()’ 方法的定義。 圖29顯示根據本發明實施例的多種方法。 圖30A顯示根據開放有線應用平台(〇peil Cable Application Platform,OCAP)標準的 fAppID,Java 類型的虛 擬程式碼(pseudo_codes)。 圖30B顯示根據本發明實施例的實施〇cAP MSM的 Java類型OcapAppID^虛擬程式碼。 圖31顯示根據本發明實施例的支援java類型 OcapAppID1的虛擬程式碼。 圖32A顯示根據本發明實施例的java類型 ’HSceneBinding4々虛擬程式碼。 圖32B顯示根據本發明實施例的實施〇cAp msm的 Java類型’HSceneBinding1的虛擬程式碼。 圖33A頒示根據OCAP標準的java類型 fHSceneChangeRequestHandler’ 的虛擬程式碼。 圖33B顯示根據本發明實施例的實施〇CAp MSM的The definition of the 'getNonDefaultScreenDevices()' method. Figure 29 shows various methods in accordance with embodiments of the present invention. Figure 30A shows the Java-type virtual code (pseudo_codes) according to the fAppID of the 〇peil Cable Application Platform (OCAP) standard. Figure 30B shows a Java type OcapAppID^ virtual code implementing a 〇cAP MSM in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 31 shows a virtual code supporting a java type OcapAppID1 according to an embodiment of the present invention. Figure 32A shows a java type 'HSceneBinding4' virtual code in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. Figure 32B shows a virtual code of a Java type 'HSceneBinding1' implementing 〇cAp msm, in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. Figure 33A shows the virtual code of the java type fHSceneChangeRequestHandler' according to the OCAP standard. FIG. 33B shows an implementation of 〇CAp MSM according to an embodiment of the present invention.

Java 類型’HSceneChangeRequestHandler’的虛擬程式碼 224 200849990 27131pif 圖 34A顯示根據OCAP標準的 Java類型 fHSceneManager4々虛擬程式碼。 圖34B與34C顯示根據本發明實施例的實施OCAP MSM的Java類型’HSceneManager’的虛擬程式碼。 【主要元件符號說明】 100,110,120,130,140,150 :實體顯示螢幕 105,115,125,135,142,144,152,154 :副螢幕 210 :邏輯螢幕組 220 :顯示映對器 230 :顯示螢幕組 212,214,216 :邏輯螢幕 240,250,260 :顯示螢幕 242,244,252,254,262,264,266 :螢幕區域 300 :數位電視系統 310 :廣播信號接收單元 320 :數位信號處理單元 330 :多媒體服務處理單元 340 :輸出單元 350 :顯示單元 400 :數位TV系統 410 :地面廣播内容 420 :有線廣播内容 430 :個人影像攝影機資料内容 440 : DTV/STB 模組 225 200849990 z / υ ipif 450 :顯示螢幕 452、454、456 ··螢幕區域 510、550 :服務組 520 :影像服務 530 :聲音服務 540 :應用服務 560 ··影像應用 570 :聲音應用 600 :螢幕情境 610 : Z順序 620 ·顯不區 630 :能見度 640 :相關顯示螢幕 650 :相關服務情境 700 :顯示螢幕 710 :邏輯螢幕la 720 :邏輯螢幕2a 750 ··顯示螢幕 760 :邏輯螢幕lb 770 :邏輯螢幕2b 810 :服務 812 :影像内容 814 :聲音内容 816 :應用内容 226 200849990 2713 lpif 820 :空的邏輯螢幕 830 :邏輯螢幕 840 :顯示螢幕 850、860 :顯示 910 :邏輯螢幕 920 :顯示螢幕 930 :整體區域 940 :顯示 950 :區域 960 :顯示 1010,1020 :服務 1030,1040 :邏輯螢幕 1050 :顯示螢幕 1060 :輸出埠 1070 :輸出結果 1200 :介面列表 1210 : fMultiScreenConfigurableContext▼介面 1220 ·· ’MultiScreenConfiguration’介面 1230 : fMultiScreenContext’介面 1250 :等級列表 1260 : ’MultiScreenManager’等級 1300 :攔位列表 1302〜1320 :欄位 1330 :方法 227 200849990 2713 lpif 1340 :方法 1350 ··方法列表 1352〜1392 :方法 1394 :方法列表 1400 :欄位列表 1402〜1424 :欄位 1450 :方法列表 1452〜1464 :方法 1500 :欄位列表 1502,1504 :欄位 1550 :方法列表 1552〜1588 :方法 1600 :架構列表 1602 :架構者 1630 :方法列表 1632〜1695 :方法 1700 :介面列表 1710 :等級列表 1702、1704 :介面 1712〜1718 :等級 1800 :欄位列表 1802〜1825 ··欄位 18 3 0 ·架構列表 1832 :架構者 200849990 27131pif 方法 1840 ·•方法列表 1842 、 1850 、 1852 、 1854 : 1900 :方法列表 1910 :方法 2000 :欄位列表 2002〜2035 :欄位 2040 :架構列表 f 2042 :架構者 % 2050 ··方法列表 2052〜2056 :方法 2100 :方法列表 2102 :方法 2200 :欄位列表 2202、2204、2210 :欄位 2220 :架構列表 2222 :架構者 ( 2230 :方法列表 2232、2240、2245 ·•方法 2300 :欄位列表 2302、2304、2310 ··欄位 2320 :架構列表 架構者2322 2330 :方法列表 方法 2332 、 2334 、 2340 、 2345 : 229 200849990 2713 lpif 2410〜2490 :方法 2500〜2550 :方法 2605〜2675 :方法 2810、2820 :方法 2910〜2930 :方法 3010〜3070 :虛擬程式碼 3110〜3140 :虛擬程式碼 3250〜3290 :虛擬程式碼 ^ 3310〜3370 :虛擬程式碼 3410〜3485 :虛擬程式碼 230Virtual code for the Java type 'HSceneChangeRequestHandler' 224 200849990 27131pif Figure 34A shows the Java type fHSceneManager4 virtual code according to the OCAP standard. Figures 34B and 34C show virtual code of a Java type 'HSceneManager' implementing an OCAP MSM in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. [Main component symbol description] 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150: physical display screen 105, 115, 125, 135, 142, 144, 152, 154: secondary screen 210: logical screen group 220: display mapper 230: display screen group 212, 214, 216: logic screen 240, 250, 260: display screen 242, 244, 252, 254, 262, 264, 266: screen area 300: digital television system 310: broadcast signal receiving unit 320: Digital signal processing unit 330: multimedia service processing unit 340: output unit 350: display unit 400: digital TV system 410: terrestrial broadcast content 420: cable broadcast content 430: personal video camera data content 440: DTV/STB module 225 200849990 z / υ ipif 450 : Display screen 452, 454, 456 · Screen area 510, 550: Service group 520: Image service 530: Sound service 540: Application service 560 · Image application 570: Sound application 600: Screen scenario 610: Z Sequence 620 · Display Zone 630: Visibility 640: Related Display Screen 650: Related Service Context 700: Display Screen 710: Logic Screen 720: Logic Screen 2a 750 · Display Screen 760: Logic Screen lb 770: Logic Screen 2b 810: Service 812: Video Content 814: Sound Content 816: Application Content 226 200849990 2713 lpif 820: Empty Logic Screen 830: Logic Screen 840: Display Screen 850, 860: Display 910: Logic Screen 920: Display Screen 930: Overall Area 940: Display 950: Area 960: Display 1010, 1020: Service 1030, 1040: Logic Screen 1050: Display Screen 1060: Output 埠 1070: Output 1200: Interface List 1210: fMultiScreenConfigurableContext▼ Interface 1220 ·· ' MultiScreenConfiguration 'Interface 1230: fMultiScreenContext' interface 1250: Level List 1260: 'MultiScreenManager' Level 1300: Block Lists 1302~1320: Field 1330: Method 227 200849990 2713 lpif 1340: Method 1350 · Method List 1352~1392: Method 1394 : Method List 1400: Field List 1402~1424: Field 1450: Method List 1452~1464: Method 1500: Field List 1502, 1504: Field 1550: Method List 1552~1588: Method 1600: Architecture List 1602: Architecture 1630: Method List 1632~1695: Method 1700: Interface List 1710: Rank Column Table 1702, 1704: Interface 1712~1718: Level 1800: Field List 1802~1825 · Field 18 3 0 · Architecture List 1832: Architect 200849990 27131pif Method 1840 · Method List 1842, 1850, 1852, 1854: 1900 : Method List 1910: Method 2000: Field List 2002~2035: Field 2040: Architecture List f 2042: Architect % 2050 · Method List 2052~2056: Method 2100: Method List 2102: Method 2200: Field List 2202 , 2204, 2210: Field 2220: Architecture List 2222: Architect (2230: Method List 2322, 2240, 2245 • Method 2300: Field List 2302, 2304, 2310 • Field 2320: Architecture List Architect 2322 2330 : Method list method 2332, 2334, 2340, 2345: 229 200849990 2713 lpif 2410~2490: Method 2500~2550: Method 2605~2675: Method 2810, 2820: Method 2910~2930: Method 3010~3070: Virtual code 3110~ 3140: virtual code 3250~3290: virtual code ^ 3310~3370: virtual code 3410~3485: virtual code 230

Claims (1)

200849990 2713 lpif 十、申請專利範圍: L一種組態與管理多螢幕的方法,包括·· 接收一或多個廣播服務; 指定上述一或多個廣播服務至一螢幕; 指定此螢幕至一或多個顯示螢幕;以及 指定上述一或多個顯示螢幕至一或多個輸出埠。 231200849990 2713 lpif X. Patent application scope: L A method for configuring and managing multiple screens, including: receiving one or more broadcast services; specifying one or more of the above broadcast services to a screen; specifying this screen to one or more Display screens; and designate one or more of the above display screens to one or more output ports. 231
TW97106235A 2007-02-26 2008-02-22 Method and apparatus for multiscreen management for multiple screen configuration TW200849990A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020070019230A KR20070100106A (en) 2006-04-06 2007-02-26 Apparatus for providing multiple screens and method for dynamic configuration of the same
KR1020070019236A KR20070100107A (en) 2006-04-06 2007-02-26 Apparatus for providing multiple screens and method for dynamic configuration of the same
US91889407P 2007-03-20 2007-03-20
US94803807P 2007-07-05 2007-07-05
US97284607P 2007-09-17 2007-09-17
US97590607P 2007-09-28 2007-09-28

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW200849990A true TW200849990A (en) 2008-12-16

Family

ID=44824292

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW97106235A TW200849990A (en) 2007-02-26 2008-02-22 Method and apparatus for multiscreen management for multiple screen configuration

Country Status (1)

Country Link
TW (1) TW200849990A (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI485576B (en) * 2012-03-02 2015-05-21 Realtek Semiconductor Corp Multimedia interaction system and related computer program product capable of avoiding unexpected interaction behavior
TWI684977B (en) * 2017-10-30 2020-02-11 大陸商北京集創北方科技股份有限公司 Screen display method of display module and display module using the method

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI485576B (en) * 2012-03-02 2015-05-21 Realtek Semiconductor Corp Multimedia interaction system and related computer program product capable of avoiding unexpected interaction behavior
TWI684977B (en) * 2017-10-30 2020-02-11 大陸商北京集創北方科技股份有限公司 Screen display method of display module and display module using the method

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US8054319B2 (en) Method and apparatus for multiscreen management for multiple screen configuration
US9658864B2 (en) Method and device for creation of integrated user interface
RU2386164C2 (en) Interface for output of data presentation in screen area tab
US9813531B2 (en) System and method for screen orientation in a rich media environment
ES2431307T3 (en) Support of common interactive television functionality through the presentation of engine syntax
JP5123169B2 (en) Registering applications and complementary functions for interactive user interfaces
US20070233287A1 (en) Dynamic generation of tasks in resource constrained devices
CN112367543B (en) Display device, mobile terminal, screen projection method and screen projection system
JP2005129029A (en) One to many data projection system and method
CN105430482A (en) Multi-screen interaction method and terminal equipment
US20100185775A1 (en) Method and apparatus for managing multi-streaming contents and for controlling of changing players during playback of multi-streaming contents
CN113794917A (en) Display device and display control method
WO2012155539A1 (en) Method and near field communication network for sharing data and applications in the near field communication network
TW201637415A (en) Bridge device for large meetings
CN112399264B (en) Projection hall service management method and application
US9454994B2 (en) Video-related meta data engine, system and method
TW200849990A (en) Method and apparatus for multiscreen management for multiple screen configuration
Vilk et al. Least privilege rendering in a 3d web browser
Viana et al. iDTV Home Gateway convergence: an open software model integrating the Ginga middleware and the OSGi framework
MX2008012872A (en) Apparatus for providing multiple screens and method of dynamically configuring multiple screens.
CN117992004A (en) Electronic equipment and message interaction method based on spaced delivery
CN117615197A (en) Multi-window display method and display device
CN115914353A (en) Server, display equipment and combined information display method
US20070126878A1 (en) Method of providing photo development service in digital TV and apparatus therefor
Mason-Blakley Information system hazard analysis and mitigation